Page 1

HARMAN INTERNATIONAL Full-Line Catalog

2010


Introduction: Corporate Overview

Page 2

Harman Pro’s HiQnet® finally enables system components to reach beyond themselves. From microphone to speaker, the whole is at last greater than the sum of the parts. With a single software application at its heart, HiQnet® is complex enough to handle system-wide configuration, routing, and control, flexible enough to traverse any cable, and intelligent enough to be truly plug ‘n’ play. Now we all speak one language. With HiQnet® it simply is as simple as connect, configure and control.

Intelligent Power. Unleased. For 60 years, Crown has designed and manufactured professional power amplifiers, microphones and computer-controlled audio components and software with pride and innovation. Crown products are developed for a wide range of uses, from mobile PA systems for musicians and DJs to large installations in stadiums and arenas. Incorporating the best of proven technologies and state-of-the-art advances, including the latest in integrated, network-controlled audio, Crown continues to be the intelligent choice for professional audio.

AKG’s remarkable microphones and headphones are a synthesis of leadingedge industrial design, innovative electronics and world-class acoustics. AKG is also a technological powerhouse with over 1,500 international patent applications and the largest, bestequipped research and development facilities in the world. For over 60 years, AKG has used its considerable expertise and know-how to develop products that serve markets as diverse as music, recording and broadcast to permanent installation. For its many customers, “it all comes back to the sound” and as long as good sound and long, useful product life are important, they will keep coming back to AKG.

What makes dbx the most well-respected dynamics processing company? Besides years of leadership and expertise in the processing field, we have combined our detection and summing methods, known as True RMS Level Detection and True RMS Power Summing, to be “true” to the sounds that are heard by the human ear. dbx has patented integrated circuit designs that can detect and then process natural sounds over a broad range of signals. Wouldn’t all musicians want their voices to be heard at their best?

BSS Audio has amassed an international reputation for prov iding reliable equipment that addresses the real needs of musicians. BSS’s name can also be found in recording studios and in broadcast studio output. Their products, either live sound systems or fixed installations, are thoroughly researched and tested. The results are powerful, ergonomically packaged equipment. The complete reliability gained through the excellent design and quality assurance is why top performing artists and theatres throughout the world regularly choose BSS Audio systems.

Playback the last 60 years of music and motion picture recording and one name stands alone: JBL. Before THX and Dolby, before stereo and even hi-fi, there was JBL. Today, JBL’s well-earned reputation has placed its speakers in all types of professional institutions, including legendary recording studios, famous concert venues and premier movie houses. Throughout those 60 years of technical breakthroughs, award winning designs and continuing innovations the facts still remain: JBL loudspeakers continue to be the one benchmark for quality, the singular reference for accuracy in the playback of recorded sounds; the leader, the innovator, the authority.


Table of Contents: Section:

Contact Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

Drawing from a heritage of over 30 years in mixing console design and manufacture, Soundcraft has developed a unique insight into professional audio requirements. From live sound to recording and broadcast, Soundcraft mixing consoles are built to perform and are responsible for delivering thousands of events day after day all around the world. With professional features, intuitive operation and uncompromised sound quality, Soundcraft has built a global reputation for delivering optimum performance every time.

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

Section:

For over 60 years, the Studer name has been synonymous in the world of professional audio with innovation, elegant design and unsurpassed excellence in engineering. Today, Studer is acknowledged as the leader is Digital Mixer Technology and offers the widest range of digital broadcast consoles and system components available from any manufacturer.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 01 HiQnet . Full Line Catalog Acoustics . . . . . . . . . . . 21 02 AKG Full Line Catalog Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 03 BSS Full Line Catalog International . . . . . . . . 175 04 Crown Full Line Catalog Professional Products . . . 243 05 dbx Full Line Catalog Professional . . . . . . . . . 275 06 JBL Full Line Catalog 341 07 Lexicon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00 Full Line Catalog 365 08 Soundcraft . . . . . . . . . . . . Full Line Catalog 409 09 Studer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full Line Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 10 Index Complete Product Listing Harman Pro Group | 2010

Lexicon measures its success by the simple fact that they are the world-wide choice in digital processing by engineers, producers and performers. Their uncompromised integrity has proven to be extremely successful over the years. History was made when our Reverb line was introduced at the 1978 AES Convention. It was considered the first commercially viable digital reverb system. Lexicon’s innovations haven’t stopped since. We continue to forge strategic partnerships that will ensure that our systems are always compatible with our customers’ needs.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 00 Introduction Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

AKG Acoustics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BSS Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crown Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dbx Professional Products . . . . . . . JBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lexicon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Soundcraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Studer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

426 426 426 427 427 428 428 428

Page 3


Introduction: Contact Information HiQnet

www.harmanpro.com/hiqnet

8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662 For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.harmanpro.com/hiqnet

www.akg.com

AKG Acoustics

AKG Acoustics GmbH Lembรถckgasse 21-25, A-1230 Vienna/AUSTRIA, Tel: (+43 1) 86 654-0,* www.akg.com, e-mail: sales@akg.com, Hotline: (+43 676) 83200 888, hotline@akg.com AKG Acoustics, U.S. 8400 Balboa Boulevard. Northridge, CA 91329, U.S.A., Tel: (+1 818) 920-3212, e-mail: akgusa@harman.com

Harman Pro Group | 2010

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.akg.com

www.bssaudio.com

BSS Audio

8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662 For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.bssaudio.com

Crown Audio, Inc.

www.crownaudio.com

1718 W. Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, IN 46517, USA, Tel: (574) 294-8000, www.crownaudio.com Section:

01

For other products and distributors worldwide, see our website: www.crownaudio.com

www.dbxpro.com

dbx Professional Products

8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 830-7662 International Fax: (801) 568-7583, web: www.dbxpro.com, www.driverack.com, email: customer@dbxpro.com For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.dbxpro.com

www.jblpro.com

JBL Professional

8500 Balboa Blvd, Northridge, CA 91329, USA Tel: (818) 894-8850, Domestic Sales Fax: (818) 830-7801, International Sales Fax: (818) 830-7801, Customer Service Fax: (818) 830-7881, web: www.jblpro.com For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.jblpro.com

Lexicon

www.lexiconpro.com

8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, UT 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662, web: www.lexicon.com For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.lexiconpro.com

Soundcraft

www.soundcraft.com

Cranborne House, Cranborne Road, Potters Bar, Herts EN6 3JN UK Tel: +44 (0) 1707 665000, Fax: +44 (0) 1707 660742, e-mail: info@soundcraft.com For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.soundcraft.com

Studer Professional Audio GmbH

Althardstrasse 30, CH-8105 Regensdorf-Zurich Switzerland, Tel: +41 44 870 75 11, Fax: +41 870 71 34, e-mail: info@studer.ch For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.studer.ch

Page 4

www.studer.ch


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

01

Page 5


Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

01

Work Workfaster fasterand andbetter betterthan thanever everbefore. before.Meet Meetthe theperfect perfect partner partner toto the the audio audio system system designer designer and and letlet HiQnet HiQnet System System Architect™ Architect™transform transformyour yourlife. life.Seize Seizethe thebenefits benefitsofofthe the only onlyconfiguration configurationand andcontrol controlapplication applicationtotoaddress addressthe the entire entireaudio audiosystem. system.

Page 6


overview

System Architect version 2 brings with it a new system design philosophy centered on workflow, and the use of a diagrammatic representation of the installed or live sound venue. Devices understand both their physical and logical placement - in racks, arrays and rooms - ‘educating’ System Architect about how they are to be used. System Architect can then begin automating many of the the laborious laborious system systemdesign designtasks tasksforforfree. free. Panels Monitoring for monitoring and group and grouped–device control panels are control created are created automatically. automatically. Routing Ethernet AVB networked audio is as simple as dragging audio signals onto Harman Pro Group | 2010

individual devices or entire output zones. With the widest range of audio devices at your disposal in a single software interface, you’ll be With theatwidest range of suddenly audio devices at your disposal in a single software interface, you’ll be amazed how the world becomes a calmer place. amazed at how the world suddenly becomes a calmer place.

Let System Architect work for you.

Section:

01

Let System Architect work for you.

Page 7


your yourworkflow workflow

System version 2 features a new philosophy centered workflow . Tellstage the of YourArchitect workflow becomes the core of system Systemdesign Architect operation. Tell theon application which application stage thecurrently design process you are the interface willitself tailorfor itself that giving the designwhich process youofare configuring, andat,theand interface will tailor thatfor function, function, youneed the tools need the tools you don’t. you thegiving tools you and you hiding theand toolshiding you don’t.

Instead Insteadofofjumping jumpingstraight straightininatatthethedevice devicelevel, level,System SystemArchitect Architectnow nowbegins beginswhere whereyour yourthought thought Harman Pro Group | 2010

. .ToTohelp, process layoutofofthe thevenue venue help,thethefirst firststage stageofofthethedesign designprocess process processbegins begins– –bybyconsidering consideringthethelayout ofofthetheinstalled is isliterally diagrammaticrepresentation representation installedororlive livesound soundvenue. space. literallytotodraw drawa adiagrammatic

With Withthis thisinformation, information,System SystemArchitect Architectwill willnow nowknow knowthetheareas areasofofthethevenue: venue:

Section:

01

• where devices can be physically located • where devices can be physically located

• which contain loudspeakers to which amplifier channels are connected • which contain loudspeakers to which amplifier channels are connected

• which need monitoring • which need monitoring

• which need control panels • which need control panels

The Thesubsequent subsequentstages stagesofofthethedesign designprocess processallow allowthetheHiQnet HiQnetdevices devicestotobebearranged arrangedbybyboth boththeir their physical physicaland andlogical logicalplacement. placement.InInessence essenceSystem SystemArchitect Architectallows allowsyou, you,thethedesigner, designer,toto‘educate’ instruct it

and . . about responsibilities andtheir theirbehavior behavior abouthow howdevices devicesare aretotobebeused used– –their theirresponsibilities

And Andwith withthat thatknowledge, knowledge,System SystemArchitect Architectis isable abletotoprovide provideautomation automationofofmany manyofofthetheonce oncelaborious laborious system systemdesign designtasks tasksforforfree. free.

We Architect. Weknow knowhow howyou youdesign designaudio audiosystems. systems.Now Nowsosodoes doesSystem your software.

Page 8


venuedefinition

Step one to to define the Venue. Step oneis is define the Venue.

Venue’ mode, enables venue plan an existing venue plan an canexisting be imported, and to be imported, and traced withblocks. the simple traced with the simple building building can blocks. Vertices be added and removed, and Vertices can be added andquick removed, and snapped to grid easily for and simple snap-to-gridofeasily for quick and simple replication the venue within System recreation of the venue within System Architect. Architect.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The designer within the dedicated Within the dedicated ‘Draw Venue’‘Draw mode,

Section:

01

Care has been taken to make the process as simple as bird’s possible so that, within a matter of minutes, a complete plan eye view of venue the venue becomes the space in which work. view of the becomes the space in which you you work. System Architect is now ready for you to start informing it about where devices physically belong…

Page 9


adding addingdevices devices

Devices Devices now arenot now only added belong to System on the main Architect canvas, by their butphysical are added location, to System literally Architect replicating bywhere their physical they willlocation. be found in the real world. Drag Drag from from thethe vast vast array array of of HiQnet HiQnet devices devices

Harman Pro Group | 2010

into into thethe appropriate appropriate rack rack room room in in thethe building, building, for example. for example. Inside Inside thethe room, roomthe rackmount devices can devices be racked can be or racked, loudspeakers or loudspeakers arranged in arranged arrays. in arrays.

Section:

associatingamplifiers amplifiers 01 associating

In In order order forfor System System Architect Architect to to understand understand thethe lastlast detail detail of of how how thethe devices devices and and thethe building building interact, interact, thethe next laststage stageofofdesign designisistotoinstruct instruct thethe application application how how amplifiers amplifiers areare used. used. ByBy dragging-and-dropping dragging-and-dropping thethe amplifier amplifier channels channels from from thethe intelligent intelligent filter filter listlist to to thethe areas areas in in thethe venue, venue, you you educate educate System System Architect Architect about abouthow how they they areare wired wired to to thethe loudspeakers loudspeakers in in thethe physical physical domain. domain. System System Architect Architect can can now now group group these these logical logical channels channels and and start start automating automating control. control.

Page 10


automatedcontrol

Sosit now sitback back and relax while Architect Now So now sit back and and relax. relax Because whileSystem System it understands Architect the turns the Venue a system monitoring panel. physical turns the location Venue into of into devices, a system the monitoring main Venue panel. view has already become a system-wide monitoring panel. If a device exhibits an error condition – System If a device exhibits an error condition – System Architect Architect knows where itcondition isturn andthe so–rack can turnArchitect the knows If a device where exhibits it is and an error so can System room yellow rack roomityellow onroom the level knows or red, where depending is and on or the sored, can leveldepending turn of the the condition. rack Simple. yellow of the condition. or red, depending onSimple. the level of the condition. Simple.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Each and every area of the venue to which amplifier channels have been Each and every connected, area ofgets the aVenue control to panel which generated amplifier channels just for itself, been have accessible associated, directlyhas from anthe automatically-generated Venue. control panel accessible directly from the Venue, grouping the Behind the scenes, appropriate parameters System onArchitect your behalf. automatically groups the

Section:

amplifier channels and associates the controls on your behalf.

01

For any rack and array with one or more of the same device type, System Architect will automatically create a Master Panel for grouped control and make it instantly accessible. Additional Custom and Master Panels can be added to different Areas, tuning the Venue into the main control panel for the system.

Page 11


space space science. science. space spacescience. science.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Design Designthe thecomplete complete Section:

01

a uaduidoi o s yssyt setm em ww i t hi t h HiQnet HiQnetSystem SystemArchitect’s Architect’s familiar familiar and and friendly friendly drag-and-drop drag-and-drop interface. interface. Configure Configureallalldevices devicesand androute route audio audioseamlessly seamlesslyacross acrossthetheentire entire network. network. Customize Customize control control interfaces interfaces forformultiple multiplecomputer computerand andtouch touchscreen screen control control with with thethe integrated integrated designer. designer.SetSet upup security security and and remote remote access access forfor thethe entire entire system. system. AllAll this this from from aa single single application. application. Upload Upload and and go. go.

Page 12


installedsound Use multiple connection methodologies such as USB, serial or Ethernet simultaneously. Regardless of the interface on the device, HiQnet enables System Architect to unite the system. Take powerful configuration and control of multiple devices from best-in-class brands from the Harman Pro Group: microphones from Configure and control all devices in the system from multiple AKG, processing from dbx, amplification from Crown and powered computers running System Architect. Automatically discover devices loudspeakers from JBL. and synchronize parameter values without needing to have the original design file loaded. Make use of the established Harman HiQnet communications language to connect, configure and control the entire audio system. Configure the entire system Personalize control interfaces with the

alertingoffrom a single window. or Ethernet simultaneously. Regardless the interface on the

integrated control panel designer without

device, HiQnet enables SystemArchitect to unite the system.

the need for a secondary application.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

for control from a remote computer andasset up serial email Use multiple connection methodologies such USB,

Customize your design from a pre-installed library of controls and backgrounds, or Configure control all devices in the system from multiple Lock downand control of all computers running System the devices in the system Architect. Automatically discover devices and synchronize parameter values without needing to have the with System Architect’s original design security file loaded. comprehensive configuration pages.

create and add your own. Drag and drop controls from device default panels or design first and associate with device parameters later. Create control panel

Section:

shortcuts to launch the panel automatically.

01

Restrict access to authorized personnel only – password protect the software and configure device front panel control for multiple users.

Configure the entire system for control from a remote computer and set up email alerting from a single window.

Lock down control of all the devices in the system with System Architect’s comprehensive security configuration pages. Restrict access to authorized Set device or system presets to recall automatically. Use the integrated personnel only – password Scheduler to recall presets at different times of the day, with daily, weekly, protect the software and monthly or even annual recurrences. Or use the Logic Rules Wizard to configure device front panel trigger presets based on detailed conditions – right down to the individual control for multiple users. parameter level.

Optimize custom-designed control interfaces for touch screen computer use. Maximize the window space and hide the operating system and background applications. applications – even hide the mouse pointer.

Page 13


performance performancespaces spaces

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Address Address allall devices devices in in thethe signal signal path from path a single from ainterface. single interface Manually – from drag and microphone drop devices to speaker. into the Venue Manually View drag or allow andSystem drop devices Architect intodiscover the Venue andView loador

Section:

01

devices allow automatically. System Architect discover and load devices automatically.

Launch Launch individual individual device device interface interface panels panels directly directly from from thethe device device in in thethe Venue Venue forfor offline offline configuration, configuration, or or real-time real-time control control of of livelive devices. devices.Access Access separate separate processing processing and and monitoring monitoring functions functions directly directly from from thethe device’s device’s main main panel panel swiftly swiftly and and easily. easily.The The uniform uniform processing processing lock lock icon icon design design allows allows immediate immediate familiarity familiarity across across different different device device types. types.

Organize devices into Racks to Configure Configure device device presets presets within within System System Architect Architect and and recall recall any any combination combination of of these these directly directly from from thethe console’s console’s internal internal cue cue list.list.The The Soundcraft Soundcraft Vi6Vi6 and and Studer Studer Vista Vista series series of of consoles consoles can can now now bebe masters masters of of thethe show show and and thethe system. system.

Configure Configure and and control control allall connected connected devices devices by running by running SystemSystem Architect Architect on a laptop on a laptop computer computer at the front-of-house or even the front-ofposition. house console.

replicate how they are used in Organize devices into Racks to the real world. Once in Racks, replicate how they are used in two or more like-devices will be the real world. Once in Racks, treated as a group and can be two or more like-devices will be controlled from automaticallytreated as a group and can be generated Master Panels, controlled from automaticallyinstantly accessible from generated Master Panels, the Rack itself. Organizing instantly accessible from devices into Racks also the Rack itself. Organizing assists with searching for devices into Racks also devices and parameters assists with searching for during system configuration. devices and parameters during system configuration.

Page 14

ss


Configure preset settings for all devices within the system and assign these to the production console’s internal cue Harman Pro Group | 2010

list. Take command of the complete system as you step through the show. Better still, let the front-of-house engineer run HiQnet System Architect on a laptop and tweak each device in the system all the way from microphone to speaker without leaving the best seat in the house.

Section:

01

stage manager.

stage manager.

Page 15


Harman Pro Group | 2010

1, 1,2, 2,3, 3,4... 4...

Section:

01

1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4... 4... ...and ...and counting. counting.With With now now over over 9090 HiQnet HiQnet models models currently currently addressable addressable from from System System Architect Architect - and - and with withmore more toto come come - you youcan cantruly trulytake takecontrol controlover overthethe fullfull audio audio system. system.LetLet System SystemArchitect Architectdiscover discoverallallconnected connecteddevices deviceswith withitsitsplugplugand-play and-playarchitecture. architecture. Link Replicate devicethe control real world with the by integrated organizing Grouping loudspeakers Wizard. into arrays. Walk Walk the venue the venue withwith a wireless a wireless tablet tabletcomputer computer and andaddress addresseach eachdevice devicewith withthe thededicated dedicatedtablet tabletmode. mode. Log Logand andarchive archive system systemevents. events.AllAllthethecontrol controlwithout withoutthethefuss. fuss. Sit Sitback backand andenjoy enjoythe theshow. show.

Page 16


livesound Discover all connected devices and let them automatically negotiate their own network addresses. The plug-and-play architecture employed by the HiQnet communications language and System Architect makes system setup a breeze.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Configure and control each device with as normal the wireless with tablet the wireless computer tablet display computer displayoptimized mode, mode, optimized to maketouse make of the use of the tablet full full tablet screen. screen. Switch Switch between between the the standard desktop and tablet layout with

Enter data directly into context-sensitive alphanumeric keypads when

the dedicated button located in onthe the main

using a Tablet PC. These keypads appear automatically when the data

window for Ribbon application convenient for convenient access withaccess the

entry field is touched with the stylus, and disappear when the data is

tabletthe with stylus. tablet stylus.

entered. Each keypad understands the properties of the parameter from

Section:

01

which it was called, enabling system tuning with precision on a Tablet PC and putting control literally at your fingertips.

Organize compatible loudspeakers Organize compatible into separate Arrays,loudspeakers mirroring their into separate Arrays, their use in the real world.mirroring Just as with use in the real Just as with Racks, two or world. more like-devices Racks, two or more like-devices within an Array will be treated as a within Array be treatedfrom as a groupan and can will be controlled Keepand Log yourself archive in control all system by events. logging Use and archiving the powerful all system view filters events. to narrow Use the powerful down system viewevents filters quickly to narrow anddown easily. system Sort and events view quickly events by andtype, easily. name, Sort and view date, time,events priority, by details type, name, or device date, time, priority, address. Manually detailsarchive or device and address. export Manually a complete archive log inand standard exportdatabase a complete log in standard format or configure database the application format or to

group and can be controlled from automatically-generated Master automatically-generated Master Panels, instantly accessible from

Panels, instantly from the Array itself. accessible And just as with the Array itself. And just as with Racks, organizing devices into

Racks, into Arraysorganizing also assistsdevices with searching Arrays also assists with searching for devices and parameters during for devices and parameters during system configuration. system configuration.

configurelogs archive the automatically. application to archive logs automatically.

Page 17


AKG HUB HUB4000 4000 4000 QQ – enables – enables connection 700, DMSWMS 700, 4500/4000 SR 4000 AKG WMS HUB 4000 Q –connection one ofto DMS thetomost advanced and / and IVM 4500 andprofessional 4.IVM Offers 4. Offers wireless wireless system system frequency frequency coordination coordination with 1with Click 1 innovative wireless systems available today. Setup,Setup, Click environment environment scan and scanwireless and wireless connection connection monitoring. monitoring.

BSS Soundweb London – freely-configurable DSP platform,

Harman Pro Group | 2010

parameters of London which can be exported from design application HiQnet BSS Soundweb London Architect™ for control from System Architect Custom Panels.

Crown I-Tech HD Series – Class I touring amplifier with networked

Crown – amazing and ease of BSS use Audio, with onboard audioI-Tech and aseries new DSP engine power co-developed with including DSP designed for touring sound and installed sound applications. Linear Phase FIR filters and LevelMax™ limiters.

Section:

01 Crown Macro-Tech i Series – ruggedly-constructed Class I amplifiers built to iwithstand years ofamplifiers abuse on the road, whileperfectly continuing Crown Macrotech series – cinema which deliver the Macro-Tech legacywith of unparalleled sonic accuracy and detail. matched performance each award-winning JBL ScreenArray® system.

Crown 2-channel CTs Series – exceptional performance, flexibility

Crown 2-channel CTs series – now including multi-channel variants, and value for installed sound applications, with optional speaker all with optional speaker management, EQ. networked audio and management, EQ, networked audio System Architect control. System Architect control.

Crown CTs Series – four-channel and eight-channel Crown CTsmulti-channel series – now including multi-channel variants, all with variantsspeaker of the acclaimed CTs Series, including fully integrated speaker optional management, EQ. networked audio and System management, EQ, networked audio System Architect control. Architect control.

Page 18


systemdevices

Crown CDi series Series––professional cinema amplifiers which deliver perfectly Crown CDi amplifiers designed and matched built for performance with each award-winning JBL SrceenArray® loudspeaker installed sound applications. system and include integrated speaker management and EQ.

Crown DSiseries series – cinema amplifierswhich whichdeliver deliverperfectly perfectly matched matched Crown DSi – cinema amplifiers performance loudspeaker performance with witheach eachaward-winning award-winningJBL JBLSrceenArray® ScreenArray® system.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

system and include integrated speaker management and EQ.

Crown XTi Series – rugged and lightweight amplifiers designed for

Crown XTi series – rugged and lightweight amplifiers designed for portable PA with on board DSP and USB connectivity. Also controllable portable PA with on board DSP and USB connectivity. from dedicated PA software application HiQnet Band Manager™.

Section:

01

JBL VPSeries Series – the ultimate power,fidelity, fidelity,reliability reliability and and control control JBL VP – the ultimate in inpower, perfectly suited for aa variety variety ofofdemanding, demanding, professional professional applications applications perfectly suited with optional networked audio. with standard standardnetworked networkedcontrol, control,and and optional networked audio.

JBL VerTec® DP series – powered line arrays with superb audio

JBL VerTec® DP series – powered line arrays with superb audio quality, robust amplification and integral digital signal processing with quality, robust amplification and integral digital signal processing networked control, and optional networked audio. with networked control and networked audio options.

Lexicon PCM Series – an artful blend of heritage and innovation,

Lexicon

the PCM92, PCM96 and and PCM PCM96 96 Surround Surround deliver deliver new and legendary Lexicon reverbs, delays and modulation effects.

Page 19


AKG AKG Acoustics Acoustics GmbH GmbH Lemböckgasse Lemböckgasse 21–25 21–25 P.O.B. P.O.B. 158 158 A-1230 A-1230 Vienna, Vienna, Austria Austria Tel:Tel: +43 +43 (1)(1) 86654-0 86654-0 www.akg.com www.akg.com

AKG AKG Acoustics, Acoustics, U.S. U.S. 8500 8500 Balboa Balboa Boulevard Boulevard Northridge, Northridge, CACA 91329, 91329, USA USA Tel:Tel: (818) (818) 920.3212 920.3212

BSS BSS Audio Audio 8760 8760 South South Sandy Sandy Parkway, Parkway, SaltSalt Lake Lake City, City, Utah, Utah, 84070, 84070, USA USA Tel:Tel: (801) (801) 566-8800 566-8800 www.bssaudio.com www.bssaudio.com

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Crown Crown Audio, Audio, Inc. Inc. 1718 1718 W.W. Mishawaka Mishawaka Road Road Elkhart, Elkhart, IN IN 46517, 46517, USA USA Tel:Tel: (574) (574) 294-8000 294-8000 www.crownaudio.com www.crownaudio.com

dbx dbx Professional Professional 8760 8760 South South Sandy Sandy Parkway Parkway Sandy, Sandy, Utah Utah 84070, 84070, USA USA Tel:Tel: (801) (801) 568-7660 568-7660 www.dbxpro.com www.dbxpro.com

Section:

01 02

JBLJBL Professional Professional 8500 8500 Balboa Balboa Blvd Blvd Northridge, Northridge, CACA 91329, 91329, USA USA Tel:Tel: (818) (818) 894-8850 894-8850 www.jblpro.com www.jblpro.com

Lexicon Lexicon Pro Pro 8760 8760 So.So. Sandy Sandy Parkway Parkway Sandy, Sandy, Utah Utah 84070, 84070, USA USA Tel:Tel: (801) (801) 568-7567 568-7567 www.lexiconpro.com www.lexiconpro.com

Soundcraft Soundcraft Cranborne Cranborne House House Cranborne Cranborne Road Road Potters Potters BarBar Herts Herts EN6 EN6 3JN, 3JN, United United Kingdom Kingdom Tel:Tel: +44 +44 (0)1707 (0)1707 665000 665000 www.soundcraft.com www.soundcraft.com

Harman Harman Pro Pro North North America America 8500 8500 Balboa Balboa Boulevard Boulevard Northridge, Northridge, CACA 91329, 91329, USA USA Tel:Tel: (818) (818) 920.3212 920.3212

Studer Studer Professional Professional Audio Audio Studer Studer Professional Professional Audio Audio GmbH GmbH Riedthofstrasse Riedthofstrasse 214 214 CH-8105 CH-8105 Regensdorf, Regensdorf, Switzerland Switzerland Tel:Tel: +41 +41 (0)44 (0)44 870 870 7575 1111 www.studer.ch www.studer.ch

Harman Harman Pro Pro North North America America 8500 8500 Balboa Balboa Boulevard Boulevard Northridge, Northridge, CACA 91329, 91329, USA USA Tel:Tel: (818) (818) 920.3212 920.3212

harmanpro.com harmanpro.com Page 20


5638_09_0_Cover_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_0_Cover_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:52 Uhr

Seite 1

Professional Audio Catalog Portable PA Recording & Broadcast Installed Sound Tour Sound

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

01 02

Page 21


Ian

Paice

Ravi

Hubert

Jakhotia

9_1_Content_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_1_Content_USA_fsch

Harman Pro Group | 2010

DJ

01.12.2009

Layla

8:43 Uhr

Seite 5638_09_1_Content_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_1_Content_USA_fsch 2

01.12.2009

Ian

8:43 Uhr

von Goisern Seite 2

Ian

Paice

Paice

Hal Ravi

Ravi

Stage

Insta

Recording

Handheld Microphones

Goosene

Microphones

Microphones

Winer Jakhotia Hubert

Jakhotia

Recording C 12 VR C 451 B, C 451 B/ST C 414 XLS C 414 XL II

von Goisern

Terry

6 7 8 9

Hubert

C 535 EB C5 D 7, D 7 S, D 7 LTD D 5, D 5 S D 770 P 5, P 5 S, P 3 S D 88 S/XLR, D 88 S/Jack D 77 S/XLR, D 77 S/Jack D 55 S D 44 S

Section:

DJ

02

Bozzio

DJ

Layla

Layla

Bakken

Hal

D 112 D 40 C 430 P4 P2

Winer

Winer

Jack Blades/

Terry

AKG Blue Line

Nightranger

Bozzio

Yngwie

CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94 C 391 B, SE 300 B, CK 98

Perception

Rebekka

Malmsteen

Perception 820 Tube Perception 420 Perception 220 Perception 170 Perception 120 Perception 120 USB

Missy Bakken

Elliott

ngwie

Malmsteen

Missy

Sepultura Yngwie Malmsteen

Missy

Elliott

Sepultura

14 14 14 14 15

Hal

Terry

30 30 31 31 31

CK 31, CK CK 47 CK 80

System De CGN 321 E CGN 323 E CHM 21

Jack Blades

C 518, C 519 C 411, C 516 ML

32 33

Head-worn Microphones

Rebekka

18 19 19 20 20 21

Capsule M

Compact S

Clip-on Microphones

Bozzio

HC 577 C 520, C 555 L

34 35

CK 77 WR C 417, CK 55 L

36 37

Bakken Lavalier Microphones

Nightran

Paging M

D 58 E D 542, D 5 D 542 ST-S

Systems

DSR 700 DHT 700 DPT 700 CU 700

74 75 75 75

SR 4500 HT 4500 PT 4500 CU 4000/BP 4000

HUB 4000 Q HiQnetTM Microphones for WMS 4500 System Components Multi-Channel Systems

78 79 79 80 81

WMS 450

WMS 4500

Brooks & Dunn

Installation System De GN Series GN E Serie GN ESP Se GN E 5Pin HM 1000 GN 155 Se

Wireless

Elliott DMS 700

Sepultura

16 17

26 27 28 28 29 29

Instrument Microphones

ULS Series CK 61-ULS CK 62-ULS CK 63-ULS C 480 B CK 69-ULS

Reference Architectura

Nightranger

10 11 11 12 12 13 13

Rebekka

24 24

25 von GoisernModular S 26

Jack Blades/

Recording & Broadcast C 214 C 4000 B C 3000 C 2000 B C 1000 S C 4500 B-BC D 230

M

76 77 77 78

SR 450 WMS 450 Sets HT 450 PT 450

WMS 40 PR

SR 40 PRO HT 40 PRO PT 40 PRO WMS 40 PRO S GB 40 FLEXX Transformer Se

82 82 83 83

Brooks &Brooks Dunn & Dun

Headphones

Headsets

Headphones K 271 MK II K 171 MK II K 240 MK II K 141 MK II K 181 DJ K 81 DJ

Page 22

Headsets 94 94 95 95 96 96

K 702 K 99 K 77 K 44 K 10

97 97 98 98 99

HSD 271 Single HSC 271 HSC 171 HSD 271 HSD 171


n

Content

Recording Recording Stage Stage Installed Installed Microphones

Microphones

Microphones

Recording

Recording

C 12 VR C 451 B, C 451 B/ST C 414 XLS C 414 XL II

C 12 VR 26 C 451 27 B, C 451 B/ST C 414 28 XLS C 414 29 XL II

Microphones

Microphones

Microphones

Handheld Microphones Handheld Microphones Gooseneck Microphones Gooseneck Microphones Boundary Layer andBoundary Layer and Microphones Shotgun Microphones C 535 26 EB C 535 44 EB Reference 44 Projects Reference 60 Projects Shotgun 60

C 5 44 44 Microphone Series Architectural Series C 5 27 Architectural 62 Microphone C 747 V11 62 C 747 78 V11 D 7, D45 7 S, D 7 LTD 45 D 7, D 28 7 S, D 7 LTD C 547 79 BL C 547 BL Modular Series Modular D 5, D46 5S 46 Series D 5, D 29 5S C 542 80 BL C 542 BL D 770 46 D 770 46 Installation 65 Installation C 562 80 CM C 562 CM 65 Recording & Broadcast Recording & Broadcast P 5, P 47 5 S, P 3 S 47 P 5, P 5 S, P 3 S System Description System66Description C 568 B 66 C 568 81 B C 214 C 214 30 30 48 D 88 S/XLR, D 88 S/Jack D 88 S/XLR, 48 D 88 S/Jack GN Series GN Series 67 CK 98 81 67 CK 98 C 400031B 31 C 4000 B 48 D 77 S/XLR, D 77 S/Jack D 77 S/XLR, 48 D 77 S/Jack GN E Series GN E Series 68 68 C 300031 31 C 3000 D 55 S49 D 55 S GN ESP69Series Microphone 69 Mixer Microphone Mixer GN ESP49Series C 200032B 32 C 2000 B D 44 S49 49 Series D 44 S GN E 5Pin 70 GN E 5Pin 70 Series C 100032S 32 C 1000 S AMM 10 AMM 10 82 HM 1000 71 HM 1000 71 C 450033B-BC 33 C 4500 B-BC DMM 4/2/2 DMM 4/2/2 84 Instrument Microphones Instrument Microphones GN 155 Set 71 GN 155 Set 71 D 230 33 33 D 230 DMM 4/2/4 DMM 4/2/4 85 D 112 D 112 50 50 Capsule Modules Capsule Modules ULS Series ULS Series D 40 50 50 D 40 Conference SystemConference System CK 31,72 CK 32, CK 33 72 CK 31,51 CK 32, CK 33 CK 61-ULS CK 61-ULS 34 C 430 51 C 430 34 CS 5 CS 5 86 CK 47 73 73 CK 47 51 CK 62-ULS CK 62-ULS 34 P 4 51 P 4 34 CS 2 90 CS 2 CK 80 73 73 CK 80 51 CK 63-ULS CK 63-ULS 34 P 2 51 P 2 34 C 480 34 B 34 C 480 B Compact Series Compact Series CK 69-ULS 35 Microphones CK 69-ULS 35 Clip-on Clip-on Microphones System74Description 74 System Description AKG Blue Line AKG Blue Line C 518, C 519 C 518,52 C 519 52 E, CGN 521 E CGN 321 74 CGN 321 74 E, CGN 521 E C 411, C 516 ML 53 C 411, C 516 ML 53 CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94 CK 91,36 CK 92, CK 93, CK 94 36 75 CGN 323 E, CGN 523 E CGN 323 75 E, CGN 523 E B, SE 300 B, CK 98 37 C 391 B, SE 300 B, CK 98C 391 37 CHM 21 75 CHM 21 75

Perception

Perception

Perception 820 Tube Perception 420 Perception 220 Perception 170 Perception 120 Perception 120 USB

Perception 38 820 Tube Perception 39 420 Perception 39 220 Perception 40 170 Perception 40 120 Perception 41 120 USB

78 79 80 80 81 81

82 84 85

Harman Pro Group | 2010

er

Content

86 90

Head-worn Microphones Head-worn Microphones Please note that some of thesePlease products note that some of these products HC 577 HC 57754 54 Microphones Paging Paging Microphones 38 C 520,55 C 555 L 55 C 520, C 555 L 39 D 58 E 39 D 542, D 542 E Lavalier Microphones Lavalier Microphones 40 D 542 ST-S CK 77 40 WR CK 77 56 WR 56 C 417,57 CK 55 L 57 C 417,41 CK 55 L

D 58 E76 D 542,76 D 542 E D 542 77 ST-S

may not be available in your country. may not be available in your country. 76 For details, please contact yourForlocal details, please contact your local 76 dealer or national AKG distributor dealer or visit or national AKG distributor or visit 77 our website at: www.akg.comour website at: www.akg.com

Section:

02

WirelessWireless Systems

Systems

DMS 700

DMS 700

DSR 700 DHT 700 DPT 700 CU 700

DSR 700 94 DHT 700 95 DPT 700 95 CU 70095

WMS 4500

WMS 4500

SR 4500 HT 4500 PT 4500 CU 4000/BP 4000

SR 4500 96 HT 4500 97 PT 4500 97 CU 4000/BP 98 4000

HUB 4000 98 PRO HUB 4000 Q 98 Q WMS 40 TM HiQnet99 99 HiQnetTM 94 SR 40 PRO Microphones for WMS 4500 99 Microphones for WMS 4500 99 95 HT 40 PRO System 100 System Components 100Components 95 PT 40 PRO Systems 101 Multi-Channel Systems Multi-Channel 101 95 WMS 40 PRO Sets GB 40 FLEXX WMS 450 WMS 450 Transformer Set SINGLE SR 450 SR 450 102 102 96 WMS102 450 Sets 102 WMS 450 Sets 97 HT 450 103 HT 450 103 97 PT 450 103 PT 450 103 98

WMS 40 PRO

Headphones Headphones Headsets

Headphones

Headphones

K 271 MK II K 171 MK II K 240 MK II K 141 MK II K 181 DJ K 81 DJ

K 271114 MK II K 171114 MK II K 240115 MK II K 141115 MK II K 181116 DJ K 81 116 DJ

114 114 115 115 116 116

IVM 4 Wireless

108 108 109 109 110 110 110 111

AppendixAppendix

Headsets

K 702 K 99 K 77 K 44 K 10

IVM 4 Wireless

In-Ear104 Monitoring In-Ear Monitoring SR 40104 PRO HT 40105 PRO SST 4 105 SST 4108 PT 40105 PRO 105 IVM 4108 Sets IVM 4 Sets WMS106 40 PRO Sets SPR 4109 SPR 4 106 GB 40107 FLEXX IP 2 109 IP 2 107 Transformer 107 Set SINGLESPC 4 107 SPC 4110 SRA 2W SRA 2W 110 RA 4000 RA 4000 W 110 W IVM 4111 Multi-Channel Systems IVM 4 Multi-Channel Systems

K 702117 K 99 117 K 77 118 K 44 118 K 10 119

Headsets

Headsets

HSD 271117 Single HSC 271117 HSC 171118 HSD 271118 HSD 171119

HSD 119 271 Single HSC 271 120 HSC 171 120 HSD 121 271 HSD 121 171

Accessories Accessories Matrix 119 Guide Application 120 Patents Key 120 to Product Names 121 Specifications – 121 comparison chart Alphabetical Index

Accessories 122-125 Accessories 126-127 Matrix Application 128-129 Guide Patents 130 Key to131 Product Names Specifications – comparison 132-148 chart Alphabetical 149 Index

Content

122-125 126-127 128-129 130 131 132-148 149

3 Content

3

Page 23


Recording C 12 VR C 451 B, C 451 B/ST C 414 XLS C 414 XL II

26 27 28 29

Recording & Broadcast C 214 C 4000 B C 3000 C 2000 B C 1000 S C 4500 B-BC D 230

30 31 31 32 32 33 33

ULS Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CK 61-ULS CK 62-ULS CK 63-ULS C 480 B CK 69-ULS

34 34 34 34 35

AKG Blue Line CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94 C 391 B, SE 300 B, CK 98

36 37

Perception

Section:

02

Page 24

Perception 820 Tube Perception 420 Perception 220 Perception 170 Perception 120 Perception 120 USB

38 39 39 40 40 41


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Recording

Section:

02

Microphones

AKG – a brand that has built an enviable world-wide reputation for performance, dependability and service. A microphone for every

requirement – television studios, motion-picture production centers, theaters, stadiums, concert halls, opera houses, communication links, schools, home tape recorders. The personal choice of hundreds of performers.

Page 25


5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:06 Uhr

Seite 6

Recording Vocals Strings Brass • Recreates the performance of the legendary C 12 microphone

• A special edge-terminated dual-large-diaphragm AKG transducer

42

• Nine remotely-selectable pickup patterns from omni to figure-eight

• Comes complete with all accessories and all-metal carrying case 221

Harman Pro Group | 2010

C 12 VR

Section:

02

The C 12 VR is a perfect reincarnation of the legendary C 12 microphone including its famous “voice-friendly” sound. True to the original design, the mic uses the same 6072A dual-triode tube, hand-selected for the lowest noise and optimum sonic characteristics. The sound of the C 12 VR can be described as the perfect blend of warmth, clarity and presence. The C 12 VR comes complete with windscreen, all-metal shock-mount, power supply/remote control unit, connecting cable and individually-measured response graphs. Item number: C 12 VR

2221Z00040

cardioid

• Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 3% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter:

6

Page 26

omnidirectional

cardioid, omnidirectional, figure-eight, and 6 intermediate positions, remotely selectable 30 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV); 10-dB increase, selectable by internal switch 128/138/148 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB 10 dB, 20 dB, selectable 6 dB/octave at 100 Hz, 12 dB/octave at 130 Hz

figure-eight

• • • • • • • • • • •

Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms from supplied N 12 VR power supply from supplied N 12 VR power supply 12-pin DIN 10 m (33 ft.) green/gold 42 dia. x 225 mm (1.7 dia. x 8.9 in.) 680 g (24 oz.)/4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.) H 15/T, MK-Tube, N 12 VR, W 42 PF 80


Recording Recording Percussions Lectern Drums • Identical acoustics to the legendary C 451 EB + CK1 • Accurate, ruler-flat on-axis response with life-like transient response

19

• Transformerless output circuit delivers wide dynamic range and loss-free low-end response 160

• Separate 3-position pre-attenuation pad and bass roll-off switch

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Also available as factory-matched stereo pairs complete with accessories and metal “Sound Tools Case”

C 451 B Responding to growing demand, AKG has recreated the sonic performance of the legendary C 451 EB + CK 1 combination in a modern new microphone. The new C 451 B has dramatically improved specifications and reliability. The new non-modular microphone has an extremely light diaphragm for insensitivity to handling noise, and still retains the incredible transient response of the original. The nickel-plated, all-metal chassis is attractive and provides excellent protection from RF interference and the rigors of handling. The C 451 B transformerless output section ensures it is an excellent tool for capturing transient-rich signals such as drums, percussion and acoustic guitar. Item numbers: C 451 B C 451 B/ST

Section:

02

2895Z00010 2895Z00210 (Matched stereo pair)

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 9 mV/Pa (-41 dBV) 135/145/155 dB (0/-10/-20 dB) 18 dB-A 76 dB 0 dB, 10 dB, 20 dB selectable flat, 12 dB/octave at 75 or 150 Hz, selectable ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power

• • • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

≤2 mA 3-pin XLR satin nickel plated 19 dia. x 160 mm (0.75 dia. x 6.3 in.) 125 g (4.4 oz.)/760 g (1.7 lbs.) SA 60, Sound Tool Case, W 90 B 18, H 30, H 50, H 85, H 300, PF 80, ST 305, W 32

Recording & Broadcast

7

Page 27


5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:06 Uhr

Seite 8

NEW

Professional Studio Recording Choir Miking Professional Stage Miking Drum Overhead Miking Classic Music Recording • AKG C 414 – A legend since 1971

• Nine selectable pickup patterns enable to choose the perfect setting for every application

• Lock Mode: all controls can be disabled easily for trouble-free use

• Peak Hold LED even detects shortest overload peaks

• Incredible Dynamic Range of 152 dB

49

• Leading-edge technology and state-of-the-art components ensure shortest signal path and extra protection against moisture

• Designed, engineered and built in Vienna, Austria

159

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Three switchable different bass cut filters and three pre-attenuation levels

C 414 XLS

Section:

02

For over 60 years, leading musicians and engineers have used legendary AKG microphones to capture their sound so their audience hears every nuance. The C 414 family has been one of the world’s most widely-used and respected studio and stage microphones. AKG has continually set new benchmarks for useful features, improved technical specifications and ease of use to answer requests from everdemanding recording studios, broadcast stations and audio engineers. The new models C 414 XLS and C 414 XL II offer nine pickup patterns which enable to choose the perfect setting for every application. For live-sound applications and permanent installations all controls can be disabled easily for trouble-free use. A Peak Hold LED displays even shortest overload peaks. The C 414 XLS maintains the sonic character of the legendary C 414 B-ULS, the longest-lived C 414 model. Engineered for highest linearity and neutral sound, it is the most universal and versatile large diaphragm microphone for decades. Widely used for accurate, beautifully detailed pickup of any acoustic instrument the new C 414 XLS combines proven reference quality, leading-edge technology and state-of-the-art components. Item number: C 414 XLS C 414 XLS Stereo Set

3059Z00050 3059Z00230 Stereo Set – selected with AKG’s sophisticated matching method.

C 414 B-XLS: omnidirectional

C 414 B-XLS: cardioid

C 414 B-XLS: wide cardioid

C 414 B-XLS: hypercardioid

• Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter slope: • Electrical impedance: • Recommended load impedance:

8

Page 28

omnidirectional, wide cardioid, cardioid, hypercardioid, figure eight and 4 intermediate Settings 20 to 20,000 Hz (see frequency response traces) 23 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) ± 0.5 dB 200/400/800/1600 Pa = 140/146/152/158 dB (0/-6/-12/-18 dB) 6 dB-A (0 dB preattenuation) 88 dB -6 dB, -12 dB, -18 dB, switchable 12 dB/octave at 40 Hz and 80 Hz; 6 dB/octave at 160 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥2,200 ohms

C 414 B-XLS: figure-eight

• • • • • • • •

Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

48 V phantom powe approximately 4.5 mA 3-pin XLR to IEC dark grey/silver 50 x 38 x 160 mm (2.0 x 1.5 x 6.3 in.) 300 g (10.6 oz.) H 85, PF 80, Soundtool Case, W 414 H 50, ST 305


Recording

NEW

Lead Vocals Lead Instruments Choir Miking Drum Overhead Miking Classic Music Recording • AKG C 414 – A legend since 1971 • Nine selectable pickup patterns enable to choose the perfect setting for every application • Lock Mode: all controls can be disabled easily for trouble-free use • Peak Hold LED even detects shortest overload peaks

49

• Incredible Dynamic Range of 152 dB • Three switchable different bass cut filters and three pre-attenuation levels

• Designed, engineered and built in Vienna, Austria

Harman Pro Group | 2010

159

• Leading-edge technology and state-of-the-art components ensure shortest signal path and extra protection against moisture

C 414 XL II The C 414 XL II is the successor of the famous C 414 B-TL II. It shows the unique sonic signature of the highly sought after AKG C 12 which enables lead vocals and solo instruments to be placed even in a dense mix. The unrivalled up-front sound is also well-known for distant miking applications like classic music recording or drum ambience miking. The XL II version differs from the XLS version in one major respect – the capsule. Both, the slight presence boost and the impressive spatial reproduction is similar to the legendary C 12 microphones. The new models C 414 XLS and C 414 XL II offer nine pickup patterns which enable to choose the perfect setting for every application. For live-sound applications and permanent installations all controls can be disabled easily for trouble-free use. A Peak Hold LED displays even shortest overload peaks. The C 414 comes complete with carrying case, pop filter, windscreen, and spider-type shock mount. Item number: C 414 XL II C 414 XL II Stereo Set

Section:

02

3059Z00060 3059Z00240 Stereo Set – selected with AKG’s sophisticated matching method.

C 414 B-XL II: omnidirectional

C 414 B-XL II: cardioid

C 414 B-XL II: wide cardioid

C 414 B-XL II: hypercardioid

• Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter slope: • Electrical impedance: • Recommended load impedance:

omnidirectional, wide cardioid, cardioid, hypercardioid, figure eight and 4 intermediate Settings 20 to 20,000 Hz (see frequency response traces) 23 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) ± 0.5 dB 200/400/800/1600 Pa = 140/146/152/158 dB (0/-6/12/-18 dB) 6 dB-A (0 dB preattenuation) 88 dB -6 dB, -12 dB, -18 dB, switchable 12 dB/octave at 40 Hz and 80 Hz; 6 dB/octave at 160 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥2,200 ohms

C 414 B-XL II: figure-eight

• • • • • • • •

Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

48 V phantom power approximately 4.5 mA 3-pin XLR to IEC dark grey/gold 50 x 38 x 160 mm (2.0 x 1.5 x 6.3 in.) 300 g (10.6 oz.) H 85, PF 80, Soundtool Case, W 414 H 50, ST 305

Recording & Broadcast

9

Page 29


5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:06 Uhr

Seite 10

Professional studio recording Lead vocals Lead instruments Ensemble recording Professional stage miking

• • AKG’s legendary 1” edge-terminated large diaphragm sound

• Outstanding dynamic range (up to 156 dB SPL, ultra-low noise)

• Roadworthy design • Integrated suspension to reduce mechanical noise

• Switchable 20 dB attenuation pad and low cut switch • Rugged double mesh grill for high RF immunity but unaffected acoustics

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• All-metal die-cast body with shock- and scratch-resistant finish • Spider-type shock mount H 85 included • Metal carrying case included • Designed, engineered and built in Vienna, Austria

C 214

Section:

02

AKG's industry-leading C 414 microphones are already a permanent fixture in the world's biggest recording studios and a highly respected work horse for independent artists, broadcasting, and on-stage miking as well. The new C 214 is designed as a cost-effective alternative to the high-end, industry-leading C 414 family. It captures sound combining one side of the legendary C 414 dual-capsule system and AKG’s patented Back-Plate Technology which results in an outstanding performance close to the famous C 414 B-XLS. Like the C 414 models, the C 214 is capable of handling the rigors of high-pressure sound such as loud brass instruments and guitar amps, with a sensitivity perfect for voice and orchestral instruments as well. Additionally, the microphone offers a 20 dB Attenuation pad, 13 dB noise floor, and a low cut switch—all in an elegant but rugged package. Additional features include an integrated suspension, a double mesh grill high RF immunity without affecting acoustics. The circuitry in the C 214 provides maximum SPL capability with minimum noise and the gold-plated XLR-type output connector offers loss-free signals.

Stereo Set – selected with AKG’s sophisticated matching method.

Item number: C 214 C 214 Stereo Set

3185Z00010 3185Z00110

The C 214 comes complete with a robust metal carrying case, windscreen, and spider-type suspension mount included. Available also as a computer matched stereo pair. Niere

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5 % THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption:

10

Page 30

Cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa 136 / 156 dB SPL 13 dB-A 81 dB 0/-20 dB, switchable 160 Hz, 6 dB/Octave, switchable ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohm 12 to 52 V ≤2 mA

• • • • • •

Dynamic range: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

123/143 dB (0/-20 dB) (A-weighted) 3-pin XLR matte grayish blue 160 x 56 mm (6.3 x 2.2 in.) 280 g (9.9 oz.) / 1450 g (3.2 lbs.) H 85 Shock Mount, W 214 Windscreen, Metal Carrying Case H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 214 B 18 PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

hy


Recording & Broadcast

NEW Recording Vocals Concert hall Strings

Guitar and bass amps Lead instruments Lead vocals Professional stage miking Professional studio recording

• One of the most silent condenser microphones available today • Up front sound in the mix • Selectable cardioid, hypercardioid and omnidirectional polar patterns for every recording situation

• Diaphragm with patented Edge-Terminated Back-Plate Technology • Proven performance for more than 15 years 53 for both studio and stage

58

• Handles extremely high SPLs up to 155 dB

161

• Comes complete with H 85 spider-type shock mount and metal carrying case

C 3000

C 4000 B The genuine 1-inch dual-diaphragm condenser transducer with selectable cardioid, omnidirectional and hypercardioid polar patterns will enchant you with its unique state-of-the-art sound. Designed for miking up vocals, brass, acoustic and electric guitar and kick drum, the C 4000 B can handle every recording situation. Exceptionally high headroom and extremely low self noise put the C 4000 B among the condenser microphones with the widest dynamic range available today and it will give equally excellent results in the studio and on stage. Item number: C 4000 B 2820Z00110 cardioid

Since its introduction in 1993 our C 3000 has become a standard for a wide range of both studio and onstage applications. The new redesigned C 3000 is a cost-effective and aesthetically pleasing product update which maintains the popular characteristics of the C 3000, however a new sleek and classy finish showcases AKG’s new Corporate Design. It is a great selection for both recording and live sound applications, where maximum sound quality and robustness are a must, and the competitive price makes the C 3000 a must-have. The new C 3000 features a cardioid pickup pattern, a 20 Hz to 20 kHz frequency response, low noise electronics, high SPL capability and an internal shock mount, which drastically reduces handling noise from mic stands or cables. The switchable 10 dB preattenuation pad increases the SPL capability by 10 dB and accommodates loud instruments like brass instruments or guitar amplifiers with ease. The switchable firstorder 500 Hz low frequency filter eliminates the proximity effect for close-miking. Item number: C 3000 2785Z00130

hypercardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

omnidirectional

omnidirectional, cardioid, hypercardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 145/155 dB 8 dB-A 86 dB 10 dB, switchable 12 dB/octave at 100 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR silver grey 58 dia. x 183 mm (2.3 dia. x 7.2 in.) 450 g (1 lb.)/1 kg (2.2 lbs.) H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 4000 B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions 19 dia. x 160 mm (0.75 dia. x 6.3 in.): Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 140/150 dB 14 dB-A 80 dB 10 dB, switchable 6 dB/octave below 500 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR matte grayish blue max. 53 mm (2.1 in.), length: 162 mm (6.4 in.) 320 g (11.3 oz.)/950 g (2.1 lbs.) Sound Tool Case, H 85 B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305, W 414

Recording & Broadcast

11

Page 31

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Switchable low cut filter (500 Hz, 6 dB/octave) eliminates proximity effect

182

• Complete with accessories in “Sound Tool Case”

• Switchable attenuation pad enables for high SPL up to 150 dB

Section:

02


5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

Recording Vocals Brass Percussions

01.12.2009

7:06 Uhr

Seite 12

Recording Live sound TV, motion picture, video production ENG/EFP (Outdoor)

• Entry-level home recording microphone

• Ideal multitrack recording “workhorse” thanks to very low self noise

• Known as “the Swiss Army mic” for its incredible flexibility

• Cardioid polar pattern for multiplicity of applications

• Battery status LED for accurate monitoring of battery life 53

33,5

160

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Included PB 1000 presence boost adapter adds high-end brilliance to sound • Comes in metal “sound tools” carrying case

C 1000 S

C 2000 B

Section:

02

One of the basic rules of recording is that the quality of the recorded signal is determined by the weakest link in the signal chain. Today, any microphone needs to match the high quality of 24-bit recording media. One of the most important requirements for the C 2000 B was therefore high sensitivity. This allows you to lay clean, noise-free tracks with no risk of noise levels from many individual tracks combining in the mix. Its high SPL capability makes the C 2000 B a highly versatile microphone that can be used even for extremely loud instruments. The C 2000 B will give perfect results for demo recordings, in the rehearsal room, as well as in the best recording studios. Item numbers: C 2000 B

2786Z00110

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

12

Page 32

The versatility of the C 1000 S makes it extremely popular and it’s ideally suited for all kinds of recording and live sound applications. If phantom power isn’t available, this mic can be powered by a standard 9 V battery, making it perfect for ENG or location recording. With its new battery monitoring electronics, the C 1000 S now features an LED warning light that warns when battery life falls below 45 minutes. The pickup pattern can be quickly switched from cardioid to hypercardioid simply by attaching the PPC 1000 polar pattern converter provided to the microphone capsule. The PB 1000 Presence Boost Adapter supplied with the C 1000 S adds 3 to 5 dB of high-end enhancement between 5 and 9 kHz, improving speech clarity and adding definition to instrument sounds. Item number: C 1000 S

cardioid 30 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 140/150 dB 20 dB-A 74 dB 10 dB, switchable 6 dB/octave below 500 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR silver grey 53 dia. x 159 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.3 in.) 325 g (11.5 oz.)/950 g (2 lbs.) H 85, Sound Tool Case B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

2331A00070

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

• Included PPC 1000 allows the microphone to be switched from cardioid to hypercardioid pickup

• High SPL capability • Complete with accessories in “Sound Tool Case”

• Can be powered by internal 9-V battery or by phantom power

230

• Exceptionally smooth frequency response

hypercardioid (with PPC 1000 mounted)

cardioid, hypercardioid (with PPC 1000 mounted) 50 to 20,000 Hz 6 mV/Pa (-44 dBV) 137 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or internal 9 V battery approx. 2 mA 3-pin XLR matte silver enamel 34 dia. x 220 mm (1.4 dia. x 8.7 in.) 320 g (11.3 oz.)/650 g (1.4 lbs.) PB 1000, PPC 1000, SA 63, Sound Tool Case, W 1000 H 30, PF 80, ST 305


Recording & Broadcast Vocals Radio/on air Brass Drums

Recording TV, motion picture, video production ENG/EFP (Outdoor)

• Large-diaphragm condenser capsule with cardioid pickup and “voice-friendly” tuning • Unique acoustical design and minimal proximity-effect

• Omnidirectional reporter’s microphone • Rugged all-metal body • Long shaft for ease of handling • Integrated windscreen 50

58

• Integrated pop screen for minimum blowing noise

182

215

• Switchable 20-dB pad and 120-Hz bass roll-off filter

C 4500 B-BC

D 230

The AKG C 4500 B-BC is a front-address, large-diaphragm condenser microphone designed for critical on-air broadcast work as well as for recording of high-SPL instruments such as bass drum, various brass instruments and guitar amps. Thanks to its innovative acoustical design and patented internal multi-layer pop filter, the C 4500 B-BC has minimal proximity effect enabling close-up use without bass build-up and its front-address format makes it easy to position for best results. Comes complete with H 85 spider-type shock mount, W 4000 windscreen and metal carrying case.

This rugged dynamic ENG microphone delivers exceptional sensitivity and clarity in the demanding news gathering field. The extended shaft allows for easy placement of station flags without typical handling problems. The body is made of extremely rugged diecast metal with a non-reflective surface for low-profile on-camera operation. Stand adapter included.

Item number: C 4500 B-BC 2820Z00120

Item number: D 230 2558Z00020

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Section:

02

omnidirectional

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Transformerless output circuit ensures zero susceptibility to RF and EMI

cardioid 30 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 145/155 dB 8 dB-A 86 dB 20 dB, switchable 6 dB/octave at 120 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR silver grey 58 dia. x 183 mm (2.3 dia. x 7.2 in.) 450 g (1 lb.)/1 kg (2.2 lbs.) H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 4000 B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

• • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

omnidirectional 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) ≤320 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 3-pin XLR dark grey 50 dia. x 218 mm (2 dia. x 8.3 in.) 225 g (7.9 oz.)/840 g (1.9 lbs.) SA 44 H 30, SA 61, W 23, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Recording & Broadcast

13

Page 33


5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:06 Uhr

Seite 14

Ultra Linear Series A line of small diaphragm modular condenser microphones The AKG Ultra Linear Series is a line of small diaphragm modular condenser microphones with the highest technical performance standards. The ULS system is a universally acclaimed and accepted tool for high-end digital recording, film and video production as well as serious live sound reinforcement.

21

CK 62-ULS

CK 61-ULS

21

27

23

21

27

23

27

23

21

CK 63-ULS dB

Hz

150

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CK 61-ULS

Section:

02

CK 61-ULS Cardioid Capsule The ruler-flat frequency response and consistent polar pattern of the CK 61-ULS make it ideal for critical recording and live sound applications where consistent suppression of off-axis sound is an important requirement. Includes foam windscreen.

cardioid

Specifications (measured with C 480 B) • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

CK 62-ULS CK 62-ULS Omnidirectional Capsule Identical to CK 61ULS, except for omnidirectional polar pattern. For more reverberant sounding recordings. Includes foam windscreen.

omnidirectional

CK 63-ULS CK 63-ULS Hypercardioid Capsule Identical to CK 61ULS, except for hypercardioid polar pattern. Better off-axis rejection provides better channel separation and higher gain-before-feedback. Includes foam windscreen.

hypercardioid

CK 61-ULS: CK 62-ULS: cardioid omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 40/20/6.3 mV/Pa (-28/-34/-44 dBV) 134/140/144 dB

CK 63-ULS: hypercardioid

13/11/17 dB-A 81/83/77 dB +6/0/-10 dB, selectable through C 480 B through C 480 B matte black 21 dia. x 23/27 mm (0.8 dia. x 0.9/1.1 in.) 25 g ( 0.9 oz.)/150 g (5.3 oz.) W 32 windscreen A 61

• Optional accessories for C 480 B comb ULS/61: A 61, H 30, H 50, H 85, H 300, PF 80, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

14

Page 34

C 480 B The C 480 B is part of a system designed specifically for excellent audio quality and maximum flexibility. Its electronic circuitry coupled to a transformerless output stage assures completely linear transfer characteristics across the entire audio bandwidth, while achieving self-noise figures close to the theoretical minimum. This, in combination with a typical SPL handling capability of 140 dB broadband means a dynamic range exceeding 125 dB, making the system suitable for the most critical digital recording applications. Gold plated switch and connector contacts guarantee consistent performance. A specially designed output stage drives difficult loads (e.g. excessively long cables) with no signal degradation. Two sets of switches offer a two-step highpass filter and two gain manipulation stages of either -10 dB or +6 dB. Also available: C 480 B comb-ULS/61comprising a C 480 B preamplifier, CK 61-ULS cardioid capsule, foam windscreen and stand adapter.

C 480 B comb ULS/61 • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • SPL capability: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter: • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories:

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 40/20/6.3 mV/Pa (-28/-34/-44 dBV) 134/140/144 dB 13/11/17 dB-A 81/83/77 dB +6/0/-10 dB, selectable 12 dB/octave at 100 Hz ≤150 ohms ≥2,000 ohms/1000 pF 48 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR matte black 21 dia. x 173 mm (0.8 dia. x 6.9 in.) 140 g (4.9 oz.)/500 g (1.1 lbs.) SA 60, Sound Tool Case, W 32


ULS Series Recording Theater, onstage miking TV, motion picture, video production BC-ENG/EFP • Two shotgun capsules in one, using two-partinterference tube

21

• Ultra-low noise • Long shotgun for recording from medium distances 317

176

• Short shotgun for close-up video recording

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CK69-ULS

CK 69-ULS CK 69-ULS Shotgun Capsule Two shotgun capsules in one, with quick and easy conversion from long to short shotgun applications, from hypercardioid to directional polar patterns.In its long shotgun configuration, the CK 69-ULS will deliver perfect results for film/TV outdoor applications or indoor front of stage recording from approximately 20 to 24 feet (6 to 8 m). If you unscrew the front half of the interference tube, the same capsule becomes a short shotgun for use in TV, film and video close-up work. Additionally, the short shotgun mode is ideal for interviews in noisy environments. The CK 69-ULS operates flawlessly in high humidity environments and windscreens are provided for both long and short configurations.

Section:

02 W 48, W 49

Response in long shotgun mode

Specifications (measured with C 480 B) • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

Response in short shotgun mode

C 480 B + CK 69-ULS

Item numbers: CK 61-ULS CK 62-ULS CK 63-ULS C 480 B C 480 B comb-ULS/61 CK 69-ULS

2231Z00210 2231Z00220 2231Z00250 2180Z00150 2200Z00330 2669Z00010

CK 69-ULS hypercardioid/directional 20 to 18,000 Hz 54/27/8.5 mV/Pa (-25/-31/-41 dBV) 134/140/142 dB 11/9/15 dB-A 83/85/79 dB +6/0/-10 dB, selectable through C 480 B through C 480 B matte black 21 dia. x 176/317 mm (0.8 dia. x 6.9/12.5 in.) 70 g (2.5 oz.)/500 g (1.09 lbs.) W 48, W 49 A 61, H 30

Recording & Broadcast

15

Page 35


5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:07 Uhr

Seite 16

AKG Blue Line Moderately-priced modular condenser microphone system The AKG Blue Line is a moderately-priced modular condenser microphone system with extraordinary performance and flexibility. With five different microphone capsules and lots of accessories to choose from, you can customize a Blue Line system to get perfect results on any recording or sound reinforcement job. The basic element of the Blue Line system is the SE 300 B preamp module that transforms the phantom power for the capsule and matches the output impedance to your mixer. The SE 300 B uses AKG’s High Density Surface Mount Device electronics to deliver higher sensitivity, lower noise, better phase and frequency response plus lower distortion than older designs. The transformerless output electronics preserve the full fidelity of the audio spectrum and has extremely low LF distortion. Each precision AKG mic capsule has active transducers with ultra-low mass, gold-sputtered diaphragms. The bayonet coupling system on the SE 300 B and each capsule makes it easy to change modules even under difficult conditions and has self-cleaning contacts to maintain perfect signal integrity even after years of use in hostile environments.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

19

19

36 CK92

CK91

CK94

51

51

51

36

36

59

43

19

CK93

19

Section:

02

CK 91

CK 92

CK 93

CK 94

CK 91 Cardioid Capsule Flat frequency response and a consistent cardioid polar pattern make the CK 91 an ideal tool for applications where good off-axis rejection is required. Foam windscreen included.

CK 92 Omnidirectional Capsule Since the frequency of omnidirectional microphones does not change with the distance from the sound source for physical reasons, the CK 92 omni capsule has no proximity effect. Instead, it offers exceptionally neutral presentation of a source in its ambient sound field, providing consistent results regardless of the distance between microphone and source. Includes foam windscreen.

CK 93 Hypercardioid Capsule Similar to the CK 91, the CK 93 features a consistent hypercardioid polar pattern. A hypercardioid provides a much higher ratio of direct to ambient sound than a cardioid does. With this high separation, the CK 93 is an excellent choice for multitrack recording. High gain before feedback makes the CK 93 a very useful tool in live sound applications, too. Includes foam windscreen.

CK 94 Figure-Eight Capsule This figure-eight capsule prefers sound arriving from opposite directions and efficiently suppresses off-axis sounds. The CK 94 is a perfect tool for situations where sound sources face each other. Recommended applications include interviewing, choir miking, drum overheads as well as M/S stereo techniques in combination with a cardioid or hypercardioid microphone. Includes foam windscreen.

cardioid

Specifications (measured with SE 300 B) • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

16

Page 36

omnidirectional

CK 91: cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.) 35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.) W 90 A 91

hypercardioid

CK 92: omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.) 35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.) W 90 A 91

figure-eight

CK 93: hypercardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.) 35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.) W 90 A 91

CK 94: figure-eight 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 43/59 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.7/2.3 in.) 45 g (1.9 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.) W 90 A 91


AKG Blue Line Recording Theater, onstage miking TV, motion picture, video production Percussions • AKG Blue Line cardioid microphone • Switchable bass cut filter and 10-dB preattenuation pad • Insensitive to handling noise 19 AKG

• Capsule mounts directly on SE 300 B powering unit

262

247

• High resistance to RF interference

Harman Pro Group | 2010

110

lin

CK98

19

P12-48

C 391 B

SE 300 B

CK 98

AKG Blue Line Microphone Combination, C 391 B Cardioid Versatile cardioid condenser microphone comprising an SE 300 B powering/output module and CK 91 cardioid capsule. Foam windscreen and stand adapter included. AKG Blue Line SE 300 B Transformerless Powering/Output Module. The SE 300 B operates from any 9 to 52 V phantom power supply. It incorporates a switchable 12 dB/octave bass cut filter at 75 Hz to eliminate footfall noise and a switchable 10-dB preattenuation pad for high-SPL sound sources. A transformerless output stage ensures pristine full-range audio and prevents low-frequency distortion. Stand adapter included.

Item numbers: CK 91 CK 92 CK 93 CK 94 C 391 B SE 300 B CK 98

2439Z00010 2439Z00020 2439Z00030 2439Z00060 2442Z00010 2439Z00080 2439Z00040

Specifications • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter: • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

Section:

02

hypercardioid/directional

cardioid

C 391 B cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB 10 dB, switchable 12 dB/octave at 75 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR dark grey 19 dia. x 146 mm (0.7 dia. x 5.7 in.) 115 g (4 oz.)/420 g (14.8 oz.) SA 60, W 90 A 91, B 18, H 30, H 50, H 85, H 300, PF 80, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

CK 98 Short Shotgun The CK 98 combines high sensitivity and controlled directivity. It offers excellent reach, thanks to a very tight polar pattern and exceptionally low self noise. Small size and low weight make the CK 98 ideal for boom applications. The smooth, wideband frequency response makes it a superb choice for edge-of-stage and ceiling placement in theaters. Includes foam windscreen.

Specifications • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

CK 98 hypercardioid/directional 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 124/134 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 247/262 mm (0.7 dia. x 9.7/10.3 in.) 80 g (2.8 oz.)/500 g (1.1 lb.) W 98 A 91, H 30

Recording & Broadcast

17

Page 37


5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:07 Uhr

Seite 18

Professional studio recording Lead vocals Lead instruments Guitar and bass amps Brass • An ECC 83 dual-triode tube circuitry emphasizes even-order harmonics for rich, smooth and three-dimensional sound • The elegant remote control unit allows selection of 9 different pickup patterns from omnidirectional to cardioid to figure 8

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• The switchable bass cut filter (80 Hz, 12 dB/oct) reduces unwanted rumble or footfall noise

• A 20 dB allenuation pad enables for high SPL applications up to 155 dB

• A ground lift switch prevents unwanted hum if necessary

• Designed and engineered in Vienna, Austria

Perception 820 Tube

Section:

02

In 2005 AKG has launched the very first Perception models – a completely new series of microphones showing legendary AKG Sound & Quality at an outstanding price level. The brand-new Perception 820 Tube delivers real tube sound quality. It is not only the new flagship model of the Perception Series but also raises the bar in its class of affordable tube microphones. In contrast to many other affordable tube microphones, the Perception 820 Tube delivers real tube sound quality thanks to the dual one-inch large diaphragm capsule and the sophisticated ECC 83 dual-triode circuitry. The elegant remote control unit allows selection of 9 different pickup patterns and controls the switchable bass-cut filter and the preattenuation pad. Moreover, a ground lift switch prevents unwanted hum if necessary. It comes complete with a spider-type shock mount and a metal carrying case. AKG’s industry-leading Perception Series of condenser microphones are recognized for their outstanding quality and versatile capabilities at an affordable price. The Perception 820 Tube raises the bar in its class – It shows real tube sound, the highest dynamic range, the most comprehensive features and comes complete with useful accessories at an unbeatable price.

Item numbers: Perception 820 Tube

3101H00100 cardioid

• Type • Polar pattern: • • • • • • • • • • • •

Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5 % THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector:

18

Page 38

1-inch dual-diaphragm, true condenser pressuregradient omnidirectional, cardioid, figure eight plus six intermediate patterns (selectable on Remote Control Unit) 20 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV ±3 dB) 135/155 dB SPL (0/-20 dB) 16 dB-A 78 dB -20 dB (switchable on Remote Control Unit) 12 dB/Oktave, 80 Hz (switchable on Remote Control Unit) ≤200 ohms ≥1.000 ohms via Remote Control Unit dedicated 7-pin male XLR

omnidirectional

• • • •

Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Remote Control Unit:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

figure eight

53 dia. x 212 mm high (2 x 8.3 in.) 870 g/5.4 kg / 1.9/11.9 lbs. Audio/control input: dedicated 7-pin female XLR connector Audio output: standard 3-pin male XLR connector, balanced, pin 2 hot Polar pattern selector: 9-position detented rotary switch Bass cut filter switch: 2-position toggle switch Preattenuation switch: 2-position toggle switch Power voltage: 210-240 VAC or 110-120 VAC, selectable Primary fuse: 125 mA / 250 V slow-blow Sound Tool Case, Mic/power cord EU/UK/US, spider suspension PF 80, ST 305


Perception Orchester and Ensemble recording A/B, X/Y, and M/S stereo recording Ambience recording Grand piano, woodwinds, brass Percussions

Vocals Drums and percussions Acoustic instruments Guitar and bass amps • One-inch large-diaphragm, true condenser cardioid transducer • Rugged all-metal body • Roadworthy construction

• Back-to-back multi-pattern transducer

• Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad

• True condenser technology

• Switchable bass cut filter

• High sensitivity and 155 dB maximum SPL capability

• Legendary AKG sound quality • Designed and engineered by AKG in Vienna, Austria

• Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad • Legendary, pristine AKG sound quality

Perception 420

Perception 220

Perception 420 is a multi-pattern large-diaphragm condenser microphone for more demanding professional studio recording applications. Offering high sensitivity and 155 dB maximum SPL, the Perception 420 delivers a warm transparent sound quality ideally suited for ensemble recording, grand piano, woodwind and brass instruments as well as drums and percussion instruments. In addition, three selectable polar patterns – cardioid, omnidirectional or figure-eight – allow a wide range of stereo miking techniques and ambient recording. The microphone's chassis is made of figure-eight precision-tooled zinc/aluminum alloy and boasts a dent resistant stainless-steel wire-mesh front grille. It comes complete with a spider-type shock mount in an cardioid aluminum carrying case.

The Perception 220 is a large-diaphragm true condenser microphone offering outstanding build quality and excellent value. Its many useful features and included accessories make this microphone uncommonly versatile. It delivers a classic warm, clear sound and conforms to the stringent standards defined for AKG recording products. These standards are based on AKG’s six decades of experience in making microphones and on input from sound engineers around the world who use AKG products every day. Its 1-inch large-diaphragm true condenser transducer brings AKG studio quality to the project studio as well as all other areas of recording and live sound applications. A switchable bass cut filter and preattenuation pad make it perfectly suited even for loud sound sources producing sound pressure levels up to 155 dB SPL. The rugged and roadworthy design makes it also a perfect choice for on-stage applications.

Item number: Perception 420 3101H00200 (8 units multipack version)

Item number: Perception 220 3101H00190 (8 units multipack version)

• Capsule: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

omnidirectional

Dual-capsule,1-inch large-diaphragm, true condenser pressure-gradient microphone Polar pattern: Cardioid, omnidirectional, figure-eight Frequency range: 20 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 28 mV/Pa (-31 dBV) Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: 135/155 dB SPL (0/-20 dB) Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 16 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 78 dB Preattenuation pad: 0 dB, -20 dB Bass cut filter: 12 dB/octave, 300 Hz Impedance: ≤200 ohms Recommended load impedance: ≥1,000 ohms Powering: 48 V phantom power to DIN/IEC Current consumption: ≤2 mA Connector: 3-pin XLR Finish: metallic blue/nickel grille Dimensions: 53 dia. x 160 mm/2 x 6.3 in. Net/Shipping weight: 525 g (18.5 oz.)/1,970 g (4.3 lb.) Standard accessories: metal case, spider suspension Optional accessories: PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Complete with spider-type shock mount and aluminum carrying case

• Switchable bass cut filter

Section:

02

cardioid

Capsule: Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/Shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

1" Large Diaphragm True Condenser cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 135 dB/155 dB (0/-20 dB) 16 dB-A 78 dB 0 dB, -20 dB 12 dB/octave at 300 Hz <200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 48 V phantom power <2 mA 3-pin XLR metallic blue/nickel grille 53 dia. x 165 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.) 525 g (18.5 oz.)/1,970 g (4.3 lb.) metal case, spider suspension PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

Recording & Broadcast

19

Page 39


5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

Drums and percussions Acoustic instruments Ensemble recording A/B and X/Y stereo miking Perfect for live and studio use

01.12.2009

7:07 Uhr

Seite 20

Vocals Instruments Home recording Podcasting • General-purpose cardioid recording microphone • Roadworthy construction • Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad

• Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad

• Switchable bass cut filter

• Designed and engineered by AKG in Vienna, Austria

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Heavy-duty, roadworthy, all-metal construction

• Extended frequency response

• Professional small-diaphragm, true condenser cardioid microphone

• AKG sound quality

• Designed and engineered by AKG in Vienna, Austria

Section:

02

Perception 170

Perception 120

The Perception 170 is a small-diaphragm true condenser microphone offering outstanding build quality and excellent value. Its ½-inch capsule delivers outstanding clarity and transient response and conforms to the stringent standards defined for AKG recording products.

The Perception 120 is a 2/3-inch diaphragm condenser microphone that offers solid build quality, outstanding performance, and excellent value. The low-mass diaphragm delivers a clear sound with accurate sonic detail. A switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad and bass cut filter make the Perception 120 an excellent choice for a wide range of recording and live sound applications.

The Perception 170’s design is based on AKG´s six decades of experience in making microphones and on input from sound engineers around the world who use AKG products every day. A switchable preattenuation pad enable the Perception 170 to be used close to sound sources delivering SPLs up to 155 dB. The heavy-duty, all-metal chassis and reliable gold-plated XLR-type output make the PERCEPTION 170 an excellent choice for a variety of live sound applications, too.

Item number: Perception 170 3101H00180 (8 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

20

Page 40

Item number: Perception 120 3101H00160 (8 units multipack version)

cardioid

Capsule: Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted) Preattenuation pad: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/Shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Backed by AKG's six decades of experience in making microphones and input from sound engineers around the world, the Perception 120 now brings AKG studio quality to musician and project studio applications.

0.5 inch diaphragm, externally polarized condenser cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 12 mV/Pa (-38 dBV) 135 / 155 dB SPL (0 / -20 dB) < 21 dB-A 73 dB 0 dB, -20 dB ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 48 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR-type (pin #2 hot) metallic blue 22 dia. X 160 mm/0.09 x 6.3 in. 130 g (4.6 oz.)/455 g (16 oz.) stand adapter H 30, H 50, H 300, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, PF 80, W 32

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

cardioid

Capsule: Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/Shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional Accessories:

2/3" Diaphragm True Condenser cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 22 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) 130/150 dB (0/-20 dB) 22 dB-A 72 dB 0 dB, -20 dB 12 dB/octave at 300 Hz <200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 48 V phantom power <3 mA 3-pin XLR metallic blue 53 dia. x 165 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.) 525 g (18.5 oz.)/955 g (33.7 oz.) stand adapter PF 80, ST 305, W 4000


Perception Podcasting Voice overs Home recording Rehearsal recording

NEW

• Real Plug-and-Play (no installation, no drivers, no reboot required) • Supports Windows 7, Windows XP, Windows Vista and Mac OS • Integrated high-quality Analogue-to-Digital Converter (24-bit, 128x oversampling) for convincing sound quality and low noise • Two-third-inch condenser capsule with a low-mass diaphragm delivers sonic details • Switchable bass-cut filter reduces mechanical vibration and wind noise • Switchable attenuation pad for close-up miking and loud instruments • Blue LEDs indicate operation

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Integrated pop filter avoids plosives effectively • Tripod table stand, swivel mount and USB cable included • Designed and engineered in Vienna, Austria

Perception 120 USB In 2005 AKG launched the very first Perception models – a completely new series of microphones showing legendary AKG sound and quality at an attractive price level. In 2008 the new Perception Series continued this success story with four new models. Since April 2009 the highly anticipated Perception 820 Tube microphone is not only the brand-new flagship model of the Perception Series but also raises the bar in its class of affordable tube microphones.

Section:

02

The Perception 120 USB is the very first USB-equipped microphone from AKG, offering studio-quality sound performance without requiring any installation or drivers. With the widespread USB standard and its ease of use, this new model allows users without any recording experience to make professional-quality recordings from their home. It is a real plug-and-play device enabling customers to do podcasts, voiceovers and studio-quality rehearsal-recordings quickly and easily. The USB is a widely known interface for audio equipment like sound cards, active monitors and outboard equipment, which makes the Perception 120 USB one of the most versatile microphones available. In its class, the Perception 120 USB is the only USB microphone with an integrated analogue-to-digital converter with 24-bit and 128x oversampling. Instead of usual one-chip-solutions the high-quality analogue-to-digital converter provides convincing sound quality and low noise. The Perception 120 USB includes a two-third-inch condenser capsule with a low-mass diaphragm delivering accurate sonic details, an integrated pop filter that avoids plosives, a switchable bass cut filter and an attenuation switch. It supports Windows XP, Windows Vista and MAC OS X but also the new Windows 7. The Perception 120 USB comes complete with everything you need: a tripod table stand, a swivel mount, a quick start guide and an USB cable.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Capsule: Polar pattern: Frequency range: Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Powering: USB support: Sampling rate: Analog-to-digital converter: Oversampling: Supported operating systems: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/Shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Item number: Perception 120 USB

3101H00060 cardioid

2/3" Diaphragm Condenser Cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 0, -20 dB 6 dB/octave at 120 Hz provided by USB connection USB 1.1, 2.0 44.1 and 48 kHz Built-in high-quality 24-bit ADC 128x Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Mac OS Mini-USB matte grayish blue 53 dia. x 165 mm ( 2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.) 460 g (18.8 oz.)/1050 g (37.0 oz.) Stand adapter, table stand, USB cable PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

Recording & Broadcast

21

Page 41


Handheld Microphones C 535 EB C5 D 7, D 7 S, D 7 LTD D 5, D 5 S D 770 P 5, P 5 S, P 3 S D 88 S/XLR, D 88 S/Jack D 77 S/XLR, D 77 S/Jack D 55 S D 44 S

44 44 45 46 46 47 48 48 49 49

Instrument Microphones D 112 D 40 C 430 P4 P2

50 50 51 51 51

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Clip-on Microphones C 518, C 519 C 411, C 516 ML

52 53

Head-worn Microphones HC 577 L C 520, C 555 L

54 55

Lavalier Microphones

Section:

02

Page 42

CK 77 WR C 417, CK 55 L

56 57


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Stage

Section:

02

Microphones

Sound engineers and artists appreciate microphones as valuable instruments for achieving exactly the sound they have in mind.

AKG offers exactly the right microphones for every application and any kind of acoustic environment-microphones that have been known to provide the high level of quality and ruggedness needed to stand up to the rigors of day-to-day usage on stage.

Page 43


5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

Recording Vocals Sound/AV company Drums

01.12.2009

7:28 Uhr

Seite 24

Vocals Recording Live sound Sound/AV company

• Classic vocal and instrument microphone • Rugged metal body • Switchable bass cut filter ø ~46

• Condenser vocal microphone for onstage use

• XLR connector module with 24-carat gold plated pins for optimized connectivity

• 24-carat gold plated transducer case for optimum conductivity and resistance to corrosion and humidity

51

• Spring steel wire-mesh grill for extreme ruggedness incl. reliable control of pops and wind noise ~184

185.2

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Internal elastic suspension • Innovative mic design based on professional user research 23.5

C 535 EB

Section:

02

C5

The professional vocal/instrument microphone from AKG for stage and studio use, the C 535 EB provides the ultimate combination of excellent, highly detailed audio and exceptional ruggedness. Perfect weight distribution ensures fatigue-free handling – another asset for discriminating vocalists! Bass cut/rolloff filters and a switchable preattenuation pad let you match the frequency response and output level to the most diverse recording and onstage miking situations. The C 535 EB is one of the great, legendary microphones.

This professional condenser vocal microphone will make your voice cut through the loudest mix – on any stage. Its cardioid polar pattern ensures maximum gain before feedback and has been optimized for use with in-ear monitor systems. The gold plated transducer case does not only give the microphone a sophisticated esthetic touch but also makes the transducer extremely resistant to corrosion and humidity. The result is superior audio performance. The design of the all new AKG C 5 reflects the latest results of AKG’s longstanding research with professional users optimizing handling and ease-ofuse whilst providing outstanding premium audio performance.

C 535 WL 1: C 535 EB microphone element with threaded connection for use with various AKG WMS handheld transmitters. Item numbers: C 535 EB C 535 WL1

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

24

Page 44

Item numbers: C 5: 3138Z00160 (6 units multipack version) C 5 WL1 3082Z00020

2135Z00030 2782Z00150

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 7 mV/Pa (–43 dBV) 130/144 dB 21 dB-A -14 dB 12 dB/Oktave bei 100 Hz ≤200 Ohm ≥600 Ohm 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2.5 mA 3-pin XLR matte black 46 dia. x 184 mm (1.8 dia. x 7.25 in.) 300 g (10.6 oz.) / 800 g (1.8 lbs.) Microphone bag, SA 61 B 18, H 30, H 50, SA 44, W 23, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: cardioid Frequency range: 65 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 4 mV/Pa (-48 dBV ) Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: 140/145 dB SPL Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 25 dB-A Impedance: ≤200 ohms Recommended load impedance: ≥2000 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 9 to 52 V phantom power Current consumption: typ. 3 mA Connector: 3-pin XLR Finish: matte grayish blue Dimensions: length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.); diameter: 51 mm (2 in.) Net/shipping weight: 345 g (12.2 oz.) / 660 g (1.5 lbs.) Standard accessories: Microphone bag, SA 51, PB 1000 Optional accessories: B 18, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004


Handheld Microphones

NEW

Vocal Recording Live PA/rental company • Dynamic reference microphone • Hum compensation coil • Patented AKG Laminated VarimotionTM diaphragm • New acoustical design of inner windscreen

Hum compensation coil

• Precision metal dust filter Metal dust filter Mechanical-pneumatic suspension

51

Harman Pro Group | 2010

185.2

D7

D7S

23.5

AKG`s new reference dynamic microphone delivers high end performance and noble sound in every studio and on every stage. The new Laminated VarimotionTM diaphragm deep-drawing process allows the diaphragm itself to be fine-tuned with no extra tuning resonators. This leads to a quantum leap in audio performance under each surrounding conditions and sound volume. D 7 creates that subtle and opened sound in all frequency ranges condenser mics are famous for, but it also has the powerful resonance from a dynamic microphone.

Section:

02

The integrated high-pass filter eliminates permanent all handling noises and the new acoustical designed inner windscreen makes you feel more secure in live use. The precision metal dust filter provides a consistent objection to the diaphragm. The original inner windscreen can be replaced with the extra windscreen supplied with the microphone, this offers a clear sound for a long time. Available versions: D 7: standard version D 7 S: version with on/off switch D 7 WL 1: D 7 microphone capsule for WMS 4500 D 7 LTD: now available in glossy chrome finish Item numbers: D7 D7S D 7 WL 1 D 7 LTD

• • • • • • • • • • •

3139Z00010 3139Z00020 3082Z00030 3139Z00030

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Buss cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load Impedance: Humbucking coil: Connector:

Supercardioid 70 to 20,000 Hz 2.6 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) 147 / 156 dB SPL 18 dB-A 76 dB 80 Hz, 6 dB/octave, always active ≤ 600 ohms ≥ 2000 ohms Integrated on capsule 3-pin XLR

• • • • •

Finish: Dimensions: Net / shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

matte grayish blue length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.); diameter: 51 mm (2 in.) 340 g (12 oz.) / 655 g (1.45 lbs.) Microphone bag, SA 61, replacement inner windscreen H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

Stage Microphones

25

Page 45


5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

Vocals Recording Live sound Sound/AV company

7:28 Uhr

Seite 26

Live sound Brass Woodwinds Drums

• Extremely rugged vocal/speech microphone

• Extremely rugged instrument/vocal microphone

• Available with or without on/off switch

• Highly efficient windscreen

185.2

02

53

23.5

The D 5 dynamic vocal microphone for lead and backing vocals delivers a powerful sound even on the noisiest stage. Its frequency independent supercardioid polar pattern ensures maximum gain before feedback. The D 5 stands for a crisp sound that cuts through every mix. AKG made the first microphone diaphragm ever whose thickness varies across its diameter. The new Laminated Varimotion diaphragm deep-drawing process allows the diaphragm itself to be fine-tuned with no extra tuning resonators, leading to a quantum leap in audio performance. The dual shock mount eliminates any kind of mechanical noise for trouble-free live use. The audience will hear nothing but the pristine sound of your voice!

180

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

51

• For smooth frequency response and maximum gain before feedback

D5S

• High performance Varimotion diaphragm (AKG patent)

• Spring steel wire-mesh grill for extreme ruggedness and reliable control of pops and wind noise

D5

• Frequency response optimized for intelligibility

• Patented AKG Laminated Varimotion diaphragm

• Innovative mic design based on professional user research

D 770 Dynamic microphone for miking instruments and backing vocals in tough night-after-night onstage use. The D 770 features a cardioid polar pattern and uses a patented AKG Varimotion diaphragm. The D 770 is fitted with a shock absorbing steel wire-mesh inner grill to protect the transducer from damage, and further protection is provided by the rugged die-cast housing and a wire-mesh outer grill. The outer grill and a layer of special fabric beneath it form a very effective windscreen that will suppress pop and breath noise as well as sibilance. The extended frequency response of the D 770 slightly emphasizes the mid and treble ranges to ensure good intelligibility. Item number: D 770

Available Versions D 5: for standard applications. D 5 S: with on/off switch.

2696Z00010

Item numbers: D5 3138Z00190 D5S 3138Z00200 D 5 WL 1 3082Z00010 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

26

Page 46

supercardioid 70 to 20,000 Hz 2.6 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) 147/156 dB SPL 18 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2000 ohms 3-pin XLR matte grayish blue length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.); diameter: 51 mm (2 in.) 340 g (12 oz.)/ 655 g (1.45 lbs.) 655 g (1.45 lbs.) Microphone bag, SA 51 H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

• • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 60 to 20,000 Hz, at 1 cm (0.4 in.): 20 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) 147/156 dB 22 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 3-pin XLR matte black 50 dia. x 181 mm (2 x 7.1 in.) 290 g (10.4 oz.)/650 g (1.4 lbs.) microphone bag, SA 44 H 30, H 50, SA 61, W 23, W 880, W 3004, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305


Handheld Microphones Vocals Live Sound

Backing Vocals Live Sound Instruments

• Super cardioid polar pattern designed for lead vocals • Rugged wire mesh cap with internal protective wiremesh cap • Die-cast metal body

• Rugged performance microphone designed for backing vocals and instruments • Rugged wire mesh cap with internal windscreen

• Complete with stand adapter and zip bag

• Die-cast metal body • Complete with stand adapter and zip bag

Harman Pro Group | 2010

P5

P3 S

P5S

The P 5 is a dynamic handheld microphone for lead vocals. The super cardioid polar pattern guarantees for utmost gain before feedback and makes the voice cut through the mix more easily. Its heavy duty metal body will take some tough handling. This microphone is available with or without on/off switch.

The P 3 S microphone is ideal for backing vocals, guitar, wind instruments and many other applications.

Section:

02

Metal case and wire mesh grill ensure exceptional ruggedness. Gold plated XLR connectors optimize signal transmission and provide a high resistance to corrosion.

Gold plated XLR connectors optimize signal transmission and provide a high resistance to corrosion.

Item number: P3S

Item numbers: P5 P5S

• • • • • • • • • • •

3100H00140

3100H00110 3100H00120

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for % THD: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

supercardioid 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV 144 dB SPL 2,000 ohms 200/240 g (7.1/8.5 oz.) 3-pin XLR stage black 190*51 mm (7.5 * 2 in.) SA 45, microphone bag H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

• • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for % THD: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 60 to 20,000 Hz, at 1 cm (0.4 in.): 20 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV 144 dB SPL 2,000 ohms 260/300 g (9.2/10.6 oz.) 3-pin XLR stage black 190*51 mm (7.5 * 2 in.) SA 45 H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

Stage Microphones

27

Page 47


5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

Lead vocals Live Sound

7:28 Uhr

Seite 28

Backing vocals Live Sound Instruments

• Rugged performance microphone designed for lead vocals

• Rugged performance microphone designed for backing vocals and instruments

• Available with 16 foot (5 m) XLR/XLR cable or 16 foot (5 m) XLR/jack cable • On/off switch

• Available with 16 foot (5 m) XLR/XLR cable or 16 foot (5 m) XLR/jack cable • On/off switch

0 52.5

• Sturdy die-cast metal body 0 52.5

Harman Pro Group | 2010

186

186

• Sturdy die-cast metal body

Section:

02

D 88 S/XLR D 88 S/Jack

D 77 S/XLR D 77 S/Jack

The D 88 S is a dynamic handheld microphone for lead vocalists. The super cardioid polar pattern guarantees for utmost gain before feedback and makes the voice cut through the mix more easily. Its heavy duty metal body will take some tough handling. The microphone comes with an integrated on/off-switch, stand adapter and the choice of 5 m (16 ft.) XLR/XLR or XLR/JACK cable.

The D 77 S microphone is ideal for backing vocals, guitar, wind instruments and many other applications. Metal case and wire mesh grill for exceptional ruggedness.

Item numbers: D 88 S/XLR D 88 S/Jack

The microphone comes with an integrated on/off-switch, stand adapter and the choice of 5 m (16 ft.) XLR/XLR or XLR/JACK cable. Item numbers: D 77 S/XLR D 77 S/Jack

3100H00080 3100H00090

3100H00060 3100H00070

supercardioid

• • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Finish: Dimensions:

• Standard accessories:

• Optional accessories:

28

Page 48

supercardioid 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 300 ohms 260 g (0.57 lbs.)/1,200 g (2.65 lbs.) black length: 186 mm (7.3 in.) diameter: 52.5 mm (2.07 in.) stand adapter D 88 S/XLR: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to XLR cable D 88 S/Jack: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to 1/4" jack cable W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

• • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Finish: Dimensions:

• Standard accessories:

• Optional accessories:

cardioid 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 600 ohms 260 g (0.57 lbs.)/1,200 g (2.65 lbs.) black length: 178 mm (7 in.) diameter: 52.5 mm (2.07 in.) stand adapter D 77 S/XLR: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to XLR cable D 77 S/Jack: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to 1/4" jack cable W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305


Handheld Microphones Vocals Karaoke

Vocals Karaoke

• Vocal/general-purpose microphone

• Vocal/general-purpose microphone

• Sturdy die-cast metal body

• On/off switch

• On/off switch

• Rugged wire mesh cap with internal protective basket

• 16 foot (5 m) cable w/mini jack and 1/4" adapter

• 16 foot (5 m) cable w/mini jack and 1/4" adapter 0 52.5 226

243

0 53

D 44 S

Easy to use microphone for jobs ranging from hi-fi recording and karaoke to didacting or other speech recording applications. The true allround microphone with an impact resistant plastic body and fixed cable with mini jack plug and 1/4" adapter.

Easy to use microphone for jobs ranging from hi-fi recording and karaoke to didacting or other speech recording applications. The true allround microphone with an impact resistant rugged full metal microphone housing and fixed cable with mini jack plug and 1/4" adapter.

Integrated ON/OFF switch; cardioid polar pattern.

Integrated ON/OFF switch; cardioid polar pattern.

Item number: D 55 S

Section:

02

3100H00040

Item number: D 44 S

3100H00030

cardioid

• • • • • • •

Harman Pro Group | 2010

D 55 S

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Net /shipp. weight: Finish: Dimensions:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

cardioid 70 to 18,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 600 ohms 380 g (0.84 lbs.)/920 g (2.03 lbs.) black length: 243 mm (9.6 in.) diameter: 52.5 mm (2.07 in.) fixed 5 m (16.5 ft.) cable, w/mini jack plug, mini to 1/4" adapter plug W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

cardioid

• • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Finish: Dimensions:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

cardioid 70 to 18,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 600 ohms 290 g (0.64 lbs.)/820 g (1.81 lbs.) black length: 226 mm (8.9 in.) max. diameter: 53 mm (2.1 in.) fixed 5 m (16.5 ft.) cable, w/mini jack plug, mini to 1/4" adapter plug W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Stage Microphones

29

Page 49


5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

Bass instruments Live sound Recording

7:29 Uhr

Seite 30

Instruments Live sound • Dynamic microphone designed for drums and percussions, wind instruments, and guitar amps

• Large-diaphragm dynamic microphone for bass instruments • Extremely high SPL capability

• Patented AKG Varimotion diaphragm technology

• Classic microphone for stage and studio applications

• Custom built capsule mounting

• Spring steel wire-mesh cap • Rugged all-metal body withstands typical tough handling on stage 44 104

Harman Pro Group | 2010

D40

Section:

02

D 112

D 40

The D 112 has earned a well-deserved reputation worldwide as the best kick drum microphone ever made. Heavy-footed drummers won’t faze it, because the D 112 handles up to 160 dB SPL with no audible distortion. A specially engineered diaphragm with a very low resonance frequency maintains solid and powerful response below 100 Hz, while a narrow band presence rise at 4 kHz punches through dense mixes with little or no added EQ. The result is a kick drum sound that ideally balances precise definition and forceful impact. The D 112 is also an excellent choice for use with bass cabinets, trombones, etc.

The D 40 with its solid all-metal body will stand up to the hardships of nightafter-night onstage use "with a smile".

Built-in windscreen, SA 60 stand adapter included.

The Varimotion diaphragm deep-drawing process allows the diaphragm itself to be fine-tuned with no need for tuning resonators, leading to a quantum leap in audio performance. The transducer is protected by a sturdy wire-mesh cap and takes extremely high sound pressure levels with ease. An integrated stand adapter and standard H 440 mounting bracket for snare drums, tom-toms, etc. make the D 40 a highly versatile tool for use on drums, percussions, wind instruments, and guitar amps.

Drum-Set with D 112 Drum-Set Big II: 1 x D 112, 2 x C 1000 S, 4 x C 519

Drum-Set with D 112 and D 40 Rhythm-Pack: 1 x D 112, 2 x C 430, 3 x D 40

Item number: D 112 Drum-Set Big II

Item number: D 40 Rhythm-Pack

2220Z00010 2581Z00120

2815Z00050 2581Z00130

omnidirectional

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

30

Page 50

cardioid 20 to 17,000 Hz 1.8 mV/Pa (-55 dBV) outside measurement range 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤210 ohms ≥600 ohms 3-pin XLR dark grey metallic enamel 150 x 70 x 115 mm (5.9 x 2.8 x 4.5 in.) 380 g (13.4 oz.) / 990 g (2.2 lbs.) SA 60 ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

omnidirectional

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1/3 % THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 75 to 20,000 Hz 4 mV/Pa (-48 dBV) 144/156 dB SPL 18 dB-A ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 3-pin XLR dark stage blue length 104 mm (4.1 in.) height (incl. stand adapter): 79 mm (3.1 in.) max. dia.: 44 mm (1.7 in.) 245 g (8.6 oz.) / 380 g (13.4 oz.) H 440 ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

• • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • •


Instrument Microphones Cymbals and overhead Live sound Recording

Drums and percussion Instrument amps Brass Live sound

• Miniature condenser microphone for cymbal and overhead miking • Phantom or battery powering options • Mounts securely on all commercial microphone stands

• Dynamic microphone designed for drums and percussions, wind instruments and guitar amps • Response tailored for neutral reproduction of instrument sounds • Integrated stand adapter and external bracket

Live sound Bass instruments • Dynamic microphone designed for low-pitched instruments • Powerful sound with great bass range • Handles highest sound pressure levels • Integrated stand adapter • Rugged all-metal body withstands typical tough stage use

Harman Pro Group | 2010

79

• Rugged all-metal body withstands typical tough stage use

0 19

C 430

P4

Specifically designed for cymbal and overhead miking, the frequency response of the C 430 ensures a uniquely crisp sound. With its extremely compact external dimensions, this microphone will keep a low profile in any application without compromising audio quality. The major benefits of the C 430 include: • Easy to use with any mixer, with no need to use the EQ • Trouble-free use on open-air stages • Mounts securely on all commercial microphone stands. Item number: C 430

The P 4 microphone with its solid metal case will stand up to typical stage use.

Rugged all metal microphone for bass instruments such as bass drum, trombone or bass amplifier.

An integrated stand adapter and a mounting bracket for tom tom etc. make this microphone highly versatile for use on drums, percussions, wind instruments and guitar amps.

It delivers powerful sound with a high energy low end.

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% /3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering: (IEC 61938) Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Section:

02

The P 2 microphone package includes a black carrying case.

The hum-compensation coil on top of the capsule reduces external interference.

Item number: P4

2795Z00010

P2

3100H00130

Item number: P2

cardioid

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 7 mV/Pa (-43 dBV) 126/130 dB 33 dB-A 61 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR matte black 19 dia. x 79 mm (0.7 x 3.1 in.) 23 g (1.1 oz.) / 192 g (6.8 oz.) microphone bag, SA 60, W 32 B 18, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

• • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for % THD: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

3100H00150

cardioid

cardioid 60 to 18,000 Hz 2.4 mV 152 dB SPL 2,000 ohms 200/240 g (7.1/8.5 oz.) 3-pin XLR stage black 100*79*44 mm (3.9*3.1*1.7 in.) H 440, microphone bag ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

cardioid 60 to 20,000 Hz 2.3 mV 157 dB SP 2,000 ohms 400/450 g (14.1/15.9 oz.) 3-pin XLR stage black 130*132*60 mm (5.1*5.2*2.4 in.) microphone bag ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

Stage Microphones

31

Page 51


5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

Brass Drums Percussions Recording

7:29 Uhr

Seite 32

Brass Drums Percussions Woodwinds • Miniature condenser clip-on microphone for wind instruments, drums, and percussions

• Ideal for miking drums and percussions

• Miniature gooseneck for accurate microphone alignment

• Including wireless direct adapter for easy use with AKG PT 40 PRO and PT 450

• Including wireless direct adapter for easy use with AKG PT 40 PRO and PT 450

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Detachable microphone cable

• Detachable microphone cable

• Integrated gooseneck

• Transducer shock mount for high mechanical-noise rejection

• Continuously adjustable vise type clamp

212

199

• Miniature cardioid condenser clamp-on microphone with shock mounted capsule

47 46

C 518

Section:

02

C 519

The ultimate miniature condenser microphone for drums and percussions. Its cardioid polar pattern rejects overspill from nearby instruments. A continuously adjustable vise-type clamp makes it easy to fix the microphone securely on the top hoop of most drums or percussion instruments. An external shock mount provides high mechanical-noise rejection. A special snap-on stabilizer knee will keep the gooseneck bent at a defined angle. The C 518 M features an integrated, switchable bass cut for adjusting the microphone’s frequency response to your instrument’s sound. The unique adapter plate A 400 allows easy attachment of the AKG pocket transmitters PT 450 and PT 40 PRO. Versions C 518 M for external phantom powering C 518 ML for use with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering.

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight (microphone and cable): • Standard accessories:

• • • • • •

• Optional accessories:

32

Page 52

The C 519 M features an integrated, switchable bass cut for adjusting the microphone’s frequency response to your instrument’s sound. The unique adapter plate A 400 allows easy attachment of the AKG pocket transmitters PT 450 and PT 40 PRO. Versions C 519 M for external phantom powering C 519 ML for use with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering. Item numbers: C 519 M 3065Z00110 C 519 ML 3065Z00120 (6 units multipack version)

Item numbers: C 518 M 3064Z00110 C 518 ML 3064Z00120 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • •

The C 519 clips onto the bell of a trumpet, saxophone, trombone, tuba, or any other wind instrument (e.g. didgeridoo). Room to move for the wind section at last! Its tight cardioid polar pattern makes the C 519 an ideal tool for use near monitor wedges, and its flat frequency response delivers a natural, powerful, and clear sound.

cardioid 60 Hz to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 130/132 dB SPL 31 dB-A 63 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤ 2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black length: 200 mm (7.9 in.); max. width: 47 mm (1.9 in.) C 518 M: 220 g (7.8 oz.) / 450 g (15.9 oz.) C 518 ML: 110 g (3.9 oz.) / 330 g (11.7 oz.) H 518, microphone bag, W 44; C 518 ML: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450 B 18, for C 518 ML: B 29 L, MPA V L

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight (microphone and cable): • Standard accessories:

• • • • • •

• Optional accessories:

cardioid 60 Hz to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 130/132 dB SPL 31 dB-A 63 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤ 2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black length: 213 mm (4.8 in.); max. width: 47 mm (1.9 in.) C 519 M: 195 g (6.9 oz.) / 430 g (15.2 oz.) C 519 ML: 85 g (3 oz.) / 310 g (11 oz.) microphone bag, W 44; C 519 ML: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450 B 18, for C 519 ML: B 29 L, MPA V L


Clip-on Microphones 14,2

9,7

Live sound Sound/AV company

26,7

Recording Strings Concert hall Sound/AV company

• Cardioid instrument microphone with miniature mounting bracket

• Ultra-light vibration pickup

• High mechanical-noise attenuation

• Condenser transducer in sealed enclosure

• Including wireless direct adapter for easy use with AKG PT 40 PRO and PT 450

• Cable with lockable mini XLR connector

• Detachable microphone cable • Ideal for miking up accordions and guitar, piano, keyboard, or organ amplifiers

235

• Ideal for miking up acoustic guitars and other string instruments

Harman Pro Group | 2010

47

C 411

C 516 ML

Weighing only 18 grams (0.6 oz.), this ultra-light condenser pickup is ideal for acoustic guitar, mandolin, violin and most other stringed instruments. The C 411 will give a clear and uncolored sound without changing the balance of the instrument. Attaching the C 411 on or near the bridge is easy with the included non-marring, reusable, solvent-free adhesive compound. You can also fix the C 411 anywhere else on the instrument, depending on the desired sound and the vibration performance of the instrument.

Lightweight cardioid miniature microphone for use on accordions, guitar speakers, piano and keyboard/organ cabinets.

C 411 L: For use with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering.

The C 516 ML is the only version available and can be used with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering. The unique adapter plate A 400 allows easy attachment of the AKG pocket transmitters PT 450 and PT 40 PRO.

C 411 PP: For hardwire applications, with standard XLR connector for phantom powering. Item number: C 411 L C 411 PP

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Section:

02

Using two C 516 MLs (one on the bass and one on the treble side) and an optional B 29 L battery power supply is an ideal way to mic up an accordion.

Item number: C 516 ML 3063Z00120 (6 units multipack version)

2571Z00030 2571Z00040

• • • • • • •

The included screws and double-sided, solvent-free adhesive pads make it easy to install the microphone on your instrument or amp exactly where you need it.

figure-eight (vibration pickup) 10 to 18,000 Hz 2 mV/ms-2 (incl. MPA V L) 100 dB ≤200 ohms unbalanced ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black 27 x 14 x 9.5 mm (1.1 x 0.5 x 0.3 in.) 18 g (0.7 oz.)/150 g (5.5 oz.) adhesive compound, microphone bag B 29 L, MPA V L, B 18,

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

cardioid 60 Hz to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 130/132 dB SPL 31 dB-A 63 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter Current consumption: ≤ 2 mA Connector: 3-pin mini XLR Cable: 1.5 m (5 ft.) Finish: matte black Net/shipping weight (microphone and cable): 46 g (1.6 oz.) / 320 g (11.3 oz.) Standard accessories: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450, 2 doublesided adhesive rubber plates, 3 countersunkbolts (3 x 30 mm), 3 self-tapping screws (2.9 x 13 mm), elastic adhesive compound, H 516, microphone bag, W 44 Optional accessories: B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

Stage Microphones

33

Page 53


5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:29 Uhr

Seite 34

Theater, Lectern Recording Broadcast

• • Head-worn microphone with continuously adjustable behind-the-neck headband and microphone arm

• Excellent comfort

• Insensitive to moisture, perspiration, and salts

145

• Dual-diaphragm transducer for cable noise suppression

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Compatible with all standard wireless systems 205

• Microphone arm provides choice of left or right-hand use

HC 577 L

Section:

02

The new AKG HC 577 L has been designed to be invisible in the limelight. It is so small it will virtually disappear on stage or on camera, while providing perfect mobility and pristine audio quality. A patented body design protects the microphone’s dual-diaphragm transducer from moisture and perspiration. Mechanical noise, cable noise, etc. are reduced to a minimum. The microphone uses a CK 77 omnidirectional transducer that has been an industry standard for lavalier capsules for years and ensures superior audio performance. The HC 577 L uses dual-ear temple pieces for extreme stability and optimum comfort. Item number: HC 577 L (Single pack)

3141Z00010

HC 577 L 3141Z00110 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

34

Page 54

omnidirectional 20 Hz to 20 kHz 8 mV/Pa (-42 dBV) 133 dB 26 dB-A 68 dB ≤3.5 kohms ≥10 kohms 1.5 to 12 V ≤0.6 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) flesh tone 205 mm (8.1 in.), max. diameter: 145 mm (5.7 in.) 28 g (0.99 oz.) / 150 g (5,3 oz.) PB 77, W 77 B, moisture shield B 18, MPA V L, W 77 M/P, W 77 M, W 77


Head-worn Microphones

195

• Head-worn microphone with continuously adjustable behind-the-neck headband

Head-worn microphone for lectern Handsfree use Aerobics Speech

134

102

102

134

195

Head-worn microphone Handsfree use Lead and backing vocals

• Head-worn microphone with continuously adjustable behind-the-neck headband

• External shock mount for high mechanical-noise rejection • Miniature gooseneck for precise positioning near the user’s mouth

• Moisture shield

• Microphone arm provides choice of left or right-hand use

• Optimum audio and intelligibility even at high ambient noise levels

C 520

C 555 L

Head-worn condenser microphone with maximum dynamic range for perfect vocal sound. Its cardioid polar pattern effectively rejects unwanted ambient noise. An ideal choice for frontmen, singing keyboardists, drummers, guitarists, and dancers. The microphone arm mounts either on the left or right side of the headband as desired. The C 520 provides the perfect solution for any performer needing a handsfree microphone. A transducer shock mount reduces handling noise to a minimum. The moisture shield prevents perspiration from penetrating into the transducer element, ensuring a high degree of humidity protection for the microphone.

The new C 555 L head-worn microphone from AKG is rugged, extremely easy to use, and offers outstanding price/performance. The C 555 L is the ideal microphone for any handsfree application including gymnastics instruction, presentations, or onstage performance. The C 555 L rests securely and comfortably on the head, and can be attached to the left or right side of the behind-the-neck headband as desired. A transducer shock mount reduces handling noise to a minimum. The moisture shield prevents perspiration from penetrating into the transducer element, ensuring a high degree of humidity protection for the microphone.

Versions C 520 for external phantom powering C 520 L for use with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering.

The C 555 L is the only version available and can be used with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering.

Item numbers: C 520 3066Z00050 C 520 L 3066Z00060 (6 units multipack version)

Item number: C 555 L 3066Z00200 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Microphone arm provides choice of left or right-hand use

cardioid 60 to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 130/132 dB SPL 31 dB-A 63 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤2 mA C 520: 3-pin male XLR; C 520 ML: 3-pin mini XLR C 520: 3 m (10 ft.); C 520 ML: 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black length: 195 mm (7.7 in.); max. diameter: 134 mm (5.3 in.) C 520: 26 g (0.9 oz.) / 380 g (13.4 oz.) C 520 L: 26 g (0.9 oz.) / 260 g (9.2 oz.) W 44 B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Section:

02

Polar pattern: cardioid Frequency range: 80 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 35 mV/Pa (-29 dBV) Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: 126/130 dB SPL Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 22 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 72 dB Impedance: ≤200 ohms Recommended load impedance: ≥2000 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter Current consumption: ≤ 2 mA Connector: 3-pin mini XLR Cable: 1.5 m (5 ft.) Finish: matte black Dimensions: length: 195 mm (7.7 in.); max. diameter: 134 mm (5.3 in.) Net/shipping weight: 26 g (0.9 oz.) / 260 g (9.2 oz.) Standard accessories: W 444 Optional accessories: B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

Stage Microphones

35

Page 55


5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:29 Uhr

Seite 36

Clip-on microphone for lectern (handsfree use) Houses of worship Recording Theater, onstage miking

• • Excellent tool for recording and broadcast applications

• Resistant to moisture, perspiration, and salts

5,5

15,5

• Dual-diaphragm transducer for suppression of cable noise

CK77

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Superior sound, compatible to all popular wireless transmitters References: GERMANY: Musical Bonifazius

CK 77 WR

Section:

02

Extremely small omnidirectional lavalier microphone. The patented dual-diaphragm capsule has been designed specifically to protect the transducer from moisture and perspiration. The capsule uses two vertical diaphragms mounted back to back and connected out of phase to cancel out mechanical and cable noise, etc. Available versions: C 577 WR black, with phantom adapter CK 77 WR L black, with mini-XLR connector CK 77 WR L/P flesh-tone, with mini-XLR connector Item numbers: C 577 WR CK 77 WR L CK 77 WR L/P

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions:

36

Page 56

2441Z00310 2441Z00390 2441Z00400

omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 8 mV/Pa –42 dBV) 133 dB SPL 26 dB-A 68 dB CK 77 WR (C 577 WR) (≤3,500 (≤400) ohms) CK 77 WR (C 577 WR) (≥10,000 (≥2.000) ohms) CK 77 WR: 1.5 to 12 V; C 577 WR: 9 to 52 V to DIN/IEC ≤0,6 mA CK 77 WR: 3 -pin mini XLR “L”, C 577 WR: 3-pin XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) various matte colors 5.5 dia. x 14 mm (0.2 dia. x 0.55 in.)

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories:

• Optional accessories:

CK 77 WR: 0.4/85 g (0.014/3 oz.) C 577 WR: 0.4/146 g (0.014/5.2 oz.) CK 77 WR: adhesive compound, H 40/1, H 41, moisture shield, PB 77, W 77; C 577 WR: adhesive compound, H 39, H 40/1, H 41, moisture shield, PB 77, W 77 W 77 M, W 77 M/P, W 77 Set, W 77 M/P Set


Lavalier Microphones Clip-on microphone for lectern (handsfree use) Houses of worship

Houses of worship Lectern Tour guide TV, motion picture, video production

• Extremely light, inconspicuous lavalier microphone • Inconspicuous clip-on microphone

• Excellent audio quality across the full bandwith

• Natural, airy sound • High ambient noise rejection

8

Harman Pro Group | 2010

15

23

7,5

C 417

CK 55 L

Affordable professional miniature condenser microphone. Its broadband, flat audio reproduction in an omnidirectional format is ideal for all types of broadcast and theatrical applications. The sound is extremely open and natural, making it ideal for wireless or hardwire multi-mic situations. An attachment clip, tiepin and windscreen are supplied with each C 417. C 417 PP: For hardwire applications, with standard XLR connector for phantom powering. C 417 L: With mini XLR connector for use with B 29 L battery operated power supply, MPA V L external phantom power adapter, or AKG WMS bodypack transmitters.

Low-profile, cost efficient clip-on microphone for applications including houses of worship, lecturers, etc. Connects to AKG bodypack transmitters.

Item numbers: C 417 PP C 417 L

The CK 55 L provides a natural sound, with a slight rise above 10 kHz for added clarity. Its cardioid polar pattern and bass rolloff combine to suppress unwanted ambient noise. Item number: CK 55 L

Section:

02

6000H17200

2577Z00120 2577Z00080

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 17 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 118/126 dB 34 dB-A 60 dB ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤2mA C 417 PP: 3-pin XLR, C 417 L: 3-pin mini XLR C 417 PP: 3 m (10 ft.), C 417 L: 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black 7.5 dia. x 15 mm (0.3 x 0.6 in.) C 417 PP: 68/220 g (2.5/8.1 oz.) C 417 L: 8/160 g (0.3/5.9 oz.) H 40/1, H 41, microphone bag, W 407 B 18, for C 417 L: B 29 L, MPA V L

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 15 to 18,000 Hz 8.8 mV/Pa (-41 dBV) 118 dB 34 dB-A 60 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 1.5 to 10 VDC or 9 to 52 V phantom power using MPA V L ≤2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.6 m (5 ft. 4 in.) matte black dia.: 8 x 23 mm (0.3 x 0.9 in.) 2.5/115 g (0.08/4 oz.) Clip, W 55 B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

Stage Microphones

37

Page 57


Gooseneck Microphones

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Reference Projects Architectural Microphone Series

60 62

Modular Series Installation System Description GN Series GN E Series GN ESP Series GN E 5Pin Series HM 1000 GN 155 Set

65 66 67 68 69 70 71 71

Capsule Modules CK 31, CK 32, CK 33 CK 47 CK 80

72 73 73

Compact Series System Description CGN 321 E, CGN 521 E CGN 323 E, CGN 523 E CHM 21

74 74 75 75

Paging Microphones D 58 E D 542, D 542 E D 542 ST-S

Section:

02

76 76 77

Boundary Layer and Shotgun Microphones C 747 V11 C 547 BL C 542 BL C 562 CM C 568 B CK 98

78 79 80 80 81 81

Microphone Mixer AMM 10 DMM 4/2/2 DMM 4/2/4

82 84 85

Conference Systems CS 5 CS 2

38

Page 58

86 90


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Installed

Section:

02

Microphones

Creating sound systems that ensure optimum intelligibility even in difficult acoustic environments is a major challenge to innovative

designers. AKG offers products at several budget levels that are easy to install and unobtrusive in appearance providing premium AKG solutions to help designers meet their unique challenges.

39

Page 59


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch 5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch 01.12.200901.12.2009 7:41 Uhr

Seite 7:41 Uhr 40

Seite 40

China

Office of the Te Hong Kong

Harman Pro Group | 2010

China

St. Anthony Ch

Section:

02

Installed Installed

Germany: Düsseldorfer Germany: Landtag Düsseldorfer Landtag (Building of the Düsseldorf (BuildingLand of theParliament) Düsseldorf Land Parliament)

Sound Sound

Austria

Piarist Church,

Intelligent, high-performance Intelligent, high-performance sound systems sound havesystems becomehave a prerequisite become a for prerequisite any kind offorevent any kind todayofwhere event intelligibility today whereand intelligibility excellentand excellent sound are of sound paramount are ofimportance. paramount Regardless importance.ofRegardless the scale ofofan theevent, scalethe of an acoustics event, the of aacoustics venue, orofthe a venue, type oforsound the type system of sound to be system to be designed, AKG designed, has the AKG right has products. the right It isproducts. obvious that It is the obvious acoustical that the requirements acoustical requirements of a stadium of differ a stadium greatly differ from those greatlyoffrom a place those of a place of worship, a oftheater, worship, or aa business theater, orconference. a businessAKG’s conference. experience AKG’sgained experience in more gained than in sixmore descades than six of successful descades ofactivities successful in the activities in the professional audio professional industryaudio will help industry you will find help the best you find solutions the best for your solutions application. for your application. USA

CourtSmart Co

Page 60


Installed Sound

China

Hungary

Switzerland

Syria

China

Austria

Thailand

USA

Office of the Telecommunication Authority, Hong Kong

St. Ann's Church

SWX Swiss Exchange in Zurich

Academy Fantasia, Bangkok

Opera House in Damascus

County Council Chambers, Los Alamos, New Mexico

Harman Pro Group | 2010

St. Anthony Church, Hong Kong

Hungarian and Ukrainian Presidents Rely on AKG Sound Quality

Section:

02 Austria

China

Austria

Norway

USA

Austria

Canada

USA

Piarist Church, Vienna

CourtSmart Courtroom, Massachussetts

Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department

Bank Austria in Downtown Vienna

St. Martin's Cathedral in Eisenstadt

Ministère de la Justice du QuÊbec

Conference Centre in Stord

Ford Motor Company, Regional Trade Show Displays, Dearborn, Michigan

Page 61


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:41 Uhr

Seite 42

Legislative assembly, conference center Lecture hall, lectern House of worship Boardroom Courtroom

Design your own mic Harman Pro Group | 2010

Architectural Microphone Series •

High resistance to RF interference

Gold sputtered ultra-low mass diaphragms

Switchable bass cut filter and preattenuation pad

Bayonet coupling system with self-cleaning contacts

3 different polar patterns to match different room acoustics

Flat frequency response for excellent acoustic performance

More than 6,840 different body styles for unlimited freedom of design

Section:

02

Architectural Series microphones will match any interior design perfectly. A variety of capsule body styles, goosenecks in selectable lengths, various colors and finishes are available, a range of mounting modules allow proper installation. It has never been so easy to design a sound system that blends in perfectly with any architecture! Architectural Series microphones use the same transducers as the classic AKG Blue Line microphones famous for ruler-flat frequency response, low self-noise, and consistent studio-grade polar patterns. The Architectural Series includes three highly accurate transducers, a cardioid, an omni, and a hypercardioid. All capsules use the tried and tested bayonet coupling of the AKG Blue Line Series. It allows every capsule to be replaced quickly and easily if, for instance, a different pickup pattern is required for acoustical reasons. The self-cleaning contacts of the bayonet coupling maintain perfect signal integrity even after years of use in hostile environments. Architectural Series goosenecks are the same proven modules as those available for the Discreet Acoustics Modular Series. Each gooseneck must pass extremely severe quality tests designed to ensure that the gooseneck will bend precisely to the desired shape and resist unintentional bending. A complete line of mounting and installation accessories makes installing and positioning the microphones child's play at any venue. All shock mounts are made of a special rubber mixture with a high damping factor for reliable minimization of mechanical noise.

42

Page 62


Gooseneck Microphones Step 1: Select the pickup pattern. Three high quality Blue Line Series studio microphone capsules with different pickup patterns have been specifically styled for the Architectural Series to provide the perfect choice for any kind of room acoustics and every microphone position. Blue Line microphones are used by professionals in the motion picture, recording, broadcasting, and sound reinforcement industries worldwide. Their ultra-light diaphragms reduce mechanical noise to a minimum. High rejection of RF and electromagnetic interference make these capsules ideal tools for every application.

CK 92: Omnidirectional

Omni capsule with smooth, well-balanced sound.

Read more about the Blue Line Series on page 16/17. CK 93: Hypercardioid

Consistent cardioid polar pattern and high off-axis rejection throughout frequency range.

Consistent hypercardioid polar pattern, high off-axis rejection throughout frequency range.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CK 91: Cardioid

Step 2: Select the body style. Each capsule is available in five different body styles from soberly geometrical to softer, rounder shapes, so Architectural Series microphones will perfectly match any environment.

Section:

Responding to the needs and imagination of architects and designers, all Architectural Series capsule modules are available in five different body styles.

02

Here are some examples:

Capsule • Type: • Frequency range: • Polar pattern: • Sensitivity @ 1000 Hz: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Electrical impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions:

CK 91

CK 92 CK 93 Prepolarized condenser microphone 20 Hz to 20 kHz 20 Hz to 20 kHz 20 Hz to 20 kHz Cardioid Omnidirectional Hypercardioid 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) -17 dB-A -17 dB-A -17 dB-A 132 dB 132 dB 132 dB 77 dB 77 dB 77 dB <200 ohms <200 ohms <200 ohms >1000 ohms >1000 ohms >1000 ohms 9 to 52 VDC phantom power 9 to 52 VDC phantom power 9 to 52 VDC phantom power Depending on selected connector module Selectable Depending on selected gooseneck model and capsule body style

Installed Microphones

43

Page 63


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

Step 3: Select the gooseneck installation module. Installation requirements and possibilities vary from venue to venue. For mobile use on a table stand, permanent installation in a conference table, with an automatic microphone mixer, or on a discussion system microphone station, the Architectural Series installation modules provide a perfect solution for every application.

Seite 44

The programmable switch can be configured with a variety of applications using jumpers. Possible functions are: On/Off Push-to-Talk Push-to-Mute Naturally the LED ring and bass cut can also be activated and deactivated on an individual basis.

3 or 5-pin XLR module (E type):

Harman Pro Group | 2010

All modules of the 3 and 5-pin versions are supplied with an integral connector. The 5-pin XLR connector is used for the separate transmission of audio and control signals for the lighting ring.

7:41 Uhr

Step 4: Select a gooseneck. To ensure optimum audio quality, the microphone capsule needs to be placed as close to the talker's mouth as possible. The closer the microphone sits to the sound source, the higher the usable gain before feedback will be and the less unwanted noise will be picked up. No matter whether you will mount the microphone on a lectern or conference table, the Architectural Series provides a gooseneck of suitable length. All you need to do is specify the required length when ordering.

3-pin XLR module with switch (ESP type):

The programmable mute switch means that these modules are suitable for a wide variety of applications. Flush mount module:

Section:

02 The particularly elegant look of the Flash Mount module makes it perfect for installation in desktops.

Online Configurator: Designing your personal mic was never so much fun! It is very easy to assemble your individual gooseneck microphone with the online configurator: Select the acoustics, design and required technology for your project and see the results immediately.

Step 5: Select the color or finish. Architectural Series microphones are available in different colours and finishes and fit in perfectly with any environment. Here are some examples:

RAL 8023

RAL 8016

RAL 8011

RAL 7032

RAL 7024

RAL 7016

RAL 6029

RAL 6000

RAL 5012

RAL 5002

RAL 4008

RAL 3003

RAL 2000

RAL 1013

RAL 1004

Gold plated

Chrome plated

Silk white

Silk black

â&#x20AC;Ś

www.akg.com

44

Page 64


Gooseneck Microphones

GN-Series: Installation Standard installation hardware For permanent installation, a 3/8" screw is mounted from below. Two supplied rubber buffers reduce structure-borne noise. The screw requires a 14 mm (0.6 in.) opening.

Hidden cable duct

Tabletop installation

Optional installation hardware MF-DA Mounting flange The MF-DA mounting flange is the modular solution for situations where it is impractical to fix a gooseneck from below. The rugged, all-metal MF-DA can be screwed on permanently and allows you to route the cable above or below the tabletop. This installation method is very popular for altars and lecterns.

MF-DA

Optional installation hardware ST 45 Table stand Harman Pro Group | 2010

The ST 45 table stand is the modular solution for mobile applications or installations where supporting surfaces must not be changed. GN Series goosenecks screw directly onto the ST 45. Rugged construction and shock absorbing rubber feet ensure optimum stability and reduce footfall noise. ST 45

GN E + GN ESP-Series: Installation PS 3 F-LOCK Classic theft-proof fixture for easy, material-friendly installation. Required mounting hole: 17 mm (0.7 in.)

Section:

02

Theft-proof lock

ST 45 + SA 60 For easiest installation and takedown of mobile sound systems, the ST 45 table stand can be teamed up with the SA 60 stand adapter. The massive base plate and shockabsorbing rubber feet eliminate footfall noise.

H 600 The H 600 offers optimum attenuation of structure-borne noise, high flexibility, and a theft-proof lock. Required mounting hole: 53 mm (2.1 in.) Including reduction socket A 608

H 500 The H 500 is the most cost efficient solution for easy installation and takedown of sound systems. Required mounting hole: 50 mm (2 in.)

ST 1 + SA 60 The ST 1 table stand can be teamed up with the SA 60 stand adapter. It is especially useful for uneven surfaces where the ST 45 base plate cannot be used.

Installed Microphones

45

Page 65


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:41 Uhr

Seite 46

Modular Series Fully modular system for maximum requirements The Modular Series from AKG Acoustics is being used worldwide and has proven its worth for many years. It brilliantly fulfils the three key requirements that are essential for sound system applications.

Low profile: The extremely compact design and matte finish underscore the inconspicuous appearance of the Modular Series. The low-profile installation modules ensure quick setup and takedown of all versions of the Modular Series.

Modularity: Depending on the specific purpose, “special wishes” can often be fulfilled only by modular systems. The Modular Series offers a choice of five capsule modules with different polar patterns and frequency responses. A wide range of goosenecks and installation modules is also available. Besides, there are special-purpose modules for applications that are not covered by any other products available. They can be used as wireless or lavalier microphones as well as for single-user applications.

The excellent response and extremely good intelligibility make the Modular Series the first choice whenever quality and reliability have top priority. Small wonder that decision makers all over the world appreciate AKG as a professional partner.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Reliability: A wide range of features minimizes the risk of operating errors, material fatigue, or signal dropouts. The LED ring and self-cleaning gold-plated contacts for the threaded connections are standard, the switchable bass rolloff filter too.

The deep groove of the thread prevents the capsule from being misaligned.

Added reliability: maximum contact area The size of the contact area between the microphone capsule and the gooseneck determines the reliability of the entire installation. Instead of the failure-prone conventional point contacts, all Modular Series products use large-area, selfcleaning gold plated contacts that engage in groove-andtongue fashion. In addition, a hard, rugged thread stabilizes the

joint. The extremely deep groove of the thread prevents misalignment and ensures long useful life of all Modular Series products even if they are used in installations that are frequently reconfigured or in mobile systems. A seemingly small detail, this feature will make your work definitely easier.

Long strips of self-cleaning, gold plated contacts fit together seamlessly.

Section:

02

Added reliability: tested for stability A high quality gooseneck bends precisely into the desired shape and is resistant to inadvertent readjustment. This stability of shape depends entirely on consistent resilience of the springs inside the gooseneck. Therefore, all Modular Series Gooseneck Modules are subjected to a rigorous quali-

ty test during which they are bent into extreme shapes and must keep their shape until bent again. Any gooseneck that does not pass this test is rejected immediately.

Added reliability: useful indicator LED All Installation Modules provide an LED ring. A world first, it uses special circuitry to operate off standard phantom power or a separate power supply. The LED ring indicates system status:

• Off: If none of the above functions is desired, the LED ring can be deactivated. In this mode, it is practically invisible.

• Mic on: The LED ring glows to indicate that the system has been wired correctly and phantom power is on. Thus, the operator will know at a glance whether the hardware has been installed correctly. There is no need to test each microphone.

Mic On

Added reliability: hidden controls The phantom power adapter contains two jumpers that let you activate a 250 Hz bass rolloff and deactivate the LED ring. Since the jumpers are hidden inside the adapter case they cannot be realigned unintentionally.

46

Page 66

Hidden inside the case, the two jumpers are protected from unintentional misalignment.

Off


Gooseneck Microphones Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Rugged construction • Compatible with all Modular Series capsules • Highly reliable contacts for capsule modules • Integrated LED ring status indicator 500

• Integrated switchable bass rolloff

160

305

• Attached XLR connector or unterminated cable ends SWEDEN: Hässleholms Kulturhus, Varberg Town Hall CHINA: Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department NEW ZEALAND: Parliament NORWAY: Froland Church, Stord Conference Centre

20

20

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Some References:

20

GN Series For permanent screw-on installation, AKG offers goosenecks in various lengths: GN 15: approx. 15 cm (6 in.); GN 30: approx. 30 cm (12 in.); GN 50: approx. 50 cm (20 in.). Except for the GN 30 oc with unterminated cable ends, all come with a DPA in-line XLR phantom power adapter with integrated 250 Hz bass rolloff and LED ON/OFF jumper. The DPA connects to any standard mixer input with 9 to 52 V power supply. The mini XLR connector will thread through any hole from 11 mm (0.44 in.) in diameter. This eliminates the need for large holes or awkward unsoldering and resoldering of the much larger phantom power adapter during installation.

Section:

02

Standard accessory: Phantom power adapter The external phantom power adapter of the GN series makes setting up the goosenecks much easier, since a small hole will suffice for threading through a mini XLR connector. Having disconnected the cable, the integrated bass cut can be set quite easily inside the phantom power adapter. The phantom power adapter will operate off any available phantom power supply from 9 to 52 V, powering both the condenser capsule and the LED ring.

GN 15 Item numbers: GN 15 GN 30 GN 30 OC GN 50

GN 30

GN 50

2765Z00010 2765Z00030 2765Z00050 2765Z00080

Standard installation hardware included

• • • • • • • • •

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR; GN 30 OC: stripped and tinned leads 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte dark grey max. dia.: 20 mm (0.8 in.), length: 160/305/500 mm (6.3/12/20 in.) 72/400 g (2.5/14.1 oz.), 110/522 g (3.9/18.4 oz.), 120/495 g (4.2/17.5 oz.) DPA phantom power adapter, screw set with rubber bush B 18, MF-DA installation flange, H 600, ST 1, ST 45

Installed Microphones

47

Page 67


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:42 Uhr

Seite 48

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Rugged construction

• Compatible with all Modular Series capsules

• Highly reliable contacts for capsule modules

• Integrated LED ring status indicator

• Integrated, switchable bass cut

• Integrated gold-plated XLR connector

• 380

SWEDEN: Hässleholms Kulturhus, Varberg Town Hall CHINA: Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department NEW ZEALAND: Parliament NORWAY: Froland Church

02

235

GN E Series

Section:

572

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Some References:

20

20

20

All E-Series modules come with an integrated connector for quick setup and takedown.The goosenecks are available in various lengths. GN 15 E: 23.5 cm (9.2 in.); GN 30 E: 38 cm (15 in.); GN 50 E: 57.2 cm (22.3 in.). Of course the GN E series also has an integrated 250 Hz bass rolloff filter and LED ON/OFF jumper. Optimum suppression of structure-borne noise An essential feature of the installation hardware described below is the attenuation of structure-borne noise that prevents the transmission of unwanted noise (footfall etc.). The amount of attenuation is determined by the material mix of the rubber shock mount. Modular Series installation modules use a mixture that is extremely efficient at frequencies below 250 Hz (e.g., knocking noise). Unlike standard rubber mixturees (fig.1) that respond to vibrations very slowly, the special AKG rubber mixture (fig. 2) absorbs vibrations practically immediately. This prevents successive shocks from adding up. This rubber mixture is used in the H 600 and H 500.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

GN 15 E

Item numbers: GN 15 E GN 30 E GN 50 E

• • • • • • • •

2765Z00020 2765Z00040 2765Z00090

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

48

Page 68

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR matte dark grey max. dia.: 20 mm (0.8 in.), length: 235/380/572 mm (9/14.9/22.3 in.) 112/396 g (3.9/13.9 oz.), 160/530 g (5.6/18.7 oz.), 160/535 g (5.6/18.8 oz.) DPA phantom power adapter (integrated) B 18, H 500, H 600, PS 3 F-lock, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

GN 30 E

GN 50 E


Gooseneck Microphones Conference Houses of worship Lectern Paging Applications • Programmable mute switch • High RFI (Radio Frequency Interference) immunity • Rugged construction • Compatible with all Modular Series capsules • Highly reliable contacts for capsule modules 600

• Integrated LED ring status indicator

GN ESP Series

260

• Integrated, gold-plated XLR connector

Harman Pro Group | 2010

405

• Integrated, switchable bass cut

20

20

20

The new GN ESP Series features a programmable mute switch to cover a wide range of applications. A bank of jumpers makes it easy to select the desired switch function for every situation:

Section:

02

• on/off • push-to-talk • push-to-mute The mode selection jumpers are hidden inside the housing so they cannot be realigned unintentionally. An LED Ring provides a clearly visible MIC ON/OFF indication. The bank of jumpers also allows the LED Ring and the integrated bass rolloff filter to be enabled or disabled. In addition, the new electronic circuit design provides high immunity to radio-frequency interference. Programmable Mute Switch

Item numbers: GN 15 ESP GN 30 ESP GN 50 ESP

• • • • • • • •

GN 15 ESP

GN 30 ESP

GN 50 ESP

2765Z00450 2765Z00460 2765Z00470

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB bei 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3.5 mA 3-pin male XLR matte dark grey max. dia.: 20 mm (0.8 in.), length: 260/405/600 m (10.2/15.9/23.6 in.) 140/430 g (4.9/15.2 oz.), 184/516 g (6.5/18.2 oz.), 194/573 g (6.8/20.2 oz.) DPA phantom power adapter (integrated) B 18, H 500, H 600, PS 3 F-lock, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

Installed Microphones

49

Page 69


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:42 Uhr

Seite 50

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Gooseneck with gold-plated 5Pin XLR connector

• Compatible with all Modular Series capsules

• Extra large controllable LED ring • Highly reliable contacts for capsule modules

572

• Integrated switchable bass cut

Harman Pro Group | 2010

380

Some References:

235

SWITZERLAND: SWX Swiss Exchange, Zurich

20

20

20

GN E 5Pin Series

Section:

02

Similar to the GN E Modules, the GN E 5Pin Modules come with an integrated connector with phantom power adapter. One special feature is the 5-pin XLR connector, which ensures that the extra-large LED ring can be activated and deactivated using a separate power supply, e.g., a Logic out from any automatic mixer. The LED ring is extra large for enhanced visibility. Of course the GN E 5Pin also has the same features as all Modular Series installation modules, such as a gold-plated thread for screwing on the capsule, integrated switchable bass cut, and extremely strong joints that will withstand the toughest kind of usage. 5-pin connector The 5-pin XLR connector allows the audio signal and the control voltage for the LED ring to be fed separately. Connector pinout 1 – Audio ground 2 – LED ring + 3 – Audio inphase 4 – LED ring – 5 – Audio return Item numbers GN 15 E 5Pin GN 30 E 5Pin GN 50 E 5Pin

GN 15 E 5Pin

2765Z00390 2765Z00400 2765Z00410

5-pin XLR connector

• • • • • • • • •

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight

• Optional accessories:

50

Page 70

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 5-pin male XLR matte dark grey 20 Ø x 235/380/572 mm, (0.8 Ø x 9/14.9/22.4 in.) 112/396 g (3.9/13.9 oz.) 160/530 g (5.6/18.7 oz.) 160/535 g (5.6/18.8 oz.) H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

GN 30 E 5Pin

GN 50 E 5Pin


Hanging/Gooseneck Microphones

Conference Houses of worship Surveillance Theater, onstage miking

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Elegant floor stand

• Hanging module with rugged thread connection and self-cleaning, gold plated contacts

• Compatible with all Modular Series capsules

• Compatible with all Discreet Acoustics Modular capsules

• Integrated LED ring

• Integrated switchable LED ring

• Screw-on extension tube

• Rugged all-metal construction

• Integrated bass rolloff filter 1490

Some References:

• Rugged all-metal construction

USA: Austrian Embassy in Washington AUSTRIA: Kaiserebersdorf Parish

• Non-reflective anthracite finish • 95° pickup angle

107

Harman Pro Group | 2010

50

110

Some References:

24

NORWAY: Stord Conference Centre 13,5

HM 1000

19

GN 155 Set

Using microphones flown from the ceiling to record music or speech in houses of worship, conference rooms, or on theater stages is becoming more and more popular. A 10 m (33 ft.) special cable that is treated specially to reduce twisting to a minimum even if the temperature varies and a spring steel hanging clamp for precise microphone alignment will keep the microphone securely in its position.

Elegant gooseneck module with integrated LED ring status indicator and heavy, shock-mounted floor stand in matte gray finish for use with all Discreet Acoustics capsule modules. Suitable for stand-alone use on stage or placed in front of a lectern. Two flexible gooseneck sections allow optimum alignment with users in different positions.

A switchable LED ring helps the sound engineer to check system function during the soundcheck.

A supplied screw-on extension tube can be used to raise the microphone for tall users. The attached 10 m (33 ft.) cable with XLR phantom power adapter is long enough to reach the edge of most stages without using an extension cable. Excellent for use as a lectern microphone in houses of worship, meeting halls, etc.

Item number: HM 1000

Item number: GN 155 Set

2765Z00100

Section:

02

2765Z00180

GN 155 Choir*

WMS 450/155 Choir*

Compatible with all Discreet Acoustics Modular Capsules.

This combines the best of the WMS 450 wireless system with the GN 155 Choir for specialized wireless choir mic applications.

*Available only in the USA. For more details please visit www.akg.com/usa

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current Consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin male XLR 10 m (33 ft.) matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 50 mm (0.5 dia. x 2.0 in.) 400/600 g (14.1 oz./1.3 lbs.) spring steel hanging clamp B 18

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current Consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimension: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR 10 m (33 ft.) matte dark grey 180 x 1,490 mm (7.1 in. x 4 ft. 11 in.) 3.6/4.8 kg (8/10.6 lbs.) ST 305, extension tube B 18

51

Page 71


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking

Recording Surveillance

7:42 Uhr

Seite 52

Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking

• Screw-on Capsule module • Omnidirectional polar pattern • Suited for recording or surveillance use

• Wide frequency range

• Hypercardioid polar pattern

• 360° pickup angle

• Suited for use in acoustically critical rooms/situations

• Wide frequency range

• Highly efficient windscreen

• 125° pickup angle

• Wide frequency range 13,5

13,5

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Some References:

Some References:

CHINA: Hong Kong Office of the Telecommunication Authority, Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department GERMANY: Hannover Town Hall NEW ZEALAND: Parliament Building, Wellington SWITZERLAND: SWX, Swiss Exchange, Zurich

SWEDEN: Hässleholms Kulturhus, Varberg Town Hall

CK 31

Section:

02

Item number: CK 31

Page 72

• 13,5

CANADA: Ministère Justice, Québec GERMANY: Bavarian State Chancellery USA: Austria’s Embassy in Washington AUSTRIA: St. Martin's Cathedral, Eisenstadt

CK 33

The CK 32 is used primarily for recording or surveillance applications.

The CK 33 has been designed primarily for use in acoustically critical rooms/situations.

Due to its high sensitivity in all directions, the CK 32 omnidirectional capsule is an excellent choice for all applications requiring ambience pickup. The body is identical to that of the CK 31 and CK 33.

Due to the narrow 95° pickup angle, the hypercardioid polar pattern is a good choice for all situations when noise typically arrives from the sides especially in houses of worship, where people talk into the microphone from greater distances, or where several talkers are grouped side by side. The body is identical to that of the CK 31 and CK 32.

Item number: CK 32

2765Z00210

Item number: CK 33

2765Z00220

2765Z00200

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • •

Current Consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

52

Some References:

CK 32

Capsule modules have been designed for a wide range of applications in fixed or temporary sound systems and provide excellent audio as well as high gain before feedback. These rugged capsules provide a choice of polar patterns and can be combined as needed to obtain the optimum solution for every application. The CK 31 is the perfect choice for any application where more than one person would use the microphone or the user would talk into the microphone from widely varying angles.

• 95° pickup angle

20

• Screw-on Capsule module

27

27

20

• Wide pickup angle

• Highly efficient windscreen 20

• Cardioid polar pattern

27

• Screw-on Capsule module

• Highly efficient windscreen

01.12.2009

cardioid 50 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.) 5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.) W 30

omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 14 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 125 dB 20 dB-A 74 dB ≤600 ohms ≤2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.) 5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.) W 30

hypercardioid 50 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤600 ohms ≤2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.) 5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.) W 30


Gooseneck Microphones Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking

Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking

• Screw-on Capsule module

• Screw-on Capsule module

• Hypercardioid polar pattern

• Hypercardioid polar pattern

• Provides optimum audio for speech miking

• Provides excellent intelligibility in acoustically difficult environments

• Studio quality directional design

• Directional design

• Wide frequency range

• Speech optimized frequency response

• 80° pickup angle

• 80° pickup angle

9

USA: Austria’s Embassy in Washington, CourtSmart

CK 47

13,5

The CK 47 combines an 80° pickup angle, studio quality audio, and clean off-axis response. It is an ideal tool wherever studio-standard sound quality is required or for inexperienced talkers. The CK 47 comes complete with a W 70 windscreen.

CK 80

130

123

153 146

Some References:

GERMANY: Düsseldorf Land Parliament SWEDEN: Hässleholms Kulturhus, Varberg Town Hall NORWAY: Froland Church

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Some References:

13,5

An 80° pickup angle and speech optimized frequency response provide excellent intelligibility in acoustically critical environments. Its outstanding price/performance ratio is just as convincing as its sound and high gain before feedback.

Section:

02

Complete with W 80 windscreen. Item number: CK 47

2765Z00230

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • •

Current Consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

Item number: CK 80

hypercardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 16.5 mV/Pa (-36 dBV) 133 dB 20 dB-A 74 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 146 mm (0.5 dia. x 5.7 in.) 39/248 g (1.4/8.7 oz.) W 70

2765Z00240

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • •

Current Consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

hypercardioid 60 to 15,000 Hz 30 mV/Pa (-30 dBV) 125 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 146 mm (0.5 dia. x 4.8 in.) 15/208 g (0.5/7.3 oz.) W 80

Installed Microphones

53

Page 73


The quick & affordable solution for any sound system

Harman Pro Group | 2010

With its Compact Series AKG offers a cost efficient alternative for installations where a lean budget has top priority. This is why the Compact Series goosenecks come with only one flexible section, a rigid connection between gooseneck and capsule, and a 3-pin gold-plated XLR connector for joining the gooseneck to the cable. The Compact Series offers a user-friendly system that fulfils its basic functions just perfectly. While an excellent price-performance ratio achieved by focusing on essential features, no compromise was made with regard to the sound of the capsules. Each of these capsules provides the outstanding, “legendary” AKG sound that enjoys worldwide popularity and accounts for the company’s success. Acoustic excellence made in Austria by AKG! You can choose between goosenecks 30 or 50 cm (12 or 20 in.) long, with either a cardioid or hypercardioid polar pattern, and a cardioid hanging module. For the tough requirements of everyday usage, the DAC Series features rugged all-metal parts and is designed as a true plug-and-play solution. Quick setup and takedown as well as permanent installations all are possible. The Compact Series is the unique alternative for applications where budget, not modularity, is a major consideration. Moreover, the Compact Series can be combined with the Modular Series, so that modules with additional features can be used as well wherever they are actually needed.

Section:

02

Compact: The integrated capsule

Compact: The basis

A special feature of the Compact Series is that the gooseneck and microphone capsule form an inseparable unit. The rugged metal front grill is joined permanently to the gooseneck, the contacts inside are soldered. This protects the delicate condenser capsule against mechanical stress and electromagnetic interference, and ensures maximum reliability and excellent audio.

The gooseneck foot features an XLR connector with gold-plated contacts, making connecting and mounting incredibly easy. The metal case also houses the electronic components of the microphone. The extrastrong flexible section lets you position the microphone precisely as required.

7:42 Uhr

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Cardioid polar pattern

• 30 or 50 cm (12 or 20 in.) long

• 125° pickup angle

• Especially suited for inexperienced talkers

• Connects easily via gold-plated XLR connector

CGN 321 E

CGN 521 E

The cardioid polar pattern is the most popular because its uses are almost limitless. The 125° pickup angle is especially suited for inexperienced or very “vivacious” talkers who often fail to talk directly into the microphone. The choice of two different lengths and the flexible joint ensure optimum alignment of the gooseneck to any talker position. Numerous options for installation are available, such as mounting on a stand or tabletop, while optional accessories include a lockable mounting fixture. Item numbers: CGN 321 E CGN 521 E

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

2965Z00010 2965Z00030

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

54

Page 74

Seite 54

580

Compact Series

01.12.2009

380

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

cardioid 70 to 18,000 Hz 18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB 250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR matte dark grey 13.5 Ø x 380/580 mm (0.5 Ø x 15/23 in.) CGN 321 E: 160/480 g (5.7/17 oz.), CGN 521 E: 170/500 g (6/17.7 oz.) windscreen B 18, PS 3 F-Lock, H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45


Gooseneck/Hanging Microphones Conference Houses of worship Lectern Surveillance

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Hypercardioid polar pattern • 30 or 50 cm (12 or 20 in.) long

• Condenser Hanging Microphone

• 95° pickup angle

• Cardioid polar pattern

• For acoustically difficult environments

• 10 m (33 ft.) cable • Especially suited for choir recordings

• Connects easily via gold-plated XLR connector

15

86 13,5

• 125° pickup angle

380

580

• Integrated spring steel clamp for optimum alignment

55

19

CGN 323 E

CGN 523 E

The hypercardioid polar pattern with its narrow 95° pickup angle is suited best for situations where noise typically occurs from all sides (particularly in houses of worship), where people talk into the microphone from a greater distance, or where several talkers are grouped side by side. Two different lengths are available. The flexible joint ensures optimum alignment of the gooseneck to any talker position. Several options are available for installation, i.e., stand, tabletop installation, and lockable. Item numbers: CGN 323 E CGN 523 E

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

The Compact Series Condenser Hanging Microphone provides both ease of use and a high level of functionality. There is hardly any more affordable and simpler solution for recording choirs at houses of worship. Suspended from the ceiling or a beam, the hanging microphone is aligned and then fixed in the correct position. Now use the spring steel clamp to adjust the correct angle, and off you go!

Item number: CHM 21

2965Z00020 2965Z00040

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight:

CHM 21

cardioid 50 to 19,000 Hz 18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB 250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR matte dark grey 13.5 Ø x 380/580 mm (0.5 Ø x 15/23 in.) CGN 323 E: 160/480 g (5.7/17 oz.), CGN 523 E: 170/500 g (6/17.7 oz.) windscreen B 18, PS 3 F-Lock, H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

• • • • • • • • • • • • •

Section:

02

2965Z00050

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable length:

cardioid 70 to 18,000 Hz 18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB 250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR 10 m (33 ft.)

• Finish: matte dark grey • Dimensions: 13.5 Ø x 55 mm (0.5 Ø x 2.1 in.) • Net/shipping weight: 20/480 g (0.7/17 oz.) • Standard accessories: spring clamp • Optional accessories: B 18

Installed Microphones

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Length of cable: 10 m

110

55

Page 75


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

Noisy environment Ticket window, bank counter, reception desk, restaurant Bus, train, taxi

7:42 Uhr

Seite 56

Houses of worship Ticket window, bank counter, reception desk, restaurant 20

42

• Hypercardioid microphone • Small and inconspicuous

01.12.2009

• Close-talking microphone • Extremely rugged

• Microphone with rugged, all-metal body

• Frequency response optimized for intelligibility

• Long useful life even in tough day-to-day usage

• Frequency response tailored to speech use

• No phantom power required

• No phantom power required

34

300

Harman Pro Group | 2010

13

D 58 E

Section:

02

D 542 D 542 E

Special, hypercardioid close-talking dynamic microphone for communication and intercom use in noisy environments (train stations, airports, restaurants, ticket windows, reception desks, bank counters, etc.). Small and lightweight, the D 58 E has an integral XLR connector for mounting on a gooseneck or microphone cable. The D 58 E is a small and inconspicuous, extremely rugged close-talking microphone. Item number: D 58 E

1632Z00150

Rugged, affordable dynamic cardioid gooseneck microphone for communications use. The D 542 provides a frequency response tailored to speech use for optimum intelligibility as well as good off-axis rejection for high gain before feedback and suppression of unwanted ambient noise. The all-metal body ensures a long useful life for the microphone even in tough day-to-day use. The D 542 E features a built-in XLR connector for quick connection, while the D 542 has been designed for permanent (single-hole or screw-on) installation and comes with a 6 ft. 4 in. (2 m) fixed, unterminated cable. The D 542 ST-S is mounted on a table stand with an on/off switch and coiled cable with 3-pin XLR connector. Item numbers: D 542 D 542 E

• • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: SPL capability: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Optional accessories:

hypercardioid 70 to 10,000 Hz 0.72 mV/Pa (-63 dBV) 130 dB ≤240 ohms ≥500 ohms 3-pin XLR matte, black 20 dia. x 42 mm (0.8 dia. x 1.6 in.) 40/150 g (1.4/5.3 oz.) GNS 36, W 32

• • • • • • • • • • • •

6000H14610 6000H14620

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight: • Optional accessories:

56

Page 76

cardioid 150 to 15,000 Hz 2.2 mV/Pa (-54 dBV) 133 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤530 ohms ≥2,000 ohms unterminated cable ends D 542 E: 3-pin male XLR D 542: 2 m (6 ft., 4 in.) matte grey/black microphone: 34 dia. x 345 mm (1.3 dia. x 13.5 in.) gooseneck: dia. 13 x 300 mm (0.51 x 11.8 in.) D 542: 275/422 g (9.6/14.8 oz.) D 542 E: 285/334 g (10.0/11.7 oz.) D 542 E: PS 3 F-Lock


Paging Microphones Houses of worship Ticket window, bank counter, reception desk, restaurant • Microphone with rugged, all-metal body • Frequency response optimized for intelligibility

34

345

• Long useful life even in tough day-to-day usage • Frequency response tailored to speech use

65

• No phantom power required 120

160

Harman Pro Group | 2010

D 542 ST-S Rugged, affordable dynamic cardioid announcement microphone set for communications use. The microphone is mounted on a table stand with a built-in ON/OFF switch and coiled cable with 3-pin XLR connector for “plug & play” ease of use. D 542 STS provides a frequency response tailored to speech use for optimum intelligibility as well as good off-axis rejection for high gain before feedback and suppression of unwanted ambient noise. The matte gray/black, all-metal body ensures a long useful life for the microphone even in rough day-to-day use. Item number: D 542 ST-S

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Section:

02

6000H14600

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1 % THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight:

cardioid 150 to 15,000 Hz 2.2 mV/Pa (–54 dBV) 133 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤530 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 3-pin male XLR approx. 50 to 100 cm (20 to 40 in.), coiled matte grey/black microphone: 34 dia. x 345 mm (1.3 dia. x 13.5 in.) gooseneck: dia. 13 x 300 mm (0.51 x 11.8 in.); table stand (l x w x h): 160 x 120 x 65 mm (6.3 x 4.7 x 2.5 in.) 805/1,125 g (1.8/2.5 lbs.)

Installed Microphones

57

Page 77


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:42 Uhr

Seite 58

NEW

Conference and lectern Houses of worship Theater, onstage miking Broadcast and recording • Immune to RF interference

• Speech optimized frequency range

• Enhanced hypercardioid polar pattern

• High SPL capability

• Premium microphone for ubiquitous application

AKG C 747

Harman Pro Group | 2010

02

9

A History of Sound: The C 747, the so called „pencil microphone“, was first built in 1987. Due to its excellent technical specifications, especially the wide and flat frequency range, it was used for the recording of all kinds of musical instruments. Because of its brilliant sound reproduction and its inconspicuous optical appearance, it was quickly known as an ideal overhead microphone. This is one of many reasons why this microphone found its way into a great number of Broadcast Stations, Recording Studios, Theatres, Opera Houses, Churches, Conference Rooms and Lecture Halls. Another big advantage of the C 747 is that the microphone will not change the sound or level too much even when the person speaking is moving a lot. So it came that the C 747 finally found its way into installed sound systems as a perfect speech and lectern microphone. The C 747 is now one of the most versatile microphones in the AKG product range and over the years it has been available in various versions and model types such as hanging module, capsule for modular gooseneck microphones and in a boundary layer microphone. What’s New in V11: As it is more and more used in conference applications, we carefully redesigned the C 747 to better cope with some specific installed sound issues. The new C 747 V11 will have an integrated RFi shield to block out unwanted interference by mobile phones, wireless mics and the like. Also we have fine tuned the frequency response to give especially the spoken word an outstanding presence, without changing the flavour of the classic C 747 sound. An enhanced polar pattern provides consistent off-axis rejection to control ambient noise and feedback in acoustically difficult environments. This makes the C 747 V11 an excellent choice for noisy discussion groups or reverberant pulpits while it is forgiving enough to clearly pick up talkers moving around in front of the microphone. A switchable LF roll-off filter suppresses mechanical noise. The low-impedance transformerless preamp operates on 9 to 52 V phantom power. The C 747 V11 ships with an extensive accessory set including a shock mount/adapter, mini gooseneck, stand adapter, mounting clamp, thread link, and windscreen. Item number: C 747 V11

• • • • • • • • • • • •

2226Z00110

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector:

58

Page 78

137

Section:

PA 621 PHANTOM POWER ADAPTER FOR 9 TO 52 VOLTS AUSTRIA

110

C 747 V11

19

hypercardioid 30 to 18,000 Hz 8.5 mV/Pa (-42 dBV) 133 dB 32 dB-A 73 dB 12 dB/octave at 150 Hz ≤400 ohms ≥1,500 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR

• • • • •

Cable: Finish: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

3 m (10 ft.) stage blue 25/750 g (0.9 oz./1.7 lbs.) H 47, MSH 70, SA 47, SHZ 80, W 70 B 18, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305


Boundary Layer and Shotgun Microphones Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking • “Non-crush” case • Inconspicuous and rugged • Hypercardioid polar pattern • Easy to repaint

19

Harman Pro Group | 2010

185

120

C 547 BL Hypercardioid, studio-quality boundary layer microphone with rugged, “non-crush” case and switchable bass-cut filter for reducing footfall noise, ideal for tough on-stage assignments. Other benefits include optimum acoustic properties, high directivity, and neutral sound. Having the same frequency response, the C 547 BL can be combined with the CK 47 with excellent results. Primarily designed for use in houses of worship, theaters, and conferencing, the C 547 BL is also a good choice for miking kick drums and other instruments.

Item numbers: C 547 BL

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Section:

02

2447Z00010

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector:

hypercardioid 30 to 18,000 Hz 8.5 mV/Pa (-42 dBV) 133 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB 12 dB/octave at 150 Hz ≤400 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR

• • • • • •

Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

3 m (10 ft.) matte dark grey 185 x 120 x 19 mm (7.3 x 4.7 x 0.8 in.) 160/420 g (5.6 /14.8 oz.) W 547 B 18

Installed Microphones

59

Page 79


Recording 5

80

• Small and inconspicuous (only 3.1 inches wide x .2 inches high) – no mic stand needed • Extended frequency response • Frequency-independent hemispherical pickup • High sensitivity • Extremely rugged with high SPL capability

01.12.2009

7:42 Uhr

Seite 60

Recording Surveillance Ticket window, bank counter, reception desk, restaurant

3 12

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

25

20

• Small, low-profile boundary layer microphone • Wide frequency range

• High sensitivity

• Ideal for inconspicuous installation in a room

• Suited for surveillance or recording

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Some References: USA: CourtSmart

C 542 BL

Section:

02

The C 542 BL is an excellent tool for accurately capturing the “room sound” of acoustic instruments, ensembles or choirs in recording applications. The C 542 BL can be attached to the walls or floor of a studio or even directly onto an instrument permanently or temporarily using the supplied adhesive compound. It can also be placed on the lid of a grand piano and deliver spectacular results. The ultra-thin case doesn’t color the sound and since the front-facing transducer picks up direct sound from the source and the reflections from the surface, everything is accurately reproduced. Item number: C 542 BL

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: omnidirectional (hemispherical) Frequency range: 20 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) Max. SPL for 1% THD: 130 dB Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 16 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 78 dB Bass cut filter: switchable flat or 150 Hz, 12 dB/octave Impedance: ≤600 ohms Recommended load impedance: ≥2,000 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 9 to 52 V phantom power Current consumption: ≤2 mA Connector: 3-pin XLR Cable: 3 m (10 ft.) conn. cable with XLR connector, fixed Finish: dark grey Dimensions: 80 dia. x 5 (10) mm (3.1 x 0.2/0.4 in.) Net/shipping weight: 56 g (2 oz.)/245 g (8.6 oz.) Standard accessories: adhesive compound Optional accessories: B 18

60

Page 80

2762Z00010

C 562 CM The C 562 CM flush-mount boundary microphone uses the same transducer as the C 542 BL. The C 562 CM has been designed specifically for permanent, “invisible” mounting in ceilings, walls, tables, stage props, etc. Owing to its high sensitivity, the C 562 CM is a perfect tool for surveillance or live recording since a single microphone can cover an entire room. The supplied XLR phantom power adapter connects to the microphone cable through a miniature connector so installation holes can be smaller than the diameter of the phantom power adapter. Item number: C 562 CM

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

2262Z00030

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

omnidirectional (hemispherical)l 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 130 dB 16 dB-A 78 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 Ohm 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR 0.5 m (20 in.) matte nickel plated 20 dia. x 28 mm (0.8 dia. x 1.1 in.) 30/195 g (1.1/76.9 oz.) installation hardware, phantom power adapter B 18


Boundary Layer and Shotgun Microphones Houses of worship Lectern Recording Theater, onstage miking TV, motion picture, video production

Houses of worship Lectern Recording Theater, onstage miking TV, motion picture, video production

• Compact, short shotgun microphone

• Short shotgun for use in noisy environments

• Integrated, switchable bass rolloff filter minimizes mechanical noise

• Mounts directly on SE 300 B powering unit or connects via 10 ft. (3 m) cable

• Ideal for theater, sound reinforcement, film, and TV applications • Suitable for camera-mounted use

• Quick-lock bayonet mount for easy connection to powering unit

21

Harman Pro Group | 2010

262

247

253

C 568 B

CK 98

High directivity and wide frequency response in a relatively short shotgun make this microphone a perfect tool for theater, sound reinforcement, and film/TV applications. Due to its compact and lightweight design, the C 568 B is ideal for camera mount applications. Below 500 Hz it functions as a hypercardioid microphone; above 500 Hz the acoustic interference tube introduces increasing directivity. A switchable 12 dB/octave 120 Hz bass rolloff filter effectively suppresses impact and wind noise. The rugged, allmetal body contains the built-in preamp. Phantom powering (9–52 V) required; foam windscreen and stand adapter included. Item number: C 568 B

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

19

The CK 98 combines high sensitivity and controlled directivity. It offers excellent reach, thanks to a very tight polar pattern and exceptionally low self noise. Small size and low weight make the CK 98 ideal for boom applications. The smooth, wideband frequency response makes it a superb choice for edge-of-stage and ceiling placement in theaters. Includes foam windscreen.

Section:

02

The CK 98 is an AKG Blue Line Series capsule. For details, see pages 16/17. Item numbers: CK 98 SE 300 B

2439Z00040 2439Z00080

2168Z00040

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: SPL capability: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

hypercardioid/directional 20 to 20,000 Hz 11 mV/Pa (-39 dBV) 128 dB 18 dB-A 76 dB 12 dB/octave at 120 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR dark grey 21 dia. x 253 mm (0.8 dia. x 10 in.) 160/715 g (5.6 oz./1.6 lbs.) SA 60, W 68 B 18, H 30, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

hypercardioid/directional 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 124/134 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 247/262 mm (0.7 dia. x 9.7/10.3 in.) 80/500 g (2.8 oz./1.1 lb.) W 98 H 30

Installed Microphones

61

Page 81


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:43 Uhr

Seite 62

Conference and lectern Houses of worship Boardrooms Courtrooms Clubs & pubs •

No rack or central unit needed

Fits in standard installation frames

Flush mount microphone mixing system

Easy to install due to CAT 5 connectivity

Trailblazing range of little problem solvers

Harman Pro Group | 2010

AMM 10 Supermodular Mixer System Speaker Out 3 x Mic Inputs

Section:

02

The AMM 10 is the perfect solution for small rooms: A distributed mixing system consisting of various input and output modules designed to fit standard installation frames. No need for a central unit or a rack for the sound equipment – the mixing modules are directly mounted into cable conduit, walls, ceilings, tables … Wherever you require a microphone input or an audio connector for your PC or CD player, the AMM 10 is the system of your choice. Each of the modules comes with a low noise, high efficient amplifier and a plug terminal connector. Connected via CAT 5 cables, the system is extremely flexible and easy to install.

AUX Input

Sum Amplifier

PC/MP3 Input Wireless Mic Input

• Input: Nominal input level: Input impedance: Phantom power: • Output: Nominal output level: Output impedance: THD: S/N ratio: Current consumption:

AMM 10 REC Output Module • System input: Nominal input level: Input impedance: THD: S/N ratio • Output: Nominal output level: Output impedance: Current consumption:

62

Page 82

AMM 10 Mic/Line Input Module 3-pin female XLR, balanced -60/0 dBu, switchable 5 kohms @ 1kHz systembus, balanced, stereo +6 dBu 6.6 kohms (Sum Output) < 0.08% @ 1 kHz/-40 dBu 80 dB (0 dBu), 60 dB (-60 dBu) 16 mA

stereo, unbalanced +6 dBu 11 kohms (Sum) < 0.08% @ 1 kHz > 80 dB unbalanced, stereo; 1 x 3,5mm Jack; 2 x RCA -20….+6 dBu 50 ohms 12 mA

AMM 10 C-Mic Input Module 3-pin female XLR, balanced -60/-40 dBu, switchable 2 kohms @ 1kHz +24 V DC systembus, balanced, stereo +6 dBu 6.6 kohms (Sum Output) < 0.08% @ 1 kHz/-40 dBu 80 dB (-40 dBu), 60 dB (-60 dBu) 20 mA

AMM 10 Headphone-Output Module • Output: Nominal output level: Output impedance: THD: S/N ratio: Audio bandwidth : Treble control: • Bargraph Display: Display range: Display steps: Current consumption:

AMM 10 AUX Input Module 2 x RCA, unbalanced -20 … +6 dBu, switchable 20 kohms @ 1kHz systembus, balanced, stereo +6 dBu 6.6 kohms (Sum Output) < 0.08% @ 1 kHz > 80 dB 12 mA

unbalanced, 3.5mm Stereo jack connector 0 dBu > 32 ohms < 0.1% @ 1 kHz > 80 dB 40Hz … 20 kHz 10 kHz, +/- 12 dB unbalanced, stereo -20….+3 dB -20, -10, 0, +3 dB 30 mA


Microphone Mixer

C-Mic Input Module with Phantom Power: Input module for condenser microphones. The module provides a 24 V phantom power supply, input level control as well as a switch to define the designated panorama position (left, middle, right).

AUX Input Module: Input module for line level signals from CD, DVD, PC or MP 3 players. The module provides two cinch and one jack connector inputs and an input level control.

Recording Output Module: The recording output module works as a driver for recording devices like CD recorders, tape decks, PCs, MP3 recorders, etc. On the front panel the module provides 2 RCA connectors, a 3.5 mm jack connector output and an output volume control.

Headphone Output Module: The headphone output monitoring module provides an output volume control, a 2 x 4 step bargraph display and a 3.5 mm jack connector output.

Control and SUM Output Module: Stereo sum amplifier module with tone control for treble and bass as well as an output level control. The internal plug terminal provides the sum output and a separate recording output (with fixed output level). The plug terminal also provides terminals for the signal bus including strain relief and an insert point for a remote control (to be introduced later).

Stereo Line Out Module: Break-out-box for Supermodular mixer system. The module provides 2 XLR Connectors for the connection of two active speakers.

Mic/Line Input Module:

AMM 10 Sum-Output Module • System input: Nominal input level: Input impedance: • System Output: Nominal output level: Output impedance: THD: S/N ratio: Bass control: Treble control:

Mic Input Module:

AUX Input Module:

stereo, balanced +6 dB 0 ohm (Sum) unbalanced, stereo +6 dBu 100 ohms < 0.08% @ 1 kHz/-40 dBu > 80 dB 100 Hz, +/-12 dB 10 kHz, +/- 12 dB

Item number: AMM 10 AUX/Line IN AMM 10 C-Mic IN AMM 10 D-Mic IN AMM 10 Input Transformer AMM 10 Monitoring OUT AMM 10 Output Transformer

SUM Output Module:

6000H21020 6000H21030 6000H21010 6000H21100 6000H21060 6000H21110

AMM 10 PSU AMM 10 Recording OUT AMM 10 Starter Pack AMM 10 Sum Amplifier AMM 10 USB IN AMM 10 XLR OUT

REC Output Module:

System (for all modules) • Signalbus connector type: Max cable cross-sect: Max cable cross-sect: • Operating voltage: Current consumption: Operating temperature range: • Dimensions (WxHxD): • Net weight:

6000H21090 6000H21070 6000H21000 6000H21050 6000H21040 6000H21080

Headphone Output Module:

2x9 pin strip terminal 0.5 mm2 / AWG 20 0.12 mm2 / AWG 26 +/-12 V (+/-10%) 20 mA 0°C … 55°C 50x50x55 mm (installation depth) 70 g

Installed Microphones

63

Page 83

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Mic/Line Input Module: Input module for dynamic microphones and symmetrical line level signals. The module provides an input level control as well as a switch to define the designated panorama position (left, middle, right).

Section:

02


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:43 Uhr

Seite 64

Conference and lectern Houses of worship Boardrooms Courtrooms Broadcasting Studio Automatic Microphone Mixer

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• 4 microphone and 2 stereo AUX inputs

• 1 recording output and 1 master output

• Digital signal processing including dbx® compressor/limiter

• Intelligent mixing algorithm with noise sensitive threshold

• 19” all-metal case with integrated power supply

DMM 4/2/2

Section:

02

The DMM 4/2/2 is a processor controlled digital automatic mixer with four balanced microphone inputs, two stereo AUX inputs and one master output. A unique and highly effective, intelligent mixing algorithm automatically allocates gain among the system microphones (NOM attenuation). A special noise detection function and the “Noise Sensitive Threshold” algorithm (NST) prevent accidental activation of input channels. The mixing algorithm also includes a “Last Mic On” function and a “Best Mic On” mode. Each input channel features low cut as well as LF and HF shelving filters. A dbx® compressor/limiter is included in the algorithm to compensate for level differences and provide a significant improvement in sound quality. Each channel offers switchable gain (Mic/Line, Mic-Lo/Mic-Hi), switchable phantom power, and an incremental level control with LED level and peak hold display. The automixing and ducking functions can be enabled and disabled for each microphone and AUX channel separately. An expansion connector enables multiple DMM 4/2/2 mixers to be daisy-chained for larger systems. A rear-panel control I/O port provides logic in and outputs for controlling external devices. The DMM 4/2/2 is housed a rugged 19” case with an integrated power supply. Item numbers: DMM 4/2/2

6000H18990

INPUTS: MIC/LINE 1-4: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance: • Phantom power: AUX 1-2: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance: OUTPUTS: LINE MONO: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response:

64

Page 84

3-pin female XLR connector balanced -6 dB +15 dB 20 Hz – 16k Hz >90 dB >8 kohms 48 VDC 2x RCA jacks unbalanced ±0 dB +15 dB 20 Hz – 22 kHz >90 dB >15 kohms

1x 3-pin female XLR connector balanced ±0 dB +10 dB 20 Hz – 20 kHz

• Dynamic range: • Impedance:

>90 dB <100 ohms

RECORDING L/R: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance:

2x RCA balanced ±0 dB +10 dB 20 Hz – 20 kHz >90 dB <100 ohms

CONTROL • Analog:

General • Sampling rate: • Format: • Operating temperature: • Max. humidity during operation: • Power supply: • Max. power requirement: • Size: • Color: • Weight:

I/Os on 26-pin. Sub-D connector for remote control via logic contacts and VCAs.

48 kHz 24 Bit +5 °C to +45 °C 83% 100 – 240 VAC/50-60 Hz 35 VA 483 x 44 x 203 mm (19.0 x 1.7 x 8.0 in.) black (RAL 9005) 3.5 kg (7.8 lbs.)


Microphone Mixer Conference and lectern Houses of worship Boardrooms Courtrooms Broadcasting Studio Automatic Microphone Mixer • 4 microphone and 2 stereo AUX inputs • 1 stereo recording output and 1 stereo master output • Digital signal processing including dbx® compressor/limiter • Intelligent mixing algorithm with noise sensitive threshold

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• 19” all-metal case with integrated power supply

DMM 4/2/4 The DMM 4/2/4 is a digital automatic stereo mixer with four balanced microphone inputs, two stereo AUX inputs and one stereo recording output and one stero master output. A unique and highly effective, intelligent mixing algorithm automatically allocates gain among the system microphones (NOM attenuation). A special noise detection function and the “Noise Sensitive Threshold” algorithm (NST) prevent accidental activation of input channels.

Section:

02

The mixing algorithm also includes a “Last Mic On” function and a “Best Mic On” mode. Each input channel features low cut as well as LF and HF shelving filters. A dbx® compressor/limiter is included in the algorithm to provide a significant improvement in sound quality. Each channel offers switchable gain (Mic/Line, Mic-Lo/Mic-Hi), switchable phantom power, and an incremental level control with LED level and peak hold display. The automixing and ducking functions can be enabled and disabled for each channel separately. An expansion connector enables multiple DMM 4/2/4 mixers to be daisy-chained for larger systems. A rear-panel control I/O port provides logic in and outputs for controlling external devices. Also available on the rear side is a RS 232 interface for PC connectivity. The DMM 4/2/4 is housed a rugged 19” case with an integrated power supply.

Item numbers: DMM 4/2/4

6000H19000

INPUTS: MIC/LINE 1-4: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance: • Phantom power: AUX 1-2: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance:

3-pin female XLR connector balanced -6 dB +15 dB 20 Hz – 16k Hz >90 dB >8 kohms 48 VDC 2x RCA jacks unbalanced ±0 dB +15 dB 20 Hz – 22 kHz >90 dB >15 kohms

OUTPUTS: LINE Stereo: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance:

1x 3-pin female XLR connector balanced ±0 dB +10 dB 20 Hz – 20 kHz >90 dB <100 ohms

RECORDING L/R: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance:

2x RCA balanced ±0 dB +10 dB 20 Hz – 20 kHz >90 dB <100 ohms

CONTROL • Analog: • PC Connectivity:

I/Os on 26-pin. Sub-D connector for remote control via logic contacts and VCAs. RS 232

General • Sampling rate: • Format: • Operating temperature: • Max. humidity during operation: • Power supply: • Max. power requirement: • Size: • Color: • Weight:

48 kHz 24 Bit +5 °C to +45 °C 83% 100 – 240 VAC/50-60 Hz 35 VA 483 x 44 x 203 mm (19.0 x 1.7 x 8.0 in.) black (RAL 9005) 3.5 kg (7.8 lbs.)

Installed Microphones

65

Page 85


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:44 Uhr

Seite 66

CS 5 Conference system Complex installations made easy.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

In designing the CS 5, the engineers at AKG made every effort to develop a conference system that was as easy to install and set up as possible. Each component can be connected to the next in any desired order, within a distance between components of up to 164 feet (50 m). The last link in the chain is connected to the Base Unit again to create a closed-circuit digital audio bus. Therefore, the system will not break down even if a connection between any two components fails (due to a defective cable or similar cause). The result is maximum flexibility and reliability in day-to-day operation. Every twelfth microphone station is connected to a power supply that also feeds the nearest eleven stations. On powering up, the CS 5 BU Base Unit automatically identifies the complete system configuration – which may even be stored on a Master ID Card.

5 steps to perfect conferencing:

1 Unlimited expandability The heart of each CS 5 system is the CS 5 BU Base Unit. A single CS 5 BU can control more than 1,000 microphone stations, and the special wiring system of the digital audio bus ensures virtually failsafe operation.

2 Choice of microphones Specializing in acoustics, AKG has led the way in research and development for more than six decades. The Discreet Acoustics Modular Series offers professional quality microphones for every application, every „impossible challenge

That’s it. Enough time left before the conference begins…! Section:

02

3 Dual microphone stations Each AKG CS 5 microphone station can be used by two persons simultaneously yet independently. Two headphone outputs allow each user to select and listen to a different signal (e.g., their preferred language). This easy-to-use feature makes the system uncommonly convenient for delegates.

4 Wireless transmission Even a system with only a single microphone station can benefit from infrared wireless transmission. Delegates can listen to presentations in up to seven languages to keep abreast of the latest developments.

5 Software included

You can download detailed information about the new AKG CS 5 from: www.akg.com

66

Page 86

While other manufacturers offer various control software packages as more or less expensive extras, AKG supplies basic CS 5 Control Software for planning, setting up, managing, and documenting a conference along with the hardware, at no extra cost.


Conference System

Perfect sound

in every situation.

Field studies show that every application places a different set of requirements on a sound system. The Discreet Acoustics Modular Series and CS 5 Conference System from AKG offer a custom solution for every situation to ensure optimum intelligibility and fatigue-free working.

• CS 5 BU The user-friendly, digital central controller for systems of any size provides all inputs and outputs for everything from a simple discussion setup to the most complex conference system. The integrated infrared system will function automatically, with no extra adjustments needed.

• CS 5 DU Harman Pro Group | 2010

Basic microphone station for use in discussion systems, with selectable microphones to suit a variety of room acoustics. Extremely easy to use, floor and three interpreted language channels each independently selectable for two delegates, yes/no voting function.

• CS 5 VU Microphone station that can be configured as a delegate or chairperson station, for use with selectable microphones to suit a variety of room acoustics. Display and multifunction soft keys; up to 63 language channels independently selectable for two users; 1, 3, 5-way voting/polling function.

• CS 5 IU Interpreter station for use with selectable microphones. Four input channels selectable: floor, two pre-selected languages, relay. An external microphone input allows the station to be used either with a gooseneck microphone and separate headphones or a headset.

Section:

02

• CS 5 IRT1/CS 5 IRT2 Infrared radiators providing wireless transmission of up to seven language channels for persons (e.g., observers) listing to a conference without asking for the floor.

• CS 5 IRR7 Rugged infrared receiver for up to seven selectable channels, for use with headphones, e.g., AKG K 77. Operates for more than 12 hours per battery charge.

• CS 5 CU50 Rugged charging flightcase for up to fifty IRR 7 infrared receivers, with intelligent charging circuitry. CK 31 Cardioid microphone with 125-degree pickup angle.

CK 47 The ideal microphone capsule for studio-quality sound and inexperienced talkers. Throughout its 80-degree pickup angle.

CK 32 Omnidirectional microphone with high sensitivity.

CK 80 The CK 80 with its 80-degree pickup angle does not only provide good intelligibility in acoustically difficult environments.

CK 33 Hypercardioid microphone with narrow pickup angle of 95 degrees.

GN 30 CS/GN 50 CS The GN 30 CS (12 in./30 cm) and GN 50 CS (20 in./50 cm) goosenecks feature an extra wide LED ring and an extremely rugged screw thread for highly reliable contact to the microphone module.

Installed Microphones

67

Page 87


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:44 Uhr

Seite 68

CS 5 Conference system With the new CS 5 Digital Conference System, AKG has created a product line that covers any application from a small discussion setup to large, complex conference systems, easily meeting the most varied requirements. Comprising very few yet extremely versatile system components, the new CS 5 from AKG offers maximum flexibility and outstanding price/performance.

Digital controller for any size systems

Ease of use

Complete with all inputs and outputs needed for complex systems

Integrated infrared signal output

Free basic control software included

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

02

CS 5 BU (Base Unit) The CS 5 BU ensures easy, user-friendly control of everything from a small discussion setup to a large conference system. The Base Unit provides all the inputs and outputs needed to manage a complex audio system. It controls 64 audio channels that can be individually programmed and assigned to interpretation channels or NOM limitation. To ensure maximum reliability, all microphone stations and interpreter stations are „daisy-chained“ together and connected back to the Base Unit, forming a closedcircuit digital audio bus. Thus, the entire system will continue operating perfectly, with no interruption, even if one of the bus cables breaks. To power the system, a CS 5 PS 12 power supply is connected to every twelfth microphone

Item number: CS 5 BU 19col

Page 88

Rear panel

7650X01000

• DC 48 V/3A IN Input Voltage: Power Requirement: Input Level: • LINE IN Impedance: • TELEPHONE IN Input Level: Impedance: Input Level: • EFFECT IN Impedance: Input Level: • TAPE IN Impedance: • EXT. LANG IN Input Level: Impedance: • EXT. MIC IN Input Level: Impedance:

68

station, ensuring consistent signal levels. Unlike competitive techniques, AKG’s approach to keeping consistent signal levels throughout the system is uncommonly cost efficient. Every CS 5 Conference System comes complete with a FREE basic control software package so the entire system can be controlled from a computer from day one. • Digital controller for any size systems • Ease of use • Complete with all inputs and outputs needed for complex systems • Integrated infrared signal output • Free basic control software included

Minimum 46 3 -

Nominal 48 0 20 0 20 0 20 -10 20 0 20 -40 20

Maximum 50 4 +6 +6 +6 -4 +6 -34 -

Unit VDC W dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu kohms

• OUTPUT LEVELS

• • • •

• • • •

Line Out: Telephone Out: Effect Out: Tape Out: OUTPUT Load Impedance: OUTPUT S/N Ratio (Ext. Mic. Vol. Red.): OUTPUT Frequency Range (-3 dB): HEADPHONE OUTPUT Power: Load Impedance: Frequency Range (-3 dB): S/N Ratio: Height: Width: Depth inc. Connector Protrusion: Weight:

Minimum 88 20 8 45 70

Nominal 0 0 0 -10 1 90 90 32 1/1.75/44 19/482 4.25/108 3.2/1450

Maximum Unit +6 dBu +6 dBu +6 dBu -4 dBu kohms dB 20k Hz 200 mW ohms 22k Hz dB rack unit/in./mm in./mm in./mm lbs./g


Conference System Conferencing Interpreting Voting Discussion

Conferencing Interpreting Voting Discussion

Choice of microphones for every kind of system and room acoustics.

Ease of use.

3+1 languages selectable for two users.

Yes-No-Voting function.

Choice of microphones for every kind of system and room acoustics.

Display and multifunction soft keys for ease of use.

Up to 63 language channels independently selectable for two users.

1, 3, 5-way voting/polling function.

Dip-switch selectable president and delegate operating modes.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CS 5 DU

CS 5 VU

Optional installation frame CS 5 MF for CS 5 DU and CS 5 VU.

The CS 5 VU provides two operating modes, reducing the number of different components needed for a conference system.

The CS 5 DU is the basic microphone station for use in discussion systems. Like all other CS 5 microphone stations, the CS 5 DU provides maximum acoustic flexibility.

Section:

02

Choose from two goosenecks of different lengths and five microphones with different polar patterns to meet every requirement of any type of conference system. In addition to the usual PTT key, this microphone station offers two advanced features previously found on more expensive conferencing equipment only:

In a small discussion system with CS 5 DU microphone stations, the chairperson would typically use a CS 5 VU. In President mode, it provides a priority function and allows the user to start votes or polls. The display will then indicate the time left for voting and the results. In a larger conference system, the CS 5 VU can be used both by delegates and by the president. In Delegate mode, it provides all voting and language selection functions independently for two delegates.

A bank of dip switches allows each headphone output to be assigned independently to either the floor channel or one of three interpreted language channels. The PTT key also provides a simple yes/no voting function.

A bank of dip switches allows the CS 5 VU to be set to President mode with priority and 1, 3, or 5-way voting/polling functions. In computer-controlled conference systems, chip-card identification is available as an option.

Item numbers: CS 5 DU CS 5 MF

Item numbers: CS 5 VU CS 5 ID10

2770Z00210 2770Z00100 (optional)

• POWER SUPPLY Supply Voltage: Power Consumption: • MIC INPUT Frequency Range (-3 dB): • LOUDSPEAKER OUTPUT Power: Frequency Range (-3 dB): Signal/Noise Ratio: • HEADPHONE OUTPUT Power: Load Impedance: Frequency Range (-3 dB): • Width: • Depth: • Height: • Weight:

Minimum 46 150

Nominal 48 1.5 -

Maximum 50 3 16k

Unit V W Hz

200 70

0.3 -

1.2 22k -

W Hz dB

8 45

30 32 10.1/257 5.8/147 1.9/73 2.0/900

60 22k

mW ohms Hz in./mm in./mm in./mm lbs./g

2770Z00220 2770Z00100 (optional)

• POWER SUPPLY Supply Voltage: Power Consumption: • MIC INPUT Frequency Range (-3 dB): • LOUDSPEAKER OUTPUT Power: Frequency Range (-3 dB): Signal/Noise Ratio: • HEADPHONE OUTPUT Power: Load Impedance: Frequency Range (-3 dB): • Width: • Depth: • Height: • Weight:

Minimum 46 150

Nominal 48 1.5 -

Maximum 50 3 16k

Unit V W Hz

200 70

0.3 -

1.2 22k -

W Hz dB

8 45

30 32 10.1/257 5.8/147 1.9/73 2.0/900

60 22k

mW ohms Hz in./mm in./mm in./mm lbs./g

Installed Microphones

69

Page 89


5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:44 Uhr

Seite 70

CS 2 Conference System

Conference

The quick & affordable solution for any application.

• Quick Setup and Takedown. Even of large Systems. • Ease of use. No training needed.

AKG Conference Systems are fully modular and therefore highly flexible, allowing users to create a custom system for any conference application. From microphone capsules to power supplies, designers will find exactly the right components for every type of conference system. AKG Conference Systems use standard single-cable wiring for quick and easy setup and takedown of mobile systems. In addition, single-cable wiring will save time and money in fixed installations, too. Furthermore each Microphone Unit can be used even by two persons when choosing the CK 31 cardioid capsules due to its wide pickup angle.

• For System with up to 80 Microphone Units each Base unit. • Voice activation or manual PPT control. Some References USA: Austria’s Embassy in Washington CHINA: Education and Manpower Bureau Hong Kong, Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The base Unit

CS 2 BU The Base Unit – The Heart of the CS 2

Section:

02

The Base Unit controls up to 80 Microphone Units. For appropriate power supply use a CS PS 20 for up to 40 Microphone Units, two CS PS 20s for up to 80 Units. Furthermore it can be “daisy-chained” to add as many Microphone Units to the system as required.The Base Unit provides all the inputs and outputs usually needed for a conference system, plus some more including an effects insert, headphones jacks, etc. The CS 2 Base Unit provides automatic NOM (Number of Open Microphones) attenuation. System gain will decrease by approx. 2 dB any time the number of open microphone doubles, even if they are connected to different units in a multiple Base Unit setup. The result is a substantially lower risk of feedback even if the number of open microphones varies constantly. The NOM Limitation function allows the number of simultaneously open microphones to be limited to one, two, three, four, or five. This function can be disabled on any Microphone Unit e.g., one mounted on a lectern, will come on any time, no matter how many mics are already opened. Moreover an automatic Voice activation function can be selected.

Specifications CS 2 BU INPUTS 1–4: • Connectors: • Nominal input level: • Type: • Max. input level for <1% THD&N: LINE INPUT: • Connector: • Nominal input level: • Type: • Input impedance at 1 kHz: • Max. input level for <1% THD&N: AUX IN: • Connectors: • Nominal input level: • Type: • Input impedance at 1 kHz: • Max. input level for <1% THD&N: OUTPUTS REC OUT: • Connectors:

70

Page 90

4 x male 15-pin D-Sub HD +10 dBu electronically +13 dBu 3-pin female XLR ±0 dBu transformer balanced 30 kohms +17 dBu 2 x female RCA -10 dBu unbalanced 33 kohms +15 dBu 2 x female RCA

Item numbers: CS 2 CU* CS 2 DU* CS 5 MF CS 2 BU CS PS 20 CS MK 1.25 fm CS MK 2.5 fm CS MK 5 fm CS MK 10 fm CS MK 20 fm GN 30 CS GN 50 CS CS MK AC-EU CS MK AC-US CS MK AC-UK

Chair Unit-Desktop version Delegate Unit-Desktop version Mounting Frame for flush mount Base Unit Power Supply Connecting cable, 1.25 m (4 ft.) Connecting cable, 2.5 m (8 ft. 3 in.) Connecting cable, 5 m (16 ft. 5 in.) Connecting cable, 10 m (33 ft.) Connecting cable, 20 m (66 ft.) Gooseneck, approx. 30 cm (12 in.) long Gooseneck, appox. 50 cm (20 in.) long EU power cable US power cable UK power cable

2770Z00010 2770Z00020 2770Z00100 6000H34000 6000H36000 2770Z00110 2770Z00120 2770Z00130 2770Z00140 2770Z00150 2765Z00270 2765Z00280 6000H36020 6000H36030 6000H36040 * w/o gooseneck and microphone capsule

• Nominal output level: • Max. output level at 1% THD&N: • Audio bandwidth: • Min. load impedance: • THD & N at 1 kHz: • S/N ratio (22 Hz to 22 kHz, QPK): LINE OUTPUT: • Connector: • Nominal output level: • Max. output level at 1% THD&N: • Audio bandwidth: • Min. load impedance: • THD & N at 1 kHz: • S/N ratio (22 Hz to 22 kHz, QPK): SYSTEM: • Operating voltage: • Current consumption: • Max. power requirement: • Net/shipping weight: • Package contents:

±0 dBu +17 dBu 15 Hz to 50 kHz 500 ohms 0.01% 88 dB 3-pin male XLR ±0 dBu +10 dBu 20 Hz to 40 kHz 300 ohms 0.02% 88 dB 23 to 36 VDC 170 to 200 mA 7.2 W 2.5 kg (6.2 lbs.)/3.2 kg (7.1 lbs.) Base Unit without power supply


Conference System CS 2 DU Delegate Unit/CS 2 CU Chair Unit The CS 2 is the ideal solution for venues where no sound engineer is available permanently such as meeting rooms, town halls, etc. The central Base Unit controls microphone channels and a priority button allows one or more chairpersons to call the meeting to order. Two types of Microphone Units are available, the Chair Unit with a priority button (any number of Chair Units can be used in a system) and the Delegate Unit. Providing two loudspeakers, two headphone outputs, and a “Voice Zoom” function, each version can be used by two persons. For permanent flush mounting e.g. in a tabletop an optional mounting frame CS 5 MF is available.

Five different ready-to-use cables in standard lengths between 4 ft. (1.25 m) and 66 ft. (20 m) are available for connecting the individual Microphone Units together. This does not only save time but increases the reliability of the system. A range of optional accessories will solve any installation problem. With its wide variety of options, the CS 2 is more flexible than many “fully digital” systems. Plus, the AKG brand name stands for excellent sound and high reliability.

CS 2 DU Delegate Unit *

System Components

CS 2 CU Chair Unit *

reliable minijack connection for quick change

4. Connecting Cables

1. Capsules

Cable lengths: 1.25 m (4 ft.) to 20 m (66 ft.)

Choose from five different microphone capsules CK 31

CK 32

CK 33

CK 47

02

5. Base Unit Control unit for up to 80 Microphone Units, cascadable

Gooseneck are available in two different lenghts 50 cm (18 in.) 30 cm (12 in.)

GN 50 CS GN 30 CS

3. Microphone Units

CS 2 CU

Section:

CK 80

2. Goosenecks

CS 2 DU

K 10 conference headphones. for further information please see page 99

6. Power Supply

CS 5 MF

Specifications CS 2 CU/DU INPUTS: • Compatible Goosenecks: Compatible Microphones: • Type: • Input Impedance: • Supply Voltage: • Max. Input Level: OUTPUTS: Line • Connector: • Type: • Rated Output Level: • Audio Bandwith: • S/N Ratio, 22 Hz–22 kHz, QPK: • System Compatibility:

Chair and Delegate Microphone Units. Optional flush mounting frame for permanent installation.

GN 30 CS, GN 50 CS CK 31, CK 32, CK 33, CK 47 or CK 80 unbalanced, with DC supply voltage 1.5 kΩ 5.5 V DC 25 dB

15-pin male HD D-sub Transformer balanced, floating +10 dBu 55–35,000 Hz 81 dB Microphone station input on Base Unit, compatible with CS 1 0.25% 105 dBu (22 HZ–22 kHz, QPK, Noise Gate On)

• THD @ 1 kHz: • Equivalent Input Noise: HEADPHONES AND BUILT-IN SPEAKERS: • Headphones Connectors: 2 x mini TRS jacks

Power supply (w/o IEC power cord) for each 40 Microphone Units.

CS PS 20

• Output Power for <1% THD): • Min. Headphones Load Impedance: • Audio Bandwith: • S/N, 22 Hz–22 kHz, QPK: • THD @ 1 kHz: • Equivalent Input Noise: • Digital Potentiometer Attenuation: SYSTEM: • Adjustable Functions:

• • • • • • •

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Bottom panel dip switches and pots on each Microphone Unit allow many functions to be adjusted individually. • Voice Activation threshold • Voice Activation hold time • Microphone automute after user stops talking • Enable/disable NOM limitation • Voice Activation ON/OFF Bottom panel dip switches • Priority level • “Voice Zoom” ON/OFF • Loudspeaker/headphones level reset or last setting • Adjustable compression

The CS 2 uses AKG's famous Modular Series capsules that connect to the Microphone Units via a GN 30 CS (approx. 12 in./30 cm) or GN 50 CS (approx. 20 in./50 cm) gooseneck. A rugged, threaded TRS mini jack with gold plated contacts ensures a firm, wobble-free mechanical joint and excellent electrical contact.

Operating Voltage: Current Consumption: Max. Power Requirement: Size (l x b x h,desktop version): Net/Shipping Weight: Finish: Package Contents:

0.48 W >8 Ω 30–45,000 Hz 81 dB 0.25% 92 dBu (22 HZ–22 kHz, QPK, Noise Gate On) 32 stages from 0 to -42 dB linear, -82 dB max. Voice Activation threshold, Voice Activation hold time Microphone automute ON/OFF, Enable/disable NOM limitation, Voice Activation ON/OFF, Priority Level, Compression ON/OFF, “Voice Zoom” ON/OFF, Headphones/speaker volume reset/last setting, Adjustable compression 20–36 V DC 35–63 mA 1,9 W 257 x 153 x 74 mm (1.0 x 6.0 x 2.9 in.)) 950 g/1,5 kg (2.1/3.3 lbs) Dark grey, matte black Station without microphone and cables

Installed Microphones

71

Page 91


DMS 700 DSR 700 DHT 700 DPT 700 CU 700

94 95 95 95

WMS 4500 SR 4500 HT 4500 PT 4500 CU 4000/BP 4000 HUB 4000 Q HiQnet TM Microphones for WMS 4500 System Components Multi-Channel Systems

96 97 97 98 98 99 99 100 101

WMS 450

Harman Pro Group | 2010

SR 450 WMS 450 Sets HT 450 PT 450

102 102 103 103

WMS 40 PRO

Section:

02

SR 40 PRO HT 40 PRO PT 40 PRO WMS 40 PRO Sets GB 40 FLEXX Transformer Set SINGLE

IVM 4 Wireless In-Ear Monitoring SST 4 IVM Sets SPR 4 IP 2 SPC 4 SRA 2W RA 4000 W IVM Multi-Channel Systems

Please note that some of these products may not be available in your country. For details, please contact your local dealer or national AKG distributor.

Page 92

104 105 105 106 107 107

108 108 109 109 110 110 110 111


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Wireless

Section:

02

Systems

AKG wireless microphone systems include several ranges of products for projects of any scale, from small club gigs to sports events to stadium concerts. To complete the line, AKG has designed the IVM 4, a first-rate wireless in-ear monitor system which features ultra-precise modulation, full flexibility for any live environment, and a choice of 1,200 frequencies.

Page 93


5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

DMS 700 Broadcast Houses of worship Conference/installation Courtrooms Live sound Sound/AV companies

01.12.2009

8:02 Uhr

Seite 74

Professional digital wireless system for broadcast, installed and live sound applications. Premium audio quality, ultra-wide tuning range and proprietary signal encryption for sensitive information.

â&#x20AC;˘

NEW

â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘

DMS 700 - Digital Microphone System AKGâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s revolutionary DMS 700 is designed to deliver the very best audio quality, channel quantity and quick and easy operation. It is the first professional digital wireless system that meets worldwide transmission regulations. Up to 155 MHz frequency range of transmitters and receiver gives the user the necessary flexibility even in a crowded RF environment and the encryption offers the necessary security for sensitive audio transmissions. Ideal for broadcast applications, conferences, courtrooms, houses of worship, stage and music performances. The digital audio transmission finally eliminates distortions and significant noise levels at high audio frequencies known from analogue wireless systems. It also protect you from bad audio performance due to low RF link quality.

â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘ Digital true-diversity receiver with 19" all-metal case 

â&#x20AC;˘ Signal encryption prevents unintended signal reception for sensitive applications



â&#x20AC;˘ Ultra-wide tuning range of 155 MHz





Harman Pro Group | 2010

â&#x20AC;˘ Up to 100 channels can be operated simultaneously â&#x20AC;˘ Quick setup mode, spectrum analyzer and rehearsal functions for easy setup



â&#x20AC;˘ Infrared link of all frequency and setup data to the transmitter â&#x20AC;˘ Transmitter batteries status monitoring â&#x20AC;˘ Low-cut filter, 3-band Equalizer, dbxÂŽ Compressor and dbxÂŽ Limiter included

DSR 700

Section:

02

DMS 7

155 MHz ultra-wide frequency range The DSR 700 digital true-diversity receiver offers an ultra-wide bandwidth of up to 155 MHz for a robust and most flexible operation. Select the receiving frequency from pre-programmed frequency groups and sub-channels of your receiver or set it directly in 25 MHz-increments. Each pre-programmed frequency group provides up to 40 intermodulation-free channels. It has a better resistance to interference to provide more channel security and reliable transmission. Using both frequency bands and a customized frequency table allows operation of more than 100 channels simultaneously.

Environment scan â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Spectrum analyzer The Environment Scan function converts the receiver into a spectrum analyzer. It searches the receiverâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s entire frequency band for active radio frequencies and shows them in a frequency spectrum graph in the display. Digital Signal Processing

The build-in digital signal processor offers a variable low-cut filter, a semi-parametric equalizer, a dbxÂŽ limiter and compressor.

Encryption & digital transmission Digital transmission makes it possible to broadcast sensitive audio information with absolute confidence. The audio encryption offers you the highest security for, courtroom, boardroom and other confidential meeting applications. The transmitter uses a digital data stream to transmit battery and mute status to the receiver. Quick & easy setup Great attention was paid to ensure an easy and user-friendly operation with a quick setup feature. The receiver will find interference-free channels and transmit the related setup data to the transmitter via infrared.

DSR 700 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Digital True-Diversity Receiver â&#x20AC;˘ Carrier frequency range Band 1: 548 to 698 MHz, Band 2: 710 to 865 MHz â&#x2030;¤ 155 MHz (country dependent) â&#x20AC;˘ Switching Bandwidth â&#x20AC;˘ Sensitivity 10 dBÎźV / -97 dBm â&#x20AC;˘ Diversity system digital true diversity â&#x20AC;˘ Modulation / Bit rate Digital / < 200 kbps â&#x20AC;˘ Audio bandwidth 25 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 20,000 Hz (Âą3dB) â&#x2030;¤ 0.05% â&#x20AC;˘ T.H.D. â&#x20AC;˘ Signal/noise ratio XLR typ. 115 dB(A), AES3 typ. 120 dB(A) (A-weighted) â&#x20AC;˘ Audio outputs 2 x analog: 3-pin XLR sockets balanced 2 x analog: TS 1/4" / 6.3 mm jack sockets unbalanced 1 x digital: AES3 XLR socket (48 kHz) with wordclock IN (BNC) â&#x20AC;˘ Audio sampling 32 Bit / 44.1 kHz

74

Page 94

Item number: Item number depends on the frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

â&#x20AC;˘ Audio output level â&#x20AC;˘ Low cut â&#x20AC;˘ Equalizer Compressor Limiter Transmitter battery meter PC interface Power supply Dimensions Standard 1U-rack: â&#x20AC;˘ Net weight â&#x20AC;˘ Standard accessories â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

XLR balanced: +12 dBu (max.) 0 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 300 Hz, variable 3 Band (Parameters: low gain, mid gain, mid frequency, high gain) dbx (parameters: gain, threshold, ratio, attack, release) dbx (parameter: threshold) 7-segment transmitter battery information Ethernet via HUB 4000 Q, HiQnet System Architect Software 90 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 240 VAC, 50â&#x20AC;&#x201C;60 Hz, 0.4 A 480 mm (18.9 in.) Ă&#x2014; 43 mm (1.7 in.) Ă&#x2014; 200 mm (7.87 in.) (w x l x d) 2.3 kg (81 oz.) 2 UHF antennas


DMS 700 • Rugged all-metal construction

• Rugged & compact metal construction

• Up to 50 mW software selectable RF-output power

• Up to 50 mW software selectable RF-output power

• D 5 or C 5 microphone element

• 8 hours battery life and 7-segment battery status display

• 8 hours battery life and 7-segment battery status information

• Infrared data link

• Infrared data link

• Integrated charging contacts for 2 hour quick-charging of rechargeable batteries inside transmitter

• Status data transmission to receiver • Integrated charging contacts for 2 hour quick-charging of rechargeable batteries inside transmitter

• Connector for external mute switch • Professional mini-XLR audio input

DHT 700

DHT 700 is a professional handheld transmitter with a robust metal body. AKG’s legendary D 5 dynamic, D 7 reference dynamic and C 5 condenser microphone capsules for lead and backing vocals deliver a powerful sound even on the noisiest stage. The D 5’s and D 7’s patented laminate VariomotionTM diaphragm and the supercardioid pickup pattern ensure maximum gain-beforefeedback. The ultra-wide bandwidth of up to 155 MHz, up to 50 mW output power and the built-in helical antenna provides the most flexible operation. An infrared data link sends all setup data to the assigned transmitter. The bright graphic display clearly shows channel, frequency, output power and battery status. Item number: Item number depends on RF output and frequency range. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

CU 700

Harman Pro Group | 2010

700

• Status data transmission to receiver

DPT 700 DPT 700 is a highly-professional bodypack transmitter with a rugged metal chassis. The ultra-wide bandwidth of up to 155 MHz and up to 50 mW RF output power provides the most flexible operation. An infrared data link will send all setup data to the assigned transmitter. The bright graphic display shows channel, frequency, output power and battery status information. The DPT 700 has a jack for an optional external mute switch that mutes the audio signal even when the transmitter is not easy to reach. The 3-pin mini-XLR audio input is compatible with any lavalier or headworn microphone and provides a bias voltage of 5 V (the connector has to be modified for non-AKG microphones)

Section:

02

Item number: Item number depends on RF output and frequency range. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

• 2-hour quick charging.

• Two slots that fit both DHT 700 and DPT 700. • LED status information • Optional 19-inch rack mount unit

DHT 700 – Digital Handheld Transmitter • Carrier frequency range: Band 1: 548 to 698 MHz, Band 2: 710 to 865 MHz ≤ 155 MHz (country-dependent) • Switching Bandwidth: • RF output power: 50 mW max. (ERP) • Modulation / Bit rate: Digital / < 200 kbps • Audio bandwidth: 25 – 20,000 Hz (±3dB) ≤ 0.05% • T.H.D.: • Signal/noise ratio > 120 dB(A) (A-weighted): • Microphone capsules: D 5, D 7 – dynamic (super cardioid), C 5 – condenser (cardioid) • Max. SPL: D 5 ≤ 140 dB SPL, C 5 ≤ 140 dB SPL ≥ 8 hours LR6 AA alkaline batteries • Battery life: ≥ 8 hours AA rechargeable batteries (NiMH, > 2100 mAh) • Dimensions: 231 mm (9.1 in.) length, 52 mm (2 in.) dia. • Net weight: 336 g (11.8 oz.) • Standard accessories: 2 AA size LR6 batteries, stand adapter, windscreen

DPT 700 – Digital Bodypack Transmitter • Carrier frequency range: Band 1: 548 to 698 MHz, Band 2: 710 to 865 MHz ≤ 155 MHz (country-dependent) • Switching Bandwidth: • RF output power: 50 mW max. (ERP) • Modulation / Bit rate: Digital / < 200 kbps • Audio bandwidth: 25 – 20,000 Hz (±3dB) ≤ 0.05% • T.H.D.: • Signal/noise ratio > 120 dB(A) (A-weighted): • Audio input: TB3M / 3-pole mini-XLR socket (max. 2.5 Vrms) ≥ 8 hours LR6 AA alkaline batteries • Battery life: ≥ 8 hours AA rechargeable batteries (NiMH, > 2100 mAh) • Dimensions: 83.5 mm (3.3 in.) × 64.1 mm (2.5 in.) x 22 mm (0.86 in.) (w x h x d) • Net weight: 82 g (2.9 oz.) without batteries • Standard accessories: 2 AA-size LR6 batteries, belt clip • Optional accessory: RMS 4000 external mute switch

Wireless Systems

75

Page 95


5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

WMS 4500

01.12.2009

8:02 Uhr

Seite 76

Wireless system with network capability for installed and live sound. Maximum performance – ultra-compact dimensions.

Theater, onstage miking Conference Houses of worship Live sound Sound/AV companies

• True diversity receiver with all-metal case

• output for controlling external devices

• Available in eight UHF bands 30 MHz wide each, with up to 1,200 selectable frequencies

• Integrated data interface for controlling and monitoring from a PC via System ArchitectTM

• Using several frequency bands allows up to 70 channels to be operated simultaneously

• Transmitter battery status monitoring and tone code squelch

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Auto Setup, Environment Scan, and Rehearsal functions for quick and easy setup • Backlit, programmable color display and jog wheel with selectable warning signal for ease of use

SR 4500

Section:

02

WMS 4

The SR 4500 true diversity receiver provides maximum ease of use and the widest range of functions in its class. Its accurate battery life readout is a previously unavailable, invaluable advantage in live sound applications. A complete line of accessories makes the SR 4500 your first choice for every application.

The transmitter uses a pilot tone to transmit battery status data to the receiver that displays the remaining battery capacity. The pilot tone decoder also allows the detection and display of other important information including the current position of the transmitter MUTE switch.

Auto Setup and Environment Scan functions automatically analyze the local RF environment, find usable frequency groups, and set frequencies. The optional HUB 4000 Q integrates the SR 4500 into a HiQnetTM system. With the PC control software System ArchitectTM setting up and monitoring highly complex systems is incredibly easy. A logic output allows remote control of external devices, e.g., an automatic microphone mixer.

Naturally, the SR 4500 operates in an extremely wide UHF band (30 MHz) and each frequency preset provides up to 19 intermodulation-free channels*. The maximum number of selectable frequencies is 1200. Using several frequency bands allows you to operate as many as 70 channels simultaneously.

A large, backlit color display and a jog wheel make the SR 4500 easy to use and a programmable LED ring indicates important system parameters at a glance. Housed in a half-rack, all-metal case, the SR 4500 is the most compact, reliable, and powerful UHF receiver in its price bracket.

The SR 4500 is fully compatible to its predecessor SR 4000. It offers two additional frequency bands in the range of 500 - 530 and 570 to 600 MHz, which give you even more flexibility in multichannel applications. Item number: The item number depends on the frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

* The actual number of channels that can be used simultaneously depends on local frequency plans.

• RF carrier frequency ranges: • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: Signal/noise ratio: Audio outputs:

• Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

76

Page 96

500-530, 570-600, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820, 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.3% typical >120 dB(A) typical balanced 3-pin XLR; unbalanced TS 1/4" jack; output level adjustable to -30, 0, +6 dB 200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.) 972 g (2.2 lbs.) Prack mounting kit, 2 UHF antennas


WMS 4500 • Bodypack transmitter with rugged aluminium body

• Operates for up to 15 hours on AA size dry batteries, 12 hours on optional BP 4000 battery pack with integrated Smart Battery Management System

• 30 MHz wide UHF band, up to 1200 selectable frequencies

• 30 MHz wide UHF band, up to 1200 selectable frequencies • Choice of six interchangeable microphone elements • Backlit display and jog switch for ease of use • Charging contacts for easy battery charging on optional charger



• Up to 50 mW RF output for maximum immunity to interference and dropouts



• Backlit display and jog switch for ease of use • Up to 50 mW RF output for maximum immunity to interference and dropouts



• Optional remote mute switch • Operates for up to 15 hours on AA size dry batteries, 12 hours on optional BP 4000 battery pack with integrated Smart Battery Management System • Charging contacts for easy battery charging on optional charger

Harman Pro Group | 2010

4500 HT 4500

HT 4500 is a professional handheld transmitter with a rugged body and connects to a choice of six different microphone elements to cover a wide range of applications. Microphone elements include dynamic and condenser cardioid and hypercardioid models. The 30 MHz wide UHF band provides up to 1200* selectable frequencies, and several preset frequency banks for various countries help you set up a multichannel system very quickly. A backlit display makes it very easy to tune the HT 4500 to the same frequency as the SR 4500 receiver. A pilot tone system continuously sends transmitter status data including MUTE switch position and remaining battery life to the receiver. Integrated charging contacts let you charge the optional BP 4000 battery pack without having to remove it from the transmitter. After only one hour, the battery pack will be fully charged and you can use the transmitter for 12 hours continuously. The HT 4500 is fully compatible to its predecessor HT 4000. It offers two additional frequency bands in the range of 500 - 530 and 570 to 600 MHz, which give you even more flexibility in multichannel applications.

Item number: The item number depends on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

PT 4500 Bodypack transmitter with rugged die-cast magnesium body. The 30 MHz wide UHF band provides up to 1200* selectable frequencies, and several preset frequency banks for various countries help you set up a multichannel system very quickly.

Section:

02

A backlit display makes it very easy to tune the PT 4500 to the same frequency as the SR 4500 receiver. A pilot tone system continuously sends transmitter data including MUTE switch position and remaining battery life to the receiver. Integrated charging contacts let you charge the optional BP 4000 battery pack without having to remove it from the transmitter. After only one hour, the battery pack will be fully charged and you can use the transmitter for 12 hours continuously. The 3-pin mini XLR input with adjustable gain accommodates both portable instruments and a variety of AKG microphones for every application. An optional RMS 4000 remote mute switch allows the user to mute the transmitter without having to fumble for the on-board mute switch. The PT 4500 is fully compatible to its predecessor PT 4000. It offers two additional frequency bands in the range of 500 - 530 and 570 to 600 MHz, which give you even more flexibility in multichannel applications. Item number: The item number depends on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

• Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N ratio: RF radiation: Battery life:

• Dimensions: • Net weight: • Standard accessories:

500-530, 570-600, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820, 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.3% typical >120 dB(A) 50 mW max. (ERP) 2 AA size dry batteries: 15 hours typ.; BP 4000: 12 hours typ. length: 247 mm (9.7 in.); diameter: approx. 39 mm (1.5 in.) 125 g (11.3 oz.) 2 AA size dry batteries, SA 63 stand adapter

• Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N ratio: RF radiation: Battery life:

• • • •

Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessory:

500-530, 570-600, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820, 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.3% typical >120 dB(A) typical 50 mW max. (ERP) 2 AA size dry batteries: 15 hours typ.; BP 4000 rechargeable battery pack: 12 hours typ. 70 x 90 x 25 mm (2.8 x 3.5 x 1 in.) 95 g (3.4 oz.) 2 AA size dry batteries, belt clip RMS 4000 external mute switch

Wireless Systems

77

Page 97


• Charger with two charging compartments for two HT 4500, PT 4500 transmitters, or BP 4000 battery packs

85

92

• Usefull tools like Device Manager, Environment Scan, RF Monitor and Programmer Guide

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Apple iPhone application for controlling and monitoring of an AKG wireless system via Wifi (HUB 4000 Q needed) with an iPhone (available from fall 2009).

HUB 4000 Q

The CU 4000 charger provides two charging compartments to charge either two transmitters (HT 4500, PT 4500) or two BP 4000 battery packs simultaneously. The heart of the charging system is the BP 4000 rechargeable battery pack with built-in active monitoring circuitry. An integrated microprocessor continuously monitors battery status and accurately calculates the remaining battery life. This puts an end to the nightmare of batteries failing on stage. A processor controlled pulse charging system charges the battery pack quickly yet gently, and several monitoring circuits and a temperature sensor prevent the battery pack from being overcharged. To eliminate memory effect, the CU 4000 automatically checks whether the battery pack needs servicing and automatically starts a recovery cycle when you press the RECOVER button.

2887Z00060 7801H00050 7801H00060 7801H00070

BP 4000

CU 4000 charger with HT 4500 and PT 4500

78

Page 98

AKG SYSTEM ARCHITECT PLUG-IN: • Setup of the wireless system with a single click with 1 Click Setup.

CU 4000 BP 4000

Charging current: Operating voltage: Charging time: Recovery cycle: Dimensions: Weight: Standard accessories:

• Supports DSR 700 (DMS 700, available from fall 2009), SST 4 (IVM 4) und SR 4500 (WMS 4500)

• Easy to use and intuitive user interface

• One-hour quick charging of two transmitters

• • • • • • •

200

136

173

• Fully charged BP 4000 battery pack lasts for 12 hours and can be charged more than 1000 times to keep operating cost low

Item numbers: CU 4000 w/o power supply EU power supply US power supply UK power supply

Seite 78

• Monitoring and controlling of a wireless system with the System Architect™

• Microprocessor controlled charge/discharge monitoring function

02

8:02 Uhr

• HiQnet™ ethernet interface for connecting up to eight AKG devices to a HiQnet™ network

• Smart current management system permanently monitors battery parameters to prevent overcharging and suggest recovery cycle

Section:

01.12.2009

44

5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

1.5 A 12 V DC, 1.3 A 1 hour typical approx. 8 hours approx. 92 x 173 x 85 mm (3.6 x 6.8 x 3.3 in.) 580 g (1.2 lbs.) 2 BP 4000 battery packs, power supply

The HUB 4000 Q enables you to connect up to eight AKG devices to the HiQnet™ system developed by Harman Professional. Being a true plug and play device, all you need to do to install the HUB 4000 Q is to connect it to your computer via a commercial CAT-5 network cable. For large wireless systems, you can of course add several HUB 4000 Qs using standard Ethernet switches (or routers, wireless hubs, ...), allowing you to configure and monitor the entire setup from a single computer. The System Architect™ control software, once installed on the computer, will automatically identify all HUB 4000 Qs connected to the computer. The AKG designed, channel-oriented user interface in System Architect™ provides intuitive control and makes setting up the system child's play using 1 Click Setup Device Manager, Environment Scan, RF Monitor and many other functions. The HUB 4000 Q quickly and easily integrates the DMS 700, WMS 4500 wireless systems and In Ear Monitoring system IVM 4 into any complex HiQnet™ environment. The AKG Wireless Controller iPhone application controls and monitors the entire AKG wireless system via Wifi and the HUB 4000 Q. Item numbers: HUB 4000 Q w/o power supply: EU power supply: AC 12/EU US power supply: AC 12/US UK power supply: AC 12/UK

• • • • • • •

2999Z00140 7801H00010 7801H00020 7801H00030

Power supply : Current consumption: Ambient temperature: Connectors for AKG devices : Connector for network card: Dimensions: Weight:

12 V DC +/- 2V 200 mA max. -10° C to +60° C RJ11 RJ45 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.5 x 1.7 in.) 970 g (2.2 lbs.)


WMS 4500

The HiQnet TM advantage • HiQnet™ is a communications protocol or language for audio devices

connect. configure. control.

• System Architect™ is the software for central system control • System-wide intuitive configuration and monitoring Product panel with 16 DSR 700 stripes

• Built on standard network technologies

HiQnet™ is a communications protocol or language with which all device-types within the full audio signal path can communicate.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The HiQnet™ advantage: HiQnet™ provides efficient configuration and control of complex audio systems as well as convenient monitoring of important parameters of all audio devices on the network. The HiQnet™ protocol enables compatible devices from different manufacturers to be connected to the same HiQnet™ network. For this purpose, HiQnet™ uses standard network technology such as the Ethernet protocol or commercial CAT-5 network cables.

1 Click Setup

The entire HiQnet™ system is configured and controlled with a single software application – Harman Pro System Architect™. A comprehensive core PC application into which device-specific plug-ins developed by each Harman Pro brand can be loaded. System Architect™ has been written entirely from the ground up to achieve the goal of accommodating all requirements from all the links in a signal chain. System Architect™ has been optimized for use in both tour sound and installation environments and includes features enabling quick and easy system configuration for both disciplines. For more information, visit www.hiqnet.harmanpro.com AKG HiQnet iPhone application

Section:

02

Microphones for WMS 4500 Systems The microphone elements listed below can be used with the HT 4500 only, whereas the lavalier and head-worn models are compatible with the DPT 700, PT 4500, PT 450 and PT 40 PRO bodypack transmitters.

NEW D 5 WL 1

D 7 WL 1

C 5 WL 1

C 535 WL 1

Item number: 3082Z00010

Item number: 3082Z00030

Item number: 3082Z00020

Item number: 2782Z00150

To give you maximum flexibility in tailoring a WMS 4500 system to your voice, application and budget, there is a large selection of microphone capsules available. For handheld use, choose between the smooth, powerful sound of the D 5 or D 7 dynamic capsules or the clear articulate sound of the C 535 EB or C 5 condenser capsules.

HC 577 L

C 520

C 555 L

C 417

Item number: 3141Z00110*

Item numbers: Item number: Item numbers: L 3066Z00060* L 3066Z00200* L 2577Z00080

CK 55 L

CK 77 WR

CK 97-C/L

C 411

C 518

C 519

Item number: 6000H17200

Item numbers: L 2441Z00390 L/P 2441Z00400

Item number: 2497Z00080

Item number: Item numbers: Item numbers: Item number: 2571Z00030 ML 3064Z00120* ML 3065Z00120* ML 3063Z00120*

For lavalier and headset applications, you have a choice of broadcast/concert proven AKG models with a range of pickup patterns, size and other features. No other company gives you more options to customize a wireless system than the AKG WMS 4500.

C 516

* (6 units multipack version)

Wireless Systems

79

Page 99


5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:02 Uhr

Seite 80

PS 4000 W

PSU 4000

ASU 4000

Multi-Coupler • Supplies antenna signal and DC power for four SR 450, SR 4000 or SR 4500 receivers • Two expansion outputs allow signal cascading up to 3 additional PS 4000s from one antenna feed • Eight BNC antenna signal + DC outputs • LED status indicators that show antenna and/or cable problems

Central power supply • Powers up to 3 PS 4000s for DC connecting 12 SR 450, SR 4000, SR 4500 • Powers CU 4000, HUB 4000, HPA 4000 • 3 DC outputs • IEC power cable with universal power supply that operates anywhere in the world

Remote power supply Remote power supply for complex antenna networks • BNC input and output • Locking DC input • Status LED • Water-resistant case

Item number: 2997Z000401)

Item number: 3009Z00100

• Weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

Section:

02

500 to 865 MHz 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 dB switchable 2 BNC sockets, 50 ohms 10 BNC sockets, 50 ohms 12 VDC 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.5 x 1.7 in.) 970 g (2.2 lbs.) RMU 4000 MK PS connecting cable

• • • • • •

90 VAC to 264 VAC 47 to 63 Hz 3 outputs, 12 VDC each DC OUT 1: 2.5 A, DC OUT 2-3: 2 A 1.3 kg (3.2 lbs.) 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.5 x 1.7 in.)

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: RF input: RF output: Operating voltage: Dimensions:

• Weight:

500 to 865 MHz 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 12 V DC 78 x 50 x 50 mm (3.1 x 2.0 x 2.0 in.) 167 g (5.9 oz.)

AB 4000

SRA 2 B/W

RA 4000 B/W

High-performance antenna booster for inserting into long antenna cables. One AB 4000 can compensate for approx. 17 dB of cable attenuation. Up to three AB 4000 boosters can be used in series for extremely long cable runs. • BNC input and output • DC Input • Water-resistant case • Status-LED

Active, wideband directional antenna • For indoor or outdoor use, specifically, for setting up radio links for distances up to 300 m (1000 feet) • Integrated high-performance antenna booster for use with long cable runs • Water-resistant case, BNC output • Remote powering option and status LED

Omnidirectional wideband booster antenna • For indoor or outdoor use, specifically, for near-field antenna setups with no preferred direction • Integrated high-performance antenna booster for use with long antenna cables • Remote powering option and status LED • Rugged, water-resistant case, BNC output

Item number: 3009Z00020

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: Gain: Coverage angle: RF output: Operating voltage:

• Dimensions: • Weight:

Item number: 3009Z00160

500 to 865 MHz approx. 17 dB to 7 dB, selectable 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 8 VDC from PS 4000 W or ASU 4000 via connecting cable 110 x 35 mm (4.3 x 1.4 in.) 150 g (5.3 oz.)

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: Antenna gain: Coverage angle: Booster gain: Operating voltage:

• Dimensions: • Weight:

Item number: 2632Z00320

500 to 865 MHz 4.5 dB 70° 17 dB 8 VDC from PS 4000 W or ASU 4000 via connecting cable 230 x 240 x 26 mm (9 x 9.4 x 1.0 in.) 250 g (8.8 oz.)

• • • •

Carrier frequency range: Gain: RF output: Operating voltage:

• Dimensions: • Weight:

500 to 865 MHz 17 dB 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 8 VDC/46 mA from PS 4000 W or ASU 4000 via connecting cable 220 x 38.5 mm (8.7 x 1.5 in.) 65 g (2.3 oz.)

HUB 4000 Q

ZAPD 21

RMS 4000

RMS 4/SPORT

Network integrator for connecting up to eight devices (SR 4500, SST 4) to an Ethernet network for programming and monitoring.

2-into-1 antenna combiner for indoor and outdoor use of near-field antenna setups. Can be used either to split signals or combine them as needed.

Remote Mute Switch The RMS 4000 lets a user mute and unmute the PT 450 or PT 4500 transmitters easily, discreetly and securely when the transmitter is under vestments or a costume. Cable length: 110 cm (43 in.)

Perfect for football referees. Available only in the USA. www.akg.com/usa

Item number: 2999Z001402)

Item number: SERVSON760

Item number: 3009Z00120

80

Page 100

Input voltage: Frequency: Output voltage: Max. output current: Weight: Size:

4000

Carrier frequency range: Gain: RF inputs: RF outputs: Operating voltage: Dimensions:

1) PSU

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• • • • • •

2) The HUB 4000 Q/HUB 4000 and PS 4000 W with the stated item numbers include no power supply. Please order the appropriate power supply for each unit separately: EU: AC 12/EU 7801H00010, US: AC 12/US 7801H00020, UK: AC 12/UK 7801H00030

Item number: 2996Z001002)

w/o power cable 2997Z00040 w/EU power cable 2997Z00010 w/US power cable 2997Z00020 w/UK power cable 2997Z00030

System Components (WMS 4500/450)


System Description/Multi-Channel Systems

Multi-Channel Systems 2 x SRA 2B/W

w/UK power cable 2997Z00030

PS 4000 W

WMS 450

Harman Pro Group | 2010

PS 4000 W

WMS 4500

Example: 10-Channel System for Tour Sound

PS 4000 W

10 x SR 4500

DC Out 1 DC Out 2 DC Out 3

PSU 4000

Fitting all components into flight cases as well as the shortest possible setup time are essential for festivals with several acts performing in succession. While one performer is on stage, backstage preparations for the following act must be completed so that it can be started without any drawn-out interruptions due to alterations or soundchecks. Wireless systems in particular require meticulous RF and audio performance tests to be carried out before they are connected to the FOH mixer. The advanced software of the SR 4000 receiver makes all this easy. Rehearsal Mode, Auto Setup, and Frequency Scan are just a few of the features that help set up all the RF connections quickly and efficiently. In the example shown above, a complete 10-channel wireless system including antenna splitters, power supply unit, and headphone amplifiers can be fitted into a compact 8-space-rack. You can also fit two small flight cases with five chargers each for the transmitters, so that all transmitters can be charged completely and simultaneously within just one hour. And, the complete tour sound package takes up so little space it can be transported in a standard station wagon â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the ideal solution for any band on tour.

Specification: 10 x SR 4500 10 x HT/PT 4500 5 x CU 4000 1 x PSU 4000

True Diversity Receiver Handheld or bodypack transmitter Charging unit Central power supply

3 x PS 4000 W 2 x SRA 2 B/W 24 x MK PS 2 x MKA 20

Section:

02

Charging case including 5 CU

Another excellent choice for smaller touring sound systems is the WMS 450, which is compatible with many of the system expansion components of the WMS 4000 for cost-effective, yet state-of-the-art performance. For example, a complete 4-channel system including a PSU 4000 power supply unit and PS 4000 antenna multi-coupler with two front-mounted antennas will fit into a 3-space rack! All thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s necessary to hook it up is to connect a single power cable and the audio lines. All other components, such as the transmitter, can be stored in a 2-space-drawer.

Antenna splitter Active wideband directional antenna 0.65 m Antenna cable 20 m Antenna cable

Your dealer or the AKG Distributor for your country or region will be glad to help you in designing multichannel systems for your specific needs.

Wireless Systems

81

Page 101


5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

WMS 450

01.12.2009

8:03 Uhr

Seite 82

Highly flexible wireless system, easy to use and expandable for the most sophisticated applications.

Conference Houses of worship Live sound Musical, opera

44

• Diversity receiver with all-metal case • Up to 12 channels can be used simultaneously in each frequency band

177

202,4

• Auto Setup and Rehearsal functions for quick and easy setup

• Quick infrared transmission of all frequency and setup data to the transmitter

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Programmable warning functions using two-color display backlighting to indicate critical operating conditions

SR 450

Section:

02

WMS 4

The SR 450 diversity receiver is your best choice for cost-efficient, high-performance multichannel systems. Up to 12 channels can be used simultaneously within the same frequency band and even large systems will work smoothly in environments hostile to RF transmission. Being compatible with professional WMS 4000 antenna splitters, power supplies, and high quality remote antennas, the WMS 450 enables you to set up highly complex wireless systems. In Auto Setup mode, the receiver will scan the available bands, find an

SETS

WMS 450 Vocal Set D 5 • 1 HT 450 handheld transmitter with D 5 microphone element, 1 SR 450 receiver • 1 stand adapter, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

WMS 450 Vocal Set C 5 • 1 HT 450 handheld transmitter with C 5 microphone element, 1 SR 450 receiver • 1 stand adapter, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

interference-free channel, and transmit the related frequency data to the assigned transmitter via infrared. This technique reduces the time it takes to set up a multichannel system to a few minutes. A Rehearsal function, a programmable display clearly indicating all important system parameters, two-color display backlighting warning the user of critical conditions from a distance, and a transmitter battery status display on the receiver enhance reliability and add to ease of use.

WMS 450 Headworn Set

• 1 PT 450 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 450 receiver 1 C 555 L head-worn microphone • 1 belt clip, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

Item number: SR 450: The item number depends on the frequency band and type of power supply. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

WMS 450 Guitar Set

• 1 PT 450 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 450 receiver 1 MKG L cable, 2 antennas, • 1 belt clip, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

SR 450 • RF carrier frequency ranges: • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD at 1 kHz: Signal-to-noise: Audio outputs:

• Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

82

Page 102

WMS 450 Presenter Set

• 1 PT 450 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 450 receiver 1 C 407 L lavalier microphone • 1 belt clip, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820, 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.3% typ. >120 dB(A) typ. balanced XLR and unbalanced TS 1/4" jack, balanced level switchable to -30 or 0 dBm approx. 200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.) 972 g (2.2 lbs.) 2 antennas, power supply, rack mounting kit


• Extremely compact bodypack transmitter

• Infrared data download from receiver for instant setup

• Infrared data download for instant setup

• Long battery life (6 hours with single AA size dry battery, 8 hours with optional high performance rechargeable battery) for low operating cost

• Long battery life (6 hours with single AA size dry battery, 8 hours with optional high performance rechargeable battery) for low operating cost

• Battery status display and data transmission

• Battery capacity display and data transmission

• Integrated charging contacts for charging batteries inside transmitter

• Integrated charging contacts for charging batteries inside transmitter

• Ergonomically styled body with anti-slip finish for confident and easy handling

• Connector for external mute switch

73,5

• Available with D 5 or C 5 microphone element

176,2

WMS 450

60

30

450 HT 450

The HT 450 is a high-performance, compact handheld transmitter for a host of applications. It is available either with the well-balanced, powerful sound of the D 5 dynamic microphone or the detailed clarity of the C 5 condenser microphone. Many innovative features enhance both system reliability and user friendliness. An LC display indicates all important system data at a glance, including frequency, preset country code, available battery capacity, low battery capacity warning, as well as transmission status. An infrared transmission link will feed all frequency and setup data to the assigned transmitter within seconds. A noiseless ON-MUTE/PRG-OFF switch and status LED add to the transmitter's user-friendliness.

Item numbers: CU 400 2934Z00040 w/o power cable 2934Z00010 w/EU power cable 2934Z00020 w/US power cable 2934Z00030 w/UK power cable

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Professional mini XLR audio input

PT 450 The PT 450 is a high-performance, compact bodypack transmitter for a host of applications. Many innovative features enhance both system reliability and user friendliness. An LC display indicates all important system data at a glance, including frequency, preset country code, available battery capacity, low battery capacity warning, as well as transmission status. An infrared transmission link will feed all frequency and setup data to the assigned transmitter within seconds. The PT 450 bodypack transmitter uses a rugged case, and the mini XLR input allows you to connect a wide selection of AKG microphones or portable instruments. A special jack lets you connect an optional external mute switch enabling the user to mute the audio signal even if the transmitter is difficult to reach.

Section:

02

Item number: HT 450 and PT 450: Item numbers depend on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

CU 400 charger • • • •

HT 450 • Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N Ratio (A-weighted) RF output: Battery life:

• Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

Plug-in charging Two universal charging slots Charging time <2 hours Status LEDs

650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820 and 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.7% typ. at rated deviation/1 kHz >120 dB(A) typ. max. 50 mW (ERP) 1.5 V AA size dry battery: 6 hours typ.; 1.2 V NiMH, 2,100 mAh AA size rechargeable battery: 8 hours typ. 236.9 x 51.1 mm max. dia. (9.3 x 2 in.) 240 g (8.5 oz.) 1 AA size dry battery, stand adapter

PT 450 • Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N ratio (A-weighted) RF output: Battery life:

• • • •

Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessory:

650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820 and 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.7% typ. at rated deviation/1 kHz >120 dB(A) typ. max. 50 mW (ERP) 1.5 V AA size dry battery: 6 hours typ.; 1.2 V NiMH, 2100 mAh AA size rechargeable battery: 8 hours typ. 60 x 73.5 x 30 mm (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) 90 g (3.2 oz.) 1 AA size battery, belt clip external mute switch

Wireless Systems

83

Page 103


5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

WMS 40 PRO

01.12.2009

8:03 Uhr

Seite 84

The plug & play wireless solution

Live sound Houses of Worship Conference Sound/AV company, Gyms

• • SR 40 FLEXX: Three selectable frequencies, balanced XLR and unbalanced jack outputs, adjustable squelch, multichannel capability up to nine* channels operating simultaneously

• SR 40 DUAL: Two single-frequency receivers in a single case, balanced TRS output jacks, multichannel capability up to seven* channels operating simultaneously

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• SR 40 SINGLE: Single fixed frequency, balanced TRS output jack, multichannel capability up to seven* channels operating simultaneously

SR 40 PRO

Section:

02

WMS 4

The new WMS 40 PRO Series is the optimum solution for small stages, clubs, places of worship, hotels, and gyms. With their plug and play concept and fixed frequencies, these systems set up quickly and are easy to use. The transmitters will operate for more than 30 hours off a single AA size battery. The WMS 40 PRO systems are available in three versions to match any application and budget: FLEXX: Maximum flexibility, three selectable frequencies for interference-free reception, adjustable transmitter input gain. DUAL: Two receivers in a single unit for exceptionally cost efficient two-channel systems. SINGLE: The easy-to-use single-channel wireless systems. Also compatible with Microtools Series GB 40 and TM 40 transmitters.

WMS 40 PRO Series products are available in several complete systems and can be used in many countries without paying any fees or obtaining permits.

All SR 40 PRO versions provide an output level control for optimally matching the receiver’s output level to the connected equipment and feature a rugged metal case for freestanding or rack mounted use.

• Carrier frequency: • • • •

Audio bandwith: THD at 1 kHz: Signal/noise ratio: Power requirement:

• Audio outputs:

• Dimensions: • Net weight (exc. of batteries): • Package:

84

Page 104

SR 40 FLEXX 660 to 865 MHz, 3 selectable frequencies 35 to 20,000 Hz typ. 0.8% typ. 110 dB(A) 120/230 V AC

SR 40 DUAL 660 to 865 MHz, 2 fixed-frequency receivers in single case 40 to 20,000 Hz typ. 0.8% typ. 110 dB(A) 120/230 V AC

SR 40 SINGLE 660 to 865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency

bal. XLR and unbal. 1/4" jack, output level adjustable at rated deviation: 500 mV rms. 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.4 x 1.7 in.) 665 g (1.5 lbs.) SR 40 FLEXX, AC adapter

bal. adjustable 500 bal. 1/4" jack, output level, adjustable at rated deviation: 500 mV rms. 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.4 x 1.7 in.) 674 g (1.4 lbs.) SR 40 DUAL, AC adapter

bal. 1/4" jack, output level, adjustable at rated deviation: 500 mV rms.

40 to 20,000 Hz typ. 0.8% typ. 110 dB(A) 120/230 V AC

200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.4 x 1.7 in.) 581 g (1.3 lbs.) SR 40 SINGLE, AC adapter


WMS 40 PRO • Extremely compact, light bodypack transmitter

• Operates for more than 30 hours off a single AA size battery

• Operates for more than 30 hours off a single AA size battery

• Ergonomic styling and anti-slip finish for confident and easy handling

• Built-in contacts for charging batteries inside the transmitter on optional CU 400 charger

• Built-in contacts for charging batteries inside the transmitter on optional CU 400 charger

• PT 40 FLEXX: three selectable frequencies

• HT 40 FLEXX: three selectable frequencies

PT 40:

• PT 40 PRO: single fixed frequency 73,5

• HT 40 PRO: single fixed frequency Ø 51,1

236,9

60

PT 40 PRO

The WMS 40 PRO Series handheld transmitters feature exceptional ruggedness, anti-slip finish for ease of handling, and elegant styling. They are available in two versions: the HT 40 FLEXX is included in the FLEXX systems, the HT 40 PRO in the DUAL and SINGLE systems. Operating for more than 30 hours off a single AA size battery, the transmitters save money due to their reduced battery replacement need. Rechargeable batteries can be charged inside the transmitter on the optional CU 400 charger.

The WMS 40 PRO Series bodypack transmitters are rugged, extremely compact, and light. A mini XLR connector allows you to connect many AKG microphones or portable instruments. The PT 40 PRO bodypack transmitter is available in two versions: the PT 40 FLEXX is included in the FLEXX systems, the PT 40 PRO in the DUAL and SINGLE systems.

A noiseless on/mute/off switch and a status LED add to user-friendliness.

Operating for more than 30 hours off a single AA size battery, the transmitters save money due to their reduced battery replacement need. Rechargeable batteries can be charged inside the transmitter on the optional CU 400 charger.

Item number: Item numbers differ from country to country. Please ask your dealer for details.

Item number: Item numbers differ from country to country. Please ask your dealer for details.

CU 400

• Carrier frequency: Audio bandwith: THD at 1 kHz: Signal/noise ratio: RF output: Power requirement: Battery life: Dimensions: Net weight: (exc. of batteries) • Package:

• • • • • • • •

HT 40 FLEXX 660 to 865 MHz, 3 selectable frequencies 65 Hz to 20 kHz typ. 0,8% typ. 110 dB(A) typ. 10 mW (ERP) 1 AA size battery typ. 30 h (for 2200 mAh) 236.9 x 51.1 dia. mm (9.3 x 2 in.) 195 g (6.95 oz.)

HT 40 PRO 660 to 865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency 65 Hz to 20 kHz typ. 0,8% typ. 110 dB(A) typ. 10 mW (ERP) 1 AA size battery typ. 30 h (for 2200 mAh) 236.9 x 51.1 dia. mm (9.3 x 2 in.) 195 g (6.95 oz.)

PT 40 FLEXX 660 to 865 MHz, 3 selectable frequencies 35 Hz to 20 kHz typ. 0,8% typ. 110 dB(A) typ. 10 mW (ERP) 1 AA size battery typ. 30 h (for 2200 mAh) 60 x 73.5 x 30 mm (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) 60 g (2.1 oz.)

PT 40 PRO 660 to 865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency 40 Hz to 20 kHz typ. 0,8% typ. 110 dB(A) typ. 10 mW (ERP) 1 AA size battery typ. 30 h (for 2200 mAh) 60 x 73.5 x 30 mm (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) 60 g (2.1 oz.)

HT 40 FLEXX, 1 AA size dry battery, 1 semitransparent replacement clip, 1 stand adapter

HT 40 PRO, 1 AA size dry battery, 1 semitransparent replacement clip, 1 stand adapter

PT 40 FLEXX, 1 AA size dry battery, 1 labeling sheet

PT 40 PRO, 1 AA size dry battery, 1 labeling sheet

Wireless Systems

85

Page 105

Harman Pro Group | 2010

40 PRO HT 40 PRO

Section:

02


5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:04 Uhr

Seite 86

WMS 40 PRO Sets

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Vocal

FLEXX

DUAL

SINGLE

Maximum flexibility

2 in 1 receiver saves cost

Easy to use.

Three selectable frequencies for interference-free reception, adjustable transmitter input gain

Two receivers in a single unit for exceptionally cost efficient two-channel systems

The easy-to-use single-channel wireless systems. Unpack and get going.

• Three selectable frequencies • Diversity receiver • Adjustable squelch • Multichannel capability: up to nine* channels operating simultaneously • Rugged bodies

• Two single-frequency receivers in a single unit • Metal case • Miniature transmitters • Single-battery powering • Multichannel capability: up to seven* channels operating simultaneously

• Single, fixed frequency • Metal case • Miniature transmitters • Single-battery powering • Multichannel capability: multichannel capability up to seven* channels operating simultaneously

1 handheld transmitter or 1 bodypack transmitter, 1 receiver

2 handheld transmitters or 2 bodypack transmitters, 1 receiver

1 handheld transmitter or 1 bodypack transmitter, 1 receiver

• Vocal Set DUAL

• Vocal Set SINGLE

SR 40 FLEXX HT 40 FLEXX

SR 40 DUAL 2 x HT 40 PRO

SR 40 SINGLE HT 40 PRO

• Instrumental Set DUAL SR 40 DUAL 2 x PT 40 PRO MKG L cable

SR 40 FLEXX PT 40 FLEXX MKG L cable

Instrumental

02

• Presenter Set DUAL

Sports

• Presenter Set FLEXX

SR 40 DUAL PT 40 PRO C 555 L, HT 40 PRO

Presenter

SR 40 FLEXX PT 40 FLEXX CK 55 L

Special

SR FLEXX GB FLEXX

NEW

* Depending on local frequency plans. For details, please contact your dealer or visit www.akg.com/wms40pro Please note that some of these products may not be available in your country. For details, please contact your local dealer or national AKG distributor.

Page 106

SR 40 SINGLE PT 40 PRO MKG L cable

SR 40 SINGLE PT 40 PRO C 555 L

SR 40 FLEXX PT 40 FLEXX C 555 L

• Guitar Set FLEXX

• Instrumental Set SINGLE

• Sports Set SINGLE

• Sports Set FLEXX

86

• Presenter Set SINGLE SR 40 SINGLE PT 40 PRO CK 55 L

• Transformer Set SINGLE SR 40 SINGLE SO 40 Snapon Transmitter

Item number: Item numbers differ from country to country. Please ask your dealer for details.

• Vocal Set FLEXX

• Instrumental Set FLEXX

Section:


WMS 40 PRO Sets/Microtools Live sound

NEW

â&#x20AC;˘ Smallest switchable miniature transmitter â&#x20AC;˘ 3 different battery covers included â&#x20AC;˘ Swiveling FlexJack connector matching every guitar â&#x20AC;˘ Extended frequency response optimized for guitars and basses â&#x20AC;˘ 11 hours battery life for AAA size dry/ 6 hours for rechargeable batteries for low operating cost

Vocals Live sound Sound/ AV company Transformer Set SINGLE SR 40 SINGLE SO 40 â&#x20AC;˘ Professional XLR connector matching all dynamic microphones â&#x20AC;˘ Ultra-light, glass ďŹ ber reinforced miniature case 

â&#x20AC;˘ Extremely low operating cost



Transformer Set Single

The GB 40 FLEXX guitarbug is probably the easiest and least invasive way to integrate a guitar, bass, or portable keyboard into a wireless system in next to no time.

The SO 40 snapon transmitter is probably the most cost-efďŹ cient way to upgrade a hardwire microphone for wireless use. All you have to do is disconnect the microphone cable and plug the snapon transmitter into the XLR connector on the microphone. The snapon transmitter with its small and light glass ďŹ ber reinforced case will add less weight to the microphone than the cable did.

A â&#x20AC;&#x153;FlexJackâ&#x20AC;? swiveling jack plug connects the transmitter to every type of output jack, and the GB 40 FLEXX guitarbug will automatically â&#x20AC;&#x153;hugâ&#x20AC;? the instrument. Therefore, and because it is incredibly small, the GB 40 FLEXX guitarbug will never get in the way while you play, and keep a low profile, too. Since the transmitter sits right on the output jack, the noiseless on/mute/off switch and status LED are always easy to check and operate. Naturally, the GB 40 FLEXX guitarbug also provides an input gain control. Also available as WMS 40 Pro Guitar Set FLEXX.

Item number: Item numbers differ from country to country. Please ask your dealer for details.

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Carrier frequency: Modulation: Audio bandwith: THD at 1 kHz: Signal/noice ratio: Power requirement: RF output: Battery life:

â&#x20AC;˘ Dimensions: â&#x20AC;˘ Net weight (exc. of batteries): â&#x20AC;˘ Package:

Harman Pro Group | 2010

GB 40 FLEXX

Section:

02

An input gain control lets you match the SO 40 snapon transmitter to the microphone output level. A noiseless on/off switch allows you to mute any microphone with no on/off switch. Frequencies are color coded for easy identification in a professional setup using several WMS 40 PRO systems simultaneously.

Item number: Item numbers differ from country to country. Please ask your dealer for details.

660 to 865 MHz, 3 fixed frequencies FM 40 to 20,000 Hz typ. 0.8% typ. 103 dB (A) 1 AAA size batteries 5 mW (ERP) <11 hours (dry batteries), <6 hours (rechargeable battteries) 76 x 20 x 28 mm (3 x 0.8 x 1.1 in.) 28 g (1 oz.) GB 40, long adapter plug, 3 battery covers, 2 Velcro strips,1 AAA size dry battery

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Carrier frequency: Modulation: Audio bandwith: THD: Signal/noice ratio: Power requirement: RF output: Battery life:

â&#x20AC;˘ Dimensions: â&#x20AC;˘ Weight: â&#x20AC;˘ Standard accessories:

660 to 865 MHz FM 40 to 20,000 Hz typ. 0.8% typ. 103 db (A) single 1.5 V AAA size battery typ. 5 mW (ERP) >10 hours (dry batteries), <5 hours (rechargeable battteries) 22 x 30 x 98 mm (0.9 x 1.2 x 3.9 in.) 36 g (1.3 oz.) 1 AAA size battery, black replacement battery compartment cover

Wireless Systems

87

Page 107


5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

IVM 4

01.12.2009

8:04 Uhr

Seite 88

Wireless in-ear monitor system with unique signal processing capabilities for live applications and professional installations

Live sound Sound companies Theater Places of worship

207

• 44

• Stereo transmitter with compact all-metal case

200

• Professional digital signal processing: dbx compressor, EQ, binaural room, simulations for a natural listening experience

• RF output adjustable up to 100 mW

• Available in four 30 MHz wide UHF bands with 1200 frequencies each

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Preprogrammed frequency preset banks

• Backlit display and jog control for ease of use

SST 4

Section:

02

The SST 4 is the first stereo transmitter ever to combine all the features required for professional in-ear monitoring in a single, compact device. The SST 4 allows the input signal to be processed individually to meet the requirements of both the artist and the sound system environment. An integrated dbx compressor, many EQ settings, and optimized binaural room simulation algorithms provide outstanding high performance signal processing flexibility. Preprogrammed frequency preset banks ensure an easy and reliable startup. Up to 14 intermodulation-free channels* can be used within a 30 MHz wide UHF band. In addition, up to 1200 frequencies can be selected manually. These features allow the IVM 4 to be used together with any AKG WMS 400 or WMS 4000 wireless microphone system. The SST 4 lets you adjust the RF output within the approved range, which is particularly important when the in-ear monitor system is used together with a complex wireless microphone system. This allows optimum system matching for improved reliability. A complete line of accessories is available for multichannel applications. A large, backlit display gives a clear picture of all important settings and levels. When used in dark environments, the brightness of the display can be reduced. The input signal level is digitally adjustable within a range of ±20 dB. A pair of Loop Out jacks carries the unprocessed input signal for daisy-chaining several SST 4s. Unique integrated signal processing for a natural listening experience and a complete set of inputs and outputs make the SST 4 an ideal tool for professional applications.

IVM 4 Item number: The item number depends on the frequency band and type of power supply. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

* The actual number of channels that can be used simultaneously depends on local frequency plans.

SETS**

IVM 4 Set

• 1 SST 4 stereo transmitter 1 SPR 4 bodypack stereo receiver 1 pair of IP 2 earphones • 1 rod antenna, 1 rack mounting kit, 2 AA size batteries, 12-pc. color code set, 1 AC adapter **SST 4 also available separately.

• • • • • • • • • •

RF carrier frequency range: Modulation: RF radiation: Audio Bandwith: THD: Signal/noise ratio: Audio Inputs: Dimensions: Weight: Standard accessories:

88

Page 108

500 to 530, 570 to 600, 790 to 820, 835 to 865 MHz FM, MPX Stereo up to 100 mW 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.8% typical >90 dB(A) typical 2 x XLR/jack hybrid connector; max. 10 dBV 200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.) 1,070 g (2.36 lbs) Power supply, RMU 4000 rack mounting kit, Color Coding Kit, UHF antenna

SPR 4 Set

• 1 SPR 4 bodypack stereo receiver 1 pair of IP 2 earphones • 2 AA size batteries


IVM 4 • High-quality, high-comfort earphones

105

• Bodypack receiver with rugged magnesium case

• Excellent, wide-range audio reproduction

• Combined on/off and volume control for ease of use

70

24

• Auto Setup and Environment Scan functions for identifying clean frequencies

• High isolation for ambient-noise rejection • Inconspicuous finish

• Operates for up to eight hours off two AA size dry batteries, seven hours off optional BP 4000 battery pack with integrated Smart Battery Management system.

12 27

• Backlit display and jog control for ease of use • Received signal strength and battery status metering • Bottom panel contacts for direct battery charging on optional charger

4

SPR 4

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Individual mix function

IP 2

The SPR 4 bodypack receiver features a rugged die-cast magnesium case. Auto Setup and Environment Scan functions for finding clean frequencies make setting up extremely easy. The 30 MHz bandwidth allows manual selection of 1200 frequencies or the system chooses from preprogrammed frequency preset banks.The SPR 4 provides a backlit display and jog control for ease of use. The display indicates the received signal strength and battery status along with other parameters. Integrated charging contacts allow the optional BP 4000 battery pack to remain inside the receiver whilst being charged on the CU 4000 charger (optional).The BP 4000 will be charged to capacity in only one hour, and can power the SPR 4 for about seven hours.

The IP 2 earphones connect to the SPR 4 bodypack receiver. These high quality earphones provide a wide-range sound with sharply contoured bass reproduction as well as excellent isolation to suppress high ambient noise levels encountered, e.g., on a loud concert stage. An integrated sliding cable tie and the supplied soft-rubber earmolds in three different sizes enable the earphones to adapt to every shape of ear and head.

Section:

02

The IP 2 earphones are included in the IVM 4 Sets and in the SPR 4 Sets and are also available single packed.

The only control the artist needs to operate is an ergonomically shaped volume control with integrated on/off switch. Placed in the center of the SPR 4 top panel, the volume control with its clearly discernible detents can be operated intuitively even if it is positioned outside the user's field of vision. An Individual mix function allows a personalized monitor mix to be set up even where only a small sound system with no separate monitor mixer is available. To accommodate the individual preferences of users, the SPR 4 has been designed to drive a large number of different types of earphones. Item number: The item number depends on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

• • • • • • • •

RF carrier frequency ranges: Modulation: Audio Bandwith: THD Signal/noise ratio Channel separation Audio Output Battery Life

• • • •

Dimensions Weight Standard accessories Optional Accessories

500 to 530, 570 to 600, 790 to 820, 835 to 865 MHz FM, MPX Stereo 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.8% typical >90 dB(A) typical >40 dB(A) 3.5 mm jack, 150 mW (rms)/16 ohms 6 to 10 hours, volume dependent, 2 AA batteries or BP 4000 70 x 90 x 25 mm (2.8 x 3.5 x 1 in.) 165 g (5.82 oz.) 2 AA size dry batteries, belt clip, Color Coding Kit BP 4000 with CU 4000 Charging Unit

Item number: 3052H00040

• • • • • • •

Frequency Range: Sensitivity: Max. Input Power: Rated impedance: Connector: Weight: Cable:

12 to 23,500 Hz 121 dB SPL/V 25 mW 16 Ohm 3.5 mm stereo jack 3 g (0.11 oz.) 1.15 m/3.8 ft.

Wireless Systems

89

Page 109


5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

IVM 4

01.12.2009

8:04 Uhr

Seite 90

Wireless in-ear monitor system with unique signal processing capabilities for live applications and professional installations

Accessories SPC 4

SRA 2 W

RA 4000 W

Wide-band antenna combiner • Combines antenna signals of up to four SST 4 stereo transmitters • Powers transmitters via antenna lines • Daisy-chaining capability for setting up multichannel systems

Passive wide-band directional antenna • For indoor and outdoor use, preferred-direction coverage • Water-resistant, rugged case with BNC input

Passive wide-band omnidirectional antenna • For indoor and outdoor use, coverage with no preferred direction • Water-resistant, rugged case with BNC input

Item number: 3053Z00010

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• • • • • • •

Item number: 3009Z00150

RF carrier frequency range: System Gain: RF Inputs: RF Output: Operating Voltage: Power Supply (for SST4): Dimensions:

• Weight: • Standard Accessories: • Optional Accessories:

500 to 865 MHz 0 dB 4 BNC sockets, 50 ohms 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 12 VDC/900mA 12 VDC/2A 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.5 x 1.7 in.) 1,193 g (2.63 lbs) Rack Mounting kit MK PS connecting cable

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: Antenna gain: Coverage angle: RF Input: Dimensions:

• Weight:

Multi-Channel Systems

Section:

02

Item number: 2632Z00310

500 to 865 MHz 4 dB 70° 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 268 x 268 x 25 mm (10.6 x 10.6 x 1 in.) 287 g (10.1 oz.)

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: Antenna gain: RF Input: Dimensions: Weight:

500 to 865 MHz 1 dB 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 240 x 38.5 mm (9.4 x 1.5 in.) 65 g (2.3 oz.)

Example of a four-channel IVM 4 system

Example of a four-channel IVM 4 system SRA 2 W

The SPC 4 wideband antenna combiner allows the set up of large wireless in-ear monitor systems. A single antenna combiner enables the output signals of up to four SST 4 stereo transmitters to be combined into one composite antenna signal. Besides this antenna management function, the SPC 4 powers the SST 4 stereo transmitters connected to it, thus reducing the number of plug-in AC adapters in the rack. You can use either an SRA 2 W passive directional antenna or an RA 4000 W passive omnidirectional antenna for the wireless monitor system. The four-channel in-ear monitor system shown in the example drawing occupies only 3 U of rack space.

4 x SST 4 IN 1

IN 2

IN 3

SPC 4

IN 4

ANTENNA OUT

DC-SST

DC-SPC 4

DC OUT 1 DC OUT 2 Power cable Antenna cable

PSU 4000

Equipment: 4 x SST 4 4 x SPR 4 1 x SPC 4 1 x PSU 4000 1 x SRA 2 W 4 x MK PS 1 x MKA 5

90

Page 110

Stereo Transmitter Stereo Pocket Receiver Power Combiner Central Power Supply Passive Wide-Band Directional Antenna 0.65 m antenna cable 5 m antenna cable

Illustration: Two channels of IVM 4 and four channels of WMS 450


Accessories/Multi-Channel Systems

Multi-Channel Systems

2 x SRA 2B/W

Power cable Antenna cable Audio cable

2 x ZAPD 21

Example Drawing: 8 Channels IVM 4 and 16 Channels WMS 4500 PS 4000 W

PS 4000 W

PS 4000 W 4 x SST 4

4 x SST 4 IN 1

IN 2

IN 3

IN 4

IN 1

IN 2

IN 3

IN 4

DC-SST DC-SPC 4 ANTENNA OUT

ANTENNA OUT

SPC 4

IN 2

DC-SST

DC-SPC 4

PS 4000 W

ANTENNA OUT

16 x SR 4500

DC-SPC 4

SRA 2 W

SPC 4

DC OUT 1

DC OUT 2

DC OUT 3

DC OUT 1

DC OUT 2

DC OUT 3

PSU 4000

PSU 4000

Equipment: 8 x SST 4 Stereo Transmitter 8 x SPR 4 Stereo Pocket Receiver 2 x SPC 4 Power Combiner 16 x SR 4500 True Diversity Receiver 16 x HT/PT 4500 Handheld or Portable Transmitter 12 x CU 4000 Charging Unit

Harman Pro Group | 2010

IN 1

SPC 4

DC OUT 1

DC OUT 2

DC OUT 3

PSU 4000

3 x PSU 4000 Central Power Supply 4 x PS 4000 W Antenna Splitter 2 x SRA 2 B/W Active Wide-Band Directional Antenna 2 x SRA 2 W Passive Wide-Band Directional Antenna 2 x MKA 5 5 m Antenna Cable 2 x MKA 20 20 m Antenna Cable 48 x MK PS 0.65 m Antenna Cable

Section:

02

Example Drawing: 8 Channels IVM 4 and 16 Channels WMS 4500 Total mobility of performers on stage is not the only ingredient of a hot show. A personalized, true stereo CD-quality monitor mix makes every musician feel perfectly at ease. The minimal leakage of in-ear monitors makes crosstalk from onstage wedges a thing of the past. These benefits for both musicians and sound engineers make sure that every show will be a success. Using an IVM 4 wireless in-ear monitor system in conjunction with a WMS 4500 and/or WMS 450 wireless microphone system is a complete, single-source professional solution for any application including the most complex live acts. The PSU 4000 central power supply powers the rack mounted SPC 4 antenna combiners and PS 4000 antenna splitters. All transmitters and receivers in the system are powered via the internal antenna cables. What's more, this kind of multichannel system requires only a single transmitting antenna and two receiving antennas. In the example drawing shown on this page, the signals of eight SST 4 stereo transmitters are combined into a single antenna signal. The daisy-chaining capability of the antenna combiners allows up to 16 channels to be fed to a single antenna. The IVM 4 frequencies being coordinated with the wireless microphone frequencies, the setup-to-soundcheck time for a multichannel system including wireless in-ear monitors is not appreciably longer than for a conventional wireless microphone system alone. In the example drawing the entire wireless system including the SST 4 stereo transmitters, SPC 4 antenna combiners, SR 4500 and PS 4000 and PSU 4000 components occupies no more than 17 U of rack space. Picture: 4 Channels IVM 4 and 8 Channels WMS 4500 Your dealer or the AKG Distributor for your country or region will be glad to help you in designing multichannel systems for your specific needs.

Wireless Systems

91

Page 111


Headphones K 271 MK II K 171 MK II K 240 MK II K 141 MK II K 181 DJ K 81 DJ K 702 K 99 K 77 K 44 K 10

114 114 115 115 116 116 117 117 118 118 119

Headsets

Harman Pro Group | 2010

HSD 271 Single HSC 271 HSC 171 HSD 271 HSD 171

Section:

02

Page 112

119 120 120 121 121


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Headphones Headsets

Section:

02

Headsets and headphones from AKG have become the worldwide professional industry standards. The diversity of AKGâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s product range comprises optimum solutions for every application. Each headset or headphone includes the t

leading-edge technology, high-quality materials and exceptional performance AKG has been known for throughout the world.

Page 113


5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch

Studio

01.12.2009

8:15 Uhr

Seite 94

Studio

• Professional circumaural hi-fi stereo studio headphones

• Professional hi-fi stereo studio headphones

• For onstage and studio use

• For broadcast and DJ use

• Leatherette and velvet ear pads

• Leatherette and velvet ear pads

• High noise attenuation

• High ambient noise attenuation

• Automute feature mutes headphones when they are taken off

• Rugged construction for tough handling

The newly designed AKG legend, K 271 MK II combines the benefits of AKG’s circumaural design for extreme comfort and a closed-back design for maximum isolation from ambient noise. Thanks to its XXL transducers, the K 271 MK II sounds clean, smooth and very rich. The K 271 MK II is the perfect choice for any application where sonic bleed could cause problems such as broadcast work. Another important feature of the K 271 MK II is the addition of a switch in the headband that mutes the audio just as soon as the headphones are taken off.

K 171 MK II

The newly designed K 171 MK II combines the benefits of a closed-back design with the lightweight and comfort of supra-aural headphones. The K 171 MK II is an excellent choice for DJ and broadcast applications where no sound can bleed from the headphones into live microphones. The closedback, loud and rugged design gives the K 171 MK II a different low-frequency character and maintains its comfort and flexibility.

Item numbers: K 271 MK II

2470Z00190

Item numbers: K 171 MK II

2908Z00190

EK 300 EK 500 S Earpads velvet (pair) Earpads leatherette (single)

6000H10080 (Connecting cable: 3 m/10 ft.) 6000H10100 (Connecting cable: 5 m/16.5 ft., coiled) 2955M10020 2058Z10010

EK 300 EK 500 S Earpads velvet (pair) Earpads leatherette (single)

6000H10080 (Connecting cable: 3 m/10 ft.) 6000H10100 (Connecting cable: 5 m/16.5 ft., coiled) 2955M10010 2908Z13010

• • • • • • •

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Earpads: Cables:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

94

closed-back, dynamic headphones 91 dB/mW, 104 dB/V 16 to 28,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms leatherette, velvet 3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled cable (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8" to 1/4" screw-on adapter 240 g (8.5 oz.)/550 g (19.4 oz.) velvet earpads, 5 m coiled cable, 3 m single-sided cable

85

85

110

200

K 271 MK II

185

110

190

Harman Pro Group | 2010

205

Page 114

• Single-sided, detachable 3 m cable and 5 m coiled cable

• Single-sided, detachable 3 m cable and 5 m coiled cable

02

• Patented Varimotion speakers

• Patented Varimotion speakers

Section:

• • • • • • •

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Earpads: Cables:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

closed-back, dynamic headphones 94 dB/mW, 107 dB/V 18 to 26,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms leatherette, velvet 3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled cable (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8" to 1/4" screw-on adapter 200 g (7.1 oz.)/500 g (17.6 oz.) velvet earpads, 5 m coiled cable, 3 m single-sided cable


Headphones Studio

• Professional hi-fi stereo studio headphones

• Professional hi-fi stereo studio headphones

• Self-adjusting headband for optimum fit

• Undistorted sound even at high volume levels

• Leatherette and velvet ear pads

• Leatherette and velvet ear pads

• Semi-open, circumaural design

• Semi-open supraaural earphones

• Patented Varimotion speakers

• Patented Varimotion speakers

• Single-sided, detachable 3 m cable and 5 m coiled cable

• Single-sided, detachable 3 m cable and 5 m coiled cable

110

K 141 MK II

85

200

200

K 240 MK II

190

110

The K 240 MK II is a newly updated version of AKG’s most successful headphones with Varimotion technology and XXL transducers. The K 240 MK II’s semi-open ear cups have around-the-ear coupling to deliver solid bass, accurate mids and crystal-clear highs.

The K 141 MK II is a newly updated version of the AKG legend with XXL transducers with Varimotion technology to deliver higher sensitivity, wide dynamic range and higher SPL, plus its lower impedance also allows it to be used with computers and other devices with low-power output.

Thanks to its lower impedance and improved sensitivity, it can be used with low-output audio sources to deliver its incredible sound. The detachable OFC cable has gold-plated plugs for easy transportation and years of loss-free signal transfer.

The gimbalsuspended earcups and self-adjusting headband makes these comfortable to wear. The detachable OFC cable has gold-plated plugs for easy transportation and years of loss-free signal transfer.

Item numbers: K 240 MK II

2058Z00190

Item numbers: K 141 MK II

EK 300 EK 500 S Earpads velvet (pair) Earpads leatherette (single)

6000H10080 (Connecting cable: 3 m/10 ft.) 6000H10100 (Connecting cable: 5 m/16.5 ft., coiled) 2955M10020 2058Z10010

• • • • • • •

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Earpads: Cables:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

semi-open, dynamic headphones 91 dB/mW, 104 dB/V 15 to 25,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms leatherette, velvet 3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled cable (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8" to 1/4" screw-on adapter 240 g (8.5 oz.)/550 g (19.4 oz.) velvet earpads, 5 m coiled cable, 3 m single-sided cable

Harman Pro Group | 2010

190

85

Studio

Section:

02

2144Z00190

EK 300 6000H10080 (Connecting cable: 3 m/10 ft.) EK 500 S 6000H10100 (Connecting cable: 5 m/16.5 ft., coiled) Earpads leatherette (single) 2144Z16010

• • • • • • •

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Earpads: Cables:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

semi-open, dynamic headphones 101 dB/mW, 114 dB/V 18 to 24,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms leatherette, velvet 3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled cable (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8" to 1/4" screw-on adapter 225 g (7.9 oz.)/550 g (19.4 oz.) velvet earpads, 5 m coiled cable, 3 m single-sided cable

Headphones/Headsets

95

Page 115


5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch

Professional DJ use

01.12.2009

8:16 Uhr

Seite 96

DJ use Small clubs and parties

• Professional DJ headphones • Stereo/mono selector

• Semi-professional DJ headphones

• High sound pressure level

• Closed-back design

• Professional 3D-Axis folding mechanism

• High sound pressure level

• 3D-Axis folding mechanism

188

70 95

K 181 DJ

K 81 DJ

The K 181 DJ is the ultimate tool for professional DJs – high performance closed-back headphones with the best possible sound, and maximum SPL that should be exceptionally rugged and easy to bend or fold into any listening position.

Great sound for small venues. Semiprofessional DJs too need dependable equipment. The K 81 DJ fit the bill perfectly. Their closed-back earphones, for instance, provide optimum isolation from ambient noise.

Section:

02

The K 181 DJ have been designed in cooperation with leading international DJs. Their distinguishing features include 3D-Axis professional folding mechanism, high sound pressure level, closed-back earphones, stereo/mono selector, bass boost switch, frequency range from 5 Hz to 30 kHz, detachable cable, and rubberized finish. Item number: K 181 DJ

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Optional accessories:

96

Page 116

Item number: K 81 DJ

3103Z00010

• • • • • •

The K 81 DJ will take heavy usage easily, and their high SPL capability ensures excellent sound quality. Finally, their level of wearing comfort is as impressive as their powerful low end and accurate imaging. With AKG’s 3D-Axis folding mechanism for ease of handling the K 81 DJ fold down into a thin package and are ready for use anytime.

closed-back, dynamic headphones 120 dB/V 5 to 30,000 Hz 3,500 mW 42 ohms 1.8 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8“ to 1/4“ screw-on adapter 280 g (9.9 oz.)/597 g (21.1 oz.) coiled cable

• • • • • •

3102H00010

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable:

• Connector: • Stereo Adapter: • Net/shipping weight:

closed-back, dynamic headphones 115 dB/V 16 to 24,000 Hz 2,000 mW 32 ohms 2.5 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8“ to 1/4“ screw-on adapter 150 g (5.3 oz.)/343 g (12.1 oz.)

212

195

Harman Pro Group | 2010

165

195


Headphones Monitoring Mastering Mixing

Home recording Musical instruments Monitoring

• Flat wire voice coil

• Semi-open hi-fi stereo headphones

• Patented VarimotionTM two-layer diaphragm

• Low weight for excellent comfort

• “3D Form” ear pads for perfect fit

• Skin compatible leatherette ear pads • Excellent price/performance

• Individually tested and numbered

Harman Pro Group | 2010

215

212

185

113 199

86

K 702

K 99

The K 702 are the new reference for open-back dynamic AKG headphones. They combine an extremely accurate response with yet unseen agility and spaciousness. This is achieved by using revolutionary flat-wire voice coils and a patented VarimotionTM two-layer diaphragm. A totally open design and a high performance cable complete these reference headphones. Their comfortable, specially shaped “3D-form” ear pads and a padded genuineleather headband ensure a perfect fit. They are individually tested and numbered.

The newly designed K 99 are semi-open stereo headphones which combine excellent sound and optimum price/performance.

Section:

02

Self-adjusting headband, soft leatherette circumaural earpads, and low weight ensure pleasant fit. Large, high-performance 1.6 inch (40 mm) speakers provide a natural, uncolored sound.

K 702 – experience pure perfection. Item number: K 702

• • • • • • • • •

Item number: K 99

2458Z00190

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable: Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight:

open-back, dynamic headphones 105 dB/V 10 to 39,800 Hz 200 mW 62 ohms 3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free) gold plated stereo jack plug 6.3 mm (1/4“) gold plated convertible jack plug 3.5/6.3 mm (1/4“ to 1/8“) 235 g (8.3 oz.)/850 g (30 oz.)

• • • • • • • • •

6000H09230

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable: Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight:

semi-open, dynamic headphones 112 dB/V 18 to 22,000 Hz 200 mW 32 ohms 3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini plug convertible jack plug (1/8" to 1/4") 210 g (7.4 oz.)/400 g (14.1 oz.)

Headphones/Headsets

97

Page 117


5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch

Monitoring Noisy environment

01.12.2009

8:16 Uhr

Seite 98

Project studios Home recording

• Closed back circumaural headphones

• Closed back circumaural headphones

• Excellent comfort

• 170

Harman Pro Group | 2010

106

215

86

K 77

Section:

02

The newly designed K 77 are cost-efficient headphones for various applications. These closed-back headphones are an all-round performer with solid bass and clean highs at a valuable price. A self-adjusting headband, leatherette earpads, and gimbal suspension ensure excellent comfort.

The K 44 are cost-efficient headphones for different applications, as Project Studios and Home Recording. These closed-back headphones are a true all-round performer with solid bass and clean highs at a value price. The AKG self-adjusting headband, leatherette ear pads, and gimbal suspension ensure good comfort.

Item number: K 77

Item number: K 44

• • • • • • • • •

6000H09210

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable: Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight:

98

Page 118

K 44

closed-back, dynamic headphones 115 dB/V 18 to 20,000 Hz 200 mW 32 ohms 3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini plug convertible jack plug (1/8" to 1/4") 190 g (6.7 oz.)/400 g (14.1 oz.)

• • • • • • • • •

6000H09170

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable: Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight:

closed-back, dynamic headphones 115 dB/V 18 to 20,000 Hz 200 mW 32 ohms 2.5 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini plug convertible jack plug 3.5/6.3 mm (1/8" to 1/4") 190 g (6.7 oz.)/400 g (14.1 oz.)


Headphones/Headsets Conference Tour guide Interpretation system Language lab, language school

Intercom and on-air use • Professional single-earphone headset derived from K 271 Studio headphones • Closed-back earphones • Shock mounted dynamic microphone

• Extremely rugged, supraaural dynamic headphones • Easy to clean, hygienic

• Noiseless microswitches for automatic microphone muting

• Ideal conference headphones

• Headphone auto-mute function

165

160

109

200

K 10

HSD 271 Single

Lightweight yet extremely rugged mono headphones. Plastic coated steel wire headband, individually adjustable supraaural earphones. Easy-to-clean, hygienic plastic earcups. Fully serviceable, single cable.

The HSD 271 is also available in a special version with a single earphone. This model is ideal for all jobs where the user needs to listen to "air-borne" sounds as well as information on the headphones.

Ideal conference headphones.

To ensure excellent audio, the Single version uses the same high quality dynamic microphone and shock mount minimizing mechanical noise. The microphone can be placed on your left or right.

Item number: K 10

Section:

02

2246Z00130 Item number: HSD 271 Single

• • • • • • • • • • •

Harman Pro Group | 2010

230

109

Type: Sensitivity: Frequency range: Impedance: Power handling capybility: THD: Headband pressure: Finish: Cable: Connector: Net/shipping weight:

Dynamic, supraaural/closed-back 98 dB SPL/1 mW 100 to 13,000 Hz 360 ohms 200 mW <1% 2.8 N black 1.5 m (5 ft.), single entry gold plated TS mini jack plug 72 g (2.5 oz.)/110 g (3.9 oz.)

2955Z00240

MICROPHONE: • Type: • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: • Equivalent noise level: • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: HEADPHONES: • Type: • Sensitivity: • Frequency range: • Power rating: • Rated impedance: • T.H.D.: SYSTEM: • Connector: • Cable:

• Finish: • Weight:

dynamic hypercardioid 60 to 17,000 Hz 1 mV/Pa (-60 dB) 124/128 dB 15 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones 94 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V 16 to 28,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.3% 6-pin mini XLR connector 2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled ection, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector (microphone) matte black 265 g (9.4 oz.)/670 g (23.5 oz.)

Headphones/Headsets

99

Page 119


5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch

Studio and broadcast applications

01.12.2009

8:16 Uhr

Seite 100

On-air commentating on radio and TV

• Professional headset derived from K 271 Studio headphones

• Professional headset derived from K 171 Studio headphones

• Closed-back earphones for optimum ambient-noise attenuation

• Closed-back earphones

• Shock mounted condenser microphone optimized for intelligibility of speech • Microphone arm swiveling through 270 degrees for left or right-hand use

• Shock mounted condenser microphone

• Switchable bass cut filter

• Complete with two pairs of replaceable ear pads (velour and leather)

• Headphone auto-mute function

This professional headset has been designed specifically for broadcast use. Its high quality condenser microphone is shock mounted to minimize mechanical noise. The phantom power adapter integrated in the 3-pin XLR microphone connector provides a switchable bass cut filter. Complete with two pairs of (velour and leather) ear pads that are easy to remove and clean.

Section:

02

Item number: HSC 271

2955Z00140

MICROPHONE: • Type: • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level: • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Power requirement: • Current consumption: HEADPHONES: • Type: • Sensitivity: • Frequency range: • Power rating: • Rated impedance: • T.H.D.: SYSTEM: • Connector: • Cable:

• Finish: • Weight:

100

Page 120

Supraaural, closed-back earphones make this professional headset the ideal choice for on-air use. Derived from the high quality, extremely accurate K 171 Studio headphones, the HSC 171 uses a speech optimized condenser microphone. Depending on your preferences or available space, you can place the microphone to the left or right of your mouth. The 3-pin XLR microphone connector provides an integrated phantom power adapter with a switchable bass cut filter. Item number: HSC 171

prepolarized condenser microphone cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa 126 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones 91 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V 16 to 28,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.3% 6-pin mini XLR connector 2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector w/inte-grated HSC-PA phantom power adapter (microphone) matte black 300 g (10.6 oz.)/755 g (26.4 oz.)

85

HSC 171

85

190

HSC 271

185

110

200

205

110

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Switchable bass cut filter

2955Z00120

MICROPHONE: • Type: • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level: • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Power requirement: • Current consumption: HEADPHONES: • Type: • Sensitivity: • Frequency range: • Power rating: • Rated impedance: • T.H.D.: SYSTEM: • Connector: • Cable:

• Finish: • Weight:

prepolarized condenser microphone cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa 126 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA closed-back, supraaural dynamic headphones 94 dB SPL/mW, 107 dB/V 18 to 26,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.4% 6-pin mini XLR connector 2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector w/inte-grated HSC-PA phantom power adapter (microphone) matte black 250 g (8.8 oz.)/720 g (25.2 oz.)


Headsets Recording studio and broadcast applications

Live sound use • Professional headset derived from K 171 Studio headphones • Closed-back earphones

• Professional headset derived from K 271 Studio headphones

• Shock mounted dynamic microphone

• Closed-back earphones for optimum ambient-noise attenuation

• Noiseless microswitches for automatic microphone muting

• Dynamic microphone optimized for intelligibility of speech

• Complete with two pairs of replaceable ear pads (velour and leather)

• Shock mounted transducer • Microphone arm swiveling through 270 degrees for left or right-hand use, with integrated mute switch • Headphone auto-mute function

With its high quality dynamic microphone that is shock mounted to minimize mechanical noise, the HSD 271 is an ideal tool for high quality productions. AKG lightweight construction and the patented AKG self-adjusting headband ensure excellent comfort for many hours on end. Complete with two pairs of (velour and leather) ear pads that are easy to remove and clean. Item number: HSD 271

• Finish: • Weight:

dynamic hypercardioid 60 to 17,000 Hz 1 mV/Pa (-60 dB) 124/128 dB 15 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones 91 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V 16 to 28,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.3% 6-pin mini XLR connector 2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector (microphone) matte black 305 g (10.8 oz.)/760 g (26.6 oz.)

200

85

85

110

HSD 171

Supraaural, closed-back earphones make this headset a truly professional tool for live sound use. Derived from the high quality, extremely accurate K 171 Studio headphones, the HSD 171 uses a speech optimized dynamic microphone that is shock mounted on a microphone arm swiveling through 270 degrees. Item number: HSD 171

2955Z00040

MICROPHONE: • Type: • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: • Equivalent noise level: • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: HEADPHONES: • Type: • Sensitivity: • Frequency range: • Power rating: • Rated impedance: • T.H.D.: SYSTEM: • Connector: • Cable:

205

200

HSD 271

110

• Finish: • Weight:

Section:

02

2955Z00020

MICROPHONE: • Type: • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: • Equivalent noise level: • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: HEADPHONES: • Type: • Sensitivity: • Frequency range: • Power rating: • Rated impedance: • T.H.D.: SYSTEM: • Connector: • Cable:

dynamic hypercardioid 60 to 17,000 Hz 1 mV/Pa (-60 dBV) 124/128 dB 15 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms closed-back, supraaural dynamic headphones 94 dB SPL/mW, 107 dB/V 18 to 26,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.4% 6-pin mini XLR connector 2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector (microphone) matte black 255 g (9 oz.)/725 g (25.4 oz.)

Headphones/Headsets

Harman Pro Group | 2010

205

101

Page 121


5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:34 Uhr

Seite 102

Accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Windscreens W 23

W 30

W 32

W 44

For use with ball head microphones approx. 50 mm

For use with CK 31, CK 32, and CK 33

For use with microphones approx. 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter, e.g., CK 61-ULS

For use with C 520

Item number: 6000H06210

Item number: 2765Z00300

Item number: 6000H06240

Item number: 2344Z01010

Harman Pro Group | 2010

W 48

W 49

W 68

For use with CK 69-ULS

For use with CK 69-ULS

For use with C 568 B

Item number: 2569Z40010

Item number: 2569Z41010

Item number: 2168Z30010

Section:

02 W 77 W 77/P

W 77 M

For use with CK 77 WR and C 577 WR

Wire mesh windscreens for use with CK 77 WR and C 577 WR

Item number: 2421Z01010

Item number: black: 9999N06240 flesh-tone (/P): 9999N06250

Item numbers: black: 6000H05760 flesh-tone (/P): 6000H05780

W 77 Set

W 90

W 98

Windscreen-Set for use with CK 77 WR and C 577 WR

For use with AKG Blue Line capsules CK 91/92/93/94, and C 451 B

For use with CK 98

Item number: 6000H05750

Item number: 2496Z00010

Item number: 2439Z30010

W 70 For use with CK 47 and C 747 V11

102

Page 122


Accessories

W 407

W 414

W 444

W 547

For use with C 417

For use with C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II and C 3000

For use with C 555 L

For use with C 547 BL

Item number: W 407: 2366Z06010

Item number: 2802Z05010

Item number: 2656Z10010

Item number: 2448Z00010

W 1000

W 3001

W 3004

W 4000

For use with ball head microphones approx. 40 to 50 mm (1.6 to 2 in.) in diam.

For use with C 1000 S

For use with ball head microphones approx. 40 to 50 mm (1.6 to 2 in.) in diam.

For use with C 5, C 5 WL 1, D 5, D 5 WL 1, D 7, D 7 WL 1, P 3 S and P 5 / P 5 S

For use with C 4000 B and C 4500 B-BC

Item number: 6001H05120

Item number: 2331Z14010

Item number: 2630Z00010

Item number: 2630Z00040

Item number: 2802Z02010

Harman Pro Group | 2010

W 880

Section:

Accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Supports

02

H 30

H 40/1

H 41

H 47

Universal shock mount

Tie clip for use with all lavalier microphones

Tie pin for use with all lavalier microphones

Shock mount for use with C 747 V11

Item number: 2183Z00010

Item number: 2544Z00030

Item number: 2544Z00020

Item number: 2423Z01010

H 50

H 85

H 300

Stereo bar for use with C 747 V11

Universal shock mount for all microphones with shaft diameters from 19 to 26 mm (0.75 to 1 in.), e.g. C 414 XLS und C 414 XL II.

Clip for X/Y or MS configurations

Item number: 6000H05710

Item number: 2803Z00080

Item number: 2595Z00010

103

Page 123


5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:35 Uhr

Seite 104

Accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Supports/Stand Adapters

Harman Pro Group | 2010

H 500

H 600

SA 44

Shock mount for goosenecks with integrated XLR connector, e.g., CGN 321 E.

Shock mount for all goosenecks 8 mm (0.3 in.) in diameter including reducing socket A 608

For vocal microphones

Item number: 6000H01900

Item number: 2426Z00030

Item number: 6001H06320

SA 47

SA 60

SA 61

For use with C 747 V11

For use with straight-shaft microphones

For use with conical-shaft microphones

Item number: 2186Z00050

Item number: 6000H60010

Item number: 6000H61010

Section:

02 SA 63 For use with WMS handheld transmitters Item number: 6000H63010

Accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Stands/Phantom Power Adapters/Cables ST 1

ST 45

ST 46

Folding mini tripod dia.: 260 mm (10 in.), h: 85 mm (3.3 in.)

Low-profile table stand w/off-center threaded stub dia.: 115 mm (4.5 in.)

Miniature stand for small microphonesdia.: 70 mm (2.8 in.), h: 45 mm (1.8 in.)

Item number: 6000H04200

Item number: 6000H03080

104

Page 124

Item number: 6000H03060


Accessories

ST 305

B 18

B 29 L

Heavy-duty table stand dia.: 170 mm (6.7 in.), h: 95 mm (3.7 in.)

Battery operated phantom power supply for one condenser microphone

Battery operated power supply and mini mixer for one or two microphones with L-plug

Item number: 6000H03050

Item number: 2198Z00020

Item number: 6000H04620

MKG L

Phantom power adapter with XLR connector for L type MicroMic microphones with integrated bass roll-off switch.

Instrument cable for wireless bodypack transmitters.

Item number: 3170H00020

Item number: 2455Z00500

Harman Pro Group | 2010

MPA V L

Section:

Other Accessories

02

A 61

A 91

GNS 36

MF-DA

180째 swivel joint for connecting C 480 B and capsule

Swivel adapter for connecting SE 300 B and capsule

360 mm (14 in.) gooseneck, black

Mounting flange for use with GN Series

Item number: 2363Z00010

Item number: 2491Z00010

Item number: 6000H03440

Item number: 2647Z00010

MSH 70

PF 80

PS 3 F-LOCK

SHZ 80

Short gooseneck for use with C 747 V11

Universal pop filter for use with vocal recording microphones

Lockable panel-mount XLR connector for goosenecks with integrated 3-pin XLR connector, e.g., CGN 321 E.

Slotted screw link for use with C 747 V11

Item number: 2419M01020

Item number: 6000H06320

Item number: 2425Z00010

Item number: 3416Z01020

105

Page 125


5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:35 Uhr

Seite 106

Accessories Matrix

Boundary Layer and Shotgun Microphones 106

Page 126

n

n

n

H 600

H 300 n

n

H 47

n

n

H 41

n

n

n

H 30

H 85

H 40/1

W 4000

W 3004

W 3001

W 1000

W 880

W 547

W 444

W 414

W 407

W 98

W 90

W 77 Set

W 77 M

W 77, W 77/P

W 80

W 70

W 68

W 48/ W 49

W 44

W 32

W 30

W 23

n

H 50

C 12 VR C 451 B/C451 B/ST C 414 XLS C 414 XL II C 214 C 4000 B C 3000 C 2000 B C 1000 S C 4500 B-BC D 230 C 480 B/ULS 61 CK 69-ULS C 391 B CK 98 Perception 820 Perception 420 Perception 220 Perception 170 Perception 120 (USB) C5 C 535 EB D 7/D 7 S/D 7 LTD D 5/D 5 S D 770 P 5, P 5 S, P 3 S D 44 S, D 55 S, D 77 S, D 88 S D 112 D 11, D 22 C 430 P 4, P 2 C 518 M, C 519 M C 518 ML, C 519 ML C 411 L C 516 ML HC 577 C 520 C 555 L CK 77 WR C 417 CK 55 L GN E/GN ESP Serie GN Serie GN E 5Pin Serie GN 155 Set CK 31, CK 32, CK 33 CK 47 CK 80 CGN 321 E/CGN 521 E CGN 323 E/CGN 523 E D 58 E D 542 E HM 1000, CHM 21 C 747 V11 C 547 BL C 542 BL, C 562 CM C 568 B

Supports

H 500

Lavalier Microphones

Headworn Microphones

Clip-on Microphones

02

Handheld Microphones

Section:

Instrumental Microphones

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Recording and Broadcast Microphones

Product

Windscreens

n

n

n n

n

n

n

n n n

n n

n

n n

n

n n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n n

n n

n n n

n n n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n n n n n

n

n

n

n

n

n n n

n

n

n

n

n n

n

n

n

n

n

n n n

n

n

n n

n

All accessories listed above are available separately. Accessories supplied as standard with specific products are listed in the specifications tables for the appropriate products.


Accessories Matrix

Handheld Microphones Instrumental Microphones

Clip-on Microphones Headworn Microphones Lavalier Microphones Boundary Layer and Shotgun Microphones

SHZ 80

PS 3 F-LOCK

PF 80

MSH 70

MF-DA

GNS 36

A 91

Other Accessories

A 61

n

MPA V L

n

B 29 L

B 18

ST 46

ST 45

ST 1

SA 63

SA 61

SA 60

SA 47

SA 44

ST 305

C 12 VR C 451 B/C451 B/ST C 414 XLS C 414 XL II C 214 C 4000 B C 3000 C 2000 B C 1000 S C 4500 B-BC D 230 C 480 B/ULS 61 CK 69-ULS C 391 B CK 98 Perception 820 Perception 420 Perception 220 Perception 170 Perception 120 (USB) C5 C 535 EB D 7/D 7 S/D 7 LTD D 5/D 5 S D 770 P 5, P 5 S, P 3 S D 44 S, D 55 S, D 77 S, D 88 S D 112 D 11, D 22 C 430 P 4, P 2 C 518 M, C 519 M C 518 ML, C 519 ML C 411 L C 516 ML HC 577 C 520 C 555 L CK 77 WR C 417 CK 55 L GN E/GN ESP Serie GN Serie GN E 5Pin Serie GN 155 Set CK 31, CK 32, CK 33 CK 47 CK 80 CGN 321 E/CGN 521 E CGN 323 E/CGN 523 E D 58 E D 542 E HM 1000, CHM 21 C 747 V11 C 547 BL C 542 BL, C 562 CM C 568 B

Phantom Power Adapters

Stands

n n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n n n

n

n

n n

n

n

n n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n n

n n

n

n n

n

n

n

n

n

n

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Recording and Broadcast Microphones

Product

Stand Adapters

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n n

Section:

02

n n n

n

n

n n

n n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n n n

n n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n n n

n

n

n

n

n

107

Page 127


5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:35 Uhr

Seite 108

Application Guide Recording Microphones Standard

Advanced

Premium

C 1000, C 2000 B, Perception 170

C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Lead/Solo Vocals

C 1000 S, C 2000 B, Perception 120

C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Backing Vocals

C 1000 S, C 2000 B, Perception 120

C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 12 VR, C 414 XLS

Acoustic Guitar

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, C 451 B

Guitar-Amp

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Application Speech

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Double Bass

C 4000 B

D 112, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II

Perception 220

C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, D 112

Violin

C 451 B, C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 120, Perception 220

C 214, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, Perception 420, Pereption 820

C 414 XL S

Cello

C 451 B, C 1000 S, C 3000, D 112, Perception 220, Perception 820

C 4000 B, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, Perception 420

C 214, C 414 XL S

Zither

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XL S, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 451 B, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

C 3000, C 214, Perception 220

Perception 420, Perception 820, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

C 414 XLS

Grand Piano (Rock & Jazz)

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XLS, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 451 B, C 214, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Upright Piano

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XLS, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 451 B, C 214, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

C 2000 B, C 3000

C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Saxophone

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120

C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XLS, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Trombone

C 3000

C 4000 B, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, Perception 220, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XLS, Perception 420

French Horn

C 3000

C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, Perception 420

C 3000, Perception 220

C 4000 B, D 112, C 214, C 414 XLS, C 12 VR, Perception 420

C 414 XLS

C 1000 S, C 2000 B, Perception 820

C 3000, C 4000 B, C 214, Perception 220, Perception 420

C 414 XLS, 414 XL II, C 12 VR, C 451 B

Flute

C 1000 S, Perception 170, Perception 120, Perception 820

C 2000 B, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420

C 214, C 414 XLS, 414 XL II, C 12 VR, C 451 B

Harmonica

C 1000 S, Perception 170, Perception 120, Perception 820

C 2000 B, C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XLS, Perception 220, Perception 420

C 214, C 414 XL II, C 451 B

C 2000 B, D 112, Perception 170

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 451 B, C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Kick Drum

C 3000, Perception 220

C 4000 B, Perception 420, Perception 820

D 112, C 214, C 414 XLS

Snare Drum

Perception 170

C 1000 S

C 451 B, C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II

TOM-TOMS

C 2000 B, Perception 170

C 451 B, C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, D 112, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II

Bass-Amp

Grand Piano (classical)

Section:

02

Trompet

Tuba Clarinet

Bongos/Congas

Cymbals

Perception 170

Perception 820

C 451 B

Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 2000 B, C 4000 B

C 451 B

Application

Standard

Advanced

Premium

Lead Vocals

P 5, D 88 S, WMS 40 PRO, SO 40

D 5, C 5, C 520, WMS 450

D 7, D 7 LTD, C 535 EB, WMS 4500

P 3 S, P 5, D 77 S, D 88 S

D 5, C 5, C 520

D 7, D 7 LTD, C 535 EB

Piano

D 770 x2, C 430 x2, Perception 170, Perception 220

C 411 + C 1000 S, C 516 x2, C 391 B x2, C 3000 x2, C 542, C 214

C 4000 B x2, C 480 B/CK 61, C 414 XLS

Acoustic String Instruments

D 77 S, D 770, WMS 40 PRO, Perception 170, C 430

C 411, C 1000 S, C 3000, D 40, WMS 450, C 214

C 451 B, C 4500 B-BC, WMS 4500

HI-HAT

Stage Microphones

Backing Vocals/Choir

108

Page 128


Application Guide

Stage Microphones Application Wind Instruments Electric Guitar Amp Bass Guitar Amp Upright Bass

Standard

Advanced

D 77, P 4, P 2, P 3 S, WMS 40 PRO, Perception 220 C 519, C 1000 S, C 3000, D 40, WMS 450, C 214

Premium C 4500 B-BC, WMS 4500

D 77 S, D 770, P 4, P 2, P 3 S, Guitar Set FLEXX, Perception 220

D 40, C 516, WMS 450, C 3000, C 214

C 4500 B-BC, WMS 4500, C 414 XL II

D 770, P 2, Guitar Set FLEXX + GB 40, Perception 220

D 40, WMS 450, C 516, D 112, C 214

C 4500 B-BC, WMS 4500

C 411, C 516, C 214

D 112

D 5, D 40, D 112, C 1000 S, C 2000 B, C 3000, C 214

C 4000,C 4500 B-BC, C 480 B / CK 61

Snare Drum

D 77 S, P 4, Perception 170

D 40, C 518, C 214

C 451 B, C 747 V11, C 480 B / CK 61

Bass Drum

P2

C 542 BL

D 112, C 4500 B-BC, C 547BL

D 770, C 430, Perception 120, Perception 170

C 1000 S C 391 B, C 451, C 535 EB, C 3000, C 214

C 4000 B, C 414 XLS

D 77 S, P 4, P 2, Perception 170, Perception 420

D 40, C 518, C 519, C 451 B, C 3000, C 214

C 4000 B

Standard

Advanced

Premium

Conferencing, Podium, Discussions Ceiling Mount/Choir – Flown

CHM 21

HM 1000 + CK 31/CK 33

HM 1000 + CK 47

Ceiling Mount/Choir – Boundary Mic

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

Handheld microphone – wireless

WMS 450 Vocal Set

WMS 4500

DMS 700

Handheld microphone – hardwire

D5

C5

D 7, C 535 DMS 700, C 520 L

Cymbals/Hi-Hat Toms Toms/Percussion

Harman Pro Group | 2010

P 2, Perception 220 D 88 S, D 770, P 4, P 2, P 3 S, P 5, C 430, Perception 120, Perception 170, Perception 220, Perception 420

Home Recording

Installed Microphones Application

Lavalier/Headset – wireless

WMS 450 Presenter Set

WMS 4500

Lavalier/Headset – hardwire

CK 55 L + MPA V L

C 555 L + MPA V L

C 520

Stand/Table Mount – Boundary Mic

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

Stand/Table Mount – Gooseneck

CGN 321 E

GN ESP + CK 31/CK 33

Architectural Series, C 747 V11

Theatres and Multipurpose Halls Ceiling Mount/Choir – Flown

CHM 21

HM 1000 + CK 31/CK 33

HM 1000 + CK 47

Ceiling Mount/Choir – Boundary Mic

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

Handheld microphone – wireless

WMS 450 Vocal Set

WMS 4500

DMS 700

Handheld microphone – hardwire

D5

C5

D7, C 535 EB

Lavalier/Headset – wireless

WMS 450 Presenter Set

WMS 4500

DMS 700, CK 77, HC 577 L

Lavalier/Headset – hardwire

CK 55 L + MPA V L

C 417 L + MPA V L

C 577 WR

Stand/Table Mount – Boundary Mic

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

Stand/Table Mount – Gooseneck

CGN 321 E

GN ESP + CK 31/CK 33

Architectural Series, C 747 V11

Houses of Worship Altar, pulpit – Boundary Mic

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

Altar, pulpit – Gooseneck

CGN 321 E

GN ESP + CK 31/CK 80

Architectural Series, C 747 V11 HM 1000 + CK 47

Ceiling Mount/Choir – Flown

CHM 21

HM 1000 + CK 31/CK 33

Handheld microphone – wireless

WMS 40 PRO Vocal Set

WMS 450 Vocal Set

WMS 4500

Handheld microphone – hardwire

D5

C5

D 7, C 535 EB

Lavalier/Headset – wireless

WMS 40 PRO Sports Set

WMS 450 Headworn Set, WMS 450 Presenter Set

C 520 L, WMS 4500 + PT 4500

Lavalier/Headset – hardwire

CK 55 + MPA V L

C 417 L + MPA V L

HC 577 L + MPA V L

HM 1000 + CK 80

HM 1000 + CK 31/CK 33

HM 1000 + CK 47

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

WMS 40 PRO Vocal Set

WMS 450 Vocal Set

WMS 4500

Leisure Centers, Restaurants, Clubs, Bars, … Ceiling Mount/Choir – Flown Ceiling Mount/Choir – Boundary Mic Handheld microphone – wireless Handheld microphone – hardwire Headset – wireless

D5

C5

D 7, C 535

WMS 40 PRO Sports Set

WMS 450 Headworn Set

C 520 L, WMS 4500 + PT 4500

Headset – hardwire

C 555 L + MPA V L

C 520

Stand/Table Mount – Boundary Mic

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

Stand/Table Mount – Gooseneck

CGN 321 E

GN ESP + CK 31/CK 80

Architectural Series, C 747 V11

Section:

02

109

Page 129


5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:35 Uhr

Seite 110

Patents

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

02

110

Page 130

Patent Numbers

Description

Related Products

AT 395.225 DE 4.103.784 JP 2.815.488

Electrostatic transducer

C 12 VR, C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II C 4000 B, C 4500 B-BC

AT 392.182 DE 4.021.661

Electrode support for condenser transducer

C 5, C 5 WL1, C 451 B, C 1000 S, C 2000 B, CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94, CK 98

AT 403.751 US 6,185,809 EP 814.637 (DE, DK, FI, FR, GB, IT, NL)

Varimotion â&#x20AC;&#x201C; multiple-thickness diaphragm for dynamic transducer

D 40, D 5, D 5 S, D 5 WL1, D 7, D 7 S, D 7 WL 1, D 7 LTD, D 230, D 770, K 141 MK II, K 171 MK II, K 240 MK II, K 271 MK II, K 702

AT 407.322 US 6,351,543

Pressure compensation cavity for condenser transducer

CK 77 WR, C 577 WR, HC 577

AT 411.513 US 6,510,231

Electrostatic transducer

C 2000 B

US 6,622,820

Pop filter

C 4500 B-BC

AT 408.706 US 6,639,991 ZL 01116806

Acoustics slot resistor for dynamic transducer

K 141 Studio MK II, K 171 Studio MK II, K 240 Studio MK II, K 271 Studio MK II

AT 408.280 GB 2.349.230 US 6,344,730

Remaining battery life

WMS 450, WMS 4500, IVM 4

AT 410.994 ZL 021302618 US 6,619,969

Plug

GB 40 FLEXX

AT 414.198 JP 3.984.595 US 7,172,052 ZL 200410003774.6 RU 2.282.954

3D-Axis folding mechanism

K 181 DJ, K 81 DJ

AT 413.923 RU 2.282.953 JP 3.984.954 ZL 200410003773.1 US 7,072,483

3D-Axis folding mechanism

K 181 DJ, K 81 DJ

ZL 0211301956

Stereo multiplex Encoder

IVM 4

EP 641.143 (AT, DE, DK, FR, GB, NL, SE) JP 3.565.908 US 5.544.249

Method of Simulating Sound Impression

SST 4, IVM 4

AT 412.682 ZL 02131918.9 US 6,789,311 JP 4271919

Flat wire voice coil

K 702

US 7,439,706

Battery control

HT 4500, PT 4500, CU 4000, BP 4000, SPR 4,

EP 1.923.994

Audio Compressor

IVM 4, DMS 700


Patents/Key to Product Names

Key to AKG Product Names Here is a list of the prefixes and suffixes we use to designate the various types of products:

Accessory Prefixes:

Microphone, Headphone, and System Suffixes:

C

B

B

Condenser microphone, e.g., C 5

Battery power supply, e.g., B 18, B 29 L

Bass rolloff or bass cut filter, e.g., C 568 B

CK

GNS

BL

Condenser microphone capsule, e.g., CK 98

Gooseneck system, e.g., GNS 36

Boundary microphone, e.g., C 400 BL

D

Support, e.g., H 30

CM

MPA

Ceiling mount microphone, e.g., C 562 CM

Phantom power adapter for microphones, e.g., MPA V L

E

Dynamic microphone, e.g., D 5

GN Gooseneck for Discreet Acoustics Series microphones, e.g., GN 15 E

HSC Headset with condenser microphone, e.g., HSC 271

HSD

H

MSH Gooseneck for microphones, e.g., MSH 70

SA Stand adapter, e.g., SA 60, SA 61

XLR connector. e.g., GN 15 E. Also used for some earlier microphone models, to distinguish versions with XLR connectors, e.g., C 535 EB, from versions with DIN connectors

L

Headset with dynamic microphone, e.g., HSD 271

ST

HT

Floor or table stand, e.g., ST 1, ST 45

Microphones or systems with miniature-XLR connector, e.g., C 417 L

Handheld transmitter for wireless microphone systems, e.g., HT 4500

W

M

K Headphones, e.g., K 240 MK II

PT Bodypack transmitter for wireless microphone systems, e.g., PT 4500

SE Powering module for modular microphones, e.g., SE 300 B

SR Stationary receiver for wireless microphone systems, e.g., SR 4500

WMS

Windscreen, e.g., W 23, W 32

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Microphone, Headphone, and System Prefixes:

Section:

02

Modular System like D 3800 M or C 519 M

ML Microphones or systems with miniature-XLR connector, e.g., C 518 ML

/P Microphones in flesh-color finish, e.g., C 477 WR L/P

PP Microphones with phantom power adapter provided, e.g., C 417 PP

S On/off switch, e.g., D 5 S

Wireless microphone system, e.g., WMS 4500

111

Page 131


5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:35 Uhr

Seite 112

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Recording Microphones

02

Im pe da nc e

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

pa d Pr ea tte nu at ion

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

M ax fo . SP rx L % TH D

cardioid, omnidirectional, figure-eight, and 6 intermediate positions, remotely selectable

30 to 20,000 Hz

10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 10-dB increase, selectable by internal switch

for 3% THD: 128/138/148 dB

22 dB-A

72 dB

10 dB, 20 dB, selectable

6 dB/octave at 100 Hz, 12 dB/octave at 130 Hz

≤200 ohms

C 451 B

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

9 mV/Pa (-41 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 135/145/155 dB (0/-10/-20 dB)

18 dB-A

76 dB

0 dB, 10 dB, 20 dB selectable

flat, 12 dB/ octave at 75 or 150 Hz, selectable

≤200 ohms

C 414 XL S

omnidirectional, wide cardioid, cardioid, hypercardioid, figure eight

20 to 20,000 Hz (see frequency response traces)

23 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) ± 0.5 dB

for 0.5% THD: 200/400/800/ 1600 Pa = 140/146/152/ 158 dB (0/-6/ -12/-18 dB)

6 dB-A (0 dB preattenuation)

88 dB

-6 dB, -12 dB, -18 dB, switchable

12 dB/octave at 40 Hz and 80 Hz 6 dB/octave at 160 Hz

≤200 ohms

C 414 XL II

omnidirectional, wide cardioid, cardioid, hypercardioid, figure eight

20 to 20,000 Hz (see frequency response traces)

23 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) ± 0.5 dB

for 0.5% THD: 200/400/800/ 1600 Pa = 140/146/152/ 158 dB (0/-6/ -12/-18 dB)

6 dB-A (0 dB preattenuation)

88 dB

-6 dB, -12 dB, -18 dB, switchable

12 dB/octave at 40 Hz and 80 Hz 6 dB/octave at 160 Hz

≤200 ohms

Cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa

for 0.5 % THD: 136 / 156 dB SPL

13 dB-A

81 dB

0/-20 dB, switchable

160 Hz, 6 dB/ Octave, switchable

≤200 ohms

omnidirectional, cardioid, hypercardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 145/155 dB

8 dB-A

86 dB

10 dB, switchable

12 dB/octave at 100 Hz

≤200 ohms

C 3000

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 140/150 dB

14 dB-A

80 dB

10 dB, switchable

6 dB/octave below 500 Hz

≤200 ohms

C 2000 B

cardioid

30 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV)

for 5% THD: 140/150 dB

20 dB-A

74 dB

10 dB, switchable

6 dB/octave below 500 Hz

≤200 ohms

C 1000 S

cardioid, hypercardioid (with PPC 1000 mounted)

50 to 20,000 Hz

6 mV/Pa (-44 dBV)

for 1% THD: 137 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

cardioid

30 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 145/155 dB

8 dB-A

86 dB

omnidirectional

40 to 20,000 Hz

2.5 mV/Pa (-52 dBV)

C 480 B combULS/61

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

40/20/ 6.3 mV/Pa (-28/-34/-44 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 134/140/ 144 dB

13/11/17 dB-A

81/83/77 dB

+6/0/-10 dB, selectable

CK 61-ULS

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

40/20/ 6,3 mV/Pa (-28/-34/-44 dBV)

(for 0,5% THD) 134/140/144 dB

13/11/17 dB-A

81/83/77 dB

+6/0/-10 dB, selectable

C 4000 B

C 4500 B-BC

D 230

112

Page 132

Se ns iti vit y

C 12 VR

C 214

Section:

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Po lar pa tte rn

Comparison chart

≤200 ohms

20 dB, switchable

6 dB/octave at 120 Hz

≤200 ohms

≤320 ohms

12 dB/octave at 70 and 150 Hz

≤150 ohms


Op tio na la cc es so rie s

ac ce ss or ies

Ne t/s hi pp in g

from supplied N 12 VR power supply

12-pin DIN

green/gold

42 dia. x 225 mm (1.7 dia. x 8.9 in.)

680 g (24 oz.)/ 4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.)

H 15/T, MK-Tube, N 12 VR, W 42

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

satin nickel plated

19 dia. x 160 mm (0.75 dia. x 6.3 in.)

125 g (4.4 oz.)/ 760 g (1.7 lbs.)

SA 60, Sound Tool Case, W 90

≥2,200 ohms

48 V phantom power

approximately 4.5 mA

3-pin XLR to IEC

dark grey/silver

50 x 38 x 160 mm (2.0 x 1.5 x 6.3 in.)

300 g (10.6 oz.)

H 85, PF 80, Soundtool Case, W 414 X

H 50, ST 305

≥2,200 ohms

48 V phantom power

approximately 4.5 mA

3-pin XLR to IEC

dark grey/gold

50 x 38 x 160 mm (2.0 x 1.5 x 6.3 in.)

300 g (10.6 oz.)

H 85, PF 80, Soundtool Case, W 414 X

H 50, ST 305

≥1,000 ohm

12 to 52 V

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

matte grayish blue

160 x 56 mm (6.3 x 2.2 in.)

280 g (9.9 oz.)/ 1450 g (3.2 lbs.)

H 85 Shock Mount, W 214 Windscreen, Metal Carrying Case H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 214

B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

St an da rd

Di m en sio ns

we ig ht Fin ish

from supplied N 12 VR power supply

Cu rre nt

≥1,000 ohms

Po we rin g

Co nn ec to r

co ns um pt ion

61 93 8) (IE C

Re c loa omm d im end pe ed da nc e

Comparison chart

PF 80

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

silver grey

58 dia. x 183 mm (2.3 dia. x 7.2 in.)

450 g (1 lb.)/ 1 kg (2.2 lbs.)

H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 4000

B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

silver grey

53 dia. x 162 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.4 in.)

320 g (11.3 oz.)/ 950 g (2.1 lbs.)

H 85, Sound Tool Case

B 18, PF 80, SA 61, W 414 X, ST 305

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

silver grey

53 dia. x 159 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.3 in.)

325 g (11.5 oz.)/ 950 g (2 lbs.)

H 85, Sound Tool Case

B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power or internal 9 V battery

approx. 2 mA

3-pin XLR

matte silver enamel

34 dia. x 220 mm (1.4 dia. x 8.7 in.)

320 g (11.3 oz.)/ 650 g (1.4 lbs.)

PB 1000, PPC 1000, SA 63, Sound Tool Case, W 1000

H 30, PF 80, ST 305

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

silver grey

58 dia. x 183 mm (2.3 dia. x 7.2 in.)

450 g (1 lb.)/ 1 kg (2.2 lbs.)

H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 4000

B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

3-pin XLR

dark grey

50 dia. x 218 mm (2 dia. x 8.3 in.)

225 g (7.9 oz.)/ 840 g (1.9 lbs.)

SA 44

H 30, SA 61, W 23, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

3-pin XLR

matte black

21 dia. X 173 mm (0.8 dia. x 6.8 in.)

140/500g (4.9 oz./1.1 lbs)

W 32 windscreen, SA 60, Sound Tool Case

A 61, H 30, H 50, H 85, H 300, PF 80, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

matte black

21 dia. x 23/27 mm (0.8 dia. x 0.9/ 1.1 in.)

25 g ( 0.9 oz.)/ 150 g (5.3 oz.)

W 32 windscreen

A 61

≥1,000 ohms

≥2.000 ohms// 1.000 pF

through C 480 B

through C 480 B

through C 480 B

through C 480 B

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

02

113

Page 133


02

Recording Microphones

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Seite 114

Im pe da nc e

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

Pr ea tte nu at ion

pa d

8:35 Uhr

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

M ax fo . SP rx L % TH D

Se ns iti vit y

01.12.2009

CK 62-ULS

omnidirectional

20 to 20,000 Hz

40/20/6.3 mV/ Pa (-28/-34/ -44 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 134/140/144 dB

13/11/17 dB-A

81/83/77 dB

+6/0/-10 dB, selectable

CK 63-ULS

hypercardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

40/20/6.3 mV/ Pa (-28/-34/ -44 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 134/140/144 dB

13/11/17 dB-A

81/83/77 dB

+6/0/-10 dB, selectable

CK 69-ULS

hypercardioid/ directional

20 to 18,000 Hz

54/27/8,5 mV/ Pa (-25/-31/ -41 dBV)

134/140/142 dB (for 0,5% THD)

11/9/15 dB-A

83/85/79 dB

+6/0/-10 dB, selectable

CK 91

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV)

132/142 dB (for 1% THD)

17 dB-A

77 dB

CK 92

omnidirectional

20 to 20,000 Hz

10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV)

132/142 dB (for 1% THD)

17 dB-A

77 dB

CK 93

hypercardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV)

132/142 dB (for 1% THD)

17 dB-A

77 dB

CK 94

figure-eight

20 to 20,000 Hz

10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV)

132/142 dB (for 1% THD)

22 dB-A

72 dB

CK 98

hypercardioid/ directional

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV)

124/134 dB (for 1% THD)

17 dB-A

77 dB

C 391 B

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

10 mV/Pa

132/142 dB (for 1% THD)

17 dB-A

77 dB

/- 10 dB, selectable

12 dB/octave at 75 HZ

≤200 ohms

Perception 820 Tube

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV ±3 dB)

135/155 0/-20 dB (0,5% dB) (for 0,5% THD)

16 dB-A

78 dB

/-20 dB (selectable via remote control)

12 dB/octave at 80 Hz (selectable via remote control)

≤200 ohms

Perception 420

Cardioid, omnidirectional, figure-eight

20 to 20,000 Hz

28 mV/Pa (-31 dBV)

135/155 0/-20 dB (0,5% dB) (for 0,5 % THD)

16 dB-A

78 dB

0 dB, -20 dB

12 dB/octave at 300 Hz

≤200 ohms

Perception 220

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV)

135 dB/155 dB (0/-20 dB) (for 0,5% THD)

16 dB-A

78 dB

0 dB, -20 dB

12 dB/octave at 300 Hz

<200 ohms

Perception 170

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

12 mV/Pa (-38 dBV)

135 / 155 dB SPL (0 / -20 dB) (for 0,5% THD)

< 21 dB-A

73 dB (re 1 Pa)

0 dB, -20 dB

12 dB/octave at 300 Hz

≤200 ohms

Perception 120

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

22 mV/Pa (-33 dBV)

130/150 dB (0/-20 dB) (for 0,5% THD)

22 dB-A

62 dB

0 dB, -20 dB

12 dB/octave at 300 Hz

<200 ohms

Perception 120 USB

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

0 dB, -20 dB

6 dB/octave at 120 Hz

114

Page 134

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Po lar pa tte rn

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch


Op tio na la cc es so rie s

ac ce ss or ies

we ig ht

W 32 windscreen

A 61

through C 480 B

through C 480 B

matte black

21 dia. x 23/27 mm (0.8 dia. x 0.9/ 1.1 in.)

25 g ( 0.9 oz.)/ 150 g (5.3 oz.)

W 32 windscreen

A 62

through C 480 B

through C 480 B

matte black

21 dia. x 176/ 317 mm (0.8 dia. x 6.9./ 12.4 in.)

70/500g (2.4 oz./1.1 lbs.)

W 48, W 49

A 61, H 30

through SE 300 B

through SE 300 B

bayonet mount

dark grey

19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.)

35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.)

W 90

A 91

through SE 300 B

through SE 300 B

bayonet mount

dark grey

19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.)

35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.)

W 90

A 91

through SE 300 B

through SE 300 B

bayonet mount

dark grey

19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.)

35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.)

W 90

A 91

through SE 300 B

through SE 300 B

bayonet mount

dark grey

19 dia. x 43/59 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.7/ 2.3 in.)

45 g (1.9 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.)

W 90

A 91

through SE 300 B

through SE 300 B

bayonet mount

dark grey

19 dia. x 247/ 262 mm (0.7 dia. x 9.7/10.3 in.)

80 g (2.8 oz.)/ 500 g (1.1 lb.)

W 98

A 91, H 30

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

dark grey

19 dia 146 mm (0.7 dia. x 5.7 in.)

80/500g (2.8 oz./1.1 lbs.)

W 98

A 91, H 30

via remote control

7-pin XLS (this product only)

53 dia. x 212 mm (2.1 dia. x 8.3 in.)

870/5400g (1.9/11.9 lbs.)

Sound Tool Case, EU/UK/US energyand microphone cable, spider suspension

PF 80, ST 305

≥1,000 ohms

St an da rd

Ne t/s hi pp in g

25 g ( 0.9 oz.)/ 150 g (5.3 oz.)

Fin ish

21 dia. x 23/27 mm (0.8 dia. x 0.9/ 1.1 in.)

Co nn ec to r

matte black

Cu rre nt

Di m en sio ns

co ns um pt ion

61 93 8)

through C 480 B

Po we rin g

through C 480 B

Section:

≥1,000 ohms

48 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

metallic blue/ nickel grille

53 dia. x 165 mm/ 2 x 6.3 in.

525 g (18.5 oz.)/ 1,970 g (4.3 lb.)

metal case, spider suspension

PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

≥1,000 ohms

48 V phantom power

<2 mA

3-pin XLR

metallic blue/ nickel grille

53 dia. x 165 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.)

525 g (18.5 oz.)/ 1,970 g (4.3 lb.)

metal case, spider suspension

PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

≥1,000 ohms

48 V phantom powe

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR-type (pin #2 hot)

metallic blue

22 dia. X 160 mm/ 0.09 x 6.3 in.

130 g (4.6 oz.)/ 455 g (16 oz.)

SA 45

H 30, H 50, H 300, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, PF 80, W 32

≥1,000 ohms

48 V phantom power

<3 mA

3-pin XLR

metallic blue

53 dia. x 165 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.)

525 g (18.5 oz.)/ 955 g (33.7 oz.)

stand adapter

PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

Mini USB

matte grayish blue

53 dia. x 165 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.)

460 g (18.8 oz.)/ 1050 g (37.0 oz.)

stand adapter, table stand, USB cable

PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

provided by USB connection

Harman Pro Group | 2010

≥1000 ohms

(IE C

Re c loa omm d im end pe ed da nc e

Comparison chart

02

115

Page 135


Im pe da nc e

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

pa d

Seite 116

Pr ea tte nu at ion

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

8:35 Uhr

Harman Pro Group | 2010

M ax .S PL

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

01.12.2009

Se ns iti vit y

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Po lar pa tte rn

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

C 535 EB

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

7 mV/Pa (–43 dBV)

for 1% THD: 130/144 dB

21 dB-A

C5

cardioid

65 to 20,000 Hz

4 mV/Pa (-48 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 140/145 dB SPL

25 dB-A

D 7/D 7 S

Supercardioid

70 to 20,000 Hz

2.6 mV/Pa (-52 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD 144/156 dB SPL

18 dB-A

D 5/D 5 S

supercardioid

70 to 20,000 Hz

2.6 mV/Pa (-52 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 144/156 dB SPL

18 dB-A

≤600 ohms

cardioid

60 to 20,000 Hz, at 1 cm (0.4 in.): 20 to 20,000 Hz

2.5 mV/Pa (-52 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 144/156 dB

22 dB-A

≤600 ohms

supercardioid

40 to 20,000 Hz

2.5 mV

140 dB SPL

2,000 ohms

cardioid

60 to 20,000 Hz, at 1 cm (0.4 in.): 20 to 20,000 Hz

2.5 mV

140 dB SPL

2,000 ohms

D 88 S/XLR D 88 S/Jack

supercardioid

40 to 20,000 Hz

2.5 mV/Pa

300 ohms

D 77 S/XLR D 77 S/Jack

cardioid

40 to 20,000 Hz

2.5 mV/Pa

600 ohms

D 55 S

cardioid

70 to 18,000 Hz

2.5 mV/Pa

600 ohms

D 44 S

cardioid

70 to 18,000 Hz

2.5 mV/Pa

600 ohms

D 112

cardioid

20 to 17,000 Hz

1.8 mV/Pa (-55 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: outside measurement range

21 dB-A

D 40

cardioid

75 to 20,000 Hz

4 mV/Pa (-48 dBV)

for 1/3 % THD: 144/156 dB SPL

18 dB-A

D 770

P 5/P 5 S

-14 dB

12 dB/Oktave bei 100 Hz

≤200 Ohm

≤200 ohms

76 dB

80 Hz, 6 dB/octave, always active

≤ 600 ohms

Section: P3S Stage Microphones

02

116

Page 136

73 dB

≤210 ohms

≤200 ohms


3-pin XLR

matte black

46 dia. x 184 mm (1.8 dia. x 7.25 in.)

300 g (10.6 oz.)/ 800 g (1.8 lbs.)

Mikrofonetui, SA 61

B 18, H 30, H 50, SA 44, W 23, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

≥2000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

typ. 3 mA

3-pin XLR

matte grayish blue

length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.) diameter: 51 mm (2 in.)

345 g (12.2 oz.)/ 660 g (1.5 lbs.)

Microphone bag, SA 51, PB 1000

B 18, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880

≥ 2000 ohms

3-pin XLR

matte grayish blue

length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.) diameter: 51 mm (2 in.)

340 g (12 oz.)/ 655 g (1.45 lbs.)

Microphone bag, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, replacement inner ST 46, ST 305, windscreen W 23, W 880, W 3004

≥2000 ohms

3-pin XLR

matte grayish blue

length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.) diameter: 51 mm (2 in.)

340 g (12 oz.)/ 655 g (1.45 lbs.)

Microphone bag, SA 51

H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880

≥2,000 ohms

3-pin XLR

matte black

50 dia. x 181 mm (2 x 7.1 in.)

290 g (10.4 oz.)/ 650 g (1.4 lbs.)

microphone bag, SA 44

H 30, H 50, SA 61, W 23, W 880, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

3-pin XLR

stage black

190*51 mm (7.5 * 2 in.)

200/240 g (7.1/8.5 oz.)

Microphone bag, SA 45

H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

3-pin XLR

stage black

190*51 mm (7.5 * 2 in.)

260/300 g (9.2/10.6 oz.)

SA 45

H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

Zinc/alloy diecast

length: 186 mm 260 g (0.57 lbs.)/ (7.3 in.) diameter: 1,200 g (2.65 lbs.) 52.5 mm (2.07 in.)

stand adapter D 88 S/XLR: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to XLR cable D 88 S/Jack: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to 1/4" jack cable

W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Zinc/alloy diecast

length: 178 mm 260 g (0.57 lbs.)/ (7 in.) diameter: 1,200 g (2.65 lbs.) 52.5 mm (2.07 in.)

stand adapter D 77 S/XLR: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to XLR cable D 77 S/Jack: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to 1/4" jack cable

W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Zinc/alloy diecast

length: 243 mm (9.6 in.) diameter: 52.5 mm (2.07 in.)

380 g (0.84 lbs.)/ 920 g (2.03 lbs.)

fixed 5 m (16.5 ft.) cable, w/mini jack plug, mini to 1/4" adapter plug

W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Plastics

length: 226 mm (8.9 in.) max. diameter: 53 mm (2.1 in.)

290 g (0.64 lbs.)/ 820 g (1.81 lbs.)

fixed 5 m (16.5 ft.) cable, w/mini jack plug, mini to 1/4" adapter plug

W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

≥600 ohms

3-pin XLR

dark grey metallic enamel

150 x 70 x 115 mm (5.9 x 2.8 x 4.5 in.)

380 g (13.4 oz.)/ 990 g (2.2 lbs.)

SA 60

ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

≥2,000 ohms

3-pin XLR

dark stage blue

length 104 mm (4.1 in.) height (incl. stand adapter): 79 mm (3.1 in.) max. dia.: 44 mm (1.7 in.)

245 g (8.6 oz.)/ 380 g (13.4 oz.)

H 440

ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

Ca bl e

St an da rd

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

Ne t/s hi pp in g

ac ce ss or ies

Di m en sio ns

we ig ht Fin ish

≤2.5 mA

Cu rre nt

9 to 52 V phantom power

Po we rin g

≥600 Ohm

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Co nn ec to r

co ns um pt ion

61 93 8) (IE C

Re c im omm pe e da nd nc ed e loa d

Comparison chart

Section:

02

117

Page 137


Im pe da nc e

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

pa d

Seite 118

Pr ea tte nu at ion

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

8:35 Uhr

Harman Pro Group | 2010

M ax .S PL

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

01.12.2009

Se ns iti vit y

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Po lar pa tte rn

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

C 430

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

7 mV/Pa (-43 dBV)

for 1% /3% THD: 126/130 dB

P4

cardioid

60 to 18,000 Hz

2.4 mV/Pa

152 dB SPL

2,000 ohms

P2

cardioid

60 to 20,000 Hz

2.3 mV/Pa

157 dB SP

2,000 ohms

C 518/C 518 ML

cardioid

60 Hz to 20,000 Hz

5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 130/132 dB SPL

31 dB-A

63 dB

≤200 ohms

C 519/C 519 ML

cardioid

60 Hz to 20,000 Hz

5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 130/132 dB SPL

31 dB-A

63 dB

≤200 ohms

figure-eight (vibration pickup)

10 to 18,000 Hz

2 mV/ms-2 (incl. MPA V L)

for 1% THD: 100 dB

C 516 ML

cardioid

60 Hz to 20,000 Hz

5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 130/132 dB SPL

31 dB-A

63 dB

≤200 ohms

HC 577 L

omnidirectional

20 Hz to 20 kHz

8 mV/Pa (-42 dBV)

for 1% THD: 133 dB

26 dB-A

68 dB

≤3.5 kohms

C 520/C 520 L

cardioid

60 to 20,000 Hz

5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 130/132 dB SPL

31 dB-A

63 dB

≤200 ohms

C 555 L

cardioid

80 to 20,000 Hz

35 mV/Pa (-29 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 126/130 dB SPL

22 dB-A

72 dB

≤200 ohms

omnidirectional

20 to 20,000 Hz

8 mV/Pa (-42 dBV)

for 1% THD: 133 dB

37 dB / 26 dB-A

68 dB

CK 77 WR (C 577 WR) (≤3,500 [≤400] ohms)

C 411

33 dB-A

61 dB

≤200 ohms

≤200 ohms unbalanced

02

Stage Microphones

Section:

CK 77 WR/ C 577 WR

118

Page 138


St an da rd

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

matte black

19 dia. x 79 mm (0.7 x 3.1 in.)

23 g (1.1 oz.)/ 192 g (6.8 oz.)

microphone bag, SA 60, W 32

B 18, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

3-pin XLR

stage black

100*79*44 mm (3.9*3.1*1.7 in.)

200/240 g (7.1/8.5 oz.)

H 440, microphone bag

ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

3-pin XLR

stage black

130*132*60 mm (5.1*5.2*2.4 in.)

400/450 g (14.1/15.9 oz.)

microphone bag

ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

Ca bl e

Ne t/s hi pp in g

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

Di m en sio ns

ac ce ss or ies

Fin ish

we ig ht Co nn ec to r

co ns um pt ion

61 93 8) (IE C

9 to 52 V phantom power

Cu rre nt

≥2,000 ohms

Po we rin g

Re c im omm pe e da nd nc ed e loa d

Comparison chart

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter

≤ 2 mA

3-pin mini XLR

matte black

length: 200 mm (7.9 in.) max. width: 47 mm (1.9 in.)

220 g (7.8 oz.)/ 450 g (15.9 oz.) (microphone and cable): C 518 ML: 110 g (3.9 oz.)/ 330 g (11.7 oz.)

H 518, microphone B 18, for C 518 ML: bag, W 44 B 29 L, MPA V L C 518 ML: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450

1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥2000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter

≤ 2 mA

3-pin mini XLR

matte black

length: 213 mm (4.8 in.) max. width: 47 mm (1.9 in.)

195 g (6.9 oz.)/ 430 g (15.2 oz.) (microphone and cable): C 519 ML: 85 g (3 oz.)/ 310 g (11 oz.)

microphone bag, W 44 C 519 ML: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450

B 18, for C 519 ML: B 29 L, MPA V L

1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L or AKG bodypack transmitter

≤2 mA

3-pin mini XLR

matte black

27 x 14 x 9.5 mm (1.1 x 0.5 x 0.3 in.)

18 g (0.7 oz.)/ 150 g (5.5 oz.)

adhesive compound, microphone bag

B 29 L, MPA V L, B 18

1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥2000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter

≤ 2 mA

3-pin mini XLR

matte black

46 g (1.6 oz.)/ 320 g (11.3 oz.)

A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450, 2 doublesided adhesive rubber plates, 3 countersunkbolts (3 x 30 mm), 3 selftapping screws (2.9 x 13 mm), elastic adhesive compound, H 516, microphone bag, W 44

B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥10 kohms

1.5 to 12 V

≤0.6 mA

3-pin mini XLR

flesh tone

28 g (0.99 oz.)/ 150 g (5,3 oz.)

PB 77, W 77 B, moisture shield

B 18, MPA V L, W 77 M/P,W 77 M, W 77

1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥2000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter

≤2 mA

C 520: 3-pin male XLR C 520 ML: 3-pin mini XLR

matte black

length: 195 mm C 520: 26 g (7.7 in.) max. (0.9 oz.)/380 g diameter: 134 mm (13.4 oz.) C 520 L: (5.3 in.) 26 g (0.9 oz.)/ 260 g (9.2 oz.)

W 44

B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

C 520: 3 m (10 ft.) C 520 ML: 1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥2000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter

≤ 2 mA

3-pin mini XLR

matte black

length: 195 mm (7.7 in.) max. diameter: 134 mm (5.3 in.)

W 444

B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

1.5 m (5 ft.)

CK 77 WR (C 577 WR) (≥10,000 [≥2.000] ohms)

CK 77 WR: 1.5 to 12 V C 577 WR: 9 to 52 V

≤0,6 mA

CK 77 WR: 3 -pin mini XLR “L”, C 577 WR: 3-pin XLR

various matte colors

Harman Pro Group | 2010

≥2000 ohms

Section:

205 mm (8.1 in.), max. diameter: 145 mm (5.7 in.)

26 g (0.9 oz.)/ 260 g (9.2 oz.)

5.5 dia. x 14 mm CK 77 WR: 0.4/ CK 77 WR: adhesive W 77 M, W 77 M/P, (0.2 dia. x 0.55 in.) 85 g (0.014/3 oz.) compound, H 40/1, W 77 Set, C 577 WR: 0.4/ H 41, moisture W 77 M/P Set 146 g (0.014/ shield, PB 77, W 77, 5.2 oz.) C 577 WR: adhesive compound, H 39, H 40/1, H 41, moisture shield, PB 77, W 77

02

1.5 m (5 ft.)

119

Page 139


Installed Microphones

02

Im pe da nc e

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

pa d Pr ea tte nu at ion

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

≤200 ohms

cardioid

15 to 18,000 Hz

8.8 mV/Pa (-41 dBV)

for 1% THD: 118 dB

34 dB-A

60 dB

≤200 ohms

Im pe da nc e

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

Pr ea tte nu at ion

pa d

60 dB

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

34 dB-A

M ax .S PL

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

M ax .S PL

for 1%/3% THD: 118/126 dB

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

Se ns iti vit y

17 mV/Pa (-35 dBV)

GN 15 E / GN 30 E / GN 50 E

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

GN 15 ESP / GN 30 ESP / GN 50 ESP

250 Hz, -10 dB bei 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

GN 15 / GN 30 / GN 50

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

GN 15 E 5Pin / GN 30 E 5Pin / GN 50 E 5Pin

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

CK 31

cardioid

50 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV)

for 1% THD: 125 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

≤600 ohms

CK 32

omnidirectional

20 to 20,000 Hz

14 mV/Pa (-34 dBV)

125 dB (for 1% THD)

20 dB-A

74 dB

≤600 ohms

CK 33

hypercardioid

50 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV)

125 dB (for 1% THD)

21 dB-A

73 dB

≤600 ohms

CK 47

hypercardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

16.5 mV/Pa (-36 dBV)

for 1% THD: 133 dB

20 dB-A

74 dB

≤600 ohms

120

Page 140

Seite 120

Se ns iti vit y

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

8:35 Uhr

20 to 20,000 Hz

Po lar pa tte rn

CK 55 L

01.12.2009

omnidirectional

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Stage Microphones

C 417/C 417 L

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Po lar pa tte rn

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch


Op tio na la cc es so rie s

ac ce ss or ies

B 18, for C 417 L: B 29 L, MPA V L

C 417 PP: 3 m (10 ft.), C 417 L: 1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥2,000 ohms

1.5 to 10 VDC or 9 to 52 V phantom power using MPA V L

≤2 mA

3-pin mini XLR

matte black

dia.: 8 x 23 mm (0.3 x 0.9 in.)

2.5/115 g (0.08/4 oz.)

Clip, W 55

B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

1.6 m (5 ft. 4 in.)

≤3 mA

3-pin male XLR

matte dark grey

max. dia.: 20 mm 112/396 g (3.9/ DPA (0.8 in.), length: 13.9 oz.), 160/530 g phantom power 235/380/572 mm (5.6/18.7 oz.), adapter (integrated) (9/14.9/22.3 in.) 160/535 g (5.6/18.8 oz.)

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3.5 mA

3-pin male XLR

matte dark grey

max. dia.: 20 mm 140/430 g (4.9/ (0.8 in.), length: 15.2 oz.), 110/522 g 260/405/600 m (3.9/18.4 oz.), (10.2/15.9/23.6 in.) 194/573 g (6.8/20.2 oz.)

DPA phantom power adapter (integrated), PS 3 F-lock

B 18, H 500, H 600, A 608, SA 60, ST 45, PS 3 F-lock

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3 mA

3-pin male XLR GN 30 OC: stripped and tinned leads

matte dark grey

max. dia.: 20 mm 72/400 g (2.5/ (0.8 in.), length: 14.1 oz.), 110/522 g 160/305/500 mm (3.9/18.4 oz.), (6.3/12/20 in.) 120/495 g (4.2/17.5 oz.)

DPA phantom power adapter, screw set with rubber bush

B 18, MF-DA installation flange, H 600, ST 1, ST 45

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3 mA

5-pin male XLR

matte dark grey

20 Ø x 235/380/ 112/396 g (3.9/ 572 mm, (0.8 Ø x 13.9 oz.) 160/530 g 9/14.9/22.4 in.) (5.6/18.7 oz.) 160/535 g (5.6/18.8 oz.)

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules)

≤3 mA

Modular Series standard

matte dark grey

13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.)

5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.)

W 30

≤2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules)

≤3 mA

Modular Series standard

matte dark grey

13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.)

5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.)

W 30

≤2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules)

≤3 mA

Modular Series standard

matte dark grey

13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.)

5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.)

W 30

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules)

≤3 mA

Modular Series standard

matte dark grey

13.5 dia. x 146 mm (0.5 dia. x 5.7 in.)

39/248 g (1.4/8.7 oz.)

W 70

Ca bl e

ac ce ss or ies St an da rd

we ig ht Fin ish

Co nn ec to r

co ns um pt ion

Cu rre nt Cu rre nt

61 93 8) (IE C Po we rin g

9 to 52 V phantom power

Harman Pro Group | 2010

≥2,000 ohms

Ca bl e

H 40/1, H 41, microphone bag, W 407

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

C 417 PP: 68/ 220 g (2.5/8.1 oz.) C 417 L: 8/160 g (0.3/5.9 oz.)

St an da rd

Ne t/s hi pp in g

7.5 dia. x 15 mm (0.3 x 0.6 in.)

Ne t/s hi pp in g

we ig ht Di m en sio ns

matte black

Fin ish

C 417 PP: 3-pin XLR, C 417 L: 3-pin mini XLR

Co nn ec to r

≤2mA

Po we rin g

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L or AKG bodypack transmitter

Re c im omm pe e da nd nc ed e loa d

≥1,000 ohms

Di m en sio ns

co ns um pt ion

61 93 8) (IE C

Re c im omm pe e da nd nc ed e loa d

Comparison chart

B 18, H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45, PS 3 F-lock

Section:

02 1.5 m (5 ft.)

H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

121

Page 141


60 to 15,000 Hz

17 dB-A

77 dB

cardioid

70 to 18,000 Hz

Harman Pro Group | 2010

18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV)

for 1% THD: 125 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

GN 155 Set

02

Installed Microphones

Section:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

CGN 321 E / CGN 521 E

cardioid

70 to 18,000 Hz

18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV)

for 1% THD: 125 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

CGN 323 E / CGN 523 E

hypercardioid

50 to 19,000 Hz

12 mV/Pa (-35 dBV)

for 1% THD: 125 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

D 58 E

hypercardioid

70 to 10,000 Hz

0.72 mV/Pa (-63 dBV)

130 dB

D 542 / D 542 E

cardioid

150 to 15,000 Hz

2.2 mV/Pa (-54 dBV)

for 1% THD: 133 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

≤530 ohms

D 542 ST-S

cardioid

150 to 15,000 Hz

2.2 mV/Pa (-54 dBV)

for 1 % THD: 133 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

≤530 ohms

C 747 V11

hypercardioid

30 to 18,000 Hz

8.5 mV/Pa (-42 dBV)

133 dB

32 dB-A

73 dB

12 dB/octave at 150 Hz

≤400 ohms

C 547 BL

hypercardioid

30 to 18,000 Hz

8.5 mV/Pa (-42 dBV)

for 1% THD: 133 dB

22 dB-A

72 dB

12 dB/octave at 150 Hz

≤400 ohms

C 542 BL

omnidirectional (hemispherical)

20 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV)

for 1% THD: 130 dB

16 dB-A

78 dB

switchable flat or 150 Hz, 12 dB/octave

≤600 ohms

C 562 CM

omnidirectional (hemispherical)l

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV)

for 1% THD: 130 dB

16 dB-A

78 dB

C 568 B

hypercardioid/ directional

20 to 20,000 Hz

11 mV/Pa (-39 dBV)

128 dB (for 1% THD)

29 dB

18 dB-A

CK 98

hypercardioid/ directional

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV)

for 1% THD: 124/134 dB

17 dB-A

77 dB

122

Page 142

Im pe da nc e

≤600 ohms

HM 1000 CHM 21

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

pa d

Seite 122

Pr ea tte nu at ion

for 1% THD: 125 dB

8:35 Uhr

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

30 mV/Pa (-30 dBV)

01.12.2009

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

M ax .S PL

hypercardioid

Se ns iti vit y

CK 80

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Po lar pa tte rn

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

≤240 ohms

≤600 ohms

76 dB

12 dB/octave at 120 Hz

≤600 ohms


Op tio na la cc es so rie s

ac ce ss or ies

we ig ht

13.5 dia. x 123 mm (0.5 dia. x 4.8 in.)

15/208 g (0.5/7.3 oz.)

W 80

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin male XLR

matte dark grey

13.5 dia. x 50 mm (0.5 dia. x 2.0 in.)

400/600 g (14.1 oz./1.3 lbs.)

spring steel hanging clamp

B 18

10 m (33 ft.)

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3 mA

3-pin male XLR

matte dark grey

13.5 Ø x 55 mm (0.5 Ø x 2.1 in.)

20/480 g (0.7/17 oz.)

spring clamp

B 18

10 m (33 ft.)

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3 mA

3-pin male XLR

matte dark grey

180 x 1,490 mm (7.1 in. x 4 ft. 11 in.)

3.6/4.8 kg (8/10.6 lbs.)

ST 305, extension tube

B 18

10 m (33 ft.)a

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3 mA

3-pin XLR

matte dark grey

13.5 Ø x 380/ 580 mm (0.5 Ø x 15/23 in.)

CGN 321 E: 160/ 480 g (5.7/17 oz.), CGN 521 E: 170/ 500 g (6/17.7 oz.)

windscreen

B 18, PS 3 F-Lock, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45, H 500

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3 mA

3-pin XLR

matte dark grey

13.5 Ø x 380/ 580 mm (0.5 Ø x 15/23 in.)

CGN 323 E: 160/ 480 g (5.7/17 oz.), CGN 523 E: 170/ 500 g (6/17.7 oz.)

windscreen

B 18, PS 3 F-Lock, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45, H 500

≥500 ohms

3-pin XLR

nickle matte

20 dia. x 42 mm (0.8 dia. x 1.6 in.)

40/150 g (1.4/5.3 oz.)

≥2,000 ohms

D 542: unterminated cable ends D 542 E: 3-pin male XLR

matte grey/black

3-pin XLR

matte grey/ matte black

microphone: 34 dia. x 345 mm (1.3 dia. x 13.5 in.) gooseneck: dia. 13 x 300 mm (0.51 x 11.8 in.) table stand (l x w x h): 160 x 120 x 65 mm (6.3 x 4.7 x 2.5 in.)

805/1,125 g (1.8/2.5 lbs.)

Harman Pro Group | 2010

≥2,000 ohms

Ca bl e

matte dark grey

St an da rd

Ne t/s hi pp in g

Modular Series standard

Fin ish

≤3 mA

Co nn ec to r

9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules)

Cu rre nt

≥2,000 ohms

Po we rin g

Di m en sio ns

co ns um pt ion

61 93 8) (IE C

Re c im omm pe e da nd nc ed e loa d

Comparison chart

GNS 36, W 32

microphone: 34 dia. D 542: 275/422 g x 345 mm (1.3 dia. (9.6/14.8 oz.) x 13.5 in.) D 542 E: 285/334 g gooseneck: dia. 13 (10.0/11.7 oz.) x 300 mm (0.51 x 11.8 in.)

D 542 E: PS 3 F-Lock

D 542: 2 m (6 ft., 4 in.)

Section:

02 approx. 50 to 100 cm (20 to 40 in.), coiled

≥1,500 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

stage blue

9 dia. x 137 mm (0.35 dia. x 5.4 in.)

25/750 g (0.9 oz./1.7 lbs.)

H 47, MSH 70, SA 47, SA 80, SHZ 80, W 70

B 18, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

3 m (10 ft.)

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

matte dark grey

185 x 120 x 19 mm (7.3 x 4.7 x 0.8 in.)

160/420 g (5.6 /14.8 oz.)

W 547

B 18

3 m (10 ft.)

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

dark grey

80 dia. x 5 (10) mm (3.1 x 0.2/0.4 in.)

56 g (2 oz.)/ 45 g (8.6 oz.)

adhesive compound

B 18

3 m (10 ft.) conn. cable with XLR connector, fixed

≥2,000 Ohm

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

matte nickel plated

20 dia. x 28 mm (0.8 dia. x 1.1 in.)

30/195 g (1.1/76.9 oz.)

installation hardware, phantom power adapter

B 18

0.5 m (20 in.)

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

dark grey

21 dia. x 253 mm (0.8 dia. x 10 in.)

160/715 g (5.6 oz./1.6 lbs.)

SA 60, W 68

B 18, H 30, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

through SE 300 B

through SE 300 B

bayonet mount

dark grey

19 dia. x 247/ 262 mm (0.7 dia. x 9.7/10.3 in.)

80/500 g (2.8 oz./1.1 lb.)

W 98

H 30

123

Page 143


DSR 700

Band 1: 548.1 to 697.9 MHz Band 2: 710.1-864.9 MHz

<=155 MHz (country-dependent)

DHT 700

Band 1: 548.1-697.9 MHz Band 2: 710.1-864.9

<=155 MHz (country-dependent)

DPT 700

Band 1: 548.1-697.9 MHz Band 2: 710.1-864.9

SR 4500

Seite 124

T.H .D .

Au di o

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

8:35 Uhr

Ba nd wi th

01.12.2009

M od ul at ion

RF Ou tp ut Po we r

Ba nd wi dt h Sw itc hi ng

Ca rr Ra ier ng Fre e qu en cy

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

25-20.000 Hz

<= 0,05 %

Analog: XLR balanced typ. 115 dB(A) Digital: AES3 typ. 120 dB(A)

max. 50 mW (ERP)

Special FSK

35-20.000 Hz

<= 0,05%

analog: XLR balanced typ. 115 dB(A) digital: AES3 typ. 120 dB(A)

<=155 MHz (country-dependent)

max. 50 mW (ERP)

Special FSK

25-20.000 Hz

<= 0,05%

typ. >120 dB(A)

500-530, 570-600, 650-680, 680-710, 720-750, 760-790, 790-820 und 835-863 MHz

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

-

FM

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,3 %

typ. >120 dB(A)

HT 4500

500-530, 570-600, 650-680, 680-710, 720-750, 760-790, 790-820 und 835-863 MHz

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

max. 50 mW (ERP)

FM

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,3%

typ. >120 dB(A)

Section:

PT 4500

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

max. 50 mW (ERP)

FM

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,3%

typ. >120 dB(A)

02

500-530, 570-600, 650-680, 680-710, 720-750, 760-790, 790-820 und 835-863 MHz

SR 450

650-680, 680-710, 720-750, 760790, 790-820, 835-863 MHz

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

-

FM

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,3 %

typ. >120 dB(A)

HT 450

650-680, 680-710, 720-750, 760790, 790-820, 835-863 MHz

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

max. 50 mW (ERP)

FM

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,7% (at 1 kHz)

typ. >120 dB(A)

PT 450

650-680, 680-710, 720-750, 760790, 790-820, 835-863 MHz

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

max. 50 mW (ERP)

FM

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,7% (at 1 kHz)

typ. >120 dB(A)

Wireless Systems

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Special FSK

SR 40 FLEXX

660-865 MHz, 3 selectable frequencies

-

FM

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 110 dB(A)

HT 40 FLEXX

660-865 MHz, 3 selectable frequencies

max. 10 mW (ERP)

FM

65-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1kHz)

typ. 110 dB(A)

PT 40 FLEXX

660-865 MHz, 3 selectable frequencies

max. 10 mW (ERP)

FM

40-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 110 dB(A)

GB 40 FLEXX

660 to 865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency

5 mW (ERP)

FM

40-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 103 dB (A)

SR 40 PRO SINGLE

660-865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency

-

FM

40-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 110 dB(A)

SR 40 PRO DUAL

660-865 MHz, 2 fixed frequency receivers in single case

-

FM

40-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 110 dB(A)

HT 40 PRO

660-865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency

max. 10 mW (ERP)

FM

65-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 110 dB(A)

124

Page 144


max. 140 dB/SPL

TB3M/3-pol. Mini-XLR (max. 2,2 Vrms)

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

ac ce ss or ies

Ne t/s hi pp in g

SRA 2 B/W, SRA 2 W, RA 4000 B/W, RA 4000 W, PS 4000 W, MK PS, MKA 20, AB 4000, ASU 4000

231 x 52 mm dia. (9.1 x 2 in.)

336 g (9,1x2 in.)

2 AA size dry batteries, windscreen, stand adapter

W 3004

typ. 8 h with 2 x 1,5 V (AA) 83.5 x 64.1 x typ. 8 h with 1 x 1,2 V-NiMH22 mm Akku, 2.100 mAh (AA) (3.2 x 2.5 x 0.8 in.)

82 g (2.9 oz) without batteries

2 x AA size dry batteries, external belt clip

Mute-Switch RMU 4000, MKG L

200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.)

972 g (2.2 lbs.)

Rack mounting kit, 2 UHF antennas

SRA 2 B/W, SRA 2 W, RA 4000 B/W, RA 4000 W, PS 4000 W, PSU 4000, MK PS, MKA 20, MKA 5, AB 4000, ASU 4000

2 AA size dry batteries: 15 hours typ BP 4000: 12 hours typ.

length: 247 mm (9.7 in.): diameter approx. 39mm (1.5 in.)

125 g (11.3 oz.)

2 x AA size dry batteries, stand adapter

2 AA size dry batteries: 15 hours typ BP 4000 rechargeable battery pack: 12 hours typ.

70 x 90 x 25 mm (2.8 x 3,5 x 1 in.)

95 g (3.4 oz.)

2 x AA size batteries, belt clip

>= 8 hrs. with 2x 1.5V LR6 AA batteries >= 8 hrs. with 2x 1.2V AA rechargeable batteries (NiMH, >2100 mAh)

balanced 3-pin XLR unbalanced TS1/4" jack output level adjustable to -30, 0, + 6 dB

balanced 3-pin XLR unbalanced TS1/4" jack output level adjustable to -30 or 0 dB

St an da rd

Di m en sio ns

2 BNC UHF antennas, EU-Standard IEC Power Cord, US-Standard IEC Power Cord

Lif e

2300 g (81oz.)

2 x analog: XLR sockets balanced 2 x analog: ¼ inch / 6.3mm jack sockets unbalanced 1 x digital: AES/EBU XLR socket (48 kHz) with Wordclock IN (BNC, 48 kHz)

external Mute-Switch RMS 4000, MKGL

Section: approx. 200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.)

972 g (2,2 lbs.)

2 antennas, power supply, rack mounting kit.

typ. 6 h with 1 x 1,5 V-Batt. AA 236,9 x 51,1 mm size dry battery typ. 8 h with 1 x max. dia. (9,3x2 in.) 1,2 V-NiMH-Akku, 2.100 mAh AA size rechargeable battery

240 g (8.5 oz.)

1 x AA size dry battery, stand adapter

typ. 6 h with 1 x 1,5 V-Batt. AA 60 x 73,5 x 30 mm size day battery typ. 8 h with 1 x (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) 1,2 V-NiMH-Akku, 2.100 mAh AA size rechargeable battery

90 g (3.2 oz.)

1x AA size battery, belt clip

200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.4 x 1.7 in.)

665 g (1.5 lbs)

Power supply (SMPS 100–240 V)

ca. 236,9 x Ø 51,1 mm (9.3 x 2 in.)

195 g (6.95 oz.)

1 x AA size dry battery, Stand adapter, Semitransparent replacement clip

CU 400

60 g (2.1 oz.)

1 x AA size dry battery, labeling sheet

CU 400

76 x 20 x 28 mm (3 x o.8 x 1.1 in.)

28 g (1 oz.)

GB 40, long adapter plug, black battery cover, 2 Velcro strips, 1 AAA size battery

bal. 1/4" jack, output level adjustable, at rated deviation: 500 mV rms.

200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.4 x 1.7 in.)

581 g (1.3 lbs.)

SR 40 SINGLE, Power supply

bal. 1/4" jack, output level adjustable, at rated deviation: 500 mV rms.

200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.4 x 1.7 in.)

647 g (1.4 lbs.)

SR 40 DUAL, Power supply

236,9 x Ø 51,1 mm (9,3 in. X dia 2,0 in.)

195 g (6,95 oz.)

1 AA size battery, stand adapter, semitransparent replacement clip

balanced XLR and unbalanced 1/4"jack, outputlevel adjustable, at rated deviation: 500 mV rms typ. 30 h mit 1 x 1,2 V-NiMHAkku, 2200 mAh (AA)

typ. 30 h with 1 x 1,2 V-NiMH- 60 x 74 x 30 mm Akku, 2200 mAh (AA) (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) typ. 11 h with 1 x 1,5 V-Batt. (AAA) typ. 6 h with 1 x 1,2 VNiMH-Akku, 1000mAh (AAA rechargeable)

typ. 30 h with 1 x 1,2 VNiMH-Akku, 2200 mAh AA rechargeable

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Standard 1U-rack 480 x 43 x 200 mm (18.9 x 1.7 x 7.87 in.)

Ba tte ry

In pu t Au di o

Au di o

Ou tp ut

we ig ht

Comparison chart

02

SRA 2 B/W, SRA 2 W, RA 4000 B/W, RA 4000 W, PS 4000 W, PSU 4000, MK PS, MKA 20, MKA 5, AB 4000, ASU 4000

external Mute-Switch RMS 4000, MKGL

CU 400

125

Page 145


Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

typ. 110 dB(A)

SO 40 SINGLE

660-865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency

typ. 5 mW (ERP)

FM

40-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 103 db (A)

max. 100 mW

FM, MPX Stereo

35-20.000 Hz

<0,8% typ.

>90 dB(A) typ.

FM, MPX Stereo

35-15.000 Hz

<0,8% typ.

>90 dB(A) typ.

E

M ax .S PL

ON

Se ns iti vit y

PH

dynamic

hypercardioid

60 to 17,000 Hz

1 mV/Pa (-60 dB)

for 1%/3% THD: 124/128 dB

15 dB-A

HSC 271

prepolarized condenser microphone

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa

for 1% THD: 126 dB

22 dB-A

HSC 171

prepolarized condenser microphone

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa

for 1% THD: 126 dB

22 dB-A

HSD 271

dynamic

hypercardioid

60 to 17,000 Hz

1 mV/Pa (-60 dB)

for 1%/3% THD: 124/128 dB

HSD 171

dynamic

hypercardioid

60 to 17,000 Hz

1 mV/Pa (-60 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 124/128 dB

126

I

O CR

co n

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

Cu rre nt

500-530, 570-600, 790-820, 835-865 MHz

Re c im omm pe e da nd nc ed e

SPR 4

Im pe da nc e

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

500-530, 570-600, 790-820, 835-865 MHz

Po lar pa tte rn

SST 4

loa d

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l Si gn a (A l/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

40-20.000 Hz

Po w (IE erin C g 61 93 8)

T.H .D .

Ba nd wi th Au di o

M od ul at ion

RF Ou tp ut Po we r

Sw itc hi ng

FM

HSD 271 Single

Headsets

Seite 126

max. 10 mW (ERP)

M

Page 146

8:35 Uhr

660-865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency

Section:

02

01.12.2009

PT 40 PRO

Ty p

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Wireless Systems

Ca rr Ra ier ng Fre e qu en cy

Ba nd wi dt h

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

≤600 ohms

≥2,000 ohms

72 dB

≤200 ohms

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

72 dB

≤200 ohms

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

15 dB-A

≤600 ohms

≥2,000 ohms

15 dB-A

≤600 ohms

≥2,000 ohms


60 g (2,11 oz.)

PT 40 PRO, 1 AA size dry battery, labeling sheet

typ. 10 h with 1 x 1,5 V-Batt. 22 x 30 x 98 mm typ. 5 h with 1 x 1,2 V-NiMH- (0,9 x 1.2 x 3.9 in.) Akku, 1000mAh AAA rechargeable

36 g (1.3 oz)

1 AAA size battery, black replacement battery component cover.

200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.)

1.070 g (2.36 lbs.)

Power supply, RMU 4000 rack mounting kit. Color Coding Kit, UHF antenna

165 g (5.82 oz.)

2 AA size dry batteries, belt clip, color coding kit

SPC 4, PSU 4000, SRA 2 W, RA 4000 W, MKA 5, BP 4000 and CU 4000 Charging Unit

Ne t/s hi pp in g

55 ohms

<0.3%

6-pin mini XLR connector

2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled ection, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector (microphone)

matte black

265 g (9.4 oz.)/ 670 g (23.5 oz.)

â&#x2030;¤2 mA

closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones

91 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V

16 to 28,000 Hz

200 mW

55 ohms

<0.3%

6-pin mini XLR connector

2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector w/integrated HSC-PA phantom power adapter (microphone)

matte black

300 g (10.6 oz.)/ 755 g (26.4 oz.)

â&#x2030;¤2 mA

closed-back, supraaural dynamic headphones

94 dB SPL/mW, 107 dB/V

18 to 26,000 Hz

200 mW

55 ohms

<0.4%

6-pin mini XLR connector

2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector w/integrated HSC-PA phantom power adapter (microphone)

matte black

250 g (8.8 oz.)/ 720 g (25.2 oz.)

closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones

91 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V

16 to 28,000 Hz

200 mW

55 ohms

<0.3%

6-pin mini XLR connector

2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector (microphone)

matte black

305 g (10.8 oz.)/ 760 g (26.6 oz.)

closed-back, supraaural dynamic headphones

94 dB SPL/mW, 107 dB/V

18 to 26,000 Hz

200 mW

55 ohms

<0.4%

6-pin mini XLR connector

2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector (microphone)

matte black

255 g (9 oz.)/ 725 g (25.4 oz.)

Ty pe

EM

Fin ish

200 mW

ST SY

Ca bl e

16 to 28,000 Hz

HO

Co nn ec to r

T.H .D .

94 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V

HE

P AD

Se ns iti vit y

closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones

Cu rre nt

Ra te d

im pe da nc e

we ig ht

70 x 90 x 25 mm (2.8 x 3.5 x 1 in.)

Po we rr at in g

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

co ns um pt ion

S

Battery Life 6 to 10 hours, volume dependent, 2 AA batteries or BP 4000

CU 400

Harman Pro Group | 2010

NE

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

typ. 30 h with 1 x 1,5 V-Batt. 60 x 73,5 x 30 mm (AA) typ. 30 h with 1 x 1,2 V- (2.3 x 2.8 x 1.1 in.) NiMH-Akku, 2200 mAh AA rechargeable

2x XLR/jack hybrid connector max. 10 dBV 3.5 mm jack, 150 mW (rms)/16 ohms

St an da rd

Ne t/s hi pp in g

Di m en sio ns

Lif e Ba tte ry

Au di o

Au di o

In pu t

Ou tp ut

we ig ht

ac ce ss or ies

Comparison chart

Section:

02

127

Page 147


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Headphones

St an Ac dar ce d ss oir es

we ig ht Ne t/s hi pp in g

Ad ap te r St er eo

Co nn ec to r

Ca bl es

Ea rp ad s

Seite 128

closed-back, dynamic headphones

16 to 28,000 Hz

91 dB/mW, 104 dB/V

200 mW

55 ohms

leatherette, velvet

3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled gold plated gold plated 1/8" to 240 g (8.5 oz.)/ velvet earpads, cable (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini jack 1/4" screw-on 550 g (19.4 oz.) 5 m coiled cable, plug-in cable on headphones adapter 3 m single-sided (mini-XLR connector) cable

K 171 MK II

closed-back, dynamic headphones

18 to 26,000 Hz

94 dB/mW, 107 dB/V

200 mW

55 ohms

leatherette, velvet

3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled gold plated gold plated 1/8" to 200 g (7.1 oz.)/ velvet earpads, cable (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini jack 1/4" screw-on 500 g (17.6 oz.) 5 m coiled cable, plug-in cable on headphones adapter 3 m single-sided (mini-XLR connector) cable

K 240 MK II

semi-open, dynamic headphones

15 to 25,000 Hz

91 dB/mW, 104 dB/V

200 mW

55 ohms

leatherette, velvet

3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled gold plated gold plated 1/8" to 240 g (8.5 oz.)/ velvet earpads, cable (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini jack 1/4" screw-on 550 g (19.4 oz.) 5 m coiled cable, plug-in cable on headphones adapter 3 m single-sided (mini-XLR connector) cable

K 141 MK II

semi-open, dynamic headphones

18 to 24,000 Hz

101 dB/mW, 114 dB/V

200 mW

55 ohms

leatherette, velvet

3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled gold plated gold plated 1/8" to 225 g (7.9 oz.)/ velvet earpads, cable (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini jack 1/4" screw-on 550 g (19.4 oz.) 5 m coiled cable, plug-in cable on headphones adapter 3 m single-sided (mini-XLR connector) cable

K 181 DJ

closed-back, dynamic headphones

5 to 30,000 Hz

120 dB/V

3,500 mW

42 ohms

1.8 m single-sided gold plated gold plated 1/8“ to 280 g (9.9 oz.)/ (99,9% oxygen-free) plug-in stereo mini jack 1/4“ screw-on 597 g (21.1 oz.) cable on headphones adapter (mini-XLR connector)

K 81 DJ

closed-back, dynamic headphones

16 to 24,000 Hz

115 dB/V

2,000 mW

32 ohms

2.5 m single-sided gold plated gold plated 1/8“ to 150 g (5.3 oz.)/ (99,9% oxygen-free) plug-in stereo mini jack 1/4“ screw-on 343 g (12.1 oz.) cable on headphones adapter (mini-XLR connector)

K 702

open-back, dynamic headphones

10 to 39,800 Hz

105 dB/V

200 mW

62 ohms

3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free)

gold plated stereo jack plug 6.3 mm (1/4“)

gold plated convertible jack plug 3.5/6.3 mm (1/4“ to 1/8“)

K 99

semi-open, dynamic headphones

18 to 22,000 Hz

112 dB/V

200 mW

32 ohms

3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free)

stereo mini plug

convertible jack 210 g (7.4 oz.)/ plug (1/8" to 1/4") 400 g (14.1 oz.)

K 77

closed-back, dynamic headphones

18 to 20,000 Hz

115 dB/V

200 mW

32 ohms

3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free)

stereo mini plug

convertible jack 190 g (6.7 oz.)/ plug (1/8" to 1/4") 400 g (14.1 oz.)

K 44

closed-back, dynamic headphones

18 to 20,000 Hz

115 dB/V

200 mW

32 ohms

2.5 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free)

stereo mini plug

convertible jack plug 3.5/6.3 mm (1/8" to 1/4")

K 10

Dynamic, supraaural/ closed-back

100 to 13,000 Hz

98 dB SPL/ 1 mW

200 mW

360 ohms

1.5 m (5 ft.), single entry

gold plated TS mini jack plug

128

Page 148

8:36 Uhr

K 271 MK II

Section:

02

01.12.2009

Im pe nd an ce

Po we r

Ra te d

M ax . In pu t

Se ns iti vit y

Au di o

Ty p

Ba nd wi th

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

235 g (8.3 oz.)/ 850 g (30 oz.)

190 g (6.7 oz.)/ 400 g (14.1 oz.) 72 g (2.5 oz.)/ 110 g (3.9 oz.)


so ire s

s, ble, ed

s, ble, ed

s, ble, ed

Alphabetical Index Accessories

122-125

CK 31, CK 32, CK 33

72

GN E Series

68

P4

51

Accessories Matrix

126-127

CK 47, CK 80

73

GN ESP Series

69

P 5/P 5 S

47

CK 55 L

57

GN Series

67

Perception 120

40

CK 61-ULS

34

HC 577 L

54

Perception 120 USB

41

CK 62-ULS

34

HiQnet TM

99

Perception 170

40

CK 63-ULS

34

HM 1000

71

Perception 220

39

CK 69-ULS

35

HSC 171

120

Perception 420

39

CK 77 WR

56

HSC 271

120

Perception 820 Tube

38

CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94

36

HSD 171

121

PT 40 PRO

105

37, 81

HSD 271

121

PT 450

103

HSD 271 Single

119

PT 4500

AMM 10 Application Guide

82 128-129

Architectural Microphone Series

62

BP 4000

98

C 1000 S

32

C 12 VR

26

C 214

30

C 2000 B

32

C 3000

31

C 391 B

37

C 4000 B

31

C 411

53

C 414 XL II

29

C 414 XLS

28

C 417

57

C 430

51

C 4500 B-BC

33

CK 98 CS 2

90

97

CS 5

86

HT 40 PRO

105

RA 4000 W

CU 4000

98

HT 450

103

Reference Projects

60

CU 700

95

HT 4500

97

SE 300 B

37

D 112

50

HUB 4000 Q

98

D 230

33

Installation/Modular Series

65

Specifications â&#x20AC;&#x201C; comparison chart

D 40

50

IP 2

109

D 44 S

49

IVM 4

108

D 5, D 5 S

47

IVM 4 Multi-Channel Systems 111

D 542 ST-S

77

IVM 4 Sets

108

D 542, D 542 E

76

K 10

119

C 451 B, C 451 B/ST

27

C 480 B

34

C5

44

D 55 S

49

K 141 MK II

115

C 516 ML

53

D 58 E

76

K 171 MK II

114

C 518

52

D 7, D 7 S, D 7 LTD

46

K 181 DJ

116

C 519

52

D 77 S/XLR, D 77 S/Jack

48

K 240 MK II

115

C 520

55

D 770

47

K 271 MK II

114

C 535 EB

44

D 88 S/XLR, D 88 S/Jack

48

K 44

118

C 542 BL

80

DHT 700

95

K 702

117

C 547 BL

79

DMM 4/2/2

84

K 77

118

C 555 L

55

DMM 4/2/4

85

K 81 DJ

116

C 562 CM

80

DMS 700

94

K 99

117

C 568 B

81

DPT 700

95

Key to Product Names

131

C 747 V11

78

DSR 700

94

Microphone Elements

99

CGN 321 E, CGN 521 E

74

GB 40 FLEXX

107

CGN 323 E, CGN 523 E

75

GN 155 Set

71

P2

51

CHM 21

75

GN E 5Pin Series

70

P3S

47

Patents

130

Harman Pro Group | 2010

s, ble, ed

Alphabetical Index

110

132-148

SPC 4

110

SPR 4

109

SR 40 PRO

104

SR 450

102

SR 4500

96

SRA 2W

110

SST 4

108

System Description/ Compact Series

74

System Description/ Modular Series

66

Section:

02

System Components/Wireless 100 Transformer Set SINGLE

107

Wireless Multi-Channel Systems

101

WMS 40 PRO

104

WMS 40 PRO Sets

106

WMS 450

102

WMS 450 Sets

102

WMS 4500

96

129

Page 149


5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

Notes

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

02

130

Page 150

01.12.2009

8:36 Uhr

Seite 130


Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

02

Joe Cocker

Page 151


5638_09_0_Cover_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_0_Cover_USA_fsch

Candy Dulfer

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

02 03

www.akg.com AKG Acoustics GmbH Lemböckgasse 21–25, 1230 Vienna /AUSTRIA, phone: + 43 1 86654 0 e-mail: sales@akg.com AKG Acoustics, U.S. 8400 Balboa Boulevard, Northridge, CA 91329, U.S.A., phone: + 1 818 920 3212 e-mail: akgusa@harman.com For other products and distributors worldwide visit www.akg.com Specifications subject to change without notice.

PROA015800

Page 152

01.12.2009

8:52 Uhr

Seite 132


Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

02 03

Professional Audio Signal Processing

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 1

.10

BSS AUDIO

And Distribution Equipment

12/4/09 3:30:29 PM

Page 153


BSS Audio is world renowned for outstanding sound quality and reliable equipment that satisfies the real Harman Pro Group | 2010

demands of professional musicians and high-profile installations. Products from BSS Audio are used on major tours, in recording and broadcast studios, churches, casinos, arenas, and nightclubs on every continent.

Section:

03

Audio Signal Processing Why do so many sound industry veterans swear by BSS Audio? Because with every performance, installation, broadcast, and recording, these professionals put their reputations on the line. The pros demand superior sound quality and a proven track record. They can count on it with BSS Audio.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 2

Page 154

12/4/09 3:30:35 PM


Contents:

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

03

(6)

Soundweb™ London: networked signal processors

(12)

Soundweb™ Lite: signal processor

FDS-366T OMNIDRIVE™ COMPACT plus: loudspeaker management system

(13)

(13)

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 3

FDS-336T/FDS-334T Minidrive™: loudspeaker management systems

(14)

WHISEWORKS™ - Neville Thiele Method™ Filters

(15)

FCS-960: dual mode graphic equalizer

(16)

FCS-966: constant Q graphic equalizer

(17)

AR-133: active DI box/line balancer

(18)

Product Specifications

12/4/09 3:30:41 PM

Page 155


Reliability: The uncompromising reliability achieved through superb design and meticulous quality assurance is why more artists regularly choose BSS Audio systems. From the rock-solid AR-133 Direct Injection Box, to the state of the art Soundweb London networked signal processors, BSS Audio offers the very best in signal processing.

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

03

Including BSS Audio components as an integral part of any sound installation will ensure years of dependable performance and reliability.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 4

Page 156

12/4/09 3:30:57 PM


Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

03

Live Sound: Twenty years of live sound experience let you focus on the job at hand.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 5

For over 25 years, BSS Audio equipment has been manhandled on and off of trucks and planes, city after city, tour after tour. And every time the show started, the performers and the techs knew their BSS Audio gear would work. No wonder top performing artists like Metallica, Diana Krall, David Bowie, and Oasis regularly choose BSS Audio systems.

12/4/09 3:31:12 PM

Page 157


Soundweb™ London Networked Signal Processors

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

03

The power, flexibility and reliability for any scale of installed sound system. Long before networked digital audio, BSS Audio™ gained its reputation for elegant-sounding signal processing and crossovers. Innovative technologies like Progressive Knee Subtractive Compression, mid-filter crossover limiting, dynamic equalization and ADE™ restoration of leading-edge information in noise gates have elevated BSS Audio to almost cult status among live sound and recording engineers. We’ve leveraged this analog audio expertise into what many believe are the best-sounding digital signal processing algorithms available. Beginning with Soundweb™ Original…and now with the Soundweb™ London family of networked digital signal processing systems, we’ve brought the same warmth and clarity to a vast

6

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 6

Page 158

palette of DSP modules. All are deployed within an intuitive, easy-to-use design and maintenance interface called HiQnet™ London Architect™. So you’re not just getting, for example a generic compressor module; you’re getting digital processing closely based on the acclaimed sound of our DPR-402. From automixers to graphic and parametric EQs, from duckers to delays, you can hear the BSS Audio difference. Bottom line: we’re a highly-regarded crossover and analog signal processing company who started making digital signal processing devices, not a DSP company who ventured into the complex world of high-end professional audio.

12/4/09 3:31:19 PM


Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

03

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 7

BSS Audio

7

12/4/09 3:31:27 PM

Page 159


Soundweb™ London

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Built on the foundations of an industry standard Our Soundweb™ Original series sent ripples through the sound contracting world. The first largescale system to offer a distributed, programmable DSP system with robust capabilities and simple controls on a single Cat 5 cable, it has inspired a host of imitators. Yet there are key areas where the original Soundweb philosophy still stands above the rest:

Section:

03

• Easy creation of virtually any audio system design with a free-design programmable DSP system that places no restrictions on signal path, sub-mixing or object location • The ability to change how your audio system behaves according to the type of event you are holding, just with the recall of a preset • Easy and quick addition of more signal processing within the system without increasing your hardware budget • Fast implementation of specification changes during or post-design • The appropriate level of end-user control without providing overlycomplex interfaces

The same philosophy is at the heart of Soundweb™ London. Moreover, the experience with, and suggestions from thousands of clients have enabled BSS Audio to enhance Soundweb London’s power and flexibility to unprecedented levels including:

8

With years of experience to count on, Soundweb London represents your wisest choice when investing in programmable DSP technology.

The system approach fully realized No one else can offer our level of integration. Because only Soundweb London is the backbone of a completely unified system solution with microphones, consoles, amplifiers and loudspeakers from sister Harman Pro companies AKG Acoustics® , Soundcraft®, Crown Audio® and JBL Professional® , as well as dbx Professional

Easy to design System design should be drag-anddrop easy. Our Soundweb™ Original software application, Soundweb™ Designer took system design and control to an unprecedented level. Now HiQnet™ London Architect™ brings even more power to your design creativity. You enjoy total flexibility of signal path flow and connectivity, a massive range of processing objects modeled on classic BSS Audio processors, and the freedom to design the system exactly how you want it.

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 8

Page 160

• Pristine audio quality, with advanced A/D and D/A conversion, together with 96kHz-capable audio processing and networking • Simple, easy-to-learn drag-and-drop system design, now even more powerful with named CobraNet™ bundle assignment, signal path navigation and scalable DSP objects • Ethernet based control over Cat 5 cable, with network audio via CobraNet™ with redundant capability • An extensive range of control options to offer clients simple or sophisticated control interfaces • Easy expansion or reconfiguration of system hardware in the field

Products® and BSS Audio™ signal processing devices. Harman Pro is in the unique position to be able to provide components for the entire signal path and through the use of HiQnet™, the Harman Pro Communications Protocol, integration of these components has never been easier. System integrators will be familiar with having to waste expensive engineering time translating different protocols, so that products using disparate languages will communicate. Imagine how much easier it is when all of your system elements “speak” the same language. Via HiQnet™ London Architect™ software, you can also add integrated monitoring of Crown Audio PIP-LITE, USP3 and USP3/ CN Programmable Input Processor (‘PIP’) modules, as used in the CTs series of amplifiers. You can also configure BSS Audio FDS-334T and FDS-336T Minidrive processors and the industry standard FDS-366T OMNIDRIVE COMPACT plus system. One control application can monitor amplifier performance, speaker conditions, log events and report errors back to the operator.

12/4/09 3:31:32 PM


HiQnet™ London Architect™ uses the familiar drag-and-drop design interface that Soundweb users will know well, but has been dramatically enhanced to provide a more powerful, flexible and user-oriented interface:

— these are just a few of the ways in which we’ve made HiQnet London Architect the most powerful design software in its class.

Easy to install Each Soundweb London processor is totally self-contained, so devices can be installed locally to their amplifier racks rather than in one centralized location. Category 5 cable is used to interconnect system devices and Ethernet hardware, with network hops of 300 feet (100 meters) possible. Digital audio bus The digital audio bus featured on the BLU-800, BLU-320, BLU-160 and BLU-120, is a fault-tolerant bus of 256 channels. In addition to providing a backbone for the transportation of multiple channels, the bus also facilitates the creation of large, fault-tolerant, centralized matrices containing multiple bus-capable devices.

Proven DSP processing objects All the familiar Soundweb™ Original processing objects are included; many modeled on the classic and respected BSS Audio analog processors. The platform has also been

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• dockable tool menus • creation of zones • layout scrolling, zooming and minimap windows • new innovative processing objects such as scalable mixers that make design and object selection easier than ever • new control panels with vast galleries of controls • highly informative docking windows • the ability to copy control values across objects

designed to enable future software releases to include new leading edge DSP functions.

Create custom control panels One of the advantages inherited from Soundweb™ Designer has been made even easier. Simple mouse clicks create control panels and pages and add “unbound” elements such as meters and faders that can then be tied to distinct processing objects. Not forgotten is the “traditional” method of creating panels by dragging controls directly onto these custom panels. Pages can also be nested within panels, increasing their versatility, offering neater layout of controls and taking the concept to an unprecedented level.

Section:

03

Soundweb™ London Family of Products With a choice of seven different processors within the Soundweb London family and input / output card flexibility within each device, Soundweb London represents a truly flexible and scalable system. Whether you require the high bandwidth audio networking of a digital audio bus, CobraNet compatibility, DSP capability, input / output expansion or a specific mix of functionality, Soundweb London offers the building blocks of a tailor made system.

CHASSIS

CARD SLOTS

INPUTS

OUTPUTS

CONFIG.

DISPLAY

LOGIC

RS-232

SIGNAL PROCESSING

COBRANET

BLU-800

19”

E

C

C

S

E

E

E

4X

E

BLU-80

19”

E

C

C

S

E

E

E

1X

E

BLU-320

19”

C

C

S

BLU-32

19”

E E

C

C

S

E E

E E

E E

BLU-160

19”

E

C

C

S

E

E

E

4X

BLU-16

19”

E

C

C

S

E

E

E

1X

BLU-120

19”

E

C

C

S

E

E

E

BLU-BOB1

Half-Rack

8

M

BLU-BOB2

19”

8

M

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 9

E E

BSS Audio

9

12/4/09 3:31:33 PM

Page 161


Soundweb™ London Blu-100

Networked Signal Processor The Soundweb London BLU-100 offers a fixed configuration of 12 inputs and 8 outputs, configurable signal processing and a high bandwidth, fault tolerant digital audio bus.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The BLU-100 has open architecture which is fully configurable through HiQnet™ London Architect. A rich palette of processing and logic objects and a “drag and drop” method of configuration provide a simple and familiar design environment. This processor features a low latency, fault tolerant digital audio bus of 64 channels which uses standard Category 5e cabling giving a distance of 100m between compatible devices. Fiber media converters can be used to increase the distance between devices to over 40km. The BLU-100 is compatible with the entire Soundweb London family and its 64 channel digital audio bus represents channels 1-64 of the larger 256 channel digital audio bus when integrated with the BLU-800, BLU-320, BLU-160, BLU-120 and BLU-BOB devices.

Section:

03

10

Phantom Power, Signal Present and Clip information per channel is easily accessible, without the requirement for a PC, from clear front panel LED indication. A bi-directional locate function allows devices to be identified both from and within HiQnet London Architect. 12 Control Inputs and 6 Logic Outputs allow the BLU100 to be integrated with GPIO compatible devices. The Soundweb London Interface Kit, comprehensive documentation which details how Soundweb London systems can be integrated with third party control systems, is included within the installation of HiQnet London Architect. The BLU-100 and the other members of the Soundweb London family provide the building blocks of the perfectly tailored system solution.

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 10

Page 162

Analog Inputs provide software configurable gain in 6dB steps up to +48dB per channel and software selectable Phantom Power per channel.

12/4/09 3:31:37 PM


Blu-BOB1 & Blu-BOB2 (Break-Out Boxes) Output Expanders

The BLU-BOB output channels are easily configured by six DIP switches located on the rear of the

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The Soundweb London BLU-BOB or “break-out box” offers 8 channels of analog audio output expansion via the Soundweb London high bandwidth, fault tolerant digital audio bus.

device, which select consecutive channels in groups of eight. This simple configuration allows selection of any 8-channel range from the 256 channels available on the digital audio bus. Output channel assignments are configured by DIP switch selection only. The BLU-BOB is not configured by HiQnet™ London Architect.

Section:

03

Wall Controllers BLU-10

BLU-6

BLU-8

BLU-3

(available in white, black and blue)

(available in white and black)

sw9015US

sw9012US

BLU-3

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 11

BSS Audio

11

12/4/09 3:32:02 PM

Page 163


Soundweb™ Lite Standalone Signal Processor

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The demand for simple standalone DSP processing led BSS Audio to introduce the Soundweb Lite 3088 Signal Processor. This standalone non-networked 8x8 unit draws on the phenomenal success of the larger networked Soundweb

Section:

03

Soundweb™ Original

SW9088iis and associated products, but provides a cost-effective solution for situations where the design requires a maximum of 8 inputs and 8 outputs.

• Freely configurable DSP • Network carries control data and 8 channels • Distributed processing, of 24-bit/48kHz digital networking and DSP audio • Proprietary networking • Easy system design and requires no external configuration using hardware or set-ups Soundweb™ Designer software

SW9012 (UK Version)

12

SW9015 (UK Version)

SW9015 (US Version)

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 12

Page 164

SW9012 (US Version)

• High network tolerance and stability • Variety of limited- access control options • Systems can be easily expanded or updated • Optional Audio/Video matrix and in-wall control panels available

12/4/09 3:32:12 PM


FDS-366T OMNIDRIVE™ COMPACT plus FDS-336T Minidrive™ / FDS-334T Minidrive™ Loudspeaker Management Systems

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

03 The OMNIDRIVE and Minidrive systems represent the ultimate in loudspeaker management, monitoring, and zone control. Minidrive™ provides the same core functions as the OMNIDRIVE range: crossover (LinkwitzRiley, Bessel or Butterworth, WHISEWORKS - Neville Thiele Method Filters), mid-band limiters, equalization (assignable to inputs and outputs), and input and output delay. But the price is made lower than the OMNIDRIVE’s by omitting a few of the OMNIDRIVE’s more advanced features. The FDS-366T OMNIDRIVE features WHISEWORKS – Neville Thiele Method™* filter technology, letting you take your loudspeakers closer to their operating bandwidths without fear of over-excursion. One FDS-366T OMNIDRIVE COMPACT plus can

drive a true stereo 3-way system, or 3 bi-amp outputs for monitors. Add more units and MIDI slave linking to make stereo 4, 5 and even 6-way systems. The OMNIDRIVE COMPACT Plus and Minidrive all have completely flexible routing allowing any input to be sent to any output making the FDS series of products suitable for a diverse range of applications. You can configure, control, and monitor the FDS-366T, FDS-336T and FDS-334T via HiQnet™ London Architect™.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 13

BSS Audio

13

12/4/09 3:32:19 PM

Page 165


Whiseworks – Neville Thiele Method Filters Included with Soundweb™ London, Soundweb™ Original, OMNIDRIVE COMPACT plus and Minidrive

“The cleanest and clearest filters I’ve heard to date.”

What are NTM™* Filters all about?

A NTM™ Crossover Filter is a new type of electrical/acoustical filter offering significant performance advantages over all previous crossover filter types in audio applications. The filter was developed by Neville Thiele (pronounced “Teel”).

Andy Dockerty, Adlib Audio, UK

How do they work?

Harman Pro Group | 2010

“The new filters allow me to put more power to the devices without fear of overload or over-excursion. Once adjusted, sounds better than standard filters. The system seemed louder and clearer. We were setting off alarms in the car park!”

Section:

03

The NTM crossover uses a unique notched response to achieve a very steep roll-off rate outside the pass-band. The 4th order NTM crossover amplitude response looks like this: NTM Roll-off

Notches in the responses speed-up the rate of roll-off. Beyond the notch, the response rises again, but remains respectably attenuated.

Ferrit, Promix/Electrotec, Las Vegas, Nevada, USA

Advantages

*WHISEWORKS - NTM™* and WHISEWORKS - Neville Thiele Method™ are trademarks of Precision Audio Pty. Ltd.

“The biggest step forward in digital crossover technology since Linkwitz-Riley.” Jerry Wing, Britannia Row Productions, UK

14

For many years, Linkwitz-Riley crossovers have been the ‘industry standard’ as they offered the best compromise for most of the important parameters.

The new NTM crossover shapes now represent the optimal combination of characteristics for most applications, assuring it at least a place alongside Linkwitz Riley, if not becoming the new industry standard.

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 14

Page 166

Like the Linkwitz-Riley crossover shape, NTM crossovers maintain a flat amplitude response against frequency, and hold the drivers in-phase throughout the crossover region, preventing beam tilting. Additionally however, the 8th order NTM filter gives the fastest roll-off rate of any of the common crossover shapes. The 4th order NTM filter also offers the best group delay flatness of any crossover shape with a roll-off of at least 24dB/Octave, whilst offering a higher cut-off rate than any other 4th order crossover.

12/4/09 3:32:28 PM


FCS-960 & FCS-966 Graphic Equalizers

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

FCS-960 Of all the features that distinguish the FCS series among professional-grade equalizers, Constant Q filters are probably the most prominent. Compared to the earlier “gyrator” style of filters, Constant Q filters provide a smoother and more predictable interaction between adjacent faders, and the resulting EQ curve more closely resembles the actual fader positions. And each fader on the FCS equalizers has +/– 15dB of adjustable gain, more than many competitive graphic equalizers. When you consider the FCS series’ proven history of quality and reliability as well as their impressive feature set, you understand why so many industry veterans include these equalizers in their racks.

The FCS-960 is the graphic EQ of choice among some of the biggest names in the touring business. Dual mode operation accommodates both Wide Q for Room Contouring (to find the smoothest response) and Narrow Q for monitoring (to “notch out” particular frequencies) on each channel. The FCS-960 provides two channels in 3U of rack space. Constant Q-filters with filter-bypass center taps are controlled by high grade, 45mm faders with molded polymer fader knobs. These prominent knobs eradicate visual parallax error even under low light conditions. Also included are sweepable/switchable Hi-pass filter, Gain control and electronically balanced inputs and outputs.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 15

03

Dual Mode Graphic Equalizer

BSS Audio

15

12/4/09 3:32:40 PM

Page 167


FCS-966 FCS-966

Constant Constant Q Graphic Q Graphic Equalizer Equalizer

Harman Pro Group | 2010

roomroom or loudspeaker or loudspeaker response. response. The FCS-966 The FCS-966 is commonly is commonly filtersfilters are very are musical very musical usedused for stage for stage monitors monitors and is and is TheseThese gentle boostboost and cut andshelving cut shelving engineered engineered usingusing knowledge knowledge gentle type,type, which which can be can used be used to add to add and experience and experience gained gained fromfrom the the (or remove) roomroom effects effects that that FCS-960. FCS-960. Modern Modern components components (or remove) change withwith temperature, temperature, audi-audiand manufacturing and manufacturing techniques techniqueschange numbers numbers or humidity. or humidity. allowallow premium premium quality quality and reliand reli-enceence ability ability to beto retained be retained at a lower at a lower priceprice point. point. Traditionally, Traditionally, muchmuch general general equalization equalization takestakes placeplace on the on the faders faders alone, alone, but this but restricts this restricts the use theof use theoffaders the faders at each at each end end of theofscale the scale for further for further precision precision EQ work. EQ work. So BSS Audio So BSS Audio provides provides the FCS-966 the FCS-966 withwith separate separate LF LF and HF andcontour HF contour filters, filters, which which can can change change an overall an overall sound sound balance balance without without disturbing disturbing a detailed a detailed

Section:

03

16 16BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 16 16

Page 168

12/4/09 12/4/09 3:32:54 3:32:54 PM PM


Active DI, Line Balancing & Signal Distribution

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

03

AR-133 Active DI Box/Line Balancer

The AR-133 is a single channel DI box with high input impedance, W" jack input and parallel link ouputs to feed backline amps. Though itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s a favorite among highprofile touring professionals, the AR-133 is priced to be affordable for all musicians, studios and PA companies. The rugged aluminum extrusion caseâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s unique arch design lets you run cables back underneath the unit for neat cable management.

The AR-133 includes phantom power and battery supplies. Should the phantom power from the console fail or accidentally switch off, the AR-133 automatically switches over to the internal 9V battery, providing uninterrupted use. Numerous applications can be satisfied by the AR-133. For example, as well as the traditional guitar use, the AR-133 can be used with keyboards, DJ mixers, link outputs, and other electronic sources. The AR-133 can also be used as an active balancing device.

The AR-133 uses an enhanced version of the same audio path as the AR-116, regarded by many as an industry standard. The sound quality is legendary, particularly on acoustic and bass guitars.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 17

BSS Audio

17

12/4/09 3:33:04 PM

Page 169


Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

03

Product Specifications: The BSS Audio website, located at bssaudio.com is updated regularly and provides a great source for all the latest news and product specifications. You will find useful information in the form of brochures, user manuals, technical data sheets, applications guides and software updates. The website also contains contact information for all sales, technical support and service enquiries. 18

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 18

Page 170

Product information:

All specifications are subject to change. 漏2006 All Rights Reserved, Harman International Industries, Inc. BSS Audio, Soundweb, London Architect, OMNIDRIVE, Minidrive, and HiQnet are trademarks of Harman International Industries. WHISEWORKS NTM and Neville Thiele Method are trademarks of Whiseworks Pty., Ltd. All other trademarks are the property of their respective holders.

12/4/09 3:33:13 PM


Soundweb London – Networked Signal Processors

BLU-16, BLU-32, BLU-80, | BLU-120, BLU-160, BLU-320 and BLU-800 4

2

3

1

3

4

2

1

B S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

blu-160/blu-120

A S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

D

(rear diagrams)

4

2

3

C

1

4

1

3

2

A

B

blu-800, blu-320

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

C

D

(rear diagram)

4

2

3

1

3

4

2

1

B

blu-16

(rear diagram)

C C OPTO + –

1 1

2 2

CONTROL INPUTS LOGIC OUTPUTS

7 7

8 8

R R

R R

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

100-240VAC ~ 50/60Hz 35VA

T1AL-250V FUSE

LOCATE

RS232

S

ETHERNET

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

2

3

Front Panel Led Indicators: Per Input: Other: Analogue Inputs: Mic/Line Inputs Input Impedance Maximum input level CMRR Input Noise (E.I.N.) Phantom power A/D Latency: Digital Inputs: Input impedance: Sample Rate: Sample Rate conversion: THD+N: Latency: Analogue Outputs: Maximum Output Level Frequency Response THD Dynamic Range Crosstalk D/A Latency Digital Outputs: Input impedance:

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

+ –

RS232

ETHERNET

Signal Present, CLIP, SYNC/48V, I/O card type (IN, OUT, DIG) LCD Display, Conductor active, Net Link active, Data Activity. Up to 16 electronically balanced on Phoenix Combicon removable screw connectors Nominal gain 0dB, electronically switchable up to +48dB,in +6dB steps 3.5kΩ +20dBu with 0dB input gain,+8dBu with 12dB gain >75dB at 1KHz <-128dBu typical with 150Ω source 48V nominal, selectable per input 38.7/Fs Up to 16 AES/EBU or S/PDIF on Phoenix/Combicon removable screw connectors 110 ohm (AES/EBU), 75 ohm (S/PDIF) 48kHz or 96kHz 8kHz-96kHz -140dB 3/Fso + (56.581/Fsi) + (55.658/Fso). Up to 16 electronically balanced on Phoenix/Combicon removable screw connectors +19dBu 15Hz-20KHz (+0.5dB/-1dB) <0.01% 20Hz to 20KHz, +10dBu output 108dB typical, 22Hz-22KHz unweighted <-75dB 28/Fs Up to 16 AES/EBU or S/PDIF on Phoenix/Combicon removable screw connectors. 110 ohm (AES/EBU), 75 ohm (S/PDIF)

+ –

S

4

1 1

2 2

CONTROL INPUTS LOGIC OUTPUTS

7 7

8 8

R R

R R

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

OUT

LOCATE

S

+ –

S

3

+ –

S

+ –

2

1

A

B C C OPTO + –

SECONDARY

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

C

D

100-240VAC ~ 50/60Hz 35VA

T1AL-250V FUSE

C

1

IN PRIMARY

(rear diagrams)

+ –

D

4

Blu-32/blu-80

A S

BUDDYLINK / 48K

Sample Rate: Sample Rate conversion: THD+N: Latency: Control Ports: 12 inputs and 6 outputs Control Input Voltage Control Input Impedance Logic Output Voltage Logic Output Impedance Logic Output Current Watchdog Output: Opto Output current Withstanding voltage Series Impedance Control Network (All Models): Connectors Maximum cable length CobraNet™ Audio Network: Connectors: Maximum cable length Power and Dimensions: Mains Voltage Power Consumption BTU Rating Operating Temperature Range: Dimensions Weight

Harman Pro Group | 2010

chitect, demarks

Product Specifications:

48kHz or 96kHz 8kHz-96kHz -140dB 3/Fso + (56.581/Fsi) + (55.658/Fso). 0 to 4.5v 4.7kΩ to +5V (2-wire mode), >1MΩ (3-wire mode) 0 or +5V unloaded 440Ωs 10mA source, 60mA sink Phoenix/Combicon connector for failsafe control 14mA maximum 80V maximum (Off) 220Ω (isolated) RJ45 Ethernet connector 100m/300ft on Category 5 cable between device and Ethernet switch (BLU-80, BLU-32 only) 2 x RJ45 connectors 100m/300ft on Category 5 cable between device and Ethernet switch

Section:

03

85-270V AC, 50/60Hz <35VA <120 BTU/hr 5(41) to 35(95) degrees C(degrees F) (h (U) x w x d): 1.75" (1U) x 19" x 11.3" (45mm x 483mm x 287mm) 18.6 lbs / 8.4kgs (estimated)

Soundweb London BLU-100 – Networked Signal Processor BLU-100

(rear diagram) Front Panel Led Indicators: Per Input: Other: Analog Inputs: Mic/Line Inputs: Input Impedance: Maximum Input Level: CMRR: Input Noise (E.I.N.): Phantom Power: A/D Latency: Analog Outputs: Maximum Output Level: Frequency Response: THD: Dynamic Range:

Signal Present, CLIP, 48V (Input only) COM, STAT, ERR, PWR 12 electronically balanced on Phoenix Combicon removable screw connectors Nominal gain 0dB, electronically switchable up to +48dB,in +6dB steps 3.5kΩ +20dBu with 0dB input gain,+8dBu with 12dB gain >75dB at 1KHz <-128dBu typical with 150Ω source 48V nominal, selectable per input 37/Fs [0.77ms@48k] 8 electronically balanced on Phoenix/Combicon removable screw connectors +19dBu 20Hz-20KHz (+0.5dB/-1dB) <0.01% 20Hz to 20KHz, +10dBu output 108dB typical, 22Hz-22KHz unweighted

Crosstalk: Output Impedance: D/A Latency: Control Ports: Control Input Voltage: Control Input Impedance: Logic Output Voltage: Logic Output Impedance: Logic Output Current: Watchdog Output: Opto Output Current: Withstanding Voltage: Series Impedance: Control Network: Connectors: Maximum Cable Length: BLU link: Connectors: Maximum Cable Length:

<-75dB 40Ω balanced and 20Ω unbalanced 29/Fs [0.60ms@48k] 12 inputs and 6 outputs 0 to 4.5v 4.7kΩ to +5V (2-wire mode), >1MΩ (3-wire mode) 0 or +5V unloaded 440Ωs 10mA source, 60mA sink Phoenix/Combicon connector for failsafe control 14mA maximum 80V maximum (Off) 220Ω (isolated) RJ45 Ethernet connector 100m/300ft on Category 5 cable between device and Ethernet switch 2 x RJ45 Ethernet connectors 100m/300ft on Category 5e cable between devices

BSS Audio incorporates high quality mechanical fans in some products. All mechanical fans have a limited life expectancy. We recommend annual inspection of fans for dust occlusion and excessive noise. Fan assemblies should be replaced after six to ten years of use. Environmental factors such as elevated temperature, dust, and smoke can adversely affect fan life. Systems exposed to these conditions should be inspected more frequently. Fan replacement can be performed either at the factory or by an experienced technician in the field. Please contact BSS Technical Support for more information on purchasing replacement parts or product service. BSS Audio has a policy of continued product improvement and accordingly reserves the right to change features and specifications without prior notice.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 19

BSS Audio

19

12/4/09 3:33:17 PM

Page 171


Product Specifications: Soundweb London BLU-100 – (Specifications Continued) Max. Number of Nodes: Latency: Pass Through Latency: Power and Dimensions: Mains Voltage:

60 11/Fs [0.23ms@48k] 4/Fs [0.08ms@48k]

Power Consumption: BTU Rating: Operating Temp. Range: Dims: (H(U) x W x D): Weight:

100-240V AC, 50/60Hz

FCS Series – Graphic Equalizers

<55VA <188 BTU/hr 5 (41) to 35 (95) degrees C (degrees F) 1.75” (1U) x 19” x 9.0” (45mm x 483mm x 229mm) 7.5 lbs / 3.4 kgs (estimated)

| FCS-960, FCS-966 CHANNEL 2 OUTPUT

MAINS POWER

CHANNEL 1 INPUT

OUTPUT

INPUT

SELECT

220 VOLTAGE

FCS-960 (rear diagram)

ON

Pin 2 + (Hot) Pin 3 - (Cold)

Pin 2 + (Hot) Pin 3 - (Cold)

BALANCED CONNECTIONS

BALANCED CONNECTIONS

Tip + (Hot) Ring - (Cold)

Tip + (Hot) Ring - (Cold)

Harman Pro Group | 2010

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

S

+ –

240

FCS-966 (rear diagram)

FCS-960 Inputs: Impedance Max Input Level Connector Output Section: Output Max Output Level Connector System Performance: Frequency Response Distortion (THD) Output Noise (Flat) Channel Separation (FCS-960) Gain Control Range Peak Indicator Bypass Filter Power and Dimensions: Power Requirements Power Consumption Dimensions (HxWxD):

Section:

03

Weight

OUTPUT 2

INPUT 2

FCS-966 Input Section: Input Impedance Maximum Input Level CMRR Output section: Output Impedance Maximum Output Level Filters: HP filter LF contour HF contour Frequency bands General Performance Frequency Response Noise Dynamic Range Cross Talk Distortion Gain control Power and Dimensions: AC Power Dimensions Weight

10kΩ, electronically balanced +20dBu XLR3-31 Electronically balanced and floating +20dBu into 600Ω XLR3-32 ±0.25dB 20Hz-20kHz <0.005% 20Hz-20kHz @ +4dBu <-93dBu 22Hz-22kHz unweighted >80dB from 20Hz-20kHz ±10dB +18dBu Passive fail-safe bypass relay MFB Constant Q type 50/60Hz, 90V-264V < 00VA 00" x 19" x 00" 000mm x 483mm x 000mm 6.6 lbs / 3 kg (estimated)

FDS-Series – Loudspeaker Management Systems

OUTPUT 2

INPUT 2

10kΩ, electronically balanced >+20dBu >-40dB @1kHz <50Ω, electronically balanced >+20dBu into 600Ω OUT to 250Hz @ 12dB/octave ±6dB shelving @ 50Hz 6dB/octave ±6dB shelving @ 14kHz 6db/octave ±15dB on ISO centers with a Q of 4 5Hz to 45kHz ±1dB <-94dBu 22Hz to 22kHz > 115dB >-80dB @1kHz <0.005%THD (80kHz measurement BW) 20Hz-20kHz +10dB to ∞ 115/230V AC, 50/60Hz, 30VA 19" x 5.25" x 7.1" / 483mm x 134mm x 180mm 6.6lbs / 3kgs

| FDS-366T, FDS-336T and FDS-334T INPUTS

FLOATING BALANCED OUTPUTS CONTROLLER INTERFACES RS232

FDS-334T

(rear diagram)

MIDI OUT

MIDI THRU

3

4

MIDI IN

2

1

B

A

INPUTS

FLOATING BALANCED OUTPUTS CONTROLLER INTERFACES RS232

FDS-336T

(rear diagram)

MIDI OUT MIDI THRU

100-240VAC ~ 50/60Hz 35VA

MIDI IN

6

5

4

2

3

1

FLOATING BALANCED OUTPUTS

FDS-366T

(rear diagram)

FDS-366T Input Section: Input Impedance Maximum Input Level CMRR Input gain Input Connector

22

10kΩ, electronically balanced +20dBu >50dB 30Hz-20kHz +/-15dB variable in 0.1dB steps XLR-3F

RS485

RS232

PROGRAM SELECT

MIDI OUT

MIDI IN

6

5

4

3

2

1

C/MIC

A

LANCED

INPUTS

B

A/AES

AES/EBU Interface: Input Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, 96kHz Output Section: Output Impedance <50Ω, electronically balanced and floating Maximum Output Level +20dBu into 600Ω or greater Output Gain ±21dB, variable in 0.1dB steps Output Connector XLR-3M. transformer Balancing optional

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 20

Page 172

100-240VAC ~ 50/60Hz 35VA

RS485

B

12/4/09 3:33:18 PM


FDS-Series – (Specifications Continued) Crossover Filters: Slopes Type

6, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48 or 52dB per octave (Filter type dependant) WHISEWORKS–NTM™, Bessel, Butterworth, or LinkwitzRiley

Crossover Slopes

Limiters: Mid-filter EQ: Up to 38 bands of EQ Type Frequency range Delay: Delay Time Delay Time Resolution Delay Units Power and Dimensions Power Requirements Power Consumption Dimensions (HxWxD): Weight (shipping)

4 channels +20dBu, into 600Ω, electronically balanced 47Ω >108dB unweighted 22Hz-22kHz < ±0.25dB, 15Hz-20kHz with filters out < 0.01%, 20Hz-20kHz @ +10dBu input level 48kHz > 80dB, 20Hz-20kHz 24-bit, input and output Mono 4-way, stereo 2-way Mono 6-way, stereo 3-way, stereo 2-way with A+B sum 2-way, any combination of 2 inputs to up to 6 outputs with individual passbands Bessel, 12 & 24dB/octave; Linkwitz-Riley, 12, 24 or 48dB/octave; Butterworth, 6, 12, 18, 24 or 48dB/octave; WHISEWORKS-NTM, 36 & 52dB/octave 2-stage limiters with threshold of -10 to +20dBu

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Delays: Available on Inputs A, B, and C Outputs 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Delay step 11 microseconds minimum Max Delay time 2.6 seconds EQ: Max number of EQ filters > 50 depending on crossover slopes EQ Type Parametric, Bell or shelving on any filter EQ Gain ±15dB, variable in 0.2dB steps Bandwidth 0.05 to 3 octaves, variable in 0.05 steps EQ frequency 15Hz to 20kHz Dynamic slope 2:1 to 20:1 (dynamic EQs only) General Performance (filters out) Frequency response 10Hz - 20kHz, ±0.25dB 10Hz - 40kHz, +/-2dB Dynamic range >112dB, unweighted 22Hz to 22kHz, >117dB when AES/ EBU inputs used Channel Separation >80dB, 30Hz-20kHz Distortion (THD) <0.005%, 20Hz - 20kHz @+10dBu output Power and Dimensions AC Power 90V-264V AC, 50/60Hz, 30VA Dimensions 19” x 1.75” x 11.5” / 483mm x 45mm x 292mm Weight 8.4lbs / 3.8kgs MINIDRIVE Inputs Max Level +20dBu Input Impedance 10kΩ, electronically balanced Outputs FDS-336T 6 channels

FDS-334T Max Output Level Output Impedance General Performance: Dynamic Range Frequency Response Distortion (THD) Audio Sample Rate Channel Separation A/D & D/A Conversion: Crossover Filters: FDS-334T FDS-336T

Dependent upon used crossovers slopes. High and Low shelving at 6dB or 12dB/octave or fully parametric with bandwidth of 0.05 to 3.0 octaves 15Hz to 16kHz, gain of ±15dB in 0.5 dB steps 635ms maximum delay on each input to output path 21μs steps Milliseconds, meters, feet or frames per second 50/60Hz, 90V-264V < 30VA 1.75" x 19" x 8" 44.4mm x 483mm x 203mm 6.2 lbs / 2.8 kg

Section:

03

AR-133 – Active DI Box/Line Balancer AR-133 Section: Input Max Input Level Connectors Output Section: Output Transformer Connector

1MΩ (pad at 0dB), 47kΩ (pad at -20dB), 47kΩ (pad at -40dB) +9dBu (pad at 0dB), +29dBu (pad at -20dB), +49dBu (pad at -40dB) Two Parallel ¼" jacks, parallel XLR connector (unbalanced) Max Output Level +8dBu into 600Ω or greater XLR3-32

General Performance: Distortion (THD) < 0.005% at 1kHz, 0dBu output Noise <-105dB unweighted, 22Hz-22kHz* Frequency 30Hz to 20kHz, +0dB/-1dB Power and Dimensions Main/Standby Power 9 volt PP3 type, battery preferably alkaline Current drain phantom: <7.5mA; battery: <2mA Phantom Power +20 volts DC to +48 volts DC Dimensions 2.3" x 4.9" x 5.6" / 59 mm x 124 mm x 143 mm Weight 1.4 lbs / 650 gms, excluding batteries * Noise measured relative to maximum output.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 21

BSS Audio

23

12/4/09 3:33:18 PM

Page 173


Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04 03

Professional Audio Signal Processing and Distribution Equipment 8760 S. Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA tel: +1 (801) 566-8800, Fax: +1 (801) 568-7662

bssaudio.com

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 22

Page 174

12/4/09 3:33:23 PM


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Crown Power Amplifiers 速

Section:

03 04

Page 175


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

04

Page 176


CTs CTs 2-Channel 2-Channel Series Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

INSTALLED SOUND

Section:

CTs CTs Multi-Channel Multi-Channel Series Series CTs CTs Multi-Channel Multi-Channel with with CobraNet CobraNet

TM TM

CDi CDi Series Series DSi DSi Series Series

Page 177

04


AMPLIFIERS INSTALLEDSOUND SOUND AMPLIFIERS INSTALLED CTs Series: The New Standard CTs Series: The New Standard CTs 600, CTs 1200, CTs 2000, CTs 3000 CTs 600, CTs 1200, CTs 2000, CTs 3000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Foundation Foundation

FEATURES  FEATURES

High power density. channel • • High power density. AllAll twotwo channel models a 2U chassis. models in ain2U chassis. New Crown Switching Power Supply • • New Crown Switching Power Supply lighter weight. forfor lighter weight. Selectable “Constant-Voltage” • • Selectable “Constant-Voltage” or or low-impedance operation channel. low-impedance operation perper channel. 100V direct outputs models. • • 100V direct outputs onon all all models. Fully PIP2-compatible. • • Fully PIP2-compatible.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

2-ohm Dual 4-ohm 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm 8-ohm Dual16-ohm 16-ohm Dual70V70V Dual 100V 100V Dual 4-ohm 4-ohm 2-ohm Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual channel)(per(per channel)(per(per channel)(per(per channel) channel) channel) Bridge Bridge (per(per channel) channel) channel) channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel)

CTs 600 150W 150W 300W 300W 300W 300W CTs 600 CTs 1200 250W 250W 600W 600W 600W 600W CTs 1200 CTs 2000 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W1,000W 1,000W CTs 2000 CTs 3000 1,500W 1,500W 1,500W 1,500W1,250W 1,250W CTs 3000

16-ohm 16-ohm Bridge Bridge

100V 100V Bridge Bridge

140V 140V Bridge Bridge

200V 200V Bridge Bridge

300W 300W 300W 300W 300W 300W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 300W ‡ ‡ 300W ‡ ‡ 600W ‡‡ 300W 600W 600W 600W 600W 500W 1,200W 1,200W1,200W 1,200W1,200W 1,200W 1,200W1,200W 1,200W 300W ‡ ‡ 500W ‡ ‡1,200W ‡‡ 625W 1,000W 1,000W1,000W 1,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W2,000W 2,000W2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W2,000W 2,000W 625W 625W 1,500W 1,500W1,500W 1,500W 3,000W 3,000W 3,000W 3,000W2,500W 2,500W3,000W 3,000W 3,000W 3,000W3,000W 3,000W 625W

*Maximum average power in watts at rated THD, *Maximum average power in watts at rated THD, 20 20 Hz Hz - 20- 20 kHz.kHz.

Page 178

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

‡With T-170V or TP-170V. ‡With T-170V or TP-170V.


0W‡ 0W‡ 0W 0W

Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz): ±0.25 dB. Signal to Noise Ratio below rated power (20 Hz to 20 kHz): 105 dB A-weighted. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) at full rated power, from 20 Hz to 20 kHz: CTs 600/1200: < 0.1%. CTs 2000/3000 < 0.35%. Damping Factor: 10 Hz to 100 Hz: > 3000. Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 80 dB. Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): 50 dB. DC Output Offset: < ±2 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): 10 kilohms balanced, 5 kilohms unbalanced. Maximum Input Level: +20 dBu before input compression, +32 dBu absolute maximum. Load Impedance: (Note: Safe with all types of loads) CTs 600/1200 Stereo: 2/4/8/16 ohms, 70V, 100V Bridge Mono: 4/8/16 ohms, 140V. CTs 2000/3000 Stereo: 2/4/8/16 ohms, 70V, 100V Bridge Mono: 4/8/16 ohms, 140V, 200V. Voltage Gain (at maximum level setting): 8/4 ohm operation, 1.4V sensitivity CTs 600 35:1 (31 dB) CTs 1200 50:1 (34 dB) CTs 2000 63.9:1 (36 dB) CTs 3000 71.4:1 (37 dB). 26 dB: 20:1 (26 dB). 70V operation, 1.4V sensitivity or 100V operation, 2.0V sensitivity: 50:1 (34 dB). AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120VAC/60Hz, 230VAC/50 Hz. Power Draw at Idle (120VAC mains): CTs 600/1200: 24W (standby mode) CTs 2000/3000: 35W (standby mode). Cooling: Continuously variable speed forced air, front-to-back airflow. Dimensions: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) H x 14.25 in. (36.2 cm) D. Weight: Net, Shipping CTs 600: 22.8 lb (10.3 kg), 27.7 lb (12.6 kg) CTs 1200: 23.4 lb (10.6 kg), 28.3 lb (12.8 kg) CTs 2000: 27.0 lb (12.2 kg), 32.0 lb (14.5 kg) CTs 3000: 27.7 lb (12.6 kg), 32.7 lb (14.8 kg).

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Bridge Mode Indicator: Yellow LED illuminates when the rear-panel Mode Switch is set to the “Bridge” position.

Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel is initialized and ready to produce audio output. Indicator is off when PIP puts the amplifier in standby mode via the control system. Signal Indicators: Three green LEDs per channel indicate the amplifier’s input and output signal levels. Signal: input signal is above –40 dBu. –20 dB: amplifier output is 20 dB below clipping. –10 dB: amplifier output is 10 dB below clipping. Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel’s output signal reaches the onset of audible clipping. The Clip Indicator also will illuminate during Thermal Level Control (TLC) limiting or when the input compressor/limiter is protecting the amplifier from input overload. Thermal Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel has shut down, or is very near shutting down, due to thermal stress or overload. Fault Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, flashes when the amplifier output channel has stopped operating. Data Indicator: Yellow LED indicates control data activity (if the amplifier is equipped with an IQ-PIP2 module, and connected to a control system). Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available. The LED will flash when the AC line voltage is 15% above or 25% below the nominal rated value. Cooling Vents: Front-to-rear forced airflow. Power Switch: Push-on / push-off switch.

Back Panel Controls and Connectors

Power Cord Connector: Standard 15 amp IEC inlet. Voltage is indicated above IEC inlet. Reset Switch: Resets the circuit breaker that protects the power supply. Speaker Connectors: One four-pole touch-proof terminal strip. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Input Connectors: Balanced 2-pin terminal block connector, one per channel, on the standard PIP2-BBY module. Channel Level Control: One 21-position detented rotary attenuator per channel, ranging from minus infinity (–70 dB) to 0 dB gain. Mode Switch: Two-position switch is used to select the amplifier’s mode of operation: Dual or Bridge-Mono.

Highpass Filter: One 3-position switch per channel selects between OFF, 35Hz and 70Hz 3rd-order filters. “Y” Input Switch: When set to ON, this switch parallels the input signals of the two channels for use when the input signal is mono. Also can be used to daisy-chain the signal to another amplifier. Ventilation Grille: Front-to-rear forced airflow.

Options

PIP2 modules, including the PIP-Lite, PIP-USP3, and PIP-USP3/CN.

Protection Systems

Thermal Level Control (TLC): If an amplifier channel starts to overheat, the TLC circuit will engage the input compressor. By compressing the input, the amplifier will not generate as much heat and will have a chance to cool down. Junction Temperature Simulation (JTS): In the CTs 600/1200, if excess power is demanded, JTS circuitry limits the drive level of the output devices to a safe range, preventing damage. Fault: The amplifier will light the Fault LED if the amplifier output stage stops operating. AC Under-/Over-Voltage Protection: If the AC line voltage drops below 25% or rises above 15% of the nominal operating voltage of the amplifier, the amplifier’s power supply turns off and the blue Power LED flashes. The amplifier will turn back on when the AC line voltage returns to safe operating levels. Circuit Breaker: This breaker protects the amplifier from excessive AC current draw. DC Output Servo: The output servo circuit protects your drivers by eliminating DC offset, even in the presence of very large asymmetrical signals. In-rush Limiting: A soft-start circuit in the power supply minimizes the amplifier’s current draw during power-on. Variable-speed Fan: Two continuously variable speed fans direct the airflow through the amplifier for cooling.

Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

9/07

136317-2B

INSTALLED SOUND

C

rown’s CTs Series amplifiers provide exceptional performance, flexibility and value for installed sound applications. CTs Series amplifiers feature independent selection of high and low impedance operation for a specific channel, plus power levels and features that were carefully chosen to match the requirements of fixed install design. Easy integration with HiQnet™ and CobraNet™ allows CTs amplifiers to deliver a comprehensive lineup of monitoring and control features along with digital audio transport for an award-winning digital audio solution.

Page 179

Harman Pro Group | 2010

V ge

 SPECIFICATIONS

Section:

04


AMPLIFIERS INSTALLEDSOUND SOUND AMPLIFIERS INSTALLED CTs Multi-Channel Series: The New Standard CTs Multi-Channel Series: The New Standard CTs 4200, CTs 8200 CTs 4200, CTs 8200

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Flexibility Flexibility

FEATURES  FEATURES

High power density: Four-channel model a 2U chassis, • • High power density: Four-channel model in ain2U chassis, eight-channel model a 3U chassis. eight-channel model in ain3U chassis. New Crown Switching Power Supply lighter weight. • • New Crown Switching Power Supply forfor lighter weight. Selectable “Constant-Voltage” low-impedance (4/8 ohm) • • Selectable “Constant-Voltage” or or low-impedance (4/8 ohm) operation channel-pair. operation perper channel-pair. 100V direct outputs. • • 100V direct outputs. New “FIT” (Fault Isolation Topology) circuitry isolates fault • • New “FIT” (Fault Isolation Topology) circuitry isolates fault conditions without affecting neighboring channels. conditions without affecting neighboring channels. Accept new accessory modules. • • Accept new MCMC accessory modules.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

All channels driven All channels driven 4-ohm 8-ohm 4-ohm DualDual8-ohm DualDual70V70V DualDual † †

1 channel driven 1 channel driven 4-ohm 8-ohm 4-ohm DualDual8-ohm DualDual 70V70V DualDual † †

All channel pairs driven 1 channel driven All channel pairs driven 1 channel pairpair driven 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge100V 100V Bridge 8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge Bridge Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge † † † †

CTs 4200 260W 260W 180W 180W 220W 220W 270W 270W 220W 220W 250W 250W 520W 520W 400W 400W 220W 220W CTs 4200 † † † † † † CTs 8200 200W 200W 160W 160W 200W 200W 270W 270W 220W 220W 250W 250W 400W 400W 320W 320W 200W 200W CTs 8200 average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. *Maximum *Maximum †Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support to 20 to automatic high-pass filters. †Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support 100100 Hz Hz to 20 kHzkHz duedue to automatic high-pass filters.

Page 180

560W 440W 440W 250W 250W 560W † † 540W 440W 440W 250W 250W 540W


 SPECIFICATIONS

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Bridge Mode Indicator: Yellow LED, one per channel pair, illuminates when the channel pair’s Mode Switch is set to the “Bridge” position. If Mode switch is changed while amplifier is powered up, Bridge LED will flash, indicating that the amplifier must be powered off and on to reset the Mode. Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel is initialized and ready to produce audio output.

Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates to indicate the presence of analog input signals above –40 dBu. Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates when the THD of the channel’s output signal rises to a level typically considered as the onset of audible clipping. The Clip Indicator also will illuminate during Thermal Level Control (TLC) or input overload. Thermal Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, flashes when a state of thermal stress or overload has caused the channel to shut down. If the power supply goes into thermal overload, all channel LEDs will flash. Fault Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, flashes when a fault condition has occurred in the channel. Ventilation Grille: Front-to-rear forced airflow. Data Indicator: Yellow LED indicates IQ Loop data activity (if the amplifier is equipped with an IQ-MC module, and connected to an IQ Loop). Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available. Indicator also flashes if the amplifier shuts off due to an under-/over-voltage condition on the AC mains. Power Switch: Amplifier is on when the switch is in the IN position.

Back Panel Controls and Connectors

AC Power Cord Connector: IEC inlet, type 320; 100/120VAC units: 15A; 220/230/240VAC units: 10A. Voltage is indicated above IEC inlet. Output Connectors: One four-pole terminal strip for every two channels with touch-proof cover. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Accessory Panel: CTs 4200 accepts an optional VCA-MC4A module. CTs 8200 accepts an optional VCA-MC8 module. Channel Level Controls: One 21-position detented rotary potentiometer per channel, ranging from infinity (–70 dB) to 0 dB attenuation. Input Connectors: Removable Phoenix-style barrier connectors for balanced input. Also can be used as a CobraNet input or a backup for CobraNet. Mode Switch: Used on each consecutive pair of channels, this four-position switch is used to select the amplifier’s mode of operation: Dual 8/4 ohms, Dual 70V, Bridge-Mono 16/8 ohms, and BridgeMono 100V. Cooling Vents: Front-to-rear forced airflow. Options Control Modules: VCA-MC4A: VCA module for CTs 4200A. VCA-MC8: VCA module for CTs 8200. Wall-mount level control panels for use with VCA module: 1-VCAP: Single-gang panel with 1 VCA channel volume control. 4-VCAP: Two-gang panel with 4 VCA channel volume controls. T-170V: This is an autoformer that allows 100V output from the amplifier, and allows other amplifiers without direct constant voltage output to be easily integrated into distributed systems. TP-170V: This is a rack-mountable panel with four autoformers as described above.

Protection Systems

Thermal Level Control (TLC): If an amplifier channel starts to overheat, the TLC circuit will engage that channel’s input compressor. By compressing the input, the amplifier will not generate as much heat and will have a chance to cool down. The degree of compression is proportional to the amount of overheating. If the channel becomes too hot for safe operation even after full TLC limiting, the channel will shut off, and the Thermal Indicator for that channel will flash brightly to alert the user that a state of thermal stress or overload has cause the channel to shut down. FIT (Fault Isolation Topology): Isolates faults within affected channels. Fault: If an amplifier channel requires service, the corresponding Fault indicator will illuminate to alert the user of this condition. If this occurs, return the amplifier to the Crown factory or to an authorized Crown service center. High-Pass Filter: A fixed 35-Hz (70-Hz in CTs 4200) high-pass filter per channel pair is automatically inserted when the mode switch is set to either of the constant-voltage settings. The high-pass filter corner frequency in the CTs 8200 can be set to 70 Hz, or bypassed, with a service option. AC Under-/Over-Voltage Protection: If the AC line voltage varies out of an acceptable range, the amplifier’s power supply turns off and the blue Power LED flashes. The amplifier will turn back on when the AC line voltage returns to safe operating levels. Under-Voltage Limit

Models

Over-Voltage Limit

100VAC (CTs 8200 only)

90VAC

110VAC

120 VAC units

108VAC

132VAC

220V/230V/240V units

198VAC

264VAC

Section:

Power Fuse: A fuse protects the amplifier from excessive AC current draw. Inrush Limiting: A soft-start circuit in the power supply minimizes the amplifier’s current draw during power-on. Variable-speed Fan: Continuously variable speed fan directs the airflow through the amplifier for cooling. Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

8/07

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz): ±0.5 dB. Phase Response (at 1 watt, 10 Hz - 20 kHz): ±35°. Signal to Noise Ratio below rated power (20 Hz to 20 kHz): 100 dB unweighted. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) at 1 watt, from 20 Hz to 20 kHz: < 0.05%. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD) 60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1, from 163 milliwatts to full bandwidth power: < 0.05% (typical). Damping Factor: 10 Hz to 400 Hz: >180. Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 80 dB. Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 50 dB. DC Output Offset (shorted input): < ±5 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): 20 kilohms balanced, 10 kilohms unbalanced. Maximum Input Level (before input compression): + 20 dBu. Load Impedance: (Note: Safe with all types of loads) Stereo: 4/8 and 25 ohms (70V) Bridge Mono: 8/16 and 50 ohms (100V) Voltage Gain (at maximum level setting), 1.4V sensitivity, 4/8 Ohm Operation: 20:1 (26 dB); 70V Operation: 50:1 (34 dB) 100V Operation: 71.4:1 (37 dB) AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120V/60 Hz, 220/230/240V/50 Hz. Power Draw at Idle (120VAC mains, all channels in 4/8 ohm mode): 58W. Power Draw at Idle (120VAC mains, all channels in 70V mode): 77W. Cooling: Continuously variable speed forced air, front-to-back airflow. Dimensions (Width, Height, Depth): CTs 4200: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) H x 16.25 in. (41.3 cm) D. CTs 8200: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 5.25 in. (13.3 cm) H x 16.25 in. (41.3 cm) D. Weight (Net, Shipping): CTs 4200: 27 lb 8 oz (12.5 kg), 32 lb (14.5 kg) CTs 8200: 36 lb 6 oz (16.5 kg), 47 lb (21.3 kg).

136318-1K

INSTALLED SOUND

C

rown’s CTs Multi-Channel Series offers wide flexibility for a wide range of installed sound applications. CTs Multi-Channel Series amplifiers offer independent selection of high- and low-impedance operation for each channel pair, making these amps ideal for multi-zone installations.

Page 181

04


INSTALLEDSOUND SOUND AMPLIFIERS INSTALLED AMPLIFIERS CTs Multi-Channel Series: With CobraNet CTs Multi-Channel Series: With CobraNet CTs 4200USP/CN, CTs 8200USP/CN CTs 4200USP/CN, CTs 8200USP/CN

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

CobraNet Capable Capable CobraNet TM TM

FEATURES(input (inputmodule) module)  FEATURES

Mbps Ethernet single-plug solution CobraNet audio, • • 100100 Mbps Ethernet single-plug solution forfor CobraNet audio, HiQnet™ control monitoring. andand HiQnet™ control andand monitoring. Analog audio inputs allow CobraNet network audio input, • • Analog audio inputs allow CobraNet network audio input, CobraNet audio backup, a hardwire emergency override CobraNet audio backup, or or a hardwire emergency override CobraNet audio. of of CobraNet audio. digital analog conversion with floating point • • 2424 bitbit digital to to analog conversion with 3232 bit,bit, floating point DSP processing. DSP processing. Firmware upgrades network. • • Firmware upgrades viavia thethe network. user selectable presets. • • 1010 user selectable presets. Reliable FLASH memory backup parameters. • • Reliable FLASH memory backup of of all all parameters.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

CTs 4200USP/CN CTs 4200USP/CN CTs 8200USP/CN CTs 8200USP/CN

All channels driven 1 channel driven All channel pairs driven 1 channel driven All channels driven 1 channel driven All channel pairs driven 1 channel pairpair driven 4-ohm 8-ohm 4-ohm 8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge 8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual 70V70V DualDual 4-ohm DualDual8-ohm DualDual 70V70V DualDual 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge † † † † † † † †

260W 180W 180W 220W 220W 270W 270W 220W 220W 250W 250W 520W 520W 400W 400W 220W 220W 560W 560W 440W 440W 250W 250W 260W † † † † † † † † 200W 160W 160W 200W 200W 270W 270W 220W 220W 250W 250W 400W 400W 320W 320W 200W 200W 540W 540W 440W 440W 250W 250W 200W

*Maximum average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. *Maximum average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. †Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support to 20 to automatic high-pass filters. †Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support 100100 Hz Hz to 20 kHzkHz duedue to automatic high-pass filters.

Page 182


 SPECIFICATIONS USP/CN CobraNet Module Specifications (for amplifier specifications, see the CTs MultiChannel Series pages)

Connectors:

AUX Connector Configurable for AUX input, AUX output and Listen Bus. Listen Bus is also supported through CobraNet. Network Connector The dual RJ45 CobraNet connectors allow a Primary & Secondary connection to the 100Mb Ethernet network. Should the Primary connection lose link activity with the network, the input module will automatically switch to the Secondary connection to ensure uninterrupted audio and control. The indicators on the RJ45 connectors display network information concerning the Ethernet and CobraNet connections. Preset Indicator Signals the number of the current preset, if active, by flashing a series of flashes equal to the current preset number.

Switches:

Reset/Preset Switch Used to change presets, restore settings to factory default or restore all the presets to the factory defaults. During operation of the switch, the Data indicator flashes as an aid to the user. Accessible with a straightened paper clip through the rear panel, the switch selects the next user preset if pressed for less than 2 seconds, resets the module to preset “0” if pressed for more than 2 seconds.

General:

Memory Backup: Non-volatile FLASH memories for backup of run-time parameters, presets, and program storage. Communications: 100Mb Fast Ethernet conforming to IEEE 802.3.

D/A and A/D Conversion: 24 bit. Latency:

DSP processing: 1 ms or 1000 µs. Digital-to-analog conversion: 250 µs. Analog-to-digital conversion: 250 µs. Amplifier: 100 µs. Total: 1.6 ms or 1000 µs. Dynamic Range: 103 dB typical (A-weighted, 20Hz–20kHz, audio sourced from muted CobraNet channel). Distortion: < 0.1% THD+N, 20Hz–20kHz. Frequency Response: ± 0.5 dB, 20Hz–20kHz. Input/Output Monitor Accuracy: Typically ±1dB. Maximum Input Level: + 20 dBu.

Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Indicators:

IQ Data Indicator Flashes when the module receives a valid command that is addressed to the CTs 4200 USP/CN and CTs 8200USP/CN.

Overall Audio Performance:

DSP Processing: Two processors, 32 bit, Floating Point, 724 µs latency.

Section:

04

CTs 8200USP/CN Back Panel (note USP/CN CobraNet™ module at top left)

139279-2

2/08

T

INSTALLED SOUND ®

he Crown CTs 4200USP/CN and CTs 8200USP/CN power amplifiers have an integrated 3rd generation, DSP-based input module. It connects the amplifier to a 100 Mbps Ethernet network allowing it to be remotely controlled and monitored via System Architect™ software. In addition, the input module allows the transport of real-time digital audio via CobraNet™ over the same Ethernet network. The amplifiers connect to a HiQnet™ audio control/monitor network using standard 100 Mbps Ethernet hardware (switches, Network Interface Cards, and cables). CobraNet™ audio is available over the same 100 Mbps Ethernet network, providing a simple-to-install, single-plug solution for audio distribution, control, and monitoring.

Page 183


AMPLIFIERS INSTALLEDSOUND SOUND AMPLIFIERS INSTALLED CDi Series: 2/4/8 Ohm, 70V/100V channel CDi Series: 2/4/8 Ohm, 70V/100V perper channel CDi 1000, CDi 2000, CDi 4000, CDi 6000 CDi 1000, CDi 2000, CDi 4000, CDi 6000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Versatility Versatility

FEATURES  FEATURES

Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, • • Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, filters, delay, output limiting. EQEQ filters, delay, andand output limiting. Computer connectivity USB allows setup • • Computer connectivity viavia USB allows fastfast setup andand configuration with HiQnet™. configuration with HiQnet™. Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input. • • Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input. Extremely versatile, handling a wide range speaker • • Extremely versatile, handling a wide range of of speaker impedances outputs. impedances andand outputs. Switch-mode universal power supply. • • Switch-mode universal power supply. Speaker presets crossover frequencies, limiting, • • Speaker presets forfor crossover frequencies, EQ,EQ, limiting, compression, delay, subharmonic synthesis. compression, delay, andand subharmonic synthesis.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

2-ohm 2-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel)

4-ohm 8-ohm 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual 70V70V DualDual channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel) channel)

CDi 1000 700W** 700W** 500W 500W 275W 275W 500W 500W CDi 1000 CDi 2000 1,000W** 1,000W** 800W 800W 475W 475W 800W 800W CDi 2000 CDi 4000 1,600W** 1,600W** 1,200W 1,200W 650W 650W 1,000W 1,000W CDi 4000 CDi 6000 3,000W** 3,000W** 2,100W 2,100W 1,200W 1,200W 2,500W 2,500W CDi 6000

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

1,400W** 500W 500W 1,400W** 2,000W** 800W 800W 2,000W** 3,200W**1,000W 1,000W 3,200W** 6,000W**2,500W 2,500W 6,000W**

*Maximum average power in watts 1 kHz at 0.5% THD.**With **With THD.‡100Vp ‡100Vp *Maximum average power in watts at 1atkHz at 0.5% THD. 1%1% THD.

Page 184

100V‡ 100V‡ DualDual channel) (per(per channel)

140V Bridge 140V Bridge

1,000W 1,000W 1,600W 1,600W 2,000W 2,000W 5,000W 5,000W


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Output Power: See power charts below. Voltage Gain at 1kHz: CDi 1000: 30.5 dB CDi 2000: 32.9 dB CDi 4000: 34.2 dB CDi 6000: 37.1 dB Frequency Response: +0/–1 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1 watt into 4 ohms. Load Impedance: Safe with all types of loads. Rated for 2 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 4 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode. Sensitivity: 1.4V. Signal to Noise Ratio (below rated 8-ohm power at 1 kHz): 100 dB (A weighted).

Output EQ: 8 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. This 8-filter EQ section can NOT be bypassed. Filters are enabled individually. Delay: Up to 50 msec total delay per channel. Output Limiter: Prevents clipping and protects loudspeakers. Choice of –3, –6, or –12 dB threshold per channel.

HiQnet USB Connector: Type B, connects to a USB port on a PC.

Presets: 20 presets. 19 are user-definable

CDi-Series amplifiers are protected against shorted, open or mismatched loads; overloaded power supplies; excessive temperature; chain destruction phenomena; excessive output current, and input overload damage. They also protect loudspeakers from input/ output DC, large or dangerous DC offsets and turn-on/turn-off transients.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Level: Detented rotary level control, one per channel. Power Switch: On/off switch applies AC power to the amplifier. Sel/Prev/Next Buttons: Three buttons near the LCD screen are used to access menu items and front panel lockout.

Crosstalk: > 70 dB below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz.

LCD Screen: Backlit liquid crystal display shows speaker presets and signal processing.

Input Stage: Input is electronically balanced and employs precision 1% resistors.

Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when a very low-level signal is present at input.

Maximum Input Signal: +22 dBu typical. AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available: 100V, 120V, 220-240V, 50/60 Hz. AC Line Current: CDi 1000: 6.8A CDi 2000: 8.3A CDi 4000: 10.5A At Idle: Draws no more than 38 watts. CDi 6000: 15.3A At Idle: Draws no more than 180 watts.

–10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip. –20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip. Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the amplifier is ready to produce audio. Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, turns on at the threshold of audible distortion. Temp Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates under excessive temperature conditions.

Operating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing).

Power Indicator: Blue LED illuminates when the amplifier has been turned on and has power.

DSP Section

Rear Panel Controls and Connectors

Input EQ: 6 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. Also adjustable high and low shelving filters. This 8-filter EQ section can be bypassed. Crossover Filters: Highpass and lowpass per channel. Butterworth 6/12/18/24 dB per octave and Linkwitz-Riley 24/48 dB per octave. Also includes ±15 dB bandpass gain and polarity control.

AC Line Connector:

CDi 1K, 2K, 4K: NEMA 5-15P (15A). CDi 6000: NEMA 6-10P (20A) IEC C20 (20A). Input Connector: Two 3-pin removable Phoenix-type connectors each accept a balanced line-level input signal.

Protection

Included Accessories

Non-touch cover Locking level-control knobs.

Construction Chassis: Steel.

Cooling: Proportional speed fan with front-torear airflow. Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-in. rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) high and 12.25 in. (31.11 cm) deep behind mounting surface. CDi 6000 is 16.2 in. (41.15 cm) deep. Net Weight: CDi 1K. 2K, 4K: 19 lb (8.6 kg). CDi 6K: 24 lb (10.9 kg).

T

he CDi Series of Crown® amplifiers are professional tools designed and built for installed sound applications. The series includes four models which are identical except for output power: CDi 1000, CDi 2000, CDi 4000 and CDi 6000. All are rugged and lightweight, and offer unmatched value in their class. CDi-Series amplifiers feature an LCD screen with DSP speaker presets. Other features include a switch-mode universal power supply, useful function indicators, proportional-speed fanassisted cooling, removable Phoenix-style inputs, barrier strip outputs for low-Z or 70V/140V loads, short-circuit protection and more.

Section:

Shipping Weight: CDi 1K, 2K, 4K: 22 lb (10.0 kg). CDi 6K: 30 lb (13.6 kg).

04

Regulatory Certifications

Note: All measurements apply to all models of CDi Series amplifiers in stereo mode with 8-ohm loads and an input sensitivity of 26 dB gain, 1 kHz at rated power unless other otherwise specified. Specifications for units supplied outside the U.S.A. may vary slightly at different AC voltages and frequencies.

5/09

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Damping Factor: Better than 500 from 20 Hz to 400 Hz.

Input Impedance (nominal): 20 k ohms, balanced; 10 k ohms, unbalanced.

Output Connectors: 4-position barrier strip with connectors for dual louspeakers or bridge-mono loudspeaker. Dual connectors work with 2-8 ohm or 70V/100V loads. Bridge-mono connectors work with 4-8 ohm or 140V loads.

139648-4

INSTALLED SOUND

Page 185


AMPLIFIERS INSTALLEDSOUND SOUND AMPLIFIERS INSTALLED DSi Series: 8 ohm DSi Series: 2,2, 4,4, 8 ohm DSi 1000, DSi 2000, DSi 4000, DSi 6000 DSi 1000, DSi 2000, DSi 4000, DSi 6000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

One-touch One-touch Performance Performance

FEATURES  FEATURES

Intuitive front-panel LCD screen, automatic presets popular • • Intuitive front-panel LCD screen, automatic presets forfor popular speaker systems quick, easy configuration. JBLJBL speaker systems forfor quick, easy configuration. Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, filters, • • Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, EQEQ filters, delay, output limiting. delay, andand output limiting. Computer connectivity USB allows setup configura• • Computer connectivity viavia USB allows fastfast setup andand configurawith HiQnet™. tiontion with HiQnet™. Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input. • • Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input. ® ® models THX -approved. • • AllAll models areare THX -approved.

POWER OUTPUT POWER OUTPUT Models Models

DSi 1000 DSi 1000 DSi 2000 DSi 2000 DSi 4000 DSi 4000 DSi 6000 DSi 6000

2-ohm 4-ohm 8-ohm 2-ohm DualDual 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel) channel)

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

† † † † 700W* 475W 275W 275W 1,400W* 1,400W* 950W 700W* 475W 950W 1,000W* 800W 800W 475W 475W 2,000W* 2,000W* 1,600W 1,600W 1,000W* 1,450W* 1,200W 1,200W 650W 650W 3,000W* 3,000W* 2,400W 2,400W 1,450W* 3,000W* 2,100W 2,100W1,200W 1,200W 6,000W* 6,000W* 4,200W 4,200W 3,000W*

Maximum average power in watts 1 kHz at 0.5% THD.*With *With THD.†Not †Not rated 100V versions. Maximum average power in watts at 1atkHz at 0.5% THD. 1%1% THD. rated for for 100V versions.

Page 186


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

CDi 1000: 6.8A CDi 2000: 8.3A CDi 4000: 10.5A At Idle: Draws no more than 38 watts.

CDi 6000: 15.3A At Idle: Draws no more than 180 watts.

Operating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing).

DSP Section

Input EQ: 6 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. Also adjustable high and low shelving filters. This 8-filter EQ section can be bypassed. Crossover Filters: Highpass and lowpass per channel. Butterworth 6/12/18/24 dB per octave, Linkwitz-Riley 24/48 dB per octave. Also includes ±15 dB bandpass gain and polarity control. Output EQ: 8 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. This 8-filter EQ section can NOT be bypassed. Filters are enabled individually. Output Limiter: Prevents clipping and protects loudspeakers. Choice of –3, –6, or –12 dB threshold per channel. Delay: Up to 50 msec total delay per channel. Presets: 20 presets. One is “DSP OFF.” Fifteen are factory-set for JBL Cinema systems. Four are user-definable.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Level: Detented rotary level control, one per channel. Power Switch: On/off switch applies AC power to the amplifier. Sel/Prev/Next Buttons: Three buttons near the LCD screen are used to access menu items and front panel lockout. LCD Screen: Backlit liquid crystal display shows speaker presets and signal processing. Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when a very low-level signal is present at input. –10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip. –20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip. Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the amplifier is ready to produce audio. Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, turns on at the threshold of audible distortion. Temp Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates under excessive temperature conditions. Power Indicator: Blue LED illuminates when the amplifier has been turned on and has power.

Rear Panel Controls and Connectors AC Line Connector: DSi 1K, 2K, 4K: NEMA 5-15P (15A). DSi 6000: NEMA 6-10P (20A) IEC C20 (20A). Input Connector: Two 3-pin removable Phoenix-type connectors each accept a balanced line-level input signal. Output Connectors: 4-position barrier strip with connectors for dual louspeakers or bridge-mono loudspeaker. HiQnet USB Connector: Type B, connects to a HiQnet network. HD-15 Connector: For cinema I/O compatibility with DSi-8M System Monitor. See Figure 1.

Protection

DSi-Series amplifiers are protected against shorted, open or mismatched loads; overloaded power supplies; excessive temperature; chain destruction phenomena; excessive output current, and input overload damage. They also protect loudspeakers from input/output DC, large or dangerous DC offsets and turn-on/turn-off transients

Construction

Chassis: Steel. Cooling: Proportional speed fan with front-torear airflow. Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-in. rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) high and 12.25 in. (31.11 cm) deep behind mounting surface. DSi 6000 is 16.2 in. (41.15 cm) deep. Net Weight: DSi 1K. 2K, 4K: 19 lb (8.6 kg). DSi 6K: 24 lb (10.9 kg). Shipping Weight: DSi 1K, 2K, 4K: 22 lb (10.0 kg). DSi 6K: 30 lb (13.6 kg).

Regulatory Certifications

Note: All measurements apply to all models of CDi Series amplifiers in stereo mode with 8-ohm loads and an input sensitivity of 26 dB gain, 1 kHz at rated power unless other otherwise specified. Specifications for units supplied outside the U.S.A. may vary slightly at different AC voltages and frequencies.

3/09

139622-3

INSTALLED SOUND ngineered from the ground up for unmatched quality and performance, the Crown DSi Echannel Series of power amplifiers offers four models of 500W, 800W, 1200W and 2100W per at 4 ohms. Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, EQ filters, delay ®

and output limiting. Rear panel HD-15 connector provides easy input/output connectivity between DSi amplifiers and the new DSi-8M System Monitor. At the touch of a button, Crown’s DSi cinema amplifiers deliver perfectly matched performance with each awardwinning JBL ScreenArray system, making this the ultimate cinema solution.

Page 187

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Voltage Gain at 1kHz: DSi 1000: 30.5 dB DSi 2000: 32.9 dB DSi 4000: 34.2 dB DSi 6000: 37.1 dB Frequency Response: +0/–1 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1 watt into 4 ohms. Load Impedance: Safe with all types of loads. Rated for 2 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 4 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode. DSi 1000 A1 (100V version) is rated for 4 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 8 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode. Sensitivity: At 8 ohm rated output: DSi 1000: 1.4V DSi 2000: 1.4V DSi 4000: 1.4V At 4 ohm rated output: DSi 1000: 1.3V DSi 2000: 1.2V DSi 4000: 1.3V At 2 ohm rated output: DSi 1000: 1.1V DSi 2000: 1.0V DSi 4000: 1.0V Signal to Noise Ratio (below rated 8-ohm power at 1 kHz): 100 dB (A weighted). Damping Factor: Better than 500 from 20 Hz to 400 Hz. Crosstalk: > 70 dB below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz, A-weighted. Input Stage: Input is electronically balanced and employs precision 1% resistors. Input Impedance (nominal): 20 k ohms, balanced; 10 k ohms, unbalanced. AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available: 100V, 120V, 220240V, 50/60 Hz. AC Line Current:

Section:

04


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

04

Page 188


Harman Pro Group | 2010

COMMERCIAL AUDIO Preamplifier-Mixers

Section:

04

Amplifiers Mixer-Amplifiers XM Business Music Systems

Page 189


COMMERCIAL AUDIO PREAMPLIFIER-MIXERS PREAMPLIFIER-MIXERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO 14M, 28M 14M, 28M

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Adaptable Adaptable

FEATURES  FEATURES • • • • • • •

Page 190

• 4 or 4 or 8 inputs, 1 or 2 output channels. 8 inputs, 1 or 2 output channels. • Ideal Ideal commercial industrial use. forfor commercial andand industrial use. • Balanced Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; RCA inputs. Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; RCA inputs. • Balanced Balanced Phoenix-type outputs. Phoenix-type lineline outputs. • AnyAny input sent output. input cancan be be sent to to anyany output. • Priority Priority muting. muting. • Independent Independent bass treble controls each input. bass andand treble controls forfor each input.

Model Model

Inputs Inputs

System Zones System Zones

14M 14M 28M 28M

44 88

Single-zone Single-zone Two-zone Two-zone


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Frequency Response (at line out): 20 Hz to 20 kHz +/- 1 dB. Signal to Noise Ratio (master volume at minimum): 100 dB. THD: 0.05% typical with 800 mV balanced input, 1V output. Input Sensitivity (volts RMS for full output at maximum gain): Balanced mic inputs: 3 mV. Balanced line inputs: 800 mV. RCA connectors: 400 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 400 ohms. Line: 100 kilohms. RCA: 50 kilohms. Crosstalk (all controls at “10”): –50 dB at 1kHz.

Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented potentiometers on each input channel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz.

Line Out Connector: One 3-pin balanced Phoenix-type connector per output channel. Level controlled by master volume control.

Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on.

Input Connectors: Mic/Line Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, balanced, one per input channel.

Input Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each input channel, illuminates when input signal exceeds –24 dBu (line) or –70 dBu (mic). Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each output channel, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV. Clip Indicators: Red LED, one per output channel. Illuminates at threshold of audible distortion. Output Volume Controls: One per output channel. Detented potentiometer with knob.

Back Panel Controls and Connectors Fuse: Protects the power supply.

Phantom Power: 15 VDC.

Auxiliary Power Input: 2-position terminal strip for 24 VDC (±10%) backup power. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks.

AC Line Voltages Available: 100V 50/60 Hz 120V 60 Hz 220V 50/60 Hz 230V 50/60 Hz 240V 50/60 Hz Operating Temperature/Humidity: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. The power switch does not affect the 24V DC auxiliary power input. Input Volume Controls: Microphone/line, four in 14M, eight in 28M. Detented potentiometers with knobs.

AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC.

Mixer Config Switch: A DIP switch with two functions: 1. Assigns an input as the priority input for each output, thereby temporarily muting the remaining inputs. Muting is activated by contact closure. 2. Global enable switch for phantom power. Does not affect RCA inputs. Default position is off. Priority Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connector allows Input 1 or Input 5 (28M only) to mute other input signals by contact closure.

The tone generator has been omitted. Call Crown Tech Support if you have a tone generator question. Mic/line Switch: Selects mic-level or line-level signals. One switch for each balanced input

Included Accessories

Power cord Detachable rack ears Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs

Dimensions

EIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B) with rack ears, 1.7-inch (4.3-cm) height and 10.7-inch (27.18-cm) depth behind the mounting surface.

Weight

Net Weight: 14M: 8.7 lb (3.9 kg) 28M: 8.7 lb (3.9 kg) Shipping Weight: 14M: 14 lb (6.4 kg) 28M: 14 lb (6.4 kg)

T

Section:

04

Regulatory Certifications

Input Routing Switch (28M only): DIP switches that assign each input signal to each output. Two switches per input.

12/07 he Crown® 14M and 28M are high-value mixers for commercial and industrial audio. The mixers are part of Crown’s Commercial Audio Series, which also includes mixer-amplifiers and power amplifiers. These low-cost units provide all necessary features in a simple building-block format. Some applications include schools, hospitals, factories, restaurant/retail, houses of worship, fitness facilities, A/V boardrooms, correctional facilities, and small offices. Typical uses are paging, background music, security and evacuation instructions. Input routing allows each input to be assigned to any output. You can add more mixers for more inputs, or add more power amps (or mixer-amps) to handle more zones. Other features include priority muting and phantom power.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Line Output Level (nominal): 1.2 V into 10 kilohms.

Dual RCA Input Connector: For stereo music signals, unbalanced, summed together, two connectors per input channel.

138119-1D

COMMERCIAL AUDIO

Page 191


COMMERCIAL AUDIO AMPLIFIERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO AMPLIFIERS 180A, 280A, 1160A 180A, 280A, 1160A

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

PowerZone Zone Power

FEATURES  FEATURES

Ideal commercial industrial use. • • Ideal forfor commercial andand industrial use. Balanced Phoenix-type inputs; touch-proofed screw-terminal • • Balanced Phoenix-type lineline inputs; touch-proofed screw-terminal speaker outputs. speaker outputs. Advanced protection system includes output current limiting, • • Advanced protection system includes output current limiting, protection, circuit breaker/fuse, thermal protection. DCDC protection, circuit breaker/fuse, andand thermal protection. 1 or 2 inputs; 1 to 2 amplifier output channels. • • 1 or 2 inputs; 1 to 2 amplifier output channels.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

180A 180A 280A 280A 1160A 1160A

4-ohm 4-ohm

70V/100V 70V/100V

80W 80W 80W 80W 80W 80W 80W 80W 160W 160W 160W 160W

Inputs Inputs

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts 1 kHz 0.5% THD. *Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1atkHz withwith 0.5% THD.

Page 192

System Zones System Zones

Single-zone 1 1 Single-zone Two-zone 2 2 Two-zone Single-zone 1 1 Single-zone


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Frequency Reponse (at 1 watt from 4-ohm tap): 70 Hz to 19 kHz +/- 1 dB. Frequency Response (at line out): 20 Hz to 20 kHz +/- 1 dB. Power Bandwidth (at 4-ohm tap, 2 dB below maxium 1 kHz power): 50 Hz to 20 kHz with < 0.5% THD Signal to Noise Ratio (ref. to rated power, master volume at minimum): 85 dB. DC Output Offset: < ±5 mV. THD: Less than 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): 800 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): 100 kilohms. Minimum Load Impedance: 100V output: 160 ohms. 70V output: 80 ohms. 4-ohm output: 4/8 ohms.

Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms. AC Line Voltages Available: 100V 50/60 Hz 120V 60 Hz 220V 50/60 Hz 230V 50/60 Hz 240V 50/60 Hz Operating Temperature/Humidity: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. The power switch does not affect the 24V DC auxiliary power input. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on.

Protection

Clip Indicators: Red LED, one per output channel. Illuminates at threshold of audible distortion.

DC-Fault Load Protection: Included.

Master Volume Controls: One per output channel. Detented potentiometer with knob. Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented potentiometers on each channel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz.

Back Panel Controls and Connectors

Reset Switch: Resets the circuit breaker that protects the power supply. 220/230/240V units have a fuse instead. AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC. Auxiliary Power Input: 2-position terminal strip for 24 VDC (±10%) backup power. Accepts up to 14 AWG terminal forks. Amplifier Outputs Connectors: One per channel, 4-position terminal strip with COM (Common), 4 ohms, 70V and 100V terminals. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Nontouch cover included. Output VCA Connector: One for every two channels, 4-pin Phoenix-type connector for two VCA control lines of +10 VDC and ground. Compatible with Crown 1-VCAP and 4-VCAP modules. Line Out Connector: One 3-pin balanced Phoenix-type connector per output channel. Post master, pre-VCA. Level controlled by master volume control. Amp Input Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, high-impedance balanced, one per amplifer channel.

Current Limit Protection: Included. Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature thermal cutout.

Included Accessories

Power cord Detachable rack ears Screws for rack ears Non-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs

Optional Accessories

1-VCAP remote volume control for one channel. 4-VCAP remote volume control for four channels.

Dimensions

EIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B) with rack ears, 3.5-inch (8.9-cm) height and 12.2-inch (31.0-cm) depth behind the mounting surface (not including nontouch cover). 4.1 inches (10.5 cm) high including feet. 13.9 inches (35.2 cm) deep from front of knobs to back of non-touch cover.

Weight

Net Weight:

180A: 21.0 lb (9.5 kg) 280A: 25.3 lb (11.5 kg) 1160A: 25.3 lb (11.5 kg)

Shipping Weight:

T

Section:

180A: 26.0 lb (11.8 kg) 280A: 30.3 lb (13.7 kg) 1160A: 30.3 lb (13.7 kg)

04

Regulatory Certifications

Cooling

Convection cooled.

9/07

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Crosstalk (all controls at “10”): –70 dB at 1kHz.

Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each output channel, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV (45 dB below full power) from the 4-ohm tap.

138118-2A

COMMERCIAL AUDIO

he Crown® 180A, 280A and 1160A are high-value amplifiers for commercial and industrial audio. They provide 4-ohm and constant-voltage outputs (70V and 100V). The amps are part of Crown’s Commercial Audio Series, which also includes mixers and mixer-amps. These low-cost units provide all necessary features in a simple building-block format.

Page 193


COMMERCIAL AUDIO AMPLIFIERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO AMPLIFIERS 660A 660A

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

6-Channel 6-Channel

FEATURES  FEATURES

6 inputs; 6 amplifier output channels. • • 6 inputs; 6 amplifier output channels. Balanced Phoenix-type inputs; touch-proof screw-terminal speaker • • Balanced Phoenix-type lineline inputs; touch-proof screw-terminal speaker outputs. outputs. Advanced protection system includes output current limiting, • • Advanced protection system includes output current limiting, protection, circuit breaker/fuse, thermal protection. DCDC protection, circuit breaker/fuse, andand thermal protection. Ideal commercial industrial use. • • Ideal forfor commercial andand industrial use.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Model Model

4-ohm 4-ohm

70V/100V 70V/100V

Inputs Inputs

System Zones System Zones

660A 660A

60W 60W

60W 60W

66

Six-zone Six-zone

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts 1 kHz 0.5% THD. *Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1atkHz withwith 0.5% THD.

Page 194


 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS Frequency Reponse (at (at 1 watt from 4-ohm Frequency Reponse 1 watt from 4-ohm tap): 100100 Hz Hz to 19 kHzkHz +/- +/1 dB. tap): to 19 1 dB. Frequency Response (at (at lineline out): 20 20 Hz Hz to 20 Frequency Response out): to 20 kHzkHz +/- +/1 dB. 1 dB. Signal to Noise Ratio (ref.(ref. to rated power, Signal to Noise Ratio to rated power, master volume at minimum): 85 85 dB.dB. master volume at minimum): DCDC Output Offset: < ±5 mV.mV. Output Offset: < ±5 THD: Less than 0.5% at rated power at 1atkHz. THD: Less than 0.5% at rated power 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for(for fullfull output at maximum Input Sensitivity output at maximum gain): 800800 mV.mV. gain): Input Impedance (nominal): 100100 kilohms. Input Impedance (nominal): kilohms. Minimum Load Impedance: Minimum Load Impedance: 100V output: 160160 ohms. 100V output: ohms. 70V70V output: 80 80 ohms. output: ohms. 4-ohm output: 4/84/8 ohms. 4-ohm output: ohms. Crosstalk (all(all controls at “10”): –70–70 dB dB at at Crosstalk controls at “10”): 1kHz. 1kHz.

AC AC Line Voltages Available: Line Voltages Available: 100V 50/60 Hz Hz 100V 50/60 120V 60 60 Hz Hz 120V 220V 50/60 Hz Hz 220V 50/60 230V 50/60 Hz Hz 230V 50/60 240V 50/60 Hz Hz 240V 50/60 AC AC Voltage Tolerance: +10%/–20%. Voltage Tolerance: +10%/–20%. Operating Temperature/Humidity: 0° 0° C toC 40° Operating Temperature/Humidity: to 40° C atC 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C toC 85° C. C. Storage Temperature: –20° to 85°

Front Panel Controls andand Indicators Front Panel Controls Indicators Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. Power Indicator: Blue LEDLED indicates power on.on. Power Indicator: Blue indicates power

Current Limit Protection: Included. Current Limit Protection: Included. Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature thermal cutout. thermal cutout.

ClipClip Indicators: RedRed LED, oneone perper output Indicators: LED, output channel. Illuminates at threshold of audible channel. Illuminates at threshold of audible distortion. distortion.

DC-Fault Load Protection: Included. DC-Fault Load Protection: Included. Turn On/Turn Off:Off: No No thumps or pops. Turn On/Turn thumps or pops.

Volume Controls: OneOne perper output channel. Volume Controls: output channel. Detented potentiometer with knob. Detented potentiometer with knob.

Included Accessories Included Accessories

Power cord Power cord Detachable rack ears Detachable rack ears Screws for for rack ears Screws rack ears Non-touch cover for for output connectors Non-touch cover output connectors Phoenix-type connectors Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs Spade lugs

Tone Controls: Bass andand Treble non-detented Tone Controls: Bass Treble non-detented potentiometers on on each channel. Bass ±10±10 dB dB potentiometers each channel. Bass at 100 Hz,Hz, Treble ±10±10 dB dB at 10 kHz. at 100 Treble at 10 kHz.

Back Panel Controls andand Connectors Back Panel Controls Connectors Reset Switch: Resets thethe circuit breaker thatthat Reset Switch: Resets circuit breaker protects thethe power supply. 220/230/240V units protects power supply. 220/230/240V units have a fuse instead. have a fuse instead.

Optional Accessories Optional Accessories

1-VCAP remote volume control for for oneone channel. 1-VCAP remote volume control channel. 4-VCAP remote volume control for for fourfour chan4-VCAP remote volume control channels. nels.

Input Connectors: Detachable 3-pin PhoenixInput Connectors: Detachable 3-pin Phoenixtype, high-impedance balanced, oneone perper chantype, high-impedance balanced, channel.nel. AC AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC.IEC. Power Inlet: Detachable

Dimensions Dimensions

Amplifier Outputs Connectors: OneOne perper Amplifier Outputs Connectors: channel, 4-position terminal strip with COM channel, 4-position terminal strip with COM (Common), 4 ohms, 70V70V andand 100V terminals (Common), 4 ohms, 100V terminals for for channels 1-41-4 andand oneone 4-position terminal channels 4-position terminal strip (4 ohms, + and – for each channel) for for strip (4 ohms, + and – for each channel) channels 5 and 6. Accepts up up to 10 AWG termichannels 5 and 6. Accepts to 10 AWG terminalnal forks. Non-touch cover included. forks. Non-touch cover included.

EIAEIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rackrack mount Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) mount width (EIA(EIA RS-310-B) withwith rackrack ears, 3.5-inch width RS-310-B) ears, 3.5-inch (8.9-cm) height andand 12.2-inch (31.0-cm) depth (8.9-cm) height 12.2-inch (31.0-cm) depth behind thethe mounting surface (not(not including nonbehind mounting surface including nontouch cover). 4.14.1 inches (10.5 cm)cm) high includtouch cover). inches (10.5 high includinging feet. 13.9 inches (35.2 cm)cm) deep from front feet. 13.9 inches (35.2 deep from front of knobs to back of non-touch cover. of knobs to back of non-touch cover.

VCA Connector: Each pairpair of channels hashas a 4-a 4VCA Connector: Each of channels Weight Weight pinpin Phoenix-type connector for for twotwo VCA control Phoenix-type connector VCA control Weight: Weight: lines of +10 VDC andand ground. Compatible with lines of +10 VDC ground. Compatible with NetNet 30.3 lb (13.7 kg)kg) 30.3 lb (13.7 Crown 1-VCAP andand 4-VCAP modules. Crown 1-VCAP 4-VCAP modules. Shipping Weight: Shipping Weight: 35.3 lb (16.0 kg)kg) 35.3 lb (16.0 Cooling Cooling Convection cooled. Convection cooled.

TT

Section:

04

Regulatory Certifications Regulatory Certifications

11/08 11/08

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Load Impedance: Load Impedance: Ch.Ch. 1-4:1-4: 4 ohms andand 70V/100V. 4 ohms 70V/100V. Ch.Ch. 5-6:5-6: 4 ohms. 4 ohms.

Protection Protection

Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, oneone for for each output channel, illuminates when each output channel, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100100 mVmV (45(45 dB dB output signal level exceeds below fullfull power) from thethe 4-ohm tap.tap. below power) from 4-ohm

139754-1B 139754-1B

COMMERCIAL AUDIO COMMERCIAL AUDIO

® 660A ® 660A he he Crown is aisvery flexible, high-value six-channel amplifier for for commercial andand industrial Crown a very flexible, high-value six-channel amplifier commercial industrial audio. It provides 4-ohm andand constant-voltage outputs (70V andand 100V) on on channels 1 through 4, 4, audio. It provides 4-ohm constant-voltage outputs (70V 100V) channels 1 through andand 4-ohm outputs on on channels 5 and 6. The 660A is aispart of Crown’s Commercial Audio Series, which 4-ohm outputs channels 5 and 6. The 660A a part of Crown’s Commercial Audio Series, which alsoalso includes mixers andand mixer-amps. These low-cost units provide all all necessary features in ainsimple includes mixers mixer-amps. These low-cost units provide necessary features a simple building-block format. building-block format.

Page 195


COMMERCIAL AUDIO MIXER-AMPLIFIERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO MIXER-AMPLIFIERS 180MA, 280MA, 1160MA 180MA, 280MA, 1160MA

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Practical Practical

FEATURES  FEATURES

4 to 8 inputs, 1 to 2 amplifier output channels. • • 4 to 8 inputs, 1 to 2 amplifier output channels. Ideal commercial industrial use. • • Ideal forfor commercial andand industrial use. Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; touch-proofed • • Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; touch-proofed screw-terminal speaker outputs. screw-terminal speaker outputs. input sent output. • • AnyAny input cancan be be sent to to anyany output. Priority muting. • • Priority muting.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

180MA 180MA 280MA 280MA 1160MA 1160MA

4-ohm 4-ohm

80W 80W 80W 80W 160W 160W

70V/100V Inputs Inputs 70V/100V

80W 80W 80W 80W 160W 160W

44 88 44

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts 1 kHz 0.5% THD. *Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1atkHz withwith 0.5% THD.

Page 196

System Zones System Zones

Single-zone Single-zone Two-zone Two-zone Single-zone Single-zone


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Frequency Reponse (at 1 watt from 4-ohm tap): 70 Hz to 19 kHz ± 1 dB. Frequency Response (at line out): 20 Hz to 20 kHz ± 1 dB. Power Bandwidth (at 4-ohm tap, 2 dB below maxium 1 kHz power): 50 Hz to 20 kHz with < 0.5% THD Signal to Noise Ratio (ref. to rated power, master volume at minimum): 85 dB. DC Output Offset: < ±5 mV.

Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms. Phantom Power: 15 VDC. AC Line Voltages Available: 100V 50/60 Hz 120V 60 Hz 220V 50/60 Hz 230V 50/60 Hz 240V 50/60 Hz Operating Temperature/Humidy: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. The power switch does not affect the 24V DC auxiliary power input. Input Volume Controls: Microphone/line, four in 180MA and 1160MA, eight in 280MA. Detented potentiometers with knobs. Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented recessed potentiometers on each input channel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on. Input Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each input channel, illuminates when input signal exceeds –24 dBu (line) or –70 dBu (mic).

Back Panel Controls and Connectors

Reset Switch: Resets the circuit breaker that protects the power supply. 220/230/240V units have a fuse instead. AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC. Auxiliary Power Input: 2-position terminal strip for 24 VDC (±10%) backup power. Accepts up to 14 AWG terminal forks. Amplifier Outputs Connectors: One per channel, 4-position terminal strip with COM (Common), 4 ohms, 70V and 100V terminals. Accepts up to 14 AWG terminal forks. Nontouch cover included. Output VCA Connector: 4-pin Phoenix-type connector for two VCA control lines of +10 VDC and ground. Compatible with Crown 1-VCAP and 4-VCAP modules. Amp Config Switch: A DIP switch with two functions: 1. Assigns an input as the priority input for each output, thereby temporarily muting the remaining inputs. Muting is activated by contact closure. 2. Global enable switch for phantom power. Does not affect RCA inputs. Default position is off. Priority Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connector allows Input 1 or Input 5 (280MA only) to mute other input signals by contact closure. Input Routing Switch (280MA only): DIP switches that assign each input signal to each output. Two switches per input. Line Out Connector: One 3-pin balanced Phoenix-type connector per output channel. Post master, pre-VCA. Level controlled by master volume control. The tone generator has been omitted. Call Crown Tech Support if you have a tone generator question. Input Connectors: Mic/Line Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, balanced, one per input channel.

Dual RCA Input Connector: For stereo music signals, unbalanced, summed together, two connectors per input channel. Amp Input Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, high-impedance balanced, one per amplifer channel. Used to link an additional mixer to the mixer-amplifier. Can be used to connect an external processor. Mic/line Switch: Selects mic-level or line-level signals. One switch for each balanced input. Link In/Out Switch: Slide switch, one per channel. With the Link Switch IN, any signal applied to the Amp Input connector will be mixed with the input signal(s). With the Link Switch OUT, only the signal from the Amp Input Connector will appear at the amplifier output.

Cooling

Convection cooled.

Protection

Current Limit Protection: Included. Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature thermal cutout. DC-Fault Load Protection: Included.

Included Accessories

Power cord Detachable rack ears Screws for rack ears Non-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs

Optional Accessories

1-VCAP remote volume control for one channel. 4-VCAP remote volume control for four channels.

Dimensions

EIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B) with rack ears, 3.5-inch (8.9-cm) height and 12.2-inch (31.0-cm) depth behind the mounting surface (not including nontouch cover). 4.1 inches (10.5 cm) high including feet. 13.9 inches (35.2 cm) deep from front of knobs to back of non-touch cover.

Weight

Net Weight: 180MA: 21.0 lbs. (9.5 kg). 280MA: 25.3 lbs. (11.5 kg) 1160MA: 25.3 lbs. (11.5 kg) Shipping Weight: 180MA: 26.0 lbs. (11.8 kg) 280MA: 30.3 lbs. (13.8 kg) 1160MA: 30.3 lbs. (13.8 kg)

Regulatory Certifications 12/07

C

137964-2B

COMMERCIAL AUDIO

rown’s Commercial Audio mixer/amplifiers deliver legendary Crown quality to the commercial audio industry. These high-value mixer-amplifiers provide both 4-ohm and constant-voltage outputs (70V and 100V) for use in a wide range of commercial applications including schools, hospitals, factories, restaurant/retail, houses of worship, fitness facilities, A/V boardrooms, correctional facilities, and small offices. Easily configured for a range of uses such as paging, background music, security, and evacuation instructions, Crown’s Commercial Audio units are the smart choice for commercial sound.

Page 197

Harman Pro Group | 2010

THD: Less than 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): Balanced mic inputs: 3 mV. Balanced line inputs: 800 mV. RCA connectors: 400 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 400 ohms. Line: 100 kilohms. RCA: 50 kilohms. Crosstalk: –70dB at 1kHz.

Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each output channel, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV (45 dB below full power) from the 4-ohm tap. Does not respond to signals from the AMP INPUT connector. Clip Indicators: Red LED, one per output channel. Illuminates at threshold of audible distortion. Does not respond to signals from the AMP INPUT connector. Output Volume Controls: One per output channel. Detented potentiometer with knob.

Section:

04


COMMERCIAL AUDIO MIXER-AMPLIFIERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO MIXER-AMPLIFIERS 135MA, 160MA 135MA, 160MA

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Practical Practical

FEATURES  FEATURES • • • • •

• 3 inputs 3 inputs 35W amplifier output channel in 135MA. andand oneone 35W amplifier output channel in 135MA. • 4 inputs 4 inputs 60W amplifier output channel in 160MA. andand oneone 60W amplifier output channel in 160MA. • Ideal Ideal paging, background music, music-on-hold. forfor paging, background music, andand music-on-hold. • Voice-activated Voice-activated priority muting (VOX). priority muting (VOX). • Pre-amp Pre-amp outputs. outputs.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

8-ohm 8-ohm

135MA 135MA 160MA 160MA

35W 35W 60W 60W

70V/100V Inputs Inputs 70V/100V

35W 35W 60W 60W

33 44

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts 1 kHz 0.5% THD. *Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1atkHz withwith 0.5% THD.

Page 198

System Zones System Zones

Single-zone Single-zone Single-zone Single-zone


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Frequency Response (at 1 watt from line out): 50 Hz to 20 kHz ± 1 dB. 19 Hz to 34 kHz +0, –3 dB.

Input Signal Clip Indicators: Green LED, one above each channel's input attenuator, flashes brightly at threshold of audible distortion.

Signal to Noise Ratio (ref. to rated power, master volume at minimum):

Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED above master output volume control illuminates when any input signal exceeds –40 dBu.

Mic: > 58 dB. Line: > 60 dB. Telephone: > 60 dB. Inputs 2 or 3 (and 4 in 160MA): > 78 dB.

Output Signal Clip Indicators: Red LED above master output volume control flashes brightly at threshold of audible distortion.

THD + N: < 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz. < 0.1% at 5W at 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): Input 1: Mic 3mV, Line 800mV. Input 2: 400mV. Input 3: 400mV. Input 4 (160MA only): 400mV.

Crosstalk: –82 dB at 1kHz (Ch. 1 line input 0.8V, Ch. 1 volume at minimum, other channel volumes at maximum). Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms. Phantom Power: 15 VDC. AC Line Voltages Available: Universal Power Supply. Line voltage tolerance +15%, –20%. Operating Temperature/Humidity: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. Input Volume Controls: Four controls, one per input. Detented potentiometers with knobs. Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented recessed potentiometers under master output volume control. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on. Input Signal Presence Indicators: Green LED, one above each channel's input attenuator, illuminates when input signal exceeds –40 dBu.

VOX Threshold: Trim pot controls how loud the voice on CH1 must be before muting other channels. Can be set for no muting.

Master Output Volume Control: Detented potentiometer with knob.

Cooling

Back Panel Controls, Connectors and Indicators

Protection

AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC accepts US or Euro style power cords. Amplifier Output Connector: 4-position terminal barrier block with COM (Common), 8 ohms, 70V and 100V terminals. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Non-touch cover included. Preamp Line Out Connector: 3-pin balanced Phoenix-type for connection to external amplifiers. Level independent of master volume control. Input Connector 1: 5-terminal Phoenix connector. 3 terminals for balanced signal, 2 terminals for priority contact closure, which mutes other channels when DIP switch 3 is on. Input Connector 2: Unbalanced line-level RCAtype connectors. Input Connector 3: Unbalanced line-level RCAtype connectors. Input Connector 4 (160MA only): Unbalanced line-level RCA-type connectors. Telephone (MOH) Output Connector: 4-terminal Phoenix connector (2 terminals for 1W output to 8-ohm speaker, 2 terminals for 600-ohm output to PBX music-on-hold port). MOH Level Control: Trim pot adjusts level for Music-On-Hold output from Telephone (MOH) Output Connector. Amp Configuration DIP Switch: DIP switch selection for multiple functions. 1. On: Sets CH1 to Mic Input. Off: Sets CH1 to Line Input. 2. On: Sets CH1 to Normal mode (no priority). 3. On: CH1 priority contact closure mutes other channels.

Convection cooled. Included protection mechanisms are current limiting, over-temperature thermal cutout, and DC-fault load protection. The unit is protected against turn-on/turn-off thumps.

Included Accessories

Power cord Non-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors

Optional Accessories

Part no. IST 600-ohm Isolation Transformer for Telephone Output or Input 1. Part no. RM1 single rack mount kit for mounting a single MA unit in a rack. Part no. RM2 double rack mount kit for mounting two MA units side-by-side in a rack. Part no. S-Cover 10-pack of security knobs.

Dimensions

Width: Half rack width (9.5 in. or 24.1 cm). Height (front panel): 3.5 in. (8.9 cm). Height (including feet): 4.1 in. (10.5 cm). Depth (front panel to back panel): 12.2 in. (31.0 cm). Depth (front of knobs to back panel): 13.9 in. (35.2 cm).

Weight

Net Weight: 135MA: 8 lb 2 oz (3.7 kg). 160MA: 9 lb 7 oz (4.3 kg). Shipping Weight: 135MA: 10 lb 16 oz (4.9 kg). 160MA: 12 lb 4 oz (5.6 kg).

Regulatory Certifications

2/08

C

140498-1

COMMERCIAL AUDIO

rown’s Commercial Audio mixer/amplifiers deliver legendary Crown quality to the commercial audio industry. These high-value mixer-amplifiers provide both 8-ohm and constant-voltage outputs (70V and 100V) for use in a wide range of commercial applications including schools, hospitals, factories, restaurant/retail, houses of worship, fitness facilities, A/V boardrooms, correctional facilities, and small offices. Easily configured for a range of uses such as paging, background music, security, and evacuation instructions, Crown’s Commercial Audio units are the smart choice for commercial sound.

Page 199

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 2.2 kilohms. Line: 10 kilohms. RCA: 10 kilohms.

4. On: CH1 VOX mutes other channels by sensing signal through Input 1. 5. On: Routes CH1 to MOH output. 6. On: Routes CH2 to MOH output. 7. On: Routes CH3 to MOH output. 8. On: 15V phantom power.

Section:

04


COMMERCIAL AUDIO MIXER-AMPLIFIERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO MIXER-AMPLIFIERS 140MPA 140MPA

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Music&&Paging Paging Music

FEATURES  FEATURES

4 inputs (each with a volume control), 40W amplifier • • 4 inputs (each with a volume control), oneone 40W amplifier output channel. output channel. Ideal paging, background music, music-on-hold. • • Ideal forfor paging, background music, andand music-on-hold. Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs, telephone input, • • Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs, telephone input, dual RCA stereo music inputs, touch-proof screw-terminal dual RCA stereo music inputs, touch-proof screw-terminal speaker outputs. speaker outputs. Priority ducking. • • Priority ducking. Independent bass treble controls each input. • • Independent bass andand treble controls forfor each input.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Model Model

140MPA 140MPA

4-ohm 4-ohm

40W 40W

25V/70V 25V/70V

40W 40W

Inputs Inputs

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts 1 kHz 0.5% THD. *Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1atkHz withwith 0.5% THD.

Page 200

44

System Zones System Zones

Single-zone Single-zone


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Frequency Reponse (at 1 watt from 4-ohm tap): 50 Hz to 15 kHz ± 1 dB. Frequency Response (at line out): 50 Hz to 15 kHz ± 1 dB. Power Bandwidth (at 4-ohm tap, 2 dB below maxium 1 kHz power): 50 Hz to 20 kHz with < 0.5% THD. Signal to Noise Ratio (ref. to rated power, master volume at minimum): >90 dB. DC Output Offset: < ±5 mV. THD: < 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): Balanced mic inputs: 3 mV. Balanced line inputs: 800 mV. RCA connectors: 400 mV.

Crosstalk: –70dB at 1kHz. Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms. Phantom Power: 15 VDC. AC Line Voltages Available: 120V/60Hz. Line voltage tolerance +15%, –20%. Operating Temperature/Humidy: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. Input Volume Controls: Four controls, one per input. Detented potentiometers with knobs. Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented recessed potentiometer on each input channel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on. Input Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each input channel, illuminates when input signal exceeds –40 dBu. Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV (45 dB below full power) from the 4-ohm tap. Clip Indicator: Red LED on output illuminates at threshold of audible distortion. Master Output Volume Control: Detented potentiometer with knob.

Reset Switch: Resets the circuit breaker that protects the power supply. AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC. Amplifier Output Connector: 4-position terminal strip with COM (Common), 4 ohms, 25V and 70V terminals. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Non-touch cover included. Output VCA Connector: 4-pin Phoenix-type connector for two VCA control lines of +10 VDC and ground. Compatible with Crown 1-VCAP module. Priority Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connector for push-to-talk mic contact closure. Preamp Line Out Connector: 3-pin balanced Phoenix-type connector. Post master, pre-VCA. Level controlled by master volume control.

VOX Threshold: Trim pot controls how loud the voice must be before ducking occurs. Can be set for no ducking. Link In/Out Switch: Slide switch. When set to IN, any signal applied to the Amp Input connector will be mixed with the input signal(s). When set to OUT, only the signal from the Amp Input Connector will appear at the amplifier output. Priority Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connector for push-to-talk mic contact closure. Input 1 is the priority input for the amplified output, so Input 1 ducks the other inputs. Threshold of activation depends on input voltage. Ducking does not affect MOH outputs. Active Indicator: Illuminates when VOX ducking is active.

Cooling

Convection cooled.

MOH 1V Level Control: Trim pot adjusts level for Music-On-Hold 1V output.

Protection

MOH 1W Level Control: Trim pot adjusts level for Music-On-Hold 1W output.

Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature thermal cutout.

MOH SPI Indicator: Flashes when MOH signal is present.

DC-Fault Load Protection: Included.

MOH 1V Phoenix Connector: 3-pin Phoenix connector for 1V, 600-ohm transformer-isolated output.

Included Accessories

MOH 1W Phoenix Connector: 3-pin Phoenix connector for 1W output. MOH 1V RCA Connector: Two mono RCA connectors for 1V output (in parallel with 600-ohm connections so they are isolated). Balanced Input Connector: Detachable 3-pin Phoenix style connector for balanced line-level signals, one each for input channels 2-4. Balanced Input Connector: Detachable 3-pin Phoenix style connector for balanced mic-level line-level signals, for input channel 1. Tel Connector: Transformer-isolated 600-ohm input, summed into Input 1 for paging from a telephone system. Dual RCA Input Connector: For stereo music signals, unbalanced, summed together, two connectors per input channel. Amp Input Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, high-impedance balanced. Used to link an additional mixer to the mixer-amplifier. Can be used to connect an external processor. Mic/line Switch: Selects mic-level or line-level signal for Input 1.

Current Limit Protection: Included.

Turn On/Turn Off: No thumps or pops. Power cord Detachable rack ears Screws for rack ears Non-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs

T

Section:

Optional Accessories

04

1-VCAP remote volume control

Dimensions

Width (without rack ears): 17.3 in. (43.8 cm). Width (with rack ears): EIA Standard 19 in. W (EIA RS-310-B). Height (front panel): 3.5 in. (8.9 cm). Height (including feet): 4.1 in. (10.5 cm). Depth (front panel to back panel): 12.2 in. (31.0 cm). Depth (front of knobs to back of non-touch cover): 13.9 in. (35.2 cm).

Weight

Net Weight: 17 lb (7.7 kg). Shipping Weight: 22 lb (9.98 kg).

Regulatory Certifications

Phantom Power Switch: Turns phantom power on or off for Input 1. 1/06

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 400 ohms. Line: 100 kilohms. RCA: 50 kilohms.

Back Panel Controls, Connectors and Indicators

139430-1

COMMERCIAL AUDIO

he Crown® 140MPA is a high-value mixer-amplifier for commercial audio. It provides 4-ohm and constant-voltage outputs (25V and 70V). Typical uses are paging, background music, and musicon-hold. The unit provides 4 inputs (each with a volume control) and a 40W amplifier output. Other features include priority ducking, phantom power, and capability for remote volume control. Multiple units can be linked.

Page 201


COMMERCIAL AUDIO XMTUNER-MIXER-AMPLIFIERS TUNER-MIXER-AMPLIFIERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO XM 180MAx Pack (180MAx tuner-mixer-amplifier also available separately) 180MAx Pack (180MAx tuner-mixer-amplifier also available separately)

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

XMEnabled Enabled XM

FEATURES  FEATURES

Programmable tuner with channel data display. • • Programmable XMXM tuner with XMXM channel data display. Independent bass treble controls each input. • • Independent bass andand treble controls forfor each input. Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; touch-proof screw• • Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; touch-proof screwterminal speaker outputs. terminal speaker outputs. Priority ducking, Music-On-Hold (MOH) outputs. • • Priority ducking, Music-On-Hold (MOH) outputs. MAx Pack includes four Control 1ST 2-way speak• • 180180 MAx Pack includes four JBLJBL Control 1ST 2-way speakwith 70V transformer mounting brackets, remote ersers with 70V transformer andand mounting brackets, remote control antenna. control andand XMXM antenna.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Model Model

4-ohm 4-ohm

25V/70V 25V/70V

180MAx 180MAx

80W 80W

80W 80W

Inputs Inputs

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts 1 kHz 0.5% THD. *Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1atkHz withwith 0.5% THD.

Page 202

System Zones System Zones

Single-zone 4 4 Single-zone


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. Input Volume Controls: Four detented potentiometers with knobs. Input 1: Microphone/line (switchable)/telephone. Inputs 2 and 3: Line. Input 4: XM radio. Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented recessed potentiometers on each input channel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz. XM Tuner Menu Button: Selects Direct, Preset, or Category mode. XM Tuner Category Buttons: Scrolls through categories (rock, classical, news, country, etc). XM Tuner Scroll Knob: Lets you scroll through channels and select them. XM Tuner Display: LCD screen displays XM channel data (channel number, channel name, artist name, song title), 16 station presets and signal strength. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on. Input Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED illuminates when input signal exceeds –24 dBu (line) or –70 dBu (mic).

T

Back Panel Controls, Connectors and Indicators

Reset Switch: Resets the circuit breaker that protects the power supply. MOH 1V Level Control: Trim pot adjusts level for Music-On-Hold 1V output. MOH 1W Level Control: Trim pot adjusts level for Music-On-hold 1W output. MOH Signal Presence Indicator: Flashes when MOH signal is present. MOH Source Switch: Switches between Input 3 or XM, and routes the source to MOH 1V Line Out and MOH 1W connectors. MOH 1W Select Switch: Feeds 1W MOH signal either to amplifier output or internal speaker. MOH 1V Line Output RCA Connectors: Two RCA connectors (mono) for 1-volt output (in parallel with 600-ohm connectors, so they are isolated). MOH 1W Line Output Connector: 3-pin Phoenix connector provides Music-On-Hold signal of approximately 1 watt. MOH 1V Line Output Phoenix Connector: 3-pin Phoenix connector, 600-ohm transformer-isolated output, provides Music-On-Hold signal of approximately 1 volt. Phantom Power Switch: Turns phantom power on or off for Input 1. Mic/line Switch: Selects mic-level or line-level signal for Input 1. Link In/Out Switch: Slide switch. When set to IN, any signal applied to the Amp Input connector will be mixed with the input signal(s); when set to OUT, only the signal from the Amp Input Connector will appear at the amplifier output. Amplifier Output Connectors: 4-position terminal strip with COM (Common), 4 ohms, 25V and 70V terminals. Accepts up to 10 AWG crimp-on terminal forks. Non-touch cover included. XM Radio Stereo Line Out Connector: Dual RCA jacks for stereo music out from XM Radio tuner. Preamp Line Out Connector: 3-pin balanced Phoenix-type connector. Post master, pre-VCA. Level controlled by master volume control. Output VCA Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connector for two VCA control lines of +10 VDC and ground. Compatible with Crown 1-VCAP module. Priority Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connector for push-to-talk mic switch. Contact closure activatges ducking. Ducking does not affect Music-On-Hold outputs or XM stereo line out. Active Indicator: LED illuminates when VOX ducking is active.

he Crown® 180MAx Pack is the first tuner-mixer-amplifier and loudspeaker system designed for commercial use. It is designed for easy installation. Applications include restaurants, retail stores, coffee shops and other commercial establishments. The system includes the Crown 180MAx tunermixer-amplifier (also available separately), four JBL® Control® 1ST 2-way loudspeakers with built-in 70V transformers, XM antenna and a wireless remote control. Built into the 180MAx is an XM Radio tuner that receives satellite radio stations with digital sound quality. The unit also accepts signals from line, telephone, or microphone (phantom power included). Other features include bass and treble controls, and priority ducking.

VOX Threshold: Trim pot adjusts how loud the voice must be before ducking occurs. Can be set for no ducking. Priority Release Control: Trim pot adjusts release time of VOX ducking. Mic/Line Input Connector (Input 1 only): 3-pin Phoenix-type, balanced. Line Input Connectors (Inputs 2 and 3 only): 3-pin Phoenix-type, balanced. Dual RCA Input Connector: For stereo music signals, unbalanced, summed together, two connectors per input for inputs 1, 2 and 3. TEL Input Connector: Transformer-isolated 600-ohm input, summed into Input 1 for paging from a telephone system. Amp Input Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, high-impedance balanced. Used to link an additional mixer to the mixer-amplifier. Can be used to connect an external processor. AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC. XM Radio Antenna Input: Connects to the XM antenna cable.

Cooling

Convection cooled.

Protection

Current Limit Protection: Included. Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature thermal cutout. DC-Fault Load Protection: Included.

Included Accessories

Power cord Detachable rack ears Screws for rack ears Non-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs XM antenna Remote control

Section:

04

Optional Accessories

1-VCAP remote volume control.

Dimensions

Width (without rack ears): 17.3 in. (43.8 cm). Width (with rack ears): EIA Standard 19 in. W (EIA RS-310-B). Height (front panel): 3.5 in. (8.9 cm). Height (including feet): 4.1 in. (10.5 cm). Depth (front panel to back panel): 12.2 in. (31.0 cm). Depth (front of knobs to back of non-touch cover): 13.9 in. (35.2 cm).

Weight

Net Weight: 20 lb (9.07 kg). Shipping Weight: 25 lb (11.34 kg)

Regulatory Certifications

1/06

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Frequency Reponse (at 1 watt from 4-ohm tap): 70 Hz to 19 kHz ±1 dB. Frequency Response (at line out): 20 Hz to 20 kHz ±1 dB. Power Bandwidth (at 4-ohm tap, 2 dB below maxium 1 kHz power): 50 Hz to 20 kHz with < 0.5% THD Signal to Noise Ratio (ref. to rated power, master volume at minimum): 85 dB. DC Output Offset: < ±5 mV. THD: Less than 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): Balanced mic inputs: 3 mV. Balanced line inputs: 800 mV. RCA connectors: 400 mV. Isolated telephone input: 75 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 400 ohms. Line: 100 kilohms. RCA: 50 kilohms. Telephone: 600 ohms. Crosstalk: –70dB at 1kHz. Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms. Phantom Power: 15 VDC. AC Line Voltages Available: 120V, 60 Hz. Line voltage tolerance +10%, –20%. Operating Temperature/Humidity: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV (45 dB below full power) from the 4-ohm tap. Clip Indicator: Red LED on output illuminates at threshold of audible distortion. Output Volume Control: Detented potentiometer with knob.

139495-1A

COMMERCIAL AUDIO

Page 203


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

04

Page 204


XTi Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

PORTABLE PA

Section:

04

XLS Series

Page 205


AMPLIFIERS PORTABLEPAPA AMPLIFIERS PORTABLE Series: World Class XTiXTi Series: World Class XTi 1000, XTi 2000, XTi 4000, XTi 6000 XTi 1000, XTi 2000, XTi 4000, XTi 6000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

World-Class World-Class

FEATURES  FEATURES

Computer connectivity USB allows setup configuration • • Computer connectivity viavia USB allows fastfast setup andand configuration with HiQnet™. with HiQnet™. Integrated speaker presets with LCD front panel display. • • Integrated speaker presets with LCD front panel display. Extremely versatile, handling a wide range speaker impedances • • Extremely versatile, handling a wide range of of speaker impedances outputs. andand outputs. Switch-mode universal power supply. • • Switch-mode universal power supply. Speaker presets crossover frequencies, limiting, delay. • • Speaker presets forfor crossover frequencies, EQ,EQ, limiting, andand delay. products rack spaces a new standard in light• • AllAll products fill fill 2U2U rack spaces andand setset a new standard in lightweight amps. weight amps. ® and ® • Speakon binding post outputs, XLR inputs loop-thrus. • Speakon and binding post outputs, XLR inputs andand loop-thrus. • Comprehensive LED status per channel. • Comprehensive LED status per channel.

POWER OUTPUT POWER OUTPUT Model Model

XTi 1000 XTi 1000 XTi 2000 XTi 2000 XTi 4000 XTi 4000 XTi 6000 XTi 6000

2-ohm 4-ohm 8-ohm 2-ohm DualDual 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel) channel)

700W* 500W 500W 275W 275W 700W* 1,000W* 800W 475W 1,000W* 800W 475W 1,600W* 1,200W 650W 1,600W* 1,200W 650W 3,000W*2,100W 2,100W 1,200W 1,200W 3,000W*

1 kHz power 0.5% THD.* With * With THD. 1 kHz power withwith 0.5% THD. 1%1% THD.

Page 206

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

1,400W* 1,000W 1,000W 1,400W* 2,000W* 1,600W 2,000W* 1,600W 3,200W* 2,400W 3,200W* 2,400W 6,000W* 4,200W 4,200W 6,000W*


 SPECIFICATIONS

DSP Section Input EQ: 6 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. Also adjustable high and low shelving filters. This 8-filter EQ section can be bypassed. Crossover Filters: Highpass and lowpass per channel. Butterworth 6/12/18/24 dB per octave. Linkwitz-Riley 24/48 dB per octave. Also includes ±15 dB bandpass gain and polarity control.

Delay: For signal alignment of driver; 50 mS total delay. Subharmonic Synthesizer: Takes the lowfrequency content of the input signal and “synthesizes” a new signal that is the same as the input signal but one octave lower. The new synthesized signal is then mixed with the original signal to create the effect. Output Limiter: Prevents clipping. Presets: 20 presets, 19 of which are userdefinable.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Level: Detented rotary level control, one per channel. Power Switch: On/off switch applies AC power to the amplifier. Sel/Prev/Next Buttons: Three buttons near the LCD screen are used to access menu items and front panel lockout. LCD Screen: Backlit liquid crystal display shows speaker presets. Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when a very low-level signal is present at input. May be used for troubleshooting cable runs. –10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip. –20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip. Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the amplifier is ready to produce audio. Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, turns on at the threshold of audible distortion. Temp Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates under excessive temperature conditions. Power Indicator: Blue LED illuminates when the amplifier has been turned on and has power.

Link/Out Connector: Loop-thru signal from input connector for linking to another amplifier, one per channel. Output Connectors: Two Neutrik® Speakon® NL4MP (mates with NL4FC) output connectors. Channel-1 Speakon® is wired with Ch. 1 and Ch. 2 outputs for use with optional single 4-conductor cable. Two binding post outputs (in parallel with Speakon® connectors). HiQnet USB Connector: Type B, connects to a HiQnet network.

Protection

XTi-Series amplifiers are protected against shorted, open or mismatched loads; overloaded power supplies; excessive temperature; chain destruction phenomena; excessive output current, input overload damage; and high-frequency blowups. They also protect loudspeakers from input/output DC, large or dangerous DC offsets and turn-on/turn-off transients.

Construction

Chassis: Steel. Cooling: Proportional speed fan with front-torear airflow. Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-in. rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) high and 12.25 in. (31.11 cm) deep behind mounting surface. XTi 6000 is 16.2 in. (41.15 cm) deep. Net Weight: XTi 1K, 2K, 4K: 18.5 lb (8.4 kg). XTi 6K: 24.0 lb (10.9 kg). Shipping Weight: XTi 1K, 2K, 4K: 21.5 lb (9.8 kg). XTi 6K: 30.0 lb (13.6 kg). Optional Accessory: Rear rack-ear support for XTi 6000.

Regulatory Certifications

Rear Panel Controls and Connectors AC Line Connector: XTi 1K, 2K, 4K: NEMA 5-15P (15A). XTi 6K: NEMA 6-20P (20A) IEC C20 (20A) Input Connector: XLR, one per channel.

Other Applications

12/08

T

139472-3

P O R TA B L E PA

he XTi Series of Crown® amplifiers are professional tools designed and built for portable PA applications. The series includes four models which are similar except for output power: XTi 1000, 2000, 4000 and 6000. All are rugged and lightweight, and offer unmatched value in their class. XTi-Series amplifiers feature an LCD screen with speaker presets for crossover frequencies, EQ, limiting, delay, and a subharmonic synthesizer. Other features include a switch-mode universal power supply, useful function indicators, proportional-speed fan-assisted cooling, XLR inputs, Speakon® and binding-post outputs, short-circuit protection and more.

Page 207

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Voltage Gain at 1kHz, 8 ohm rated output: XTi 1000: 30.5 dB XTi 2000: 32.9 dB XTi 4000: 34.2 dB XTi 6000: 37.1 dB Frequency Response: +0/–1 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1 watt into 4 ohms. Load Impedance: Safe with all types of loads. Rated for 2 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 4 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode. The XTi 1000 A1 (100V version) is rated for 4 to 8 ohms Stereo, 8 to 16 ohms Bridge Mono. Sensitivity: 1.4V Signal to Noise Ratio (below rated 1 kHz power at 8 ohms): XTi 1K, 2K, 4K: 100 dB (A weighted). XTi 6K: 103 dB (A weighted). Damping Factor: Better than 500 from 20 Hz to 400 Hz. Crosstalk: > 70 dB below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz. Input Stage: Input is electronically balanced and employs precision 1% resistors. Input Impedance (nominal): 20 k ohms, balanced;10 k ohms, unbalanced. Maximum Input Signal: +22 dBu typical. AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available: 100V, 120V, 220-240V 50/60 Hz. AC Line Current (120VAC amplifier playing 1/8 power pink noise into 4 ohms per ch): XTi 1000: 6.8A, XTi 2000: 8.3A, XTi 4000: 10.5A; at idle draws no more than 38 watts. XTi 6000: 15.3A; at idle draws no more than 180 watts. Operating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing).

Section:

04


AMPLIFIERS PORTABLE PA XLS-III Series: Performance and Flexibility XLS1000, XLS1500, XLS2000, XLS2500

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Innovation

 FEATURES •

High Performance, Lightweight Class-D amplifier – weighs less than 12lbs.

Integrated PureBand™ Crossover system ensures seamless transitions from low to high frequency drivers.

Integrated XMAX™ Limiters provide maximum output while protecting your speakers.

XLR, 1/4", RCA Inputs ensure compatibility with any source.

1/4" Inputs can be used as loop-thrus to distribute signal to additional amplifiers.

POWER OUTPUT* Models

2-ohm Dual (per channel)

4-ohm Dual (per channel)

8-ohm Dual (per channel)

XLS1000 XLS1500 XLS2000 XLS2500

550W 775W 1,050W 1,200W

350W 525W 650W 775W

215W 300W 375W 440W

*Maximum average power in watts at 0.5% THD, 1 kHz.

Page 208

8-ohm Bridge

700W 1,500W 1,300W 1,550W

4-ohm Bridge

1,100W 1,550W 2,100W 2,400W


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Sensitivity (for full rated power at 4 ohms): 1.4 Vrms. Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz to 20 kHz): +0 dB, –1 dB.

PureBandTM Crossover System Crossover Filter: Linkwitz-Riley 24dB per ocatve.

Crossover Mode: Crossover (CH1=LPF, CH2=HPF), Low Pass (both channels LPF), High Pass (both channels HPF), Bridge (LPF or HPF).

Signal-to-Noise Ratio Rated as dBr to full rated 8 ohms power output (A-weighted): XLS1000: > 97 dB. XLS1500, XLS2000, XLS2500: > 103 dB. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): < 0.5%. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD): (60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1) from full rated output to –30 dB: < 0.3%.

Indicators

Signal Presence Indicators: Two green LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when the channel’s input signal exceeds –40 dBu.

Damping Factor (8 ohm) 10 Hz to 400 Hz: > 200.

–20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip. Clip Indicators: Two red LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when the channel’s output is being overdriven.

IM

Input Impedance (nominal): 20 kilohms balanced, 10 kilohms unbalanced.

Load Impedance: 2 to 8 ohms per channel in Stereo, 4 to 8 ohms in Bridge Mono.

Thermal Indicator: Two red LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when thermal compression begins.

EL

AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120 VAC 60 Hz, 100 VAC 50/60 Hz, 220 and 240 VAC 50 Hz.

Controls

PR

Level: Two front-panel rotary level controls, one for each channel. LCD Screen: Back-lit LCD allows for crossover configuration, amp mode configuration and clip compressor configuration.

Menu/Prev/Select: Three buttons located near the LCD screen that are used to configure and access the integrated processing.

Power: Front-panel switch; on when in the IN position. Blue LED will illuminate when on. Circuit Breaker: Back-panel breaker provides overload protection.

T

Construction

Ventilation: Flow-through ventilation from front to back.

Input/Output

Input Connectors: XLR (one per channel), 1/4 inch (one per channel), and RCA (one per channel). The 1/4 inch inputs can be used as loop-thrus to distribute signal to multiple amplifiers.

Output Connectors: Two 4-Pole Speakon® Output Connectors accept 2-pole or 4-pole Speakon® connectors. The top Speakon connector is wired for both channels so it can be used for bridge-mono wiring or for stereo wiring of two speakers to a single Speakon connector.

Cooling: Internal heat sinks with forced-air cooling for rapid, uniform heat dissipation. Air Volume Requirements (per minute per unit): 80.15 ft³ (2.27 m³). Dimensions:EIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5-inch (8.9-cm) height. XLS1000/1500: 8.10-inch (20.6-cm) depth. XLS2000/2500: 10.35-inch (26.3-cm) depth.

Weight

Harman Pro Group | 2010

IN

–10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip.

Crosstalk (below rated 8 ohm power): at 1 kHz: > 85 dB. at 20 kHz: > 55 dB.

XLS Series amplifiers provide extensive protection and diagnostic capabilities, including output current limiting, DC protection, circuit breaker, and thermal protection.

AR Y

XMAXTM Limiters: Channel independent clip limiter designed to provide maximum output while protecting your loudspeakers.

Protection

Net Weight: XLS1000: 8.6 lb (3.9 kg) XLS1500: 8.6 lb (3.9 kg) XLS2000: 10.75 lb (4.9 kg) XLS2500: 10.75 lb (4.9 kg) Shipping Weight: XLS1000: 13.6 lb (6.2 kg) XLS1500: 13.6 lb (6.2 kg) XLS2000: 15.75 lb (7.1 kg) XLS2500: 15.75 lb (7.1 kg)

Regulatory Certifications

Section:

04 Other Applications

One pair of back-panel binding posts per channel; accepts banana plugs or bare wire. (European models do not accept banana plugs.)

ake command of center stage with Crown's new XLS amplifiers. The highperformance class-D amplifier combined with its integrated PureBand™ Crossover System deliver unmatched performance and sound; while its multiple inputs let you plug in anything you want. XMAX™ Limiters effortlessly protect your speaker investment, and at 12 pounds moving from show to show is nearly effortless. Powerful, flexible, portable, and reliable – RUN THE SHOW with a power amplifier designed to play hard all night long.

P O R TA B L E PA

Page 209


AMPLIFIERS PORTABLEPAPA AMPLIFIERS PORTABLE XLS Series: Affordable and Reliable XLS Series: Affordable and Reliable XLS 5000 XLS 5000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Evolution Evolution

FEATURES  FEATURES

Housed a rugged, all-steel chassis. • • Housed in ainrugged, all-steel 3U3U chassis. Efficient forced-air prevents excessive thermal buildup. • • Efficient forced-air fanfan prevents excessive thermal buildup. Electronically balanced XLR inputs; touchproof binding • • Electronically balanced XLR inputs; touchproof binding post Speakon outputs. post andand Speakon outputs. Precision detented level controls, power switch, four • • Precision detented level controls, power switch, andand four LEDs, which indicate each channel, power fault LEDs, which indicate clipclip forfor each channel, power andand fault conditions. conditions.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

2-ohm 4-ohm 2-ohm DualDual 4-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel)

8-ohm 8-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel)

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

‡ ‡ 1,800W** ‡ ‡ XLS 5000 2,500W 2,500W 1,800W** 1,100W** 1,100W** 3,600W** 3,600W**5,000W 5,000W XLS 5000

*Maximum average power in watts at 0.5% THD, 1 kHz.**With **With 0.1% ‡With *Maximum average power in watts at 0.5% THD, 1 kHz. 0.1% THDTHD ‡With 1%1% THDTHD

Page 210


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Controls

Level: Two front-panel rotary level controls, one for each channel. Power: Front-panel switch; on when in the IN position.

Circuit Breaker: Back-panel breaker provides overload protection. Mode Switch: Back-panel switch selects Dual or Bridge-Mono mode.

Indicators

Signal Presence Indicators: Two green LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when the channel’s input signal exceeds –40 dBu. Clip Indicators: Two red LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when the channel’s output is being overdriven. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available. Fault Indicator: Two red LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when amplifier is in protect mode. Also illuminates briefly during normal power-up when amplifier is first switched on.

Input/Output

Input Connectors: One per channel; back-panel three-pin female XLR input connectors. Output Connectors: Two 4-Pole Speakon® Output Connectors accept 2-pole or 4-pole Speakon® connectors. The top Speakon connector is wired for both channels so it can be used for bridge-mono wiring or for stereo wiring of two speakers to a single Speakon connector. One pair of back-panel binding posts per channel; accepts banana plugs or bare wire. (European models do not accept banana plugs.)

Protection

Provides extensive protection and diagnostic capabilities, including output current limiting, DC protection, circuit breaker, and thermal protection.

Construction

Ventilation: Flow-through ventilation from front to back. Cooling: Internal heat sinks with forced-air cooling for rapid, uniform heat dissipation. Air Volume Requirements (per minute per unit): 80.15 ft³ (2.27 m³). Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 5.25-inch (13.3-cm) height and 15.5-inch (39.5-cm) depth.

Weight

Net Weight: 62.0 lb (27.7 kg) Shipping Weight: 74.0 lb (33.6 kg)

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Sensitivity (for full rated power at 4 ohms): 1.25 Vrms. Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 22 Hz to 20 kHz): +0 dB, –1 dB. Signal-to-Noise Ratio (20 Hz to 20 kHz, inputs terminated): A-weighted, below rated power: > 100 dB. No weighting, below rated power: > 95 dB. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): < 0.5%. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD): (60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1) from full rated output to –40 dB: < 0.3%. Damping Factor (8 ohm) 10 Hz to 400 Hz: >200. Crosstalk (below rated power): at 1 kHz: –75 dB. at 20 kHz: –59 dB. Input Impedance (nominal): 20 kilohms balanced, 10 kilohms unbalanced. Load Impedance: 2 to 8 ohms per channel in Stereo, 4 to 8 ohms in Bridge Mono. AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120 VAC 60 Hz, 100 VAC 50/60 Hz, 220 VAC 50 Hz, and 230-240 VAC.

Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

Section:

04

3/08

139436-3B

P O R TA B L E PA

T

he XLS 5000 power amplifier from Crown represents a new era in affordable, quality power amplification. It incorporates the best of tried-and-true design principles and innovative features, all in a rugged, light-weight 3U chassis.

Page 211


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

04

Page 212


Harman Pro Group | 2010

TOURING I-Tech HD Series

Section:

04

Macro-Tech i Series

Page 213


AMPLIFIERS TOURING AMPLIFIERS TOURING I-Tech Series: Excellence Without Compromise I-Tech Series: Excellence Without Compromise I-T4000, I-T6000, I-T8000 I-T4000, I-T6000, I-T8000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Raisingthe theBar–Again Bar–Again Raising

FEATURES  FEATURES

BSS OMNIDRIVEHD™ DSP processing with linear phase filters. • • BSS OMNIDRIVEHD™ DSP processing with IIRIIR andand linear phase FIRFIR filters. Global Power Supply designed to deliver maximum power matter where your Power Supply designed to deliver maximum power nono matter where your • • Global schedule takes you. Universal input accepts100-240VAC, 50/60 (±15%). schedule takes you. Universal ACAC input accepts100-240VAC, 50/60 HzHz (±15%). High power density, 9000 watts a 2U chassis. • • High power density, upup to to 9000 watts in ain2U chassis. Highest output voltage in the industry (200V peak) provides clean transient peaks. • • Highest output voltage in the industry (200V peak) provides clean transient peaks. ®) ® 5th-generation patented Class I (BCA ) circuitry. • • 5th-generation patented Class I (BCA circuitry. Front-panel USB connector transfers presets to/from a USB drive • • Front-panel USB connector transfers presets to/from a USB drive to to thethe amp’s DSP. amp’s DSP. True Ethernet backbone–fast, reliable scalable. • • True Ethernet backbone–fast, reliable andand scalable.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Model Model

BURST 2-ohm 2-ohm Dual 2-ohm 2-ohm Dual 4-ohm 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm 8-ohm Dual 20 20 mSmS BURST Dual Dual Dual Dual channel)(per(per channel, 1 kHz)(per(per channel)(per (per channel) 2-ohm Dual (per(per channel) channel, 1 kHz) channel) channel) 2-ohm Dual (per(per ch.)ch.)

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

MA-5000i 3,000W 3,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,500W 2,500W 1,250W 1,250W 4,000W 4,000W 5,000W 5,000W MA-5000i MA-9000i 4,700W 4,700W 2,800W 2,800W 3,500W 3,500W 3,500W 3,500W 1,500W 1,500W 5,600W 5,600W 7,000W 7,000W MA-9000i MA-12000i6,000W 6,000W 3,750W 3,750W 4,500W 4,500W 4,500W 4,500W 2,100W 2,100W 7,500W 7,500W 9,000W 9,000W MA-12000i *Guaranteed minimum power in watts at 20 Hz-20 0.1% *Guaranteed minimum power in watts at 20 Hz-20 kHzkHz withwith 0.1% THDTHD

Page 214


 SPECIFICATIONS Summary Specifications

Input Sensitivity (referenced to 8 ohm rated output): Adjustable in 0.1V steps from 1.4V to 7.75V.

Signal to Noise Ratio below rated full-bandwidth power, A-weighted: > 112 dB.

Required AC Mains: Universal AC input, 100240VAC, 50/60 Hz (±15%). Maximum AC mains voltage 277VAC.

Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz): ±0.25dB.

Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) at full rated power: < 0.1%. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD) 60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1, from full rated output to –35 dB: < 0.2%. Damping Factor (20 Hz to 100 Hz at 8 ohms): > 5000. Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 80 dB. Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 70 dB typical. Latency (analog, digital inputs): 1.13 mS analog, 1.81 mS digital (96 kHz).

Digital Input: AES/EBU, 24-bit, 32-96 kHz. Onboard sample-rate converter. Network: Onboard TCP/IQ and HiQnet, compatible with standard 100 Mb Ethernet hardware. DSP: 24-bit conversion with 32-bit, floatingpoint DSP processing. World-class IIR and linear phase FIR filters. Has 64 assignable filters with 9 different filter types. Includes all-pass filters, over 2 seconds of delay available per channel, and dual uncorrelated-noise and sinewave generators. Load Impedance: (Note: Safe with all types of loads) Stereo: 1/2/4/8/16 ohms. Bridge Mono: 2/4/8 ohms.

Front Panel Indicators, Controls and Connectors Indicators: Bridge mode, Ready, Signal level, Clip, Thermal error, Fault, Network data, Power, AC mains. LCD Control Screen and Controls: These let the user adjust the amplifier’s attenuation and muting, configure the amp, set up and view error monitoring (such as temperature and load supervision), set IP and HiQnet addresses from the front panel, and recall DSP presets. The presets allow the user to quickly reconfigure the amp for various applications. Level Controls (Encoders): Speed-sensitive rotary encoders, 0.5 dB steps, range 0 to –100 dB. These two knobs affect the Channel-1 and Channel-2 output levels. They also select Menu items and adjust parameter values that are displayed on the LCD Control Screen. Power Switch: Push-on/push-off switch with built-in green AC mains present indicator. USB 2.0 Connector: Accepts a USB drive to transfer presets from the drive to the amplifier DSP, and vice versa.

Connectors: Balanced XLR analog inputs, balanced analog XLR loop-thru outputs, AES/EBU digital input, AES/EBU digital loop-thru output, 4-Pole Speakon output connectors, binding post output connectors, power cord, EtherCon® Ethernet connector for networking via HiQnet or CobraNet. Reset Switch/Circuit Breaker: If the current draw of the amplifier exceeds safe limits, this breaker automatically disconnects the power supply from the AC mains. The switch resets the circuit breaker. Preset Indicator: LED flashes to signal the number of the current preset if active. LED is green if the preset values have not been changed once loaded. LED is yellow if the preset values have been changed since they were loaded.

Construction Cooling: Dual-zone, microprocessor controlled, continuously variable speed fans, front-to-back airflow. Dimensions: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) H x 16.2 in. (41.1 cm) D. Weight: 28 lbs (12.7 kg) net, 36 lbs (16.3 kg) shipping. Included Accessories: Rear rack ears, rack screws, operation manual, power cords, foam air filter.

Section:

Regulatory Certifications

04

Other Applications

12/08

C

rown continues the tradition of excellence and innovation with the Crown® I-Tech HD Series, delivering unmatched versatility, power and performance for touring sound applications. Featuring onboard high-definition BSS OMNIDRIVEHD™ DSP with 24-bit, 192 kHz Cirrus Logic SHARC A/D and D/A converters, the I-Tech HD Series also offers a new software interface that provides easier systemlevel changes, and includes a configuration wizard. Providing up to 9 kW continuous power in a 2U rack space and delivering the highest output voltage in the industry, the I-Tech HD Series outperforms all the competition, even our own.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

A/D, D/A Converters: 24-bit 192 kHz Cirrus Logic.

AC Line Connector: Five cordsets supplied with amplifier (USA, UK, European, Australia, India).

Back Panel Connectors, Controls, and Indicators

141259-1

T O U R I N G

Page 215


AMPLIFIERS TOURING AMPLIFIERS TOURING Macro-Tech i Series: The Legend Continues Macro-Tech i Series: The Legend Continues Macro-Tech i Series Macro-Tech i Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

TheLegend LegendContinues Continues The

FEATURES  FEATURES

® ® ® i Series continues the Crown Macro-Tech Macro-Tech legacy • •TheThe Macro-Tech i Series continues the Crown® Macro-Tech legacy of of unparalleled sonic accuracy and detail, putting sound quality above else unparalleled sonic accuracy and detail, putting sound quality above all all else

Patented, cutting-edge Class-I circuitry gets more power amplifier • •Patented, cutting-edge Class-I circuitry gets more power outout of of an an amplifier with less waste with less waste Rugged construction ensures Macro-Techs built withstand • •Rugged construction ensures thatthat all all Macro-Techs areare built to to withstand years abuse road years of of abuse onon thethe road Global Power Supply designed deliver maximum power matter • •Global Power Supply —— designed to to deliver maximum power nono matter what country work what country youyou work in in Built-in load, voltage, input output monitoring • •Built-in load, lineline voltage, input andand output monitoring ® ® lets system operators Standard Ethernet networking System Architect • •Standard Ethernet networking viavia System Architect lets system operators monitor control amplifier from location monitor andand control thethe amplifier from anyany location

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Model Model

BURST 2-ohm 2-ohm Dual 2-ohm 2-ohm Dual 4-ohm 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm 8-ohm Dual 20 20 mSmS BURST Dual Dual Dual Dual channel)(per(per channel, 1 kHz)(per(per channel)(per (per channel) 2-ohm Dual (per(per channel) channel, 1 kHz) channel) channel) 2-ohm Dual (per(per ch.)ch.)

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

MA-5000i 3,000W 3,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,500W 2,500W 1,250W 1,250W 4,000W 4,000W 5,000W 5,000W MA-5000i MA-9000i 4,700W 4,700W 2,800W 2,800W 3,500W 3,500W 3,500W 3,500W 1,500W 1,500W 5,600W 5,600W 7,000W 7,000W MA-9000i MA-12000i6,000W 6,000W 3,750W 3,750W 4,500W 4,500W 4,500W 4,500W 2,100W 2,100W 7,500W 7,500W 9,000W 9,000W MA-12000i *Guaranteed minimum power in watts at 20 Hz-20 0.1% *Guaranteed minimum power in watts at 20 Hz-20 kHzkHz withwith 0.1% THDTHD

Page 216


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Bridge Mode Indicator: Amber LED illuminates when the amplifier is set to Bridge-Mono mode. Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel. On (bright): Ready. On (dim): Onset of compression. Off: Thermal failure. Signal Indicators: One green LED per channel. Solid green: Input signal is above –40 dBu. Bright green: Channel’s output signal has reached the onset of audible clipping.

T

Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available. The LED will flash when the AC line voltage is 10% above or below the nominal rated value. Data Indicator: Yellow LED on front panel indicates network data activity. Data indicator flashes only when the amplifier is polled for data, or is polled to see whether it is online Power Switch: Push-on/push-off switch with built-in green AC mains present indicator. Volume Control: Precision detented attenuator with 31 steps, press-and-hold mute function. Volume Control LED Ring: A ring of green LEDs around each volume control show the position of the control. Entire ring flashes when channel is muted. Can be converted to be a level meter.

Back Panel Controls, Indicators and Connectors

Power Cord Connector: Detachable 20 amp IEC inlet. Cord locks with suppliled cord retention clip. Voltage range is indicated above IEC inlet. Reset Switch/Circuit Breaker: If the current draw of the amplifier exceeds safe limits, this breaker automatically disconnects the power supply from the AC mains. The switch resets the circuit breaker. Output Connectors: Two high-current, 50A Neutrik® Speakon® NL4MLP (mates with NL4FC or NL4), one per channel. Ch 1 Speakon® is wired with Ch 1 and Ch 2 outputs for use with single 4-conductor cable. Two pairs of high-current, 60A color-coded 5-way binding posts (for banana plugs, spade lugs or bare wire). Analog Input Connectors: A 3-pin female XLR connector for each channel. Analog Loop Thru Connectors: Two male XLR passive analog loop through. Mode Switch/Indicator: Sets amplifier to Stereo, Bridge, or Input Y mode. OFF=Stereo, YEL=Bridge, GRN=Y. Network Connectors: Two Neutrik® Ethercon connector accepts RJ-45 type connectors for HiQnet™ networking. Next to each connector is a yellow LINK ACT indicator that shows network activity, and a green 100Mb indicator that shows a 100Mb network connection. Data Indicator: Yellow LED on back panel indicates network data activity. Data indicator flashes only when the amplifier is polled for data, or is polled to see whether it is online.

he Crown Macro-Tech i Series amplifiers continue the Macro-Tech legacy of unparalleled sonic accuracy and detail, putting sound quality above all else. Their patented, cutting-edge Class-I circuitry gets more power out of an amplifier with less waste. Each model features a Global Power Supply designed to deliver maximum power in any country. The i Series offers studio-quality analog signal processing with built-in load, line voltage, input and output monitoring. Standard Ethernet networking via System Architect provides integrated monitoring and control to give system operators access to the system from any location.

Preset Indicator: Green/yellow LED flashes to signal the number of the current preset. LED is green if current preset is active, or is yellow if current preset is modified. Input Sensitivity Switch: Three-position switch providing 1.4V, 32 dB, and 26 dB settings for both channels.

Firmware/Software

Firmware can be updated at www.crownaudio. com > Support > Downloads. Software features: Same as PIP-Lite module (except no Listen Bus): User Presets, Clip Event Monitor, Input Signal Level Monitor, Output Signal Level Monitor, Thermal Headroom Level Monitor, Power/Standby Control, Signal Mute, Polarity Inverter, Input Signal Fader, Dynamic Gain Monitors (Ghost Faders), Amplifier Information, User and Channel Labels, Amplifier Mode, Amplifier Output Mode, Line Voltage Monitor, Error Reporting, Auto Standby, Input Signal Compressor/Limiter, Peak Voltage Limiter, Average Power Limiter, Clip Eliminator, Thermal Limiter, Limiter Tie, Load Supervision.

Construction

Cooling: Dual-zone, microprocessor controlled, continuously variable speed fans, front-to-back airflow. Front Panel: Cast aluminum with integrated handles. Dimensions: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) H x 16.2 in. (41.1 cm) D. Weight: 28 lbs (12.7 kg) net, 36 lbs (16.3 kg) shipping. Protection: Amplifier is protected against reactive loads, faults and shorts. If one channel experiences a catastrophic failure, the entire amplifier will shut down. Included Accessories: Rear rack ears, rack screws, operation manual, power cords, foam air filter.

Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

4/08

140535-2

T O U R I N G

Page 217

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz into 8 ohms): ±0.25 dB. Signal to Noise Ratio (below rated full-bandwidth power, A-weighted): >112 dB. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) (at 2 watts into 8 ohms): < 0.1%. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) Plus Noise (at full rated power): < 0.35%, 20 Hz to 20 kHz. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD) (60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1, from full rated output to –30 dB): < 0.35%. Damping Factor (20 Hz to 100 Hz at 8 ohms): > 5000. Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 80 dB. Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): 55 dB, typically >70 dB. DC Output Offset (shorted input): < ± 3 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): 10 kilohms balanced, 5 kilohms unbalanced. Maximum Input Level: +20 dBu typical. Network: Onboard HiQnet™, compatible with standard 100 Mb Ethercom hardware. Load Impedance: (Note: Safe with all types of loads) Stereo: 1/2/4/8/16 ohms. Bridge Mono: 2/4/8 ohms. Input Sensitivity (referenced to 8 ohm rated output): 1.4V, 32 dB gain, and 26 dB gain. Voltage Gain (referenced to 8 ohm rated output): MA-5000i: 37.1 dB to 22.2 dB MA-9000i: 37.9 dB to 23.0 dB MA-12000i: 39.3 dB to 24.5 dB Required AC Mains: Universal AC input, 100240VAC, 50/60 Hz (±10%). Maximum AC mains voltage 264VAC. AC Line Connector: Five cordsets supplied with amplifier (USA, UK, European, Australia, India).

Section:

04


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

04

Page 218


D Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

RECORDING & BROADCAST

Section:

04

Page 219


AMPLIFIERS  RECORDING BROADCAST AMPLIFIERS  RECORDING && BROADCAST Series: Long-Term Favorites DD Series: Long-Term Favorites D-45, D-75A D-45, D-75A

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Tried&&True True Tried

FEATURES  FEATURES

Powerful AB+B class circuitry yields maximum efficiency • • Powerful AB+B class circuitry yields maximum efficiency with minimum crossover “notch” distortion. with minimum crossover “notch” distortion. ® ® (Input/Output Comparator) alerts distortion • • IOCIOC (Input/Output Comparator) alerts of of anyany distortion thatthat exceeds 0.05% provide proof distortion-free performance. exceeds 0.05% to to provide proof of of distortion-free performance. Ultra-low harmonic intermodulation distortion result • • Ultra-low harmonic andand intermodulation distortion result in the best dynamic transfer function in the industry. in the best dynamic transfer function in the industry. Very noise wide dynamic range exceed • • Very lowlow noise andand wide dynamic range exceed thethe audio specifications digital compact discs (CDs). audio specifications forfor digital compact discs (CDs). Convection cooling system dissipates heat through heat • • Convection cooling system dissipates heat through thethe heat sinks chassis optimal cooling maintenance-free sinks andand chassis forfor optimal cooling andand maintenance-free operation. operation. • Front-panel headphone jack. • Front-panel headphone jack.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

D-45 D-45 D-75A D-75A

4-ohm 8-ohm 16-ohm 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual 16-ohm DualDual channel)(per(per channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel) channel)

35W 35W 55W 55W

25W 25W 40W 40W

16-ohm 16-ohm Bridge Bridge

20W 70W 70W 50W 50W 20W 25W 110W 110W 80W 80W 25W

*Maximum average power in watts at 0.1% THD, 1 kHz. *Maximum average power in watts at 0.1% THD, 1 kHz.

Page 220

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Controls

Power: A two-position front panel rotary on/off switch. Level: An independent 31-position detented front panel level control for each channel. Dual/Mono: The dual/mono jumper is located inside the amplifier. Ground Lift: To prevent ground loops, the chassis and signal grounds are separated (or “lifted”) by a permanent impedance installed between them. There is no control for this feature.

Indicators

Signal Presence: The green front panel indicator for each channel flashes synchronously with the channel’s output signal to indicate its presence. Input/Output Comparator: The red Input/ Output Comparator (IOC) indicator for each channel flashes if any type of distortion reaches 0.05%.

Input/Output

Input Connector: A balanced 3-pin female Neutrik® combination XLR and ¼-inch (6.35-mm) phone connector for each channel. Input Impedance: Nominally 20 k ohms, balanced. Nominally 10 k ohms, unbalanced. Input Sensitivity: Configurable for 26 dB gain or 0.775 volt sensitivity. Output Connector: Barrier block terminals and stereo headphone jack. The headphone output is unpadded, and in parallel with the main amplifier outputs. Output Impedance: Less than 15 milliohms in series with less than 3 microhenries. DC Output Offset: 10 millivolts or less.

Output Signal

Dual: Unbalanced, two channel. Bridge-Mono: Balanced, single channel. Channel 1 controls are active; channel 2 controls should be turned down.

Protection

Input: The inputs have series resistance that provides input overload protection. Controlled slew rate voltage amplifiers protect against radio frequencies. The AC line is fused to protect against excessive current draw. Output: Instantaneous limiting protection for short circuits, open circuits and mismatched loads. Turn-On: Minimum thumps. Power-up is instantaneous with no program delay.

Construction

Durable black finish on aluminum front panel with gray suede Lexan insert. Aluminum chassis provides maximum heat conduction and minimum weight. Dimensions: 19-inch (48.3 cm) rack mount width, 1.75 inches (4.5 cm) high, 8.5 inches (21.6 cm) deep behind the mounting surface, and a 0.625-inch (1.6-cm) protrusion in front of the mounting surface. Net Weight: D-45: 8 lb, 11 oz (3.9 kg) D-75A: 9 lb, 7 oz (4.3 kg). Shipping Weight: D-45: 10 lb, 9 oz (4.8 kg) D-75A: 11 lb, 4 oz (5.1 kg). Cooling: The amplifier is totally convection cooled. The entire aluminum chassis acts as a conductor to dissipate heat. The covers and front panel extrusion also act as heat sinks. Much of the unit’s heat is conducted through the extruded front panel. This design is used so that front panel contact with the equipment rack will also dissipate heat.

Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

8/06

T

136711-1C

RECORDING & BROADCAST

he D-45 and D-75A are long-term standards. They are perfect for moderate power applications such as recording or broadcast studio near-field monitoring, video suite audio monitoring, a recording/broadcast headphone amp or a small paging system. Convection cooled, the highly reliable D Series is protected against shorted, open, mismatched or low-impedance loads.

Page 221

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Frequency Response: ±0.1 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1watt. Phase Response: +10 to –15 degrees from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1 watt. Signal-to-Noise: 106 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at full bandwidth FTC power. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): Less than 0.001% at full bandwidth FTC power from 20 Hz to 400 Hz increasing linearly to 0.05% at 20 kHz. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD): (60 Hz and 7 kHz 4:1) Less than 0.01% from 0.25 watts to full bandwidth FTC power, and less than 0.05% from 0.01 to 0.25 watts. Crosstalk: Greater than 100 dB below full bandwidth FTC power from 100 Hz to 1 kHz decreasing linearly to 80 dB at 20 kHz. Damping Factor: Greater than 400 from DC to 400 Hz. Controlled Slew Rate: 6 volts per ms. (Slew rates are limited to useful levels for ultrasonic/RF protection.) Voltage Gain: At the maximum level setting, 8-ohm load, 0.775V input sensititivity. D-45: 18.3:1 ±3% or 25.2 dB ±0.3 dB. D-75A: 23:1 ±3% or 27.3 dB ±0.3 dB. Load Impedance: Safe with all types of loads. Rated for 4 to 16 ohms in dual mode, and 8 to 16 ohms in bridge-mono mode. AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available: 100, 120, 220 and 240VAC (±10%), 50 to 400 Hz for international units (depending on the transformer configuration). North American 120VAC, 60 Hz units are not convertible and can only be used at the specified voltage and frequency. All units draw 15 watts or less when idle. Maximum AC power consumption is 150 watts.

Section:

04


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

04

Page 222


Harman Pro Group | 2010

CINEMA DSi Series

Section:

04

CTs 2-Channel Series CTs Multi-Channel Series XLS Series DBC Network Bridge

Page 223


AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA DSi Series: 2/4/8 Ohm DSi Series: 2/4/8 Ohm DSi 1000, DSi 2000, DSi 4000, DSi 6000 DSi 1000, DSi 2000, DSi 4000, DSi 6000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

One-Touch One-Touch Performance Performance

FEATURES  FEATURES

Intuitive front-panel LCD screen, automatic presets popular cinema • • Intuitive front-panel LCD screen, automatic presets forfor popular JBLJBL cinema speaker systems quick, easy configuration. speaker systems forfor quick, easy configuration. Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, filters, delay, • • Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, EQEQ filters, delay, andand output limiting. output limiting. Computer connectivity USB allows setup configuration with • • Computer connectivity viavia USB allows fastfast setup andand configuration with ® software. ® software. HiQnet™ System Architect HiQnet™ System Architect Rear-panel HD-15 connector provides easy input/output connectivity • • Rear-panel HD-15 connector provides easy input/output connectivity between amplifiers new DSi-8M System Monitor. between DSiDSi amplifiers andand new DSi-8M System Monitor. Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input. • • Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input. ® ® models THX -approved. • • AllAll models areare THX -approved.

POWER OUTPUT POWER OUTPUT Models Models

DSi 1000 DSi 1000 DSi 2000 DSi 2000 DSi 4000 DSi 4000 DSi 6000 DSi 6000

2-ohm 4-ohm 8-ohm 2-ohm DualDual 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel) channel)

† † 700W*

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

† † 1,400W*

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

475W 275W 275W 1,400W* 950W 700W* 475W 950W 1,000W* 800W 800W 475W 475W 2,000W* 2,000W* 1,600W 1,600W 1,000W* 1,450W* 1,200W 1,200W 650W 650W 3,000W* 3,000W* 2,400W 2,400W 1,450W* 3,000W* 2,100W 2,100W1,200W 1,200W 6,000W* 6,000W* 4,200W 4,200W 3,000W*

Maximum average power in watts 1 kHz at 0.5% THD.*With *With THD.†Not †Not rated 100V versions. Maximum average power in watts at 1atkHz at 0.5% THD. 1%1% THD. rated for for 100V versions.

Page 224


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

CDiIdle: 1000: 6.8Ano more than 38 watts. At Draws CDi 6000: 2000: 15.3A 8.3A CDi CDiIdle: 4000: 10.5A At Draws no more than 180 watts. At Idle: Draws no more than 38 watts.

Operating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at CDirelative 6000: 15.3A 95% humidity (non-condensing). At Idle: Draws no more than 180 watts.

DSP Section

Input EQ: 6 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. Also adjustable high and low shelving filters. This 8-filter EQ section can be bypassed. Crossover Filters: Highpass and lowpass per channel. Butterworth 6/12/18/24 dB per octave, Linkwitz-Riley 24/48 dB per octave. Also includes ±15 dB bandpass gain and polarity control. Output EQ: 8 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. This 8-filter EQ section can NOT be bypassed. Filters are enabled individually. Output Limiter: Prevents clipping and protects loudspeakers. Choice of –3, –6, or –12 dB threshold per channel. Delay: Up to 50 msec total delay per channel. Presets: 20 presets. One is “DSP OFF.” Fifteen are factory-set for JBL Cinema systems. Four are user-definable.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Level: Detented rotary level control, one per channel. Power Switch: On/off switch applies AC power to the amplifier. Sel/Prev/Next Buttons: Three buttons near the LCD screen are used to access menu items and front panel lockout. LCD Screen: Backlit liquid crystal display shows speaker presets and signal processing. Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when a very low-level signal is present at input. –10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip. –20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip. Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the amplifier is ready to produce audio. Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, turns on at the threshold of audible distortion. Temp Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates under excessive temperature conditions. Power Indicator: Blue LED illuminates when the amplifier has been turned on and has power.

Operating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing).

Rear Panel Controls and Connectors AC Line Connector: DSi 1K, 2K, 4K: NEMA 5-15P (15A). DSi 6000: NEMA 6-10P (20A) IEC C20 (20A). Input Connector: Two 3-pin removable Phoenix-type connectors each accept a balanced line-level input signal. Output Connectors: 4-position barrier strip with connectors for dual louspeakers or bridge-mono loudspeaker. HiQnet USB Connector: Type B, connects to a HiQnet network. HD-15 Connector: For cinema I/O compatibility with DSi-8M System Monitor. See Figure 1.

Protection

DSi-Series amplifiers are protected against shorted, open or mismatched loads; overloaded power supplies; excessive temperature; chain destruction phenomena; excessive output current, and input overload damage. They also protect loudspeakers from input/output DC, large or dangerous DC offsets and turn-on/turn-off transients

Construction

Chassis: Steel. Cooling: Proportional speed fan with front-torear airflow. Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-in. rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) high and 12.25 in. (31.11 cm) deep behind mounting surface. DSi 6000 is 16.2 in. (41.15 cm) deep. Net Weight: DSi 1K. 2K, 4K: 19 lb (8.6 kg). DSi 6K: 24 lb (10.9 kg). Shipping Weight: DSi 1K, 2K, 4K: 22 lb (10.0 kg). DSi 6K: 30 lb (13.6 kg).

Regulatory Certifications

Note: All measurements apply to all models of CDi Series amplifiers in stereo mode with 8-ohm loads and an input sensitivity of 26 dB gain, 1 kHz at rated power unless other otherwise specified. Specifications for units supplied outside the U.S.A. may vary slightly at different AC voltages and frequencies.

3/09

T

he Crown® DSi Series of power amplifiers provides onboard digital signal processing including crossovers, EQ filters, delay and output limiting. A rear panel HD-15 connector provides easy input/output connectivity between DSi amplifiers and the new DSi-8M System Monitor. The intuitive front panel LCD screen guides installers through a setup process—featuring presets for the industry-standard JBL cinema loudspeaker systems—to make configuration quick and easy. At the touch of a button, Crown’s DSi cinema amplifiers deliver perfectly matched performance with each award-winning JBL ScreenArray® system, making this the ultimate cinema solution.

139622-3

C I N E M A

Page 225

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Voltage Gain at 1kHz: DSi 1000: 30.5 dB DSi 2000: 32.9 dB DSi 4000: 34.2 dB DSi 6000: 37.1 dB Frequency Response: +0/–1 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1 watt into 4 ohms. Load Impedance: Safe with all types of loads. Rated for 2 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 4 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode. DSi 1000 A1 (100V version) is rated for 4 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 8 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode. Sensitivity: At 8 ohm rated output: DSi 1000: 1.4V DSi 2000: 1.4V DSi 4000: 1.4V DSi 1.4V output: At 46000: ohm rated At ohm rated DSi4 1000: 1.3V output: DSi 1000: 2000: 1.3V 1.2V DSi 2000: 4000: 1.2V 1.3V DSi 1.3V output: At 24000: ohm rated DSi DSi 6000: 1000: 1.3V 1.1V At ohm rated DSi2 2000: 1.0V output: DSi 1000: 4000: 1.1V 1.0V DSi 2000: 1.0VRatio (below rated 8-ohm Signal to Noise DSi 4000: 1.0V power at 1 kHz): DSi dB 6000: 1.1V 100 (A weighted). Signal to Noise rated 8-ohm Damping Factor:Ratio Better(below than 500 from 20 Hz power at 1 kHz): to 400 Hz. 100 dB (A weighted). Crosstalk: > 70 dB below rated power, 20 Hz Damping Factor: Better than 500 from 20 Hz to 1 kHz, A-weighted. to 400 Hz. Input Stage: Input is electronically balanced Crosstalk: > 70 dB below power, 20 Hz and employs precision 1%rated resistors. to 1 kHz, A-weighted. Input Impedance (nominal): 20 k ohms, Input Stage: is electronically balanced; 10 Input k ohms, unbalanced. balanced and employs precision 1% resistors. AC Line Voltage and Frequency Input Impedance (nominal): 20 k120V, ohms, Configurations Available: 100V, 220balanced; 10 Hz. k ohms, unbalanced. 240V, 50/60 AC AC Line Line Voltage Current:and Frequency Configurations Available: 100V, 120V, 220CDi 1000: 6.8A 240V, CDi 50/60 2000: Hz. 8.3A ACCDi Line4000: Current: 10.5A

Section:

04


AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA DSi-8M: Convenient Monitoring DSi-8M: Convenient Monitoring DSi-8M DSi-8M

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Performance Performance Monitor Monitor

FEATURES  FEATURES

• Compact Compact 2-rack unit. 2-rack unit. • 8 channels 8 channels monitoring processor amplifier inputs. forfor monitoring processor or or amplifier inputs. • AllAll inputs outputs balanced interface with new cinema processors. inputs andand outputs areare balanced to to interface with new cinema processors. • NoNo level jumps when switching between processor amplifiers. level jumps when switching between processor andand amplifiers. • 25-pin 25-pin D-sub connectors, plus removable terminal blocks HD-15 D-sub connectors, plus removable terminal blocks andand HD-15 forfor quick, hassle-free connections. quick, hassle-free connections. Designed work with bi-amplified sound systems monitor high• • Designed to to work with bi-amplified sound systems to to monitor thethe highandand low-frequency outputs from center right channels. low-frequency outputs from thethe left,left, center andand right channels. • • • • •

Page 226


 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Input Impedance (processor inputs): 10 kilohms.

Input Impedance (Processor Inputs): 10 k ohms. Input Impedance (Power Amplifiers Inputs): > 50 k ohms. Power Requirements: 100-240V , 50-60 Hz, 32 watts.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

IEC AC Power Receptacle: Connects to an IEC AC power cord. Input Connector 1: 10-pin Phoenix terminal block connects to the power amplifier speaker outputs for the Left Surround, Right Surround, Back Surround Left, Back Surround Right and Subwoofer channels. This connector lets you monitor the output of amplifiers that do not include HD-15 connector options. Input Connector 2: 10-pin Phoenix terminal block connects to the power amplifier speaker output for the Left High, Left Low, Center High, Center Low, Right High and Right Low channels. This connector lets you monitor the output of amplifiers that do not include HD-15 connector options. Amplifier Level Control: Trimpot adjusts the level of the input signals from the power amplifiers. Processor Level: Trimpot adjusts the level of the input signals from the processor. Outputs to Power Amplifier Inputs: The six HD-15 connectors in this section connect to DSi amplifiers for both input and output signals. The HD-15 connectors have two functions: 1. Connect DSi 8M outputs to DSi amplifier inputs. 2. Connect DSi amplifier outputs to DSi 8M inputs for monitoring. Using VGA cables, the HD-15 connectors can be connected to Crown DSi power amplifier HD-15 connectors as described below. HD-15 Connector 1: For cinema I/O compatibility. Connects to Ls/Rs amplifier. HD-15 Connector 2: Connects to Bsl/Bsr amplifier. HD-15 Connector 3: Connects to Rl/Rh amplifier.

HD-15 Connector 4: Connects to Sw amplifier. HD-15 Connector 5: Connects to Ll/Lh amplifier. HD-15 Connector 6: Connects to Cl/Ch amplifier. Optional Input Connector: 25-pin D-sub connector connects to the EX output of the processor. Bargraph Level: Trimpot adjusts the sensitivity of the front-panel VU Bargraph Meter. Main Input Connector: 25-pin D-sub connector connects to the main outputs of the processor. “EX” Selector Switch: 8-position DIP switch. Turn on switches 1-4 if system is without EX. Turn on switches 5-8 if system is with EX. This routes the correct Ls/Rs inputs to the DSi-8M circuitry.

Construction

Chassis: Steel. Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-inch rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5 inches (8.9 cm) high and 9.625 inches (24.4 cm) deep behind front mounting surface. Net Weight: 10 lb 2 oz (4.63 kg). Shipping Weight: 16 lb (7.26 kg).

T

he Crown® DSi-8M is a projection booth monitor designed to work with bi-amplified cinema systems using the Crown DSi Series amplifiers. All controls necessary for daily operation of the DSi-8M are easily accessible on the front panel. 8-channel monitoring allows you to monitor either the processor or the power amplifier’s outputs: L, C, R, Ls, Rs, Bsl, Bsr, and Sub in any combination. Input levels from the processor and power amplifier can be adjusted independently. There are no huge level jumps when switching between processor and power amplifiers. The bargraph display can be calibrated to the reference level for your theater. The projectionist can see auditorium levels instantly.

Section:

Regulatory Certifications

5/07

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Channel Select Buttons and LEDs: Eight pushbutton switches, one for each input channel. Pressing a button monitors the signal from that channel, and lights the corresponding LED. Any combination of eight channels can be selected. Volume Control: Rotary potentiometer with knob controls the volume of the internal or external speaker. Has no effect on the VU Bargraph Meter display. Processor/Amplifier Selector Switch and LEDs: Pushbutton switch with corresponding LEDs selects inputs from cinema procesor or power amplfiers for monitoring. VU Bargraph Meter: 12-segment meter displays input level of selected channels from –40 VU to +3 VU. May be calibrated by the rear-panel trim adjustment. Operates independently of the Volume Control. Test Jack: 1/4" phone jack lets the user monitor the audio output of the DSi-8M. Inserting a mono or stereo 1/4" phone plug here disables the internal speaker and routes the audio output to the Test Jack. Internal Speaker: For convenenient monitoring at the monitor panel. Power Switch and Power LED: Rocker switch turns power on or off. LED illuminates when power is on.

Rear Panel Controls and Connectors

04

139623-2

C I N E M A

Page 227


AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA Other Cinema Products Other Cinema Products

CTs2-Channel 2-Channel CTs FEATURES  FEATURES Harman Pro Group | 2010

High power density. channel models • • High power density. AllAll twotwo channel models in ain a chassis. 2U2U chassis. New Crown Switching Power Supply lighter • • New Crown Switching Power Supply forfor lighter weight. weight. Selectable “Constant-Voltage” low-impedance • • Selectable “Constant-Voltage” or or low-impedance operation channel. operation perper channel. 100V direct outputs models. • • 100V direct outputs onon all all models. Fully PIP2™-compatible. • • Fully PIP2™-compatible.

Section:

04

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

2-ohm 2-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel)

4-ohm 4-ohm DualDual 70V70V DualDual channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel)

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

CTs 600 150W 300W 300W 300W 300W 300W CTs 600 150W 300W CTs 1200 250W 250W 600W 600W 600W 500W 500W CTs 1200 600W CTs 2000 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W 2,000W 2,000W CTs 2000 CTs 3000 1,500W 1,500W 1,500W 1,500W 1,500W 1,500W 3,000W 3,000W CTs 3000 *Maximum average power in watts at rated THD, *Maximum average power in watts at rated THD, 20 20 Hz Hz - 20- 20 kHz.kHz.

CC

rown Cinema Systems employ quality Crown professional amplifiers along with optional amplifier rown Cinema Systems employ quality Crown professional amplifiers along with optional amplifier accessories best in cinema sound. Crown’s Digital B-Chain system, which provides first accessories forfor thethe best in cinema sound. Crown’s Digital B-Chain system, which provides thethe first all-alldigital cinema solution, employs Crown’s Series amplifiers, Networking amplifier modules, digital cinema solution, employs Crown’s CTsCTs Series amplifiers, IQ IQ Networking amplifier modules, ® ® Crown’s DBC Network Bridge first all-digital cinema solution. andand Crown’s DBC Network Bridge forfor thethe first all-digital cinema solution.

Page 228


AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA Other Cinema Products Other Cinema Products

CTsMulti-Channel Multi-Channel CTs FEATURES  FEATURES

Harman Pro Group | 2010

High power density: Four-channel model a 2U • • High power density: Four-channel model in ain2U chassis, eight-channel model a 3U chassis. chassis, eight-channel model in ain3U chassis. New Crown Switching Power Supply lighter • • New Crown Switching Power Supply forfor lighter weight. weight. Selectable “Constant-Voltage” low-impedance (4/8 • • Selectable “Constant-Voltage” or or low-impedance (4/8 ohm) operation channel-pair. ohm) operation perper channel-pair. 100V direct outputs. • • 100V direct outputs. New “FIT” (Fault Isolation Topology) circuitry isolates • • New “FIT” (Fault Isolation Topology) circuitry isolates fault conditions without affecting neighboring fault conditions without affecting neighboring channels. channels. Accept VCA-MC accessory modules. • • Accept VCA-MC accessory modules.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

CTs 4200 CTs 4200 CTs 8200 CTs 8200

All channels driven All channels driven 4-ohm 8-ohm 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual 70V70V DualDual

** ** 260W 180W 180W 220W 220W 260W ** ** 200W 160W 160W 200W 200W 200W

All channel pairs driven All channel pairs driven 8-ohm Bridge 8-ohm Bridge

520W 520W 400W 400W

*Maximum average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. *Maximum average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. **Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support to 20 to automatic **Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support 100100 Hz Hz to 20 kHzkHz duedue to automatic high-pass filters. high-pass filters.

Section:

04

Digital Circus, Raleigh, North Carolina, USA. Digital Circus, Raleigh, North Carolina, USA.

I NE EMMA A C CI N

Note: more information about products featured in this section, please refer to the following Crown Note: ForFor more information about thethe products featured in this section, please refer to the following Crown sections: 2-Channel, Multi-Channel, Series. sections: CTsCTs 2-Channel, CTsCTs Multi-Channel, XLSXLS Series.

Page 229


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

04

Page 230


PIPs

Harman Pro Group | 2010

NETWORKED PRODUCTS & ACCESSORIES

Section:

04

Accessories

Page 231


NETWORKED PRODUCTS PIPS NETWORKED PRODUCTS PIPS

TCP TCP / IQ / IQ

ANALOG AUDIO INPUTS ANALOG AUDIO INPUTS

PIPLITE LITE PIP

PIPUSP3/CN USP3/CN PIP

TT

TT

SmartAmp Automation Networked Audio SmartAmp Automation forfor Networked Audio CrownPIPPIPLITE LITEis isa PIP a PIP(Programmable (ProgrammableInput InputProcessor) Processor)input input he heCrown module PIP2 compatible amplifiers. PIP-LITE connects module forfor PIP2 compatible amplifiers. TheThe PIP-LITE connects to to an an audio control network 100 Ethernet. audio path LITE audio control network viavia 100 MbMb Ethernet. TheThe audio path in in thethe PIPPIP LITE is processed totally in the analog domain. SmartAmp™ feature offers is processed totally in the analog domain. TheThe SmartAmp™ feature setset offers a range automation functions which provide greater control over amplifier a range of of automation functions which provide greater control over amplifier operation helps save both time money. operation andand helps to to save both time andand money.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

FEATURES FEATURES A Programmable Input • • A Programmable Input Processor with system Processor with system networking capabilities networking capabilities (connects 100 (connects viavia 100 MbMb Ethernet). Ethernet).

Can connected same • • Can be be connected to to thethe same network used transmit network used to to transmit CobraNet™ audio. CobraNet™ audio.

Implements SmartAmp • • Implements SmartAmp features: input compressors, features: input compressors, Remote control monitoring multimode output limiters, • • Remote control andand monitoring multimode output limiters, PIP2-compatible Crown error reporting load of of PIP2-compatible Crown error reporting andand load amplifiers well some monitoring. amplifiers as as well as as some monitoring. PIP1 -compatible amplifiers.* PIP1 -compatible amplifiers.* AUX connector configurable • • AUX connector configurable

Section:

04

AUX input, AUX output, forfor AUX input, AUX output, or or Listen Bus. Listen Bus.

SmartAmp Automation TCP/IQ SmartAmp Automation forfor TCP/IQ

CrownPIP-USP3/CN PIP-USP3/CNis isa a3rd3rdgeneration generationDSP-based DSP-basedPIP™ PIP™ heheCrown (ProgrammableInput InputProcessor) Processor)input inputmodule moduleforforPIP2 PIP2compatible compatible (Programmable amplifiers.* It connects amplifier a 100 Ethernet network allowamplifiers.* It connects thethe amplifier to to a 100 MbMb Ethernet network allowit to remotely controlled monitored. addition, USP3/CN inging it to be be remotely controlled andand monitored. In In addition, thethe USP3/CN allows transport real-time digital audio CobraNet™ over same allows thethe transport of of real-time digital audio viavia CobraNet™ over thethe same Ethernet network. Ethernet network. USP3/CN connects audio control/monitor network using standard TheThe USP3/CN connects to to thethe audio control/monitor network using standard 100 Ethernet hardware (switches, Network Interface Cards, cables). 100 MbMb Ethernet hardware (switches, Network Interface Cards, andand cables). CobraNet™ audio is available over same 100 Ethernet network, proCobraNet™ audio is available over thethe same 100 MbMb Ethernet network, providing a simple install, single plug solution audio distribution, control, viding a simple to to install, single plug solution forfor audio distribution, control, monitoring. andand monitoring. USP3/CN’s SHARC DSP processor gives user enormous amount TheThe USP3/CN’s SHARC DSP processor gives thethe user an an enormous amount digital signal processing. Audio routing, faders, meters, polarity & mute, of of digital signal processing. Audio routing, faders, meters, polarity & mute, input compressors, filters, delays, multimode output limiters, error reportinput compressors, filters, delays, multimode output limiters, error reportload monitoring available. A built-in noise generator sineing,ing, andand load monitoring areare all all available. A built-in noise generator andand sinewave generator provide noise masking capabilities. enhanced wave generator provide noise masking andand testtest capabilities. TheThe enhanced AUX port capability allows user interface with amplifier provide AUX port capability allows thethe user to to interface with thethe amplifier to to provide external manual control monitoring. external manual control andand monitoring.

FEATURES FEATURES all-pass filters. all-pass filters.

100 Ethernet single-plug • • 100 MbMb Ethernet single-plug solution both CobraNet™ solution forfor both CobraNet™ audio networked control audio andand networked control monitoring. andand monitoring.

Over 2 seconds delay • • Over 2 seconds of of delay available channel. available perper channel.

Analog audio inputs allow • • Analog audio inputs allow audio input CobraNet™ audio input to to thethe CobraNet™ network, CobraNet™ audio network, CobraNet™ audio redundancy, a hardwire redundancy, or or a hardwire emergency override emergency override of of CobraNet™ audio. CobraNet™ audio.

Dual, uncorrelated noise • • Dual, uncorrelated noise generators noise masking. generators forfor noise masking.

Listen Bus amplifier output • • Listen Bus amplifier output monitor CobraNet™. monitor viavia CobraNet™.

Input compressors output • • Input compressors andand output limiters each channel. limiters forfor each channel.

Sine-wave generator. • • Sine-wave generator. Load supervision. • • Load supervision. error reporting. • • FullFull error reporting.

Firmware upgrades • • Firmware upgrades viavia thethe digital analog • • 2424 bitbit digital to to analog network. network. conversion with floating conversion with 3232 bit,bit, floating user selectable presets. • • 1010 user selectable presets. point DSP processing. point DSP processing. • Reliable FLASH memory • Reliable FLASH memory assignable filters with • • 6464 assignable filters with 9 9 backup parameters. backup of of all all parameters. different filter types including different filter types including

Page 232


FEATURES

PIP USP4 he Crown® PIP-USP4 is a 4th generation DSP-based PIPTM (Programmable Input Processor) input module for CTs Series two channel amplifiers. The USP4 connects to an Ethernet network allowing it to be remotely controlled and monitored via System Architect. In addition, the USP4 allows the transport of real-time digital audio via AES3, CobraNetTM or Ethernet AVB. The USP4 is a HiQnetTM series component and connects to the audio control/ monitor network using 100Mb* Ethernet hardware (switches, Network Interface Cards, and cables). The CobraNet or Ethernet AVB audio signal is available over the same 100Mb* Ethernet network, providing a simple to install, single plug solution for audio distribution, control, and monitoring. The USP4’s OMNIDRIVEHDTM processor gives the user an enormous amount of digital signal processing. LevelMAXTM limiters, proprietary FIR and IIR filters, audio routing, faders, meters, polarity & mute, compressors, delays, error reporting and load monitoring are all available. Built in noise and sine-wave generator provide noise masking and test capabilities. The enhanced AUX port allows users to interface with the USP4 to provide additional external control and monitoring. Offering crisp clear sound and the widest dynamic range possible, the PIPUSP4 provides unprecedented power and flexibility in one compact—and very affordable—module. The USP4 can be installed in any CTs two channel amplifier. The USP4 is available in either CobraNet or Ethernet AVB versions for digital audio transport; with both modules still having integrated AES3 transport. The USP4 requires Harman Pro System Architect software. The System Architect software is available at hiqnet.harmanpro.com.

Ultra smooth processing by onboard high-definition BSS OMNIDRIVEHD DSP with 24-bit,192 kHz Cirrus Logic SHARC A/D and D/A converters and true 96 kHz processing

World-class FIR and IIR filters

LevelMAX™ peak, RMS and transducer thermal voltage power limiters combine for a smooth and accurate response, better sound, and higher usable SPL

100Mb Ethernet single-plug solution for CobraNetTM audio, Ethernet AVB audio, and HiQnetTM control and monitoring

Auto Standby for increased energy efficiency

Multiple Input Options Include: Analog, CobraNetTM or Ethernet AVB, and AES3 Digital Audio

Digital Audio On/Off Ramp allows users to send pre or post processed analog signal out of the module to adjacent amplifiers

Amplifier output monitor using the Foldback control through either CobraNetTM or Ethernet AVB network

SLM (Sweep Load Monitoring) with system-level diagnostics

64 assignable filters with 9 different filter types including all-pass filters

Over 4 seconds of delay available per channel

Input compressors for each channel

Full error reporting

Firmware upgrades via the network

50 user selectable presets

Reliable FLASH memory backup of all parameters

Ambient Leveler senses the ambient sound level of a room via the connected loudspeakers

Over 2 seconds of delay available per channel.

Input compressors and output limiters for each channel.

Dual, uncorrelated noise generators for noise masking.

Sine-wave generator.

Load supervision.

Full error reporting.

Firmware upgrades via the network.

10 user selectable presets.

Reliable FLASH memory backup of all parameters.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

T

Section:

04

NETWORKED PRODUCTS

Page 233


ACCESSORIES APPLICATIONS ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES && APPLICATIONS ACCESSORIES

Accessories Accessories VCA-MC4A VCA-MC8 VCA-MC4A && VCA-MC8 FEATURES  FEATURES

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Independent remote level control each chan• • Independent remote level control forfor each channel.nel. 1-VCAP 4-VCAP 1-VCAP && 4-VCAP 4-pinremovable removablePhoenix-style Phoenix-stylebarrier barrierconcon• • 4-pin nectors provide +10VDC control voltage, T-170VConstant-Voltage Constant-Voltage nectors provide thethe +10VDC control voltage, T-170V FEATURES  FEATURES ground,andandcontrol controllines linesforfortwotwoamplifier amplifier ground, Transformer Transformer channels. channels. 1-VCAP provides remote volume control • • 1-VCAP provides remote volume control forfor oneone CrownT-170V T-170Vis isa asingle single TheTheCrown more amplifier channels. Optional wall-mount level control panels or or more CTsCTs amplifier channels. • • Optional wall-mount level control panels forfor useuse autoformer provides impedautoformer thatthat provides impedwith VCA modules: 1-VCAP 4-VCAP. with VCA modules: 1-VCAP andand 4-VCAP. ance matching between ampliance matching between an an amplia 1-gang electrical box. • • FitsFits intointo a 1-gang electrical box. fier output and “constant voltage” fier output and “constant voltage” 4-VCAPprovides providesremote remotevolume volumecontrol controlforfor • • 4-VCAP loudspeakers. It allows amplifiers loudspeakers. It allows amplifiers Remote Level Control Remote Level Control four more amplifier channels. four or or more CTsCTs amplifier channels. without direct 70V or 100V outwithout direct 70V or 100V outCrown VCA-MC4A VCA-MC8 optional TheThe Crown VCA-MC4A andand VCA-MC8 areare optional a 2-gang electrical box. • • FitsFits intointo a 2-gang electrical box. capability drive distributed speaker systems putput capability to to drive distributed speaker systems level-control modules Crown multi-chanlevel-control modules forfor thethe Crown CTsCTs multi-chandesigned operate at those voltages. designed to to operate at those voltages. power amplifiers. VCA-MC4A is for nelnel power amplifiers. TheThe VCA-MC4A is for thethe CTsCTs Wall-Mount Controllers Wall-Mount Controllers 4200, VCA-MC8 is for 8200. 4200, andand thethe VCA-MC8 is for thethe CTsCTs 8200. CrownVCAP VCAPpanels panelsarearewall-mounted wall-mountedpanels panels Crown A VCA-MC module provides independent remote A VCA-MC module provides independent remote with potentiometers that provide remote control with potentiometers that provide remote control level control each channel. 4-pin removable level control forfor each channel. 4-pin removable volume Crown amplifier channels of of thethe volume of of Crown CTsCTs amplifier channels Phoenix-stylebarrier barrierconnectors connectorsprovide providethethe Phoenix-style a VCA-MC4 VCA-MC8 module installed viavia a VCA-MC4 or or VCA-MC8 module installed in in +10VDC control voltage, ground, control lines +10VDC control voltage, ground, andand control lines amplifier. Two models available: 1-VCAP thethe amplifier. Two models areare available: 1-VCAP amplifier channels. Thus, 4-channel forfor twotwo amplifier channels. Thus, thethe 4-channel and 4-VCAP. and 4-VCAP. 4200 uses connectors; 8-channel CTsCTs 4200 uses twotwo connectors; thethe 8-channel CTsCTs 1-VCAP:Used Usedin inconjunction conjunctionwith witha VCA-MC a VCA-MC 8200 1-VCAP: 8200 uses four connectors. Crown 4200 uses four connectors. Crown CTsCTs 4200 andand module, a 1-gang panel with poten- 8200 module, thisthis is is a 1-gang panel with oneone poten8200 amplifiers supplied with a VCA-MC amplifiers cancan be be supplied with a VCA-MC tiometerthat thatprovides providesremote remotevolume volumecontrol control module tiometer module already factory-installed, your choice already factory-installed, or or your choice of of moreCTsCTsamplifier amplifierchannels. channels.TheThe MCMC forforoneoneor ormore modules easily added amplifier modules cancan be be easily added to to thethe amplifier potentiometerononthethepanel panelis iswired wireddirectly directly by by potentiometer authorized Crown Service Center. anyany authorized Crown Service Center. VCA connectors VCA-MC. to to thethe VCA connectors onon thethe VCA-MC. TP–170VTP–170V

4-VCAP: This a 2-gang panel with four poten4-VCAP: This is ais 2-gang panel with four potentiometersthat thatprovide provideremote remotevolume volumecontrol control tiometers fouror ormore moreCTsCTsamplifier amplifierchannels. channels.TheThe forforfour potentiometers panel wired directly potentiometers onon thethe panel areare wired directly VCA connectors VCA-MC. to to thethe VCA connectors onon thethe VCA-MC.

Page 234

Choosing Right Module Choosing thethe Right Module

order accessory modules your amplifier, please To To order accessory modules forfor your amplifier, please refer to the model (located back panel of the refer to the model tagtag (located on on thethe back panel of the TP-170VConstant-Voltage Constant-Voltage amplifier) your amplifier’s specific model number. TP-170V amplifier) forfor your amplifier’s specific model number. Transformer Panel Panel Then refer to the information below to select correct Transformer Then refer to the information below to select thethe correct ® ® TP-170V is a rack-mountable panel Crown TheThe Crown TP-170V is a rack-mountable panel accessory your requirements. accessory forfor your requirements. with four autoformers to provide impedance matchwith four autoformers to provide impedance matchCTs4200: VCA-MC4 or IQ-MC4 CTs4200: VCA-MC4 or IQ-MC4 ing between amplifier outputs and “constant volting between amplifier outputs and “constant volt4200A: VCA-MC4A or IQ-MC4A CTsCTs 4200A: VCA-MC4A or IQ-MC4A age” loudspeakers. This allows amplifiers withage” loudspeakers. This unitunit allows amplifiers with8200 or CTs 8200A: VCA-MC8 or IQ-MC8 CTsCTs 8200 or CTs 8200A: VCA-MC8 or IQ-MC8 direct 70V 100V output capability drive outout direct 70V or or 100V output capability to to drive distributed speaker systems designed operate distributed speaker systems designed to to operate Regulatory Certifications Regulatory Certifications Multi-Channel Amp Accessories: ForFor all all CTsCTs Multi-Channel Amp Accessories: those voltages. TP-170V constructed at at those voltages. TheThe TP-170V is is constructed of of sturdy steel, hinged side allow easy sturdy steel, andand hinged onon oneone side to to allow easy access inside connections. access to to thethe inside connections.


ACCESSORIES & APPLICATIONS ď ˝ACCESSORIES

Accessories cya

(cover your amp)

P.I.P.-CLP The P.I.P.-C.L.P. is designed to detect and prevent overload. The same error detecting circuit that is used to signal the IOC indicator is used to activate this error-driven compressor. It is not a typical signal-driven compressor but a circuit to prevent an overload. It can yield up to 13 dB of additional signal safety margin without noticeable program change.

3PLUS3 3+3 Extended Warranty Crownâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s No-Fault, 3+3 Extended Warranty package extends the terms of your original full warranty for an additional three years, thus covering years four through six. Available for Crown amplifiers only.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Commercial Audio Accessories

Section:

04 RM1 Rack-Mounting Kit

RM2 Rack-Mounting Kit

The Crown RM1 is a single-unit rack-mounting kit. It is designed to be used with Commercial Audio models 135MA and 160MA mixer-amplifiers.

The Crown RM2 is a dual-unit rack-mounting kit. It is designed to be used with Commercial Audio models 135MA and 160MA mixer-amplifiers.

IST Isolation Transformer

S-COVER Security Cover Bulk Pack

The Crown IST is a 600-ohm to 600-ohm isolation transformer used for telephone connectivity. It is designed to be used with Commercial Audio models 135MA and 160MA mixer-amplifiers.

The Crown S-COVER is a 10-pack of security covers. It is designed to be used with Commercial Audio models 135MA and 160MA mixer-amplifiers.

ACCESSORIES

Page 235


Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

04

Page 236


Harman Pro Group | 2010

PRODUCT APPLICATIONS & WARRANTY Installed Sound Product Applications

Section:

04

Live Sound Product Applications Crown Amplifier Warranty

Page 237


ACCESSORIES APPLICATIONS INSTALLEDSOUND SOUND PRODUCT APPLICATIONS ACCESSORIES && APPLICATIONS INSTALLED PRODUCT APPLICATIONS

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Page 238


ACCESSORIES & APPLICATIONS INSTALLED SOUND PRODUCT APPLICATIONS

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Page 239


ACCESSORIES APPLICATIONS LIVESOUND SOUND PRODUCT APPLICATIONS ACCESSORIES && APPLICATIONS LIVE PRODUCT APPLICATIONS

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04

Page 240


Crown Amplifier Warranty USA AND CANADA SUMMARY OF WARRANTY Crown International, 1718 West Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, Indiana 46517-4095 U.S.A. warrants to you, the ORIGINAL PURCHASER and ANY SUBSEQUENT OWNER of each NEW Crown product, for a period of three (3) years from the date of purchase by the original purchaser (the “warranty period”) that the new Crown product is free of defects in materials and workmanship. We further warrant the new Crown product regardless of the reason for failure, except as excluded in this Warranty Warranty is only valid within the country in which the product is purchased.

ITEMS EXCLUDED FROM THIS CROWN WARRANTY This Crown Warranty is in effect only for failure of a new Crown product which occurred within the Warranty Period. It does not cover any product which has been damaged because of any intentional misuse, accident, negligence, or loss which is covered under any of your insurance contracts. This Crown Warranty also does not extend to the new Crown product if the serial number has been defaced, altered, or removed.

WHAT THE WARRANTOR WILL DO

HOW TO OBTAIN WARRANTY SERVICE You must notify us of your need for warranty service within the warranty period. All components must be shipped in a factory pack, which, if needed, may be obtained from us free of charge. Corrective action will be taken within a reasonable time of the date of receipt of the defective product by us or our authorized service center. If the repairs made by us or our authorized service center are not satisfactory, notify us or our authorized service center immediately.

DISCLAIMER OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES YOU ARE NOT ENTITLED TO RECOVER FROM US ANY INCIDENTAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY DEFECT IN THE NEW CROWN PRODUCT. THIS INCLUDES ANY DAMAGE TO ANOTHER PRODUCT OR PRODUCTS RESULTING FROM SUCH A DEFECT. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATIONS OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.

WARRANTY ALTERATIONS No person has the authority to enlarge, amend, or modify this Crown Warranty. This Crown Warranty is not extended by the length of time which you are deprived of the use of the new Crown product. Repairs and replacement parts provided under the terms of this Crown Warranty shall carry only the unexpired portion of this Crown Warranty.

DESIGN CHANGES We reserve the right to change the design of any product from time to time without notice and with no obligation to make corresponding changes in products previously manufactured.

LEGAL REMEDIES OF PURCHASER THIS CROWN WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE. No action to enforce this Crown Warranty shall be commenced after expiration of the warranty period. THIS STATEMENT OF WARRANTY SUPERSEDES ANY OTHERS CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL FOR CROWN PRODUCTS. 9/07

Page 241

Harman Pro Group | 2010

We will remedy any defect, regardless of the reason for failure (except as excluded), by repair, replacement, or refund. We may not elect refund unless you agree, or unless we are unable to provide replacement, and repair is not practical or cannot be timely made. If a refund is elected, then you must make the defective or malfunctioning product available to us free and clear of all liens or other encumbrances. The refund will be equal to the actual purchase price, not including interest, insurance, closing costs, and other finance charges less a reasonable depreciation on the product from the date of original purchase. Warranty work can only be performed at our authorized service centers or at the factory. Warranty work for some products can only be performed at our factory. We will remedy the defect and ship the product from the service center or our factory within a reasonable time after receipt of the defective product at our authorized service center or our factory. All expenses in remedying the defect, including surface shipping costs in the United States, will be borne by us. (You must bear the expense of shipping the product between any foreign country and the port of entry in the United States including the return shipment, and all taxes, duties, and other customs fees for such foreign shipments.)

Section:

04


CrownAmplifier AmplifierWarranty Warranty Crown WORLDWIDE EXCEPT USA CANADA WORLDWIDE EXCEPT USA && CANADA SUMMARY WARRANTY SUMMARY OFOF WARRANTY Crown International, 1718 West Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, Indiana 46517-4095 U.S.A. warrants you, ORIGINAL PURCHASER ANY SUBSEQUENT OWNER Crown International, 1718 West Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, Indiana 46517-4095 U.S.A. warrants to to you, thethe ORIGINAL PURCHASER andand ANY SUBSEQUENT OWNER each NEW Crown product, a period three years from date purchase original purchaser (the “warranty period”) new Crown prodof of each NEW Crown product, forfor a period of of three (3)(3) years from thethe date of of purchase by by thethe original purchaser (the “warranty period”) thatthat thethe new Crown prodis free defects in materials workmanship, further warrant new Crown product regardless reason failure, except excluded in this uctuct is free of of defects in materials andand workmanship, andand wewe further warrant thethe new Crown product regardless of of thethe reason forfor failure, except as as excluded in this Warranty. Warranty. Warranty is only valid within country which product is purchased. Warranty is only valid within thethe country in in which thethe product is purchased. 1 Note: If your bears name “Amcron,” please substitute it for name “Crown” in this warranty. 1 Note: If your unitunit bears thethe name “Amcron,” please substitute it for thethe name “Crown” in this warranty.

ITEMS EXCLUDED FROM THIS CROWN WARRANTY ITEMS EXCLUDED FROM THIS CROWN WARRANTY This Crown Warranty is effect in effect only failure a new Crown product which occurred within Warranty Period. It does cover product which been This Crown Warranty is in only forfor failure of of a new Crown product which occurred within thethe Warranty Period. It does notnot cover anyany product which hashas been damaged because intentional misuse, accident, negligence, loss which is covered under your insurance contracts. This Crown Warranty also does damaged because of of anyany intentional misuse, accident, negligence, or or loss which is covered under anyany of of your insurance contracts. This Crown Warranty also does extend new Crown product if the serial number been defaced, altered, removed. notnot extend to to thethe new Crown product if the serial number hashas been defaced, altered, or or removed.

WHAT THE WARRANTOR WILL WHAT THE WARRANTOR WILL DODO

Harman Pro Group | 2010

remedy defect, regardless reason failure (except excluded), repair, replacement, refund. may elect refund unless WeWe willwill remedy anyany defect, regardless of of thethe reason forfor failure (except as as excluded), by by repair, replacement, or or refund. WeWe may notnot elect refund unless youyou agree, unless unable provide replacement, repair is not practical cannot timely made. a refund is elected, then must make agree, or or unless wewe areare unable to to provide replacement, andand repair is not practical or or cannot be be timely made. If aIfrefund is elected, then youyou must make thethe defective malfunctioning product available free clear liens other encumbrances. refund equal actual purchase price, defective or or malfunctioning product available to to us us free andand clear of of all all liens or or other encumbrances. TheThe refund willwill be be equal to to thethe actual purchase price, including interest, insurance, closing costs, other finance charges less a reasonable depreciation product from date original purchase. notnot including interest, insurance, closing costs, andand other finance charges less a reasonable depreciation onon thethe product from thethe date of of original purchase. Warranty work only performed authorized service centers. remedy defect ship product from service center within Warranty work cancan only be be performed at at ourour authorized service centers. WeWe willwill remedy thethe defect andand ship thethe product from thethe service center within a a reasonable time after receipt defective product authorized service center. reasonable time after receipt of of thethe defective product at at ourour authorized service center.

HOW OBTAIN WARRANTY SERVICE HOW TOTO OBTAIN WARRANTY SERVICE must notify your local Crown importer your need warranty service within warranty period. components must shipped in the original box. YouYou must notify your local Crown importer of of your need forfor warranty service within thethe warranty period. AllAll components must be be shipped in the original box. Corrective action taken within a reasonable time date receipt defective product authorized service center. If the repairs made Corrective action willwill be be taken within a reasonable time of of thethe date of of receipt of of thethe defective product by by ourour authorized service center. If the repairs made by by ourour authorized service center satisfactory, notify authorized service center immediately. authorized service center areare notnot satisfactory, notify ourour authorized service center immediately.

Section:

04 05

DISCLAIMER CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES DISCLAIMER OFOF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES YOU ARE NOT ENTITLED RECOVER FROM ANY INCIDENTAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY DEFECT THE NEW CROWN PRODUCT. THIS INCLUDES YOU ARE NOT ENTITLED TOTO RECOVER FROM USUS ANY INCIDENTAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY DEFECT IN IN THE NEW CROWN PRODUCT. THIS INCLUDES ANY DAMAGE ANOTHER PRODUCT PRODUCTS RESULTING FROM SUCH A DEFECT. ANY DAMAGE TOTO ANOTHER PRODUCT OROR PRODUCTS RESULTING FROM SUCH A DEFECT.

WARRANTY ALTERATIONS WARRANTY ALTERATIONS person authority enlarge, amend, modify Crown Warranty. This Crown Warranty is not extended length time which NoNo person hashas thethe authority to to enlarge, amend, or or modify thisthis Crown Warranty. This Crown Warranty is not extended by by thethe length of of time which youyou areare deprived new Crown product. Repairs replacement parts provided under terms Crown Warranty shall carry only unexdeprived of of thethe useuse of of thethe new Crown product. Repairs andand replacement parts provided under thethe terms of of thisthis Crown Warranty shall carry only thethe unexpired portion Crown Warranty. pired portion of of thisthis Crown Warranty.

DESIGN CHANGES DESIGN CHANGES reserve right change design product from time time without notice with obligation make corresponding changes prodWeWe reserve thethe right to to change thethe design of of anyany product from time to to time without notice andand with nono obligation to to make corresponding changes in in products previously manufactured. ucts previously manufactured.

LEGAL REMEDIES PURCHASER LEGAL REMEDIES OFOF PURCHASER action enforce Crown Warranty shall commenced after expiration warranty period. NoNo action to to enforce thisthis Crown Warranty shall be be commenced after expiration of of thethe warranty period. THIS STATEMENT OF WARRANTY SUPERSEDES ANY OTHERS CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL FOR CROWN PRODUCTS. THIS STATEMENT OF WARRANTY SUPERSEDES ANY OTHERS CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL FOR CROWN PRODUCTS.

9/07 9/07

TRADEMARKS NOTICE: Crown, Crown Audio, Amcron, BCA, Differoid, DBC, IOC, System, Macro-Tech, ODEP, P.I.P., registered trademarks; Digital TRADEMARKS NOTICE: Crown, Crown Audio, Amcron, BCA, IQ,IQ, Differoid, DBC, IOC, IQ IQ System, Macro-Tech, ODEP, P.I.P., andand VZVZ areare registered trademarks; Digital B-Chain, Grounded Bridge, Power-Tech, PIP2, TCP/IQ, IQwic, SmartAmp, trademarks Crown International. B-Chain, Grounded Bridge, Power-Tech, PIP,PIP, PIP2, TCP/IQ, IQwic, SmartAmp, IQ2IQ2 andand XTiXTi areare trademarks of of Crown International. Neutrik, Speakon, Windows, Dolby, DTS, HiQnet, CobraNet, ScreenArray, dbx, System Architect, Phoenix used information only property Neutrik, Speakon, Windows, Dolby, DTS, HiQnet, CobraNet, ScreenArray, dbx, System Architect, Phoenix andand JBLJBL areare used forfor information only andand areare thethe property of of their respective companies. their respective companies. Crown Audio, reserves right make changes in specifications, software, products without prior notice. Crown Audio, also assumes responsibilCrown Audio, Inc.Inc. reserves thethe right to to make changes in specifications, software, or or products without prior notice. Crown Audio, Inc.Inc. also assumes no no responsibilerror in type print reproduction features specifications in this literature. information provided in this manual was deemed accurate ity ity forfor anyany error in type or or print reproduction of of thethe features or or specifications in this literature. TheThe information provided in this manual was deemed accurate as as of of publication date. However, updates information may have occurred. obtain latest version manual, please visit Crown website at www. thethe publication date. However, updates to to thisthis information may have occurred. To To obtain thethe latest version of of thisthis manual, please visit thethe Crown website at www. crownaudio.com. crownaudio.com. Some models may exported under name Amcron. Some models may be be exported under thethe name Amcron.

Page 242


INSTALL

STUDIO

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TOUR

Section:

04 05 2010 FULL LINE

FU LL LI N E CATALO G

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 1

12/7/09 9:38:20 AM

Page 243


Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

05

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 2

Page 244

12/7/09 9:38:35 AM


It began more than 35 years ago with the vision of a single man to create a better way to record audio and that vision has

HISTORY HISTORY

continued into a new millennium. The late David Blackmer, who is universally considered to be the father of modern ItCompression, began more than yearstoago with the of arange singleofman to create a better waydecibel to record audio and that vision has had a35quest improve thevision dynamic analog recordings using expansion. This quest produced continued into a new millennium. The late David Blackmer, who is universally considered to be the father of modern the decilinear VCA and RMS detector which taken together have changed the sonic landscape and made possible so many Compression, hadaudio a quest to improveIn the1971, dynamic range of analog recordings using expansion. This over quest35 produced hasdecibel collectively produced patents of our current technologies. Mr. Blackmer founded dbx® which the decilinear VCA and RMS detector which taken together have changed the sonic landscape and made possible so many that continue to forge and reshape the landscape in the Live Sound, Studio Recording, and Installed Sound professional

collectively produced passion over 35 for patents ofaudio our current In 1971, Mr.ofBlackmer dbx® which marketsaudio today.technologies. Our award-winning team designersfounded and engineers havehas embraced Mr. Blackmer’s audio that continue to forge and reshape the landscape in the Live Sound, Studio Recording, and Installed Sound professional purity with a vengeance, and continue to design and build the precise and accurate tools necessary for today’s audio audio marketsFrom today.our Ourrock-solid award-winning of designers engineers embracedCompressors, Mr. Blackmer’s for audio production. Analogteam products like the and 20-Series EQs have and 10-Series topassion our cutting-edge purity with a vengeance, and continue to design buildCore the precise and accurate tools necessary forprovide today’sthe audio Performance and Commercial Audio products – ourand System (SC), DriveRack and ZonePRO lines – we tools production. From our Analog products the 20-Series EQs and 10-Series Compressors, to our to accommodate allrock-solid of your audio needs. This like brochure is designed to help you navigate through ourcutting-edge many product Performance andfind Commercial products – our needs. System Core (SC), DriveRack and ZonePRO lines – we provide the tools solutions and the ones Audio that meet your exact to accommodate all of your audio needs. This brochure is designed to help you navigate through our many product solutions and find the ones that meet your exact needs.

CONTENTS CONTENTS SC 64

SC 32 SC SC 64 DriveRack SC 32

®

DriveRack 4800

DriveRack DriveRack 260 ®

DriveRack4800 220i DriveRack DriveRack260 PA+ DriveRack DriveRack220i PX DriveRack DriveRack PA+™

ZonePRO DriveRack PX

ZonePRO 1260 (M)/1261(M) ™ (M)/641 (M) ZonePRO 640

ZonePRO

ZonePRO1260 Zone(M)/1261(M) Controllers ZonePRO ZonePRO 640 (M)/641 (M)

Blue/Purple Series Quantum II 160SL Blue/Purple Series 162SL Quantum II 160SL EQs 162SL ZonePRO Zone Controllers

iEQ-15

iEQ-31 EQs 2015 iEQ-15 2231 iEQ-31 2031 2015 1215 2231 1231 2031 131 1215 215 1231 231 131

Harman Pro Group | 2010

SC

Silver Series 386

Silver 376 Series 386

Dynamics

376 160A

166XL Dynamics 1066 160A 1046 166XL 1074 1066 266XL 1046

Section:

05

1074

Crossovers

266XL 223

223XL Crossovers 234 223 234XL 223XL 234

Premium Direct Boxes

234XL dB10

dB12 Premium Direct Boxes dB10 Other dB12 AFS 224

120A Other

286A AFS 224 PB-48 120A 286A

Product Specs

PB-48

Product Specs

215

FULL LINE FULL LINE

231

3 3

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 3

12/7/09 9:38:35 AM

Page 245


SC 64

SC 64 D I G ITA L M ATR IX P R O C E S S O R

Harman Pro Group | 2010

05

for adding forthcoming high bandwidth audio

offerings in a new family from dbx® Professional

transport I/O cards. With dedicated DSP for common processing

Products. Wizard-driven configuration using

HiQnet is a communications protocol or language with which all device-types within the full audio signal path can communicate.

Section:

The SC 64 (System Core) is one of the first

Co-developed and shared by elite engineers from all the brands within the Harman Pro group, HiQnet merges the best features of all previous brandindependent communications protocols and thereby benefits from years of combined experience and is simultaneously optimized for all components of the full professional audio system.

HiQnet™ System Architect makes unprecedented

functions and insert positions for specialized

DSP power, incredible routing flexibility and a

processing, the SC 64 offers many processing

rich palette of processing tools accessible with

functions including Advanced Feedback Sup-

the minimum of training. The SC 64 represents

pression (AFS™), Ambient Noise Compensation

the professional foundation on which to build

(ANC), priority ducking, parametric equalization

even the most demanding integrated system.

(PEQ), delay and dynamics.

The SC 64 has a total analog I/O count of

The SC 64 has a diverse range of control

64, configurable in banks of eight. The chassis

options including HiQnet™ System Architect

supports up to eight analog input and/or

custom control panels, Ethernet, serial, contact

analog output cards facilitating nine different

closure, the popular ZC wall controllers and even

fully loaded configurations. Analog input cards

automatically scheduled events. With so many

accommodate a wide range of sources with mic/

methods of control, an SC system can truly be

line switching and phantom power per input.

tailored to suit the needs and technical exper-

Two high speed option slots provide facility

tise of the intended user.

9 64 channels of analog I/O configurable in banks of 8 9 Mic / Line and Phantom Power per channel on Analog Input Cards 9 Ethernet / Serial Control 9 GPIO 9 Rich Palette of Processing Tools 9 Selectable DSP inserts on all inputs and outputs including Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS™), Automatic Gain Compensation (AGC), Compression, De-Essing and Notch Parametric Equalization

9 Complete routing flexibility 9 Comprehensive configuration, control and monitoring from HiQnet System Architect 9 Wizard configuration 9 Events Scheduler 9 Optional Media Engine for media playback and delayed page 9 Optional ZC wall panel control

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 4

Page 246

12/7/09 9:39:03 AM


SC 32

SC 32 D I G ITA L M ATR IX P R O C E S S O R The SC 32 (System Core) is one of the first

I/O cards. All of these features are housed in a

offerings in a new family from dbx® Professional

sleek 2U rack chassis.

9 Stereo Feedback Elimination with 12 feedback notch filters

With dedicated DSP for common process-

Products. Wizard-driven configuration using

9 Dual 28-band Graphic EQ

ing functions and insert positions for specialized

DSP power, incredible routing flexibility and a

processing, the SC 32 offers many processing

9 Classic dbx® Compressor

rich palette of processing tools accessible with

functions including Advanced Feedback Suppres-

9 120A Sub-harmonic Synthesizer

the minimum of training. The SC 32 represents

sion (AFS™), Ambient Noise Compensation (ANC),

the professional foundation on which to build

priority ducking, parametric equalization (PEQ),

even the most demanding integrated system.

delay and dynamics.

The SC 32 has a total analog I/O count of

9 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6 Crossover Configurations 9 Stereo Multi-band Parametric EQ

The SC 32 has a diverse range of control op-

32, configurable in banks of eight. The chassis

tions including HiQnet System Architect custom

9 Stereo Output Limiters

supports up to four analog input and/or analog

control panels, Ethernet, serial, contact closure,

9 Alignment Delay

output cards facilitating five different fully

the popular Zone Controller wall controllers and

loaded configurations. Analog input cards accom-

even automatically scheduled events. With so

modate a wide range of sources with mic/line

many methods of control, an SC system can truly

9 Auto-EQ with 28-band RTA

switching and phantom power per input. One

be tailored to suit the needs and technical exper-

high-speed option slot provides facility for add-

tise of even the scrutinizing contractor.

9 JBL® Speaker and Crown Power Amp Tunings with Setup Wizard

9 Pink Noise Generator

ing forthcoming high-bandwidth audio transport

9 32 channels of analog I/O configurable in banks of 8

9 Ethernet / Serial Control

9 Selectable DSP inserts on all inputs and outputs including Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS), Automatic Gain Compensation (AGC), Compression, De-Essing and Notch Parametric Equalization

9 GPIO

9 Complete routing flexibility

9 Rich Palette of Processing Tools

9 Comprehensive configuration, control and monitoring from HiQnet System Architect

9 Mic / Line and Phantom Power per channel on Analog Input Cards

Harman Pro Group | 2010

HiQnet™ System Architect makes unprecedented

Section:

05

9 25 User Programs/25 Factory Programs

9 Wizard configuration 9 Events Scheduler

9 2 Channel XLR Input and 6 Channel XLR Output

9 Optional Media Engine for media playback and delayed page

9 Front panel RTA-M XLR input with phantom power

9 Optional ZC wall panel controllers

9 24-Bit ADC/24-Bit DAC, >110 dB Dynamic Range 9 Full Graphic LCD Display

Zone Controllers The Zone Controllers offer extended utility to the SC, DriveRack

®

and ZonePro families. The nine Zone Controllers use analog DC voltage to provide logic control ranging from zone source selection, volume and muting, to program or scene selection and fire safety interface. Wired with readily available and affordable CAT5 cable with universally accepted solutions to the contractor. For more information on Zone Controllers, see page 12.

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 5

FULL LINE

RJ-45 connectors at distances up to 1000 ft, the ZC Zone Controllers offer simple yet elegant

12/7/09 9:39:28 AM

Page 247


DRIVERACK

Harman Pro Group | 2010

M

®

DriveRack 4800 | DriveRack 4820

The 4820 is based on the same operating system as the DriveRack 4800 without the Full Color QVGA Display Interface

®

®

Section:

05

®

COMPLETE EQUALIZATION AND LOUDSPEAKER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Designed to provide incredible flexibility, sonic

processing path for

excellence and intuitive control for performance

your application, in

9 48 and 96 kHz operation with Wordclock input

applications, the DriveRack 4800 is the new

addition to the standard system processing

flagship of the hugely successful DriveRack family.

functions all with extremely low latency and

9 Full Color QVGA Display (4800 only)

From the powerful 96 kHz DSP engine and stan-

extended frequency response. From Signal

9 4 analog and AES/EBU inputs

dard analog and digital I/O, to the QVGA display

Routing, EQ, and Bandpass Filters, to classic

9 8 analog and AES/EBU outputs

and multiple control surfaces, the 4800 provides

dbx® Dynamics and AFS® Advanced Feedback

9 Optional Jensen® I/O Transformers

all the processing, flexibility and control neces-

Suppression, all the processing is available and

9 Full Bandpass Filter, Crossover and Routing Configurations with Bessel, Butterworth, and LinkwitzRiley filters

sary for both installation and live use.

with the sonic excellence that you would expect

The DriveRack 4800 is the next generation

from the world’s leading system processing

of the famous DriveRack family, and like

manufacturer. With all this processing power

9 31-Band Graphic and 9-band Parametric EQ on every input

its predecessor it is engineered to provide

available, control is of paramount importance.

“Everything you need between the mixer and the

The DriveRack 4800 provides a full color display

9 6-band Parametric EQ on every output

power amps”. In keeping with this philosophy

to speed manual operation; this combined with

the 4800 includes four inputs and eight outputs

intuitive front panel controls, an easy to use GUI

9 Loudspeaker Cluster and Driver Alignment Delays

with both analog and digital connectivity. The

and optional wall panel controllers means that

96 kHz processing engine is capable of offering

whether your application is tour sound or installa-

insert processing functions to customize the

tion, the DriveRack 4800 has what it takes.

9 Selectable DSP inserts on all inputs and outputs including Classic dbx Compression, PeakStopPlus™, Limiting and AFS® Advanced Feedback Suppression among others 9 Ethernet HiQnet networking and control 9 dbx ZC wall panel control

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 6

Page 248

12/7/09 9:39:54 AM


DRIVERACK

®

DriveRack 260 ®

COMPLETE EQUALIZATION AND LOUDSPEAKER CONTROL SYSTEM 9 Feedback Elimination

processors with a selection of Notch Filter-

state-of-the-art signal processing, while

ing, classic dbx® Compression, Auto Gain

9 2.7 Seconds of Alignment and Zone Delay

maintaining a simple and intuitive control

Control, Sub-Harmonic Synthesis, or our

9 RS-232 PC GUI control

interface. This goal has been realized. From

own patented Advanced Feedback Suppres-

the powerful DSP modules to the multiple

sion (AFS™). The DriveRack 260 also offers a

9 Classic dbx Compression and Limiting

control surfaces, the 260 provides all the

configurable Delay with 2.7 seconds of total

processing and control necessary for both

delay time. The 260 provides full Bandpass

installation and live use. Additionally, the

and Crossover filtering and routing including

9 Full Bandpass, Crossover, and Routing Configurations

Wizard function enables any user to quickly

Bessel, Butterworth and Linkwitz-Riley topolo-

9 Auto Gain Control

set up and use the 260 to its full potential by

gies. There is parametric EQ available on

streamlining the setup process and providing

each output as well as dbx PeakStopPlus™

9 Pink Noise Generator and full-time RTA

a menu-based setup procedure that includes

Limiting. The 260 provides a full-time RTA for

system setup and configuration, Auto-EQ, and

live sound applications, while contractors will

9 Setup Wizard with JBL speaker and Crown Power Amplifier Tunings

Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS™).

appreciate its control inputs for wall-panel

9 Security Lockout

The DriveRack 260 is based on the same

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The DriveRack 260 was designed to provide

9 Graphic and Parametric EQ 9 Auto-EQ Function

Section:

05

9 Wall Panel Control Inputs

logic and volume control.

9 Optional RTA-M microphone

unparalleled design philosophy as the other products in the DriveRack family, namely, to provide “Everything you need between the mixer and the power amps.” In keeping with that philosophy, the 260 offers 2 inputs and 6 outputs on XLR connectors. Each input channel provides a choice of EQ, either a 9-band Parametric or a 28-band Graphic EQ. Each input channel also boasts two

FULL LINE

selectable insert

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 7

12/7/09 9:40:06 AM

Page 249


DRIVERACK

®

DriveRack 220i ®

SYSTEM PROCESSOR WITH ADVANCED FEEDBACK SUPPRESSION

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Designed from the ground up to provide state-of-

new, patented Advanced Feedback Suppression

the-art signal processing, the DriveRack 220i is the

(AFS®) algorithm, equalization, dynamics process-

perfect tool for any fixed-install application. With

ing, delay, matrix mixing, and bandpass filters,

a full complement of processing features and Mic/

the DriveRack 220i will exceed your expectations.

Line inputs the DriveRack 220i can provide both system and microphone processing. Featuring the

The DriveRack 220i is piloted from the intuitive DriveWare GUI that offers both Configuration and Control of the processing modules. Modules can be accessed, edited and saved as part of programs. Processing modules can be linked between the channels for true stereo processing. If independent processing is desired, parameters can

Section:

05

be copied from one channel to the next to ensure that setup is quick and easy. Stored programs can be loaded from either the front panel or from wall mounted Zone Controllers. Zone Controllers can also be used for output muting or adjusting output volumes.

9 Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS)

9 Noise Gating

9 1.3 Seconds of Delay

9 Graphic and Parametric EQ

9 De-Esser

9 RS-232 PC GUI control

9 Compressor

9 Ducker

9 Mic/Line Inputs

9 PeakStopPlus™ Limiter

9 Bandpass Filters

9 Wall Panel Control

9 Auto Gain Control

9 2x2 Matrix Mixer

9 Security Lockout

Use the DriveRack 260 and 220i with Zone Controllers for control at the flick of a switch! (See page 12 for more details)

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 8

Page 250

12/7/09 9:40:36 AM


DRIVERACK

®

It began more than 35 years ago with the vision of a single man to create a better way to record audio and that vision has

HISTORY

continued into a new millennium. The late David Blackmer, who is universally considered to be the father of modern Compression, had a quest to improve the dynamic range of analog recordings using decibel expansion. This quest produced the decilinear VCA and RMS detector which taken together have changed the sonic landscape and made possible so many of our current audio technologies. In 1971, Mr. Blackmer founded dbx® which has collectively produced over 35 patents

that continue to forge and reshape the landscape in the Live Sound, Studio Recording, and Installed Sound professional

DriveRack DriveRack PA+ PA+ ®

® audio markets today. Our award-winning team of designers and engineers have embraced Mr. Blackmer’s passion for audio

Harman Pro Group | 2010

9forSetup Wizard Through purity with a vengeance, and continue to design and build the precise and accurate tools necessary today’s audio 9 Setup Wizard Steps Steps Through SpeakerSpeaker and Ampand Amp COMPLETE EQUALIZATION AND COMPLETE EQUALIZATION ANDLOUDSPEAKER LOUDSPEAKERCONTROL CONTROL SYSTEM SYSTEM Selection and Levels and Levels production. From our rock-solid Analog products like the 20-Series EQs and 10-Series Compressors, to Selection our cutting-edge 9 EQ Auto™ Wizard EQ™ Wizard with 28-Band 9 Auto with 28-Band RTA RTA TheThe bestbest justjust gotgot even ™ even better!The TheDriveRack DriveRack Performance andbetter! Commercial Audio products – our System Core (SC), DriveRack and ZonePRO lines – 9weAuto the 9 provide Auto™Level Wizardtools Level Wizard ® PA, PA, far far andand away thethe world’s most popular loud 9 ®AFS Wizardproduct away world’s loud This brochure is designed to help you navigate through 9 our AFS Wizard to accommodate all of most your popular audio needs. many 9 Stereo Feedback Elimination 12 feedback 9 Stereo Feedback Elimination with 12with feedback speaker management system The RTA-M real realtime timeaudio audio speaker management systemhas hasnow nowbecome become The optional optional RTA-M solutions and find the ones that meet your exact needs. notch filters notch filters analyzing mic isis the the perfect perfect analyzing mic the the DriveRack PA+. Showcasing DriveRack PA+. Showcasingallallthe thefeatures features 9 120A dbx 120A Sub-harmonic Synthesizer 9 dbx Sub-harmonic Synthesizer accessory for the theDriveRack DriveRack accessory tool for users around worldhave havecome cometoto 9 Classic dbx Input thatthat users around thethe world 9 Classic dbxCompression Input Compression PA+ and260. Used conjuncPA and PA+ and 260.Used Usedinin inconjuncconjunc® and Crown® Power 9 JBL Speaker 9 ®JBL Speaker and Crown® Amp Power Amp expect, including easy rock-solidrelireliexpect, including easy setset up,up,rock-solid tion with with the System Setup tion System SetupSeries Tunings included Tunings included SC Silver ability and unparalleled sound quality, the new ability and unparalleled sound quality, the new Wizard, the RTA-M Wizard, RTA-M isis ideal ideal 9 USB and Speaker TuningsTunings Field Field 9 Firmware USB Firmware and Speaker SC 64 ® for optimizing optimizing the sound Updatable With Harman HiQnet®HiQnet System version gone great lengthstotoearn earnits its for the 386 sound Updatable With Harman System version hashas gone to to great lengths SC 32 Architect quality even the most 376 Architect quality of even the most “plus.” With more settings, morecontrol controland and “plus.” With more settings, more 9 Full difficult of of acoustic 9 time FullRTA timefunction RTA function ® difficult acoustic enhanced circuitry, soundyou youseek seekisisright right DriveRack enhanced circuitry, thethe sound 9 Front-Panel OutputOutput MutesMutes Dynamics 9 Front-Panel environments. environments. 9 Pink Noise Generator (used with and EQ and at your fingertips. 9 Pink Noise Generator (usedAutowithEQAuto DriveRack 4800 at your fingertips. 160A Auto Level Wizards) Auto Level Wizards) DriveRack 260 166XL 9 Linked StereoStereo DSP Processing for easeforofease use of use 9 Linked DSP Processing Although DriveRack PA+is isloaded loadedwith with DriveRack 220i PA+ 9 24-Bit ADC/24-Bit DAC, >113 dB Dynamic 1066 Although thethe DriveRack 9 24-Bit ADC/24-Bit DAC, >113 dB Dynamic RangeRange functions features, easytotoset setup upand and DriveRack PA+ it it 1046 functions andand features, is iseasy 9 2-Channel XLR Input XLR XLR 9 2-Channel XLRand Input6-Channel and 6-Channel DriveRack PX use. The dbx exclusive Set Up Wizard walks you 1074 use. The dbx exclusive Set Up Wizard walks you OutputOutput through system set up with easy to follow step266XL 9 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6 Crossover Configurations throughZonePRO system set ™ up with easy to follow step9 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6 Crossover Configurations 9 Dual 28-band Graphic EQ- Linked or Dual Mono by-step instructions. Just pick your speakers 9 Dual 28-band Graphic EQ- Linked or Dual Mono by-step ZonePRO instructions. Just pick your speakers 1260 (M)/1261(M) 9 Stereo Multi-band Parametric EQ Crossovers 9 Stereo Multi-band Parametric EQ and amps from the built-in list on the PA+ 9 Stereo Output Limiters and amps from the built-in list on the PA+ ZonePRO 640 (M)/641 (M) 223 9 Stereo Output Limiters and then let the Auto Level™ Wizard fine tune 9 Output Alignment Delay and thenZonePRO let the Zone AutoControllers Level™ Wizard fine tune 9 Output Delay 223XL 9 Power on/offAlignment Mute Circuitry the level settings of each speaker. You can 9 PowerRTA-M on/off XLR Muteinput Circuitry the level settings of each speaker. You can 234 9 Front-panel with phantom then Blue/Purple let the Auto EQ™Series Wizard help you further 9 Front-panel RTA-M XLR input with phantom power then let the Auto EQ™ Wizard help you further 234XL power Quantum II Finish up by using the optimize your sound. 9 25 User Programs/25 Factory Programs optimize your sound. Finish up by using the 9 Graphic 25 UserLCDPrograms/25 9 Full Display Factory Programs 160SL AFS® Wizard, which automatically sets filters to Premium Direct Boxes 9 Full LCDOutput Display 9 Front PanelGraphic Input and Meters AFS® Wizard, which automatically sets filters to 162SLany feedback during performances. eliminate dB10 9 Front Panel Input and Output Meters

CONTENTS

05

dB12

Other AFS 224 120A 286A PB-48

Product Specs

FULL LINE FULL LINE

eliminate any feedback during performances. Within minutes, your system will sound like it EQs your system will sound like it Within minutes, was tuned by a pro. No experience required! iEQ-15 was tuned by a pro. No experience required! Get the most out of your PA with the DriveRack Get the iEQ-31 most out of your PA with the DriveRack PA+, the worldwide standard in loudspeaker 2015 PA+,management. the worldwide standard in loudspeaker 2231 management. 2031 1215 1231 131 215 231

Section:

9 3

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 9

12/7/09 9:40:53 AM

Page 251

9


DRIVERACK

®

DriveRack PX ®

POWERED SPEAKER OPTIMIZER

Harman Pro Group | 2010

9 Optimized for powered speakers

Powered speakers are a beautiful thing.

patented Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS)

9 Support stereo speakers and subwoofer(s)

Everything you need bundled into one simple,

kills nasty feedback, allowing problem-free

portable package. Just grab ‘em and go, right?

operation at higher sound levels, while our

9 Supports JBL® and other popular powered speakers

Well, you may think your powered speaker

patented Subharmonic Synthesizer extends bass

9 Easy-to-use wizards for setup, Auto-EQ™, and AFS®

system is complete, but you’re missing half

response for enhanced bottom end. With all

the picture. DriveRack PX is the other half.

that, you also get classic dbx compression and

In another dbx industry first, we’ve created

the protection offered by our graceful PeakPlus™

a processor specifically tailored for powered

limiting. Your ears, your audience, and your

speakers. Utilizing our highly-acclaimed

powered speakers will forever thank you.

9 dbx® M2 measurement mic included 9 Classic dbx compression with graceful PeakPlus™ limiters

DriveRack technology, the PX picks up where

9 Patented AFS Advanced Feedback Suppression

Section:

05

your powered speakers leave off.

In spite of all that sophistication, rest assured we won’t overcomplicate the simplicity

The DriveRack PX Powered Speaker

of your rig. Our exclusive Setup, Auto-EQ, and

9 Auto-EQ optimizes sound quality for any room

Optimizer has everything you need to get

AFS Wizards, and out-of-the-box support for

the most out of your stereo powered speaker

a host of JBL and other popular powered

9 Patented dbx Type IV™ conversion system

system. It even includes stereo or mono

speakers, make setup a snap. Louder, clearer,

subwoofer support. With the included dbx M2

better sound from your powered speakers has

measurement mic, Auto-EQ corrects for audible

never been so easy.

9 120A Subharmonic Synthesizer

9 2 channel XLR input 9 2 channel XLR output

deficiencies in the room environment. Our

9 2 Channel XLR subwoofer output

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 10

Page 252

12/7/09 9:41:02 AM


ZONEPRO

ZonePRO 1260/m | ZonePRO 1261/m ™

DIGITAL ZONE PROCESSORS

9 Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS) 9 Graphic and Parametric EQ

Harman Pro Group | 2010

9 Compressor 9 Limiter 9 Auto Gain Control

ZonePRO 640/m | ZonePRO 641/m ™

9 Noise Gating

9 De-Esser

DIGITAL ZONE PROCESSORS

Each of the eight members of the ZonePRO

9 Ducker

system changes at predetermined times.

family of Digital Zone Processors represents an

The recently-introduced ZonePRO devices, the

9 Bandpass Filters

inexpensive and quickly deployed solution for a

640m, 641m, 1260m and 1261m share the same

diverse range of commercial audio applications.

total numbers of inputs and outputs as their

Designed with contractors in mind, the ZonePRO

equivalent siblings but feature additional mic/

devices feature Euroblock connectors for easy

line inputs. This increase in the number of

Advanced 99 2x2 MatrixFeedback Mixer Suppression (AFS™) 9 AutoWarmth® 9 1.3 Seconds of Delay 9 Automatic Gain Control (AGC) 99 RS-232 PC GUI control Notch Filter

termination of balanced signals and RCA con-

available microphone inputs further extends the

nectors for straightforward connection of con-

suitability of the ZonePRO family into applica-

sumer equipment. A simple analog bus allows

tions such as conference rooms and presenta-

sources to be shared among multiple ZonePRO

tion spaces.

devices, facilitating scalability of outputs for

Ambient Noise Compensation (ANC) is also

9 Parametric EQ 9 Bandpass and Crossover Filters

processing function allows the level of zone

9 Security Lockout

and EQ for all inputs and selectable DSP Inserts

outputs to track the ambient noise level, monitored through a microphone and microphone

9 Wall Panel Control

for microphone channels. Input Insert options include Automatic Gain Control (AGC), Notch

input. This feature is particularly well-suited to

Filter, Compressor, Gate, De-Esser and Advanced

applications such as retail environments where

Feedback Suppression (AFS™).

the volume of the audio system can be matched

The routing section of ZonePRO provides Primary Source Selection, Source Ducking for

their associated noise level. ZonePRO devices are configured using

includes AutoWarmth®, a psychoacoustic func-

ZonePRO Designer, a software application which

tion that maintains full frequency bandwidth

contains a Configuration Wizard, which guides

even when the signal level has dropped. Each

users through the step-by-step configuration

output also offers Crossover, EQ, AGC, Compres-

process.

All ZonePRO devices offer a built-in Real Time Clock that can provide programmable

9 Ethernet Control (see table)

automatically to the number of shoppers and

Paging and Priority Override. Output processing

sor, Limiter and Delay for system optimization.

9 RS-232 Control

FULL LINE

Input processing features gain control

05

Compressor 99 Mic/Line Inputs 9 Gate 9 Wall Panel Control 9 De-Esser 9 Security Lockout 9 Limiter

introduced on the ZonePRO ‘m’ devices. This

larger applications.

Section:

Page 253


ZONEPRO

ZonePRO 1260/m | ZonePRO 1261/m ZonePRO 640/m | ZonePRO 641/m ™

DIGITAL ZONE PROCESSORS

ZonePRO Product Matrix The ZonePRO™ family of Digital Zone Processors consists of eight devices with different functionality (see table below). Each device, with optional control from an extensive range of Zone Controllers, represents an inexpensive and quickly-deployed solution for a diverse range of commercial audio applications. The Configuration Wizard guides you through the step-by-step configuration process, ensuring that you go from requirements to solution in just a few mouse clicks.

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

05

Inputs

Outputs

Front Panel Control

Mic Preamps

S/PDIF

Ethernet

Mix Functionality

ANC*

1260m

12

6

$

6

$

$

$

$

1260

12

6

$

2

$

$

$

1261m

12

6

6

$

$

$

1261

12

6

2

$

$

$

640m

6

4

$

4

$

$

$

640

6

4

$

2

641m

6

4

4

$

$

$

641

6

4

2 *Ambient Noise Compensation

Zone Controllers The Zone Controllers use analog DC voltages to provide logic control ranging from Volume and Mute control to Contact Closure Program selection and can be used with SC 64 and SC32, the DriveRack® 4800, 4820, 260 and 220i, and ZonePRO™ units. Wired with readily available and affordable CAT5 cable with universally accepted RJ-45 connectors, the ZC Zone Controllers offer simple yet elegant solutions to the contractor.

ZC1

ZC2

ZC3

ZC4

ZCBOB

ZC6

ZC7

ZC8

ZC9

ZCFIRE

Programmable Volume Control

FULL LINE

Page 254

Programmable Volume Control

Programmable Volume & Mute

Programmable Selection

Programmable Push-To- Programmable Volume Talk Page Assignment and Source Select

Program Selection

Source Selection

“Home-Run” or parallel wiring

Fire Safety Interface

$


BLUE/PURPLE SERIES

160SL COMPRESSOR/LIMITER 127dB dynamic range and ultra-low distortion. Encased in a specially designed aluminum-zinc

9 Patent-pending AutoVelocity™ circuit

gives you more versatile performance than ever

housing for shielding and thermal characteristics,

9 127dB of Dynamic Range

before. In addition to having the auto attack

the V8 maintains its superior performance even

and release as well as the hard knee threshold

in the harshest environments. The 160SL offers

characteristics of the classic dbx 160, the 160SL

a plethora of features which include: variable

now offers AutoVelocity manual mode, in addition

attack and release controls, as well as dbx’s latest

9 High-Drive output transformer circuit drives 1000 ft. of Belden® cable at +30dBu with only .007% THD

to our classic OverEasy® mode. dbx AutoVelocity

limiting algorithm PeakStopPlus™, precision 0.1%

technology allows you to find the exact attack and

and 1% resistors, gold-palladium-nickel contacts,

release effect you are looking for. Still on board

Jensen® transformers, gold plated Neutrik® XLRs,

is the venerable dbx Auto mode. Now you can set

and rare earth magnet signal switching relays

your maximum preferred settings in manual mode,

with gold contacts, housed in a hermetically-

and let the 160SL do the rest. The dbx 160SL

sealed nitrogen environment and mounted on

features dual proprietary V8 VCA modules. This

military-grade glass epoxy circuit boards. The

state-of-the-art implementation of dbx’s original

end result is the most technologically advanced

Blackmer decilinear VCA boasts an unheard-of

compressor in the world.

9 Switchable between Hard-knee and OverEasy® Compression 9 Program-dependent “Auto,” AutoVelocity™ or fully variable attack and release manual modes

Section:

05

162SL

9 Super fast manual attack and release 9 High-Drive Jensen® output transformers

COMPRESSOR/LIMITER original Blackmer decilinear VCA boasts an unheard

great dbx compressors, past and present, and gives

of dynamic range and ultra-low distortion seen only

you more versatile performance than ever before.

previously in the Blue 160SL. With sonic clarity

In addition to having the auto attack and release,

designed for the studio, the 162SL maintains its

and the hard knee threshold characteristics of the

superior performance in harsh environment. Like its

classic dbx 160, the 162SL offers AutoVelocity™

big brother, the 162SL takes full advantage of the

manual mode, along with our classic dbx OverEasy®

best parts available and dbx’s advanced manufac-

mode, made standard by the legendary dbx 165A.

turing, including Jensen® transformers on each

All of the 160SL’s features, including variable

output standard. Following in the footsteps of the

attack and release controls and dbx’s latest limit-

Blue Series® 160SL with the Purple Series 162SL,

ing algorithm PeakStopPlus , are included in the

dbx continues to create to the most technologically

162SL. Its state-of-the-art implementation of dbx’s

advanced compressors in the world.

9 Hard-knee/OverEasy® switchable 9 Ultra-low distortion compression for unheard of clarity even under extreme gain reduction 9 Program-dependent “Auto,”’ Patent-pending AutoVelocity™ Manual, or fully variable attack and release modes

FULL LINE

The 162SL combines the best features of all the

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 13

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The 160SL combines the best features of all the great dbx® compressors, past and present, and

12/7/09 9:41:51 AM

Page 255


EQs

iEQ

DIGITAL GRAPHIC EQUALIZERS W/ AFS®

With an EQ heritage that has produced countless industry standard patents and dates back more than 30 years, the dbx® iEQs™ easily live up to the dbx legacy of uncompromising sonic integrity. In addition to unsurpassed Equalization specs, the iEQ also offers the built-in necessities which include patented AFS® Advanced Feedback Suppression (which removes unwanted feedback at the push of a button), Type V™ Noise Reduction and PeakStopPlus™ limiting. The iEQ-Series represents a major step forward in the performance of graphic equalizers. From its amazing 10Hz to 22kHz frequency response, to its 110dB dynamic range the iEQs offer out of this world specifications with a down to earth price point. Sure to find a home in the studio, on tour and with installed sound venues, the iEQs are destined to take their rightful place in the lineage of great dbx signal processors

Harman Pro Group | 2010

that are the professionals’ choice.

iEQ-15 DUAL 15-BAND DIGITAL GRAPHIC EQ/LIMITER

Section:

05 iEQ-31 DUAL 31-BAND DIGITAL GRAPHIC EQ/LIMITER

9 Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS)

9 18 dB per octave 40Hz low-cut filter

9 Dynamic range of greater than 113dB

9 Type V Noise Reduction

9 ±12dB input gain range

9 User Power Up Features

9 PeakStopPlus Limiting

9 XLR, TRS and Euroblock Inputs and Outputs

9 1/3-octave Constant Q frequency bands

9 Internal Toroidal Transformer

9 Relay Bypass for Power Failure System Protection

9 Switchable boost/cut ranges of ±6 or ±15dB 9 Frequency Response of 10Hz to 22kHz

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 14

Page 256

12/7/09 9:42:13 AM


EQs

20 Series GRAPHIC EQUALIZERS

Since their introduction, the 20 Series equalizers have become crucial links in the sound systems of countless

The 20 Series can significantly improve the noise specs for almost any sound system.

professionals all over the world. From a value perspective, the 20 Series EQs offer an unequalled feature set. The crowning feature of each model in the 20 Series is our patented Type III™ Noise Reduction, which enables you to increase signal-to-noise ratios by up to 20dB. With Type III, the 20 Series can significantly improve the noise specs for almost any sound system. Add our patented PeakPlus™ limiter topology; XLR, ¼", and Barrier strip inputs and outputs; durable 45mm nylon sliders; a +12dB input gain range; and informative, four-step LED ladders to the mix and you’ve got three powerful tools that will let you use your system with confidence.

2215 DUAL 15-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER Harman Pro Group | 2010

2231 DUAL 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

Section:

05

2031 SINGLE 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

9 An extremely high quality EQ, patented Type III Noise Reduction, and the elegant new PeakPlus Limiter all in one great sounding box

9 Patented PeakPlus Limiter threshold range from 0dBu to +24dBu (off) can transparently tame the wildest hits or the subtlest nuances of any signal

9 Four segment LED bar graphs for BOTH Gain Reduction AND Output Level offers the most comprehensive visual feedback available

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 15

9 Status LEDs offer visual feedback for all settings on the front panel

FULL LINE

9 Revolutionary instant encode/decode Type III Noise Reduction in-circuit at the push of a button. Increases S/N ratio by up to 20dB

12/7/09 9:42:33 AM

Page 257


EQs

12 Series GRAPHIC EQUALIZERS

The dbx® 12 Series Equalizers were designed to make versatile, pro-quality sound available to users of all levels, while offering the simplicity of straightforward controls and providing years of maintenance-free operation in any application. The magnetically-isolated transformer, electronically balanced inputs and servo balanced outputs, RF-filtered inputs and outputs, and power-off hard-wire relay bypass with 2 second power up delay were steps our engineers took to ensure compatibility for all installations. Only the best components were utilized, yielding a 10Hz to 50kHz frequency response, greater than 90dB SNR (ref +4dBu), less than 0.005% THD +Noise (1kHz at +4dBu), and inter-

Harman Pro Group | 2010

channel crosstalk of less than -80dB from 20Hz to 20kHz. All this attention to detail is contained in a sturdy steel/aluminum chassis.

1215 DUAL 15-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

Section:

05 1231 DUAL 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

9 Switchable boost/cut ranges of ±6 or ±15 dB 9 XLR, Barrier Strip, and 1/4” TRS connectors

9 Internal power supply transformer

9 Electronically balanced/unbalanced inputs

9 -12dB/+12dB input gain range

9 Servo balanced/unbalanced outputs

9 18dB/octave 40Hz Bessel low-cut filter

9 Power-off hardwire relay bypass with 2-second power-up delay

9 RF filtered inputs and outputs

9 Chassis/signal ground lift capability

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 16

Page 258

12/7/09 9:42:55 AM


EQs

2 Series GRAPHIC EQUALIZERS

The 2 Series represents a major step forward in the performance of entry-level equalizers.

The dbx® 2 Series equalizers were designed to make versatile, pro-quality sound available to users of all levels, while offering the simplicity of straightforward controls. The 2 Series represents a major step forward in the performance of entry-level graphic equalizers. From its amazing 10Hz to 50kHz frequency response, to its 108dB dynamic range, the 2 Series offers great specifications with, a down-to-earth price point. Sure to find a home in the studio, on tour and with installed sound venues, the 2 Series is destined to take its rightful place in the lineage of great dbx signal processors that are the professional’s choice in signal processing. With such affordable quality, there’s no longer any excuse for compromising your sound with a lesser EQ than one from dbx.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

131 SINGLE 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

215 DUAL 15-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

Section:

05 231 DUAL 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

9 Constant Q frequency bands

9 ±12 dB input gain range

9 Switchable boost/cut ranges of ±6 or ±12 dB 9 4-segment LED ladders for monitoring output levels 9 12dB per octave 40Hz low-cut filter

9 Dynamic range of greater than 108dB

9 XLR and TRS Inpts and Outputs 9 Internal Toroidal Transformer

FULL LINE

9 Front panel bypass switch

9 Frequency Repsonse of <10Hz to >50kHz

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 17

12/7/09 9:43:13 AM

Page 259


S I LVE R S E R I E S

386 MIC PRE The Silver Series 386 dual channel tube mic preamp puts the best of both worlds into one affordable package by combining the warmth of the irreplaceable vacuum tube with the proprietary dbx® Type IV™

Harman Pro Group | 2010

conversion system. The 386 boasts many of the same features as other products in the Silver Series, such as +48V phantom power, phase invert switch, and low-cut filtering. In addition, the 386 also offers up to 96kHz, 24-Bit digital output capabilities in both AES/EBU, and S/PDIF formats as standard features.

Digital outputs on the 386 and 376 are standard features

9 Two channel tube microphone preamplifier 9 Selectable 96kHz, 88.2kHz, 48kHz, or 44.1kHz sampling rate 9 24, 20, and 16-bit wordlengths 9 Selectable dither and noise shaping

Section:

9 Word clock sync input and output

9 Selectable mic/line switch

9 Separate analog and digital output control

9 48 volt phantom power

9 Type IV™ conversion system

9 75Hz low cut filter

9 60dB of gain and +/- 15dB of output gain

9 AES/EBU and S/PDIF digital outputs

05

9 20dB pad 9 Phase reverse 9 Segment LED analog/digital

376 TUBE PREAMP CHANNEL STRIP WITH DIGITAL OUT The 376 has taken the essential tools needed for recording and put them all on a single channel strip. The mic/line section on the 376 provides a 12AU7 vacuum tube and offers +48V phantom power, a phase invert switch, a high impedance ¼" instrument input, 20 dB pad, and low-cut filtering. The processing section offers a 3-Band parametric EQ, a classic dbx Compressor, and De-Esser. The 376 also offers digital output capabilities in both AES/EBU, and S/PDIF formats with selectable sampling rates including 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, or 96 kHz with selectable dithering and noise shaping as standard features. The LED meters provide a clear and concise visual of the signal processing at a glance. We think you’ll agree that the 376 lives up to the uncompromising standards of dbx Professional Products.

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 18

Page 260

9 Tube microphone pre-amp

9 Front panel instrument input

9 24, 20 and 16 bit wordlengths

9 200V tube plate voltage

9 Drive meter LEDs

9 AES/EBU and S/PDIF digital outputs

9 Selectable mic/line switch

9 Threshold and De-Esser meters

9 +48 Volt phantom power

9 8 segment analog or digital meter

9 Selectable dither and noise-shaping algorithms

9 3-Band Parametric EQ

9 Type IV™ conversion system

9 Compressor

9 Selectable sampling rate (96, 88.2, 48, 44.1kHz)

9 De-Esser

9 Word clock sync input and output

12/7/09 9:43:31 AM


DYNAMICS

160A COMPRESSOR/LIMITER The 160A offers such time-tested features as switchable OverEasy® and hard knee compression, extremely wide threshold ranges, and controls for ratio and output gain. The 160A also includes true RMS level detection, providing the most transparent dynamics pro-

Harman Pro Group | 2010

cessing available–from smooth, subtle compression to “brick wall” peak limiting. Its electronically balanced output stage is an outstanding driver for long cable runs (an output transformer is optional). With its unique “INFINITY +” inverse-compression mode, the 160A actually decreases the audio output level below unity gain when the input exceeds threshold. You can even stereo-couple two 160A’s to process a stereo mix without shifting the left/right image. The dbx 160A is truly the standard for dynamics processing.

9 OverEasy® or classic hard knee compression with dbx’s® ultra-musical program dependent attack and release times

9 Precision dual RMS LED display monitors input or output and gain reduction over a wide range and calibrates for different operating levels

9 Independent balanced and unbalanced outputs can drive 600 loads to +24dBm simultaneously. New floating balanced output stage drives any load

9 Compression ratio variable from 1:1 through infinity :1 to negative compression

9 Over 60dB of gain reduction available

9 Optional output transformer capable

9 Exclusive Infinity+ compression allows negative compression

9 Strappable with another 160A for true RMS stereo summing operation

Section:

05

166XL COMPRESSOR/LIMITER/GATE With auto attack and release controls and separate precision LED displays for gain reduction, compression threshold, and gate threshold, the 166XL allows for quick and accurate setup. Using our True RMS Power Summing™ feature, the Stereo Couple mode provides you with a rock solid stereo image The 166XL also makes advanced applications a breeze with full sidechain functionality, the ability to use either hard knee or OverEasy® compression algorithms, and the venerable PeakStop® limiter. The dbx® 166XL is the industry standard compressor/gate at a cost within everyone’s reach.

9 Goof proof operation to smooth uneven levels, add sustain to guitars, fatten drums or tighten up mixes 9 New gate timing algorithms ensure the smoothest release characteristics

9 Balanced inputs and outputs on 1/4” TRS and XLR

9 Separate precision LED displays for gain reduction, compression threshold and gate threshold allow quick, accurate setup

9 Side Chain insert 9 Classic dbx “Auto” mode ®

9 dbx PeakStop® Limiter

9 Stereo or dual-mode operation FULL LINE

9 Program-adaptive expander/gates

9 Great sounding dynamics control for any type of program material

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 19

12/7/09 9:43:42 AM

Page 261


DYNAMICS

10 Series 1066 COMPRESSOR/LIMITER/GATE

Whether you’re looking for “heavy” compression or subtle gain leveling, the 1066 stereo compressor/ limiter/gate with selectable hard knee or OverEasy® compression is ideal. The 1066’s compressor section allows you to set attack and release times manually or automatically using our convenient Auto

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Mode. In addition, our famous Contour switch allows you to smoothly compress entire mixes while preventing low frequencies from punching holes in the overall mix. The 1066’s gate section enables you to clean up unwanted frequencies or mic bleed using its frequency-dependent gain control and the Side Chain External button. With the Side Chain Monitor button and an equalizer, you can select which frequencies will trigger the gate. For overall speaker protection, our innovative PeakStopPlus™ technology prevents unwanted transients from blowing your drivers and minimizes the distortion common to many other “hard” limiters.

Section:

05

9 Selectable auto (classic dbx®) or manual (variable Attack and Release) compression

9 PeakStopPlus™ limiting for setting maximum allowable level with minimal distortion

9 True RMS level detection

9 Contour switch removes unwanted low frequency information from detector circuit

9 SC Ext and SC Mon for setting up and monitoring external devices for gating function

9 True stereo or dual mono operation

9 Selectable Overeasy or Hard Knee compression modes

9 True differentially balanced gold-plated XLR and 1/4” inputs and outputs

®

9 Precision metering of input level, output level, and gain reduction 9 Switchable +4dBu or -10dBV operation per channel

1046 QUAD COMPRESSOR/LIMITER

Each of the 1046’s four channels allows you to individually select between our classic OverEasy® or hard knee compression, as well as connect each channel for separate purposes. Additionally, our PeakStopPlus™ circuitry is the most comprehensive limiting technology available. For easy interfacing with other devices, each of the 1046’s channels also utilizes balanced, gold-plated XLR and ¼" inputs and outputs and switchable +4dBu or -10dBV operating levels. The 1046 incorporates our standard-setting designs, state-of-the-art manufacturing techniques, and of course, our highly sought-after sound quality.

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 20

Page 262

9 Four independent channels of operation, stereo linkable in two pairs

9 Switchable OverEasy® or Hard Knee compression

9 Precision metering of input level, output level, and gain reduction

9 PeakStopPlus™ limiting control for setting maximum allowable level regardless of compressor settings

9 Classic dbx® compression

9 Dual True stereo or quad mono operation

9 Independent Threshold and Release controls

9 True RMS level detection

9 Differentially balanced gold-plated XLR and 1/4” inputs and outputs

9 Switchable +4dBu or -10dBV operation per channel

12/7/09 9:43:52 AM


DYNAMICS

1074 QUAD GATE

The 1074 Quad Gate is the perfect companion to the 1066 and 1046. The 1074 offers 4 channels of gating with threshold, depth and release controls on each channel. The 1074, like the rest of the products in dbx’s® 10 Series, is based on the legendary dbx V2 VCA and offers XLR inputs and outputs, and ¼"

Harman Pro Group | 2010

side-chain input. In addition to an external key input per channel, the 1074 also has an internal filter that can be independently activated and controlled on a channel per channel basis. This filter allows the 1074 to not only clean up tracks but gives you frequency selective control on each gate, to open exactly when you want it to.

9 Four independent channels of gating 9 Independent key filtering 9 Independent Threshold and Release controls

9 Differentially balanced gold-plated XLR and 1/4” inputs and outputs 9 True RMS level detection

9 Stereo Coupling mode 9 Switchable +4dBu or -10dBv operation per channel

Section:

05 266XL COMPRESSOR/GATE

The 266XL delivers everything from mellow “leveling” to aggressive peak limiting.

The 266XL puts pleasing compression and smooth gating within reach of everyone. The classic dbx® compression delivers everything from mellow “leveling,” to aggressive peak limiting. In addition, the 266XL’s AutoDynamic™ circuitry continuously adjusts attack and release settings in real time in order to optimally match program material. The advanced gating circuitry in the 266XL uses a program-dependent timing algorithm to produce ultra-smooth release characteristics—even with complex signals. Thanks to the dynamic range of the dbx® VCA, the 266XL can provide reliable gating for any circumstance. The 266XL also includes separate LED ladders measuring gain reduction, compression threshold, and gate threshold, making the 266XL intuitive and easy to use.

9 Goof proof operation to smooth uneven levels, add sustain to guitars, fatten drums or tighten up mixes 9 New gate timing algorithms ensure the smoothest release characteristics

9 Separate precision LED displays for gain reduction, compression threshold and gate threshold allow quick, accurate setup

9 Stereo or dual-mode operation 9 Balanced inputs and outputs on 1/4” TRS and XLR 9 Side Chain insert 9 Classic dbx “Auto” mode ®

FULL LINE

9 Program-adaptive expander/gates

9 Great sounding dynamics control for any type of program material

21

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 21

12/7/09 9:44:01 AM

Page 263


CROSSOVERS

223/234 Crossovers 223XL and 234XL XLR versions

Crossovers may do nothing more than direct frequencies, but the thought that went into the 223 and 234

To provide you with even more flexibility, the 223 and 234 are also available in the form of the 223XL and 234XL which offer balanced XLR input and output connectors.

balanced TRS ¼" inputs and outputs. To prevent accidental changes of critical settings during perfor-

is what really elevates the dbx® crossovers above the rest. The 223 and 234 both feature differentially mance (which could be disastrous), several of the 223 and 234’s controls are located on their rear panels. On the 223, the first of these selects between stereo two-way or mono three-way operation, while on the 234 it selects between stereo two-way, stereo three-way, or mono four-way operation (the selected mode is always visible via two front panel LEDs). Also located on the back panels are switches that allow you to individually select crossover frequency ranges for both channels (again, the front panels feature LEDs to indicate when the back panel x10 switch is activated). The rear panels also allow you to mono-sum

Harman Pro Group | 2010

the low frequency outs. Both crossovers feature Linkwitz-Riley 24dB/octave filters–the professional standard. Each of the units’ channels has a +12dB input gain control and a recessed 40 Hz low-cut (highpass) filter for removing low frequency rumble. Both the low and high outputs on each channel have phase reverse switches (reconfigurable to operate as mute switches) and gain controls ranging from ∞ to +6 dB, allowing level matching and muting of individual outputs. The 223 and 234 give you great performance, the features you expect from professional crossovers, and the reassurance that you’re buying from the company that has been making the world’s finest audio gear for over 30 years.

223/223 XL STEREO 2-WAY, MONO 3-WAY CROSSOVER

Section:

05 9 1/4” TRS (223) / XLR (223XL) differentially balanced inputs and outputs 9 Mode switch for stereo 2-way or mono 3-way operation 9 Stereo/Mono status LEDs indicate the selected mode

9 x10 range switch on both channels 9 40Hz low-cut (high-pass) filter both channels 9 Phase reverse switch on all outputs 9 Individual level controls on all outputs

9 Low frequency summed (subwoofer) output

9 24dB per octave Linkwitz-Riley filters (the professional standard) 9 dbx 2 year parts and labor as standard ®

9 CSA NRTL/C approved 9 CE compliant

234/234 XL STEREO 2/3-WAY, MONO 4-WAY CROSSOVER

9 1/4” TRS (234) / XLR (234XL) differentially balanced inputs and outputs

9 40Hz low-cut (high-pass) filter both channels

9 Stereo/Mono status LEDs indicate the selected mode

9 Mode switches for mono 4-way or stereo 2-way/3-way operation

9 Phase reverse switch on all outputs

9 dbx 2 year parts and labor as standard

9 Low frequency summed (subwoofer) output

9 24dB per octave Linkwitz-Riley filters (the professional standard)

9 x10 range switch on both channels

9 Individual level controls on all band outputs

®

9 CSA NRTL/C approved 9 CE compliant

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 22

Page 264

12/7/09 9:44:15 AM


PREMIUM DIRECT BOXES

dB10 Passive | dB12 Active DIRECT BOXES

9 Premium performance

boxes, we didn’t settle for the same old tired approach to direct box design. With our dbx name on the

9 Rugged attractive design

line, how could we? One look at our new dB10 Passive and dB12 Active direct boxes will tell you that

9 Stackable chassis w/durable rubber base

these are clearly different. With their bullet-proof construction, and extraordinary audio performance to

9 Gold-plated Neutrik® XLR connector

rival their looks, finally there’s a direct box worthy of the dbx name.

9 Recessed chrome toggle switches

Utilizing custom dbx mu-metal-shielded audio transformers, high-quality Neutrik® connectors, and

Harman Pro Group | 2010

At dbx, when we do something, we do it right. So when we decided to create our new direct injection

9 Transformer isolated

low-noise circuitry preserves the sonic integrity and true characteristics of the signal source. Both boxes include a pad switch that accomodates instrument, line and even speaker level signals. Take even more

9 Premium shielded custom dbx transformer

control of your sound by utilizing the polarity invert switch to set the phase relationship between the

9 Hi-Z 1/4” input jack

direct and mic’d sound.

9 Parallel 1/4” thru jack

Section:

05

9 Balanced XLR Lo-Z output 9 Handles instrument/line/speaker levels 9 Flat/high-cut filter switch

SAMPLE SETUP

9 Output polarity invert switch 9 Ground lift switch 9 5 year U.S. warranty!

Guitar

1

Output on Rear Panel INPUT

2

3

4

5

6

Mixer

THRU PAD

Mic Amplifier

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 23

FULL LINE

0dB 20dB 40dB

12/7/09 9:45:02 AM

Page 265


OTHER PRODUCTS

AFS 224 ®

ADVANCED FEEDBACK SUPPRESSION PROCESSOR

Harman Pro Group | 2010

9 dbx’s Patented (Advanced Feedback Suppression) AFS technology

The AFS 224 Advanced Feedback Suppression pro-

processor that offers up to 24 filters per channel

cessor has been designed to provide state-of-the-

with filter Qs as narrow 1/80 of an octave. With

9 24 Programmable Filters per Channel

art feedback elimination processing, while main-

such narrow filter Qs, the AFS 224 is able to

9 Stereo or Dual Independent Channel Processing

taining a simple and intuitive control interface.

remove unwanted feedback, while preserving the

The AFS 224 utilizes a no-nonsense user interface

sonic integrity with precision and accuracy. To

providing all the processing and control necessary

achieve these staggering numbers, dbx utilized

for both installation and live use while the AFS

their patented AFS technology that had previously

is an absolute must for any live sound applica-

only been available in the upper echelon of dbx

tion. Ten and twelve filter-per-channel feedback

products and made it available in this stand-alone

elimination processors have become the de facto

processor. In addition to the plethora of feedback

standard, but the engineering staff at dbx® have

suppression filters available, the AFS 224 also of-

never been content residing in the neighborhood

fers selectable modes, live filter lift, and multiple

of the status quo. So, to raise the bar once again,

types of filtration.

9 Live and Fixed Filter Modes 9 Selectable Filter Lift Times 9 Application-specific filter types include Speech and Music Low, Med and High 9 Input channel Metering 9 24 LED per Channel Filter Metering 9 XLR and 1/4” TRS Inputs and Outputs

Section:

05

they developed a dedicated feedback suppression

120A SUBHARMONIC SYNTHESIZER Unlike other attempts at bass synthesis, the 120A’s patented subharmonic synthesis process produces smooth, musical low frequencies that don’t interfere with mid- or high-band information–even at maximum levels. The result is unmatched low-end punch at levels that won’t destroy your system. In fact, the 120A is optimized to allow audio professionals to get the most out of their high-performance, low frequency speaker systems, and includes both a subwoofer output (with its own level control) and main outputs that can be configured as either full-range (including synthesis) or high frequency-only.

9 Individual control for two ranges of subharmonic frequencies

9 Front panel LEDs that show crossover status and synthesis activity

9 Separate Low Frequency Boost Circuit

9 Patented circuitry ensures that mid and high frequencies are not affected

9 Separate Subwoofer Output 9 1/4” Balanced inputs and outputs 9 RCA Input Connectors

9 Built-in crossover with choice of 80Hz or 120Hz crossover point

9 Enhance bass audio material for use in a variety of professional applications such as: - Nightclub and dance mixing - DJ Mixing - Theater and Film Sound - Music Recording - Live Music Performance - Broadcasting

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 24

Page 266

12/7/09 9:45:17 AM


OTHER PRODUCTS

286A MIC PREAMP PROCESSOR The dbx® 286A’s Mic Preamp and Five processors

reduce headphone leakage or radically gate noisy

9 dbx® standard internal power supply

can be used independently or in any combina-

guitar amps.

9 Frequency control for De-Esser

tion. Why mic up vocals and instruments through

The dbx 286A’s full complement of metering and status LEDs visually guide you to achieving

pristine Mic Preamp has all the features you need,

the right sound. The floating balanced XLR mic

including wide-ranging input gain control, switch-

input accepts balanced or unbalanced inputs.

able 48V phantom power and an 80Hz high-pass

An additional 1/4” TRS phone jack can accept

filter. Use the 286A’s newly designed and patented

balanced/ unbalanced line signals to process live

OverEasy® Compressor to transparently smooth

electronic instruments or pre-recorded tracks at

out uneven acoustic tracks or deliver that classic

mixdown. An insert jack between the 286A’s Mic

“in your face” rock vocal. Take out vocal sibilance

Preamp and signal processing sections can be

and high frequency distortion in cymbals with the

used to “loop out” to external processors (such as

286A’s frequency tunable De-Esser. Fine-tune the

EQ) or to mix the Mic Preamp’s signal out to an

Enhancer’s HF Detail control to add sparkle and

external destination.

crispness to tracks. LF Detail control adds fullness

9 Expanded meter to show heavy De-Essing

Harman Pro Group | 2010

a noisy, blurry mixer? The dbx 286A’s sonically

9 Above/Below threshold indicator for gate 9 +48VDC Phantom Power 9 Precision detented controls

Section:

05

The cost and hassle of patching together

and depth to vocals and bass instruments while

multiple processors for use on one track can be

simultaneously cleaning up muddy low midrange

frustrating. The dbx 286A gives you all the tools

frequencies. And, the Expander/Gate’s separate

you’ll need in one box, with the shortest signal

threshold and ratio controls allow you to subtly

path to help keep your music sounding clean.

PB-48 PATCH BAY The PB-48 patchbay features 48 front panel and 48 rear panel patch points, with 24 useradjustable board assemblies that can be configured–without soldering or wire cutting–for halfnormalled or de-normalled operation. Rugged and noise-free, the PB-48 is designed to serve all your patchbay needs. Whether you want clear and easy access to your mixer and studio gear, reduced wear on your equipment’s jacks, or the ability to quickly re-route devices within your

FULL LINE

setup, the PB-48’s balanced TRS and unbalanced TS ¼" plugs pave the way.

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 25

12/7/09 9:45:29 AM

Page 267


OP TR HO ED RU CPTR OS DP UE C ST S

DriveRack, SC, ZonePRO

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

15V DC 15V DC

Harman Pro Group | 2010

6 • •

4 • •

120Ω 120Ω

• 110 107

• 110 107

15V DC 48V DC

6 • •

• • 3.5k 3.5k • •

• •

0-48dB 0-48dB

48V DC 48V DC

8 • •

2 • • •

64 • •

32 • •

120Ω 120Ω 120Ω

44Ω

44Ω

• 114 112

• 115 112

• 114 112

113 110

113 110

48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 96kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

112 110

112 110

112 110

115 112

112 110

113 110

113 110

48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 96kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

Section:

05

48 bits

32 bits 32 bits

• • • • • • • 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.004 0.004 • • • • • • • • • • • 28-Band 28-Band 28-Band 31-Band 28-Band 9-Band 9-Band

• •

• •

N/A

N/A

configurable

680

N/A

5120 5120

10

10

configurable

170

configurable

5120 5120

2.7sec

2.0sec

2.7sec

• •

• •

• •

• • •

4(2)

4 •

4

6 •

6 •

3(2) 3(2) •

• • •

• • •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• • •

• • • •

• •

1.75"x 19"x 5.75"

1.75”x 19”x 5.75”

3.5"x 19"x 15"

3.5"x 19"x 15"

1.75"x 19"x 7.7"

3.5"x 19"x 12.25"

FULL LINE

Page 268

1.75"x 19"x 5.75"

1260M 1261M

• •

640M 641M

SC 32

• •

1260 1261

SC 64

32 •

640 641

220i

64 •

260

2 • •

PX

2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 4(1) • • • •

PA+

4800/4820

®

INPUTS Number of Inputs (RTA Mic Input) Connectors: Female XLR Connectors, Euroblock Connectors, RCA Type: Electronically bal/RF filtered Impedance, >40K >50kΩ >50kΩ >50kΩ >50kΩ Impedance, balanced, Euroblock >75kΩ >25kΩ >25kΩ >25kΩ Impedance, unbalanced, Euroblock (& RCA 1260/1261) Max Input Level: Hardware selectable for +30, +22, +14 dBu • • • • Max Input Line Level: +20dBu Mic/Line, +12dBu RCA Max Input Line Level: +22dBu • • • • CMRR: >40dB typical, >55 dB at 1kHz CMRR: >45dB 30-60dB 30-60dB 30-60dB 30-60dB Mic Pre gain • • • • Mic EIN: <-118dB, 22Hz-22kHz, 150kΩ Input Gain Range RTA: 10dB to 70dB w/60dB typical 15V DC 15V DC 15V DC 15V DC RTA Mic Phantom Voltage: OUTPUTS 4 6 4 6 Number of Outputs Connectors: XLR • • • • Connectors: Euroblock • • • • Type: Electronically balanced, RF filtered 120/60120/60 120/60 120/60 Impedance Maximum Output Level: +25.5 dBu into 1kΩ, +22 dBu into 600Ω • • • • Maximum Output Level: +20dBu Maximum Output Level: +22dBu A/D PERFORMANCE • • • • Type: dbx Type IV™ Conversion System 113 113 113 113 Dynamic Range: (dB) A-weighted 110 110 110 110 Dynamic Range: (dB) Unweighted l l l l Type IV dynamic Range: >119 dB, A-weighted, 22kHz,BW >117 dB, unweighted, 22kHz BW 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz Sample Rate 24 24 24 24 A/D Wordlength: (bit) D/A PERFORMANCE 112 112 112 112 Dynamic Range: (dB) A-weighted 109 109 109 109 Dynamic Range: (dB) unweighted 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz Sample Rate A/D Wordlength: (bit) SYSTEM PERFORMANCE Internal Wordlength • Dynamic Range: >109 dB A-weighted, >106dB unweighted • • Dynamic Range: >110 dB A-weighted, >107dB unweighted 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 THD + Noise: % typical at +4dBu, 1kHz, 0dB input gain • • • • Frequency Response: 20Hz - 20kHz, +/-0.5dB • • • • Interchannel Crosstalk: >80dB typical • • • • Crossalk input to output: >80dB typical 0.6 msec 0.6 msec 0.6 msec 0.6 msec Propagation Delay PRE EQ – (Input) 4-Band 4-Band 4-Band 4-Band Type: Graphic EQ per input channel, or PEQ per input channel Range: +/-12dB range NOTCH FILTERS Number: 1-5 per input channel not to exceed 10 for all input channels Number: 6 per input channel Number: 4 per output channel PRE DELAY – (Input) 450 450 450 450 Length: ms/channel POST DELAY (DRIVER ALIGNMENT) – (Output) Length: ms/channel TOTAL DELAY TIME CROSSOVER Type: 1x2, 1x3, 1x4, 1x5, 1x6, 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6, 2x7, 2x8, 3x4, 3x5, 3x6, 3x7, 3x8, 4x6, 4x8 Filter Type: Butterworth, Bessel, or Linkwitz-Riley - Note: PA+, PX - offer no bessel Slope: 6, 12, 18 or 24 dB/octave for Butterworth or Bessel filters 12, 24, 36 or 48 dB/octave for Linkwitz-Riley filters Note: PA+, PX - offer only 12 and 24 LR Type: 1x1, 1x2, 1x3, 1x4, 2x2, 2x4, 2x6 and 2x8 - Bessel 6, 12, 18 and 24 dB/Octave Butterworth 6, 12, 18 and 24 dB/Octave - Linkwitz-Riley 12 and 24 dB/Octave POST EQ - (Output) 6 6 6 6 Number: EQ bands per output channel • • Range: +/-12dB range DYNAMICS • • • • Type: Compressor/Limiter with PeakStopPlus® • • • • Type: Compressor/Limiter with PeakPlus® • • Ambient Noise Compensation Pink Noise Generator Position: Pink noise inserted on selected input(s) Pink/White/Sine Phase Compensation Amount: 0-180 degrees phase shift • • Output Polarity: Reversible MISCELLANEOUS Output Transformers: Optional ROM Upgrade: Flash upgradable through USB GUI: RS-232 for computer display and configuration RTA Microphone: Optional (RTA mic included on PX) • • • • ROM Upgrade: Flash upgradable through RS-232 Dimensions: H x W x D 1.75"x 1.75"x 1.75"x 1.75"x 6 • 4 •

12 • 8 •

19"x 5.75"

19"x 5.75"

6 12 • • 2 4 • •

19"x 5.75"

19"x 5.75"


131

215

231

1215

1231

2031

2215

2231

IEQ15

IEQ31

PRODUCT SPECS

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

• • •

• • •

Graphic EQs

19"x6"

Section:

05

19"x6" 19"x7.9" 19"x7.9" 19"x7.9" 19"x7.9" 19"x7.9" 19"x7.9" 19"x7.9"

FULL LINE

19"x6"

Harman Pro Group | 2010

INPUTS/OUTPUTS Connectors: 1/4" TRS, XLR (pin 2 hot), and barrier terminal strip Connectors: 1/4" TRS, XLR (pin 2 hot), and Euroblock Connectors: 1/4" TRS, XLR (pin 2 hot) Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered Input Impedance: Balanced 40kΩ, unbalanced 20kΩ +22dBu +22dBu Maximum Input Level: >+21dBu balanced or unbalanced • • CMRR: >40dB, typically >55dB at 1kHz Output Impedance: Electronically balanced 200Ω, unbalanced 100Ω • • Output Impedance: Electronically balanced 120Ω, unbalanced 60Ω Output Impedance: balanced 100Ω, unbalanced 50Ω +21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+20dBu >+20dBu Maximum Output Level SYSTEM PERFORMANCE • • • • • • • • • • Bandwidth: 20Hz to 20kHz, +/-0.5dB • • • • • • • • • • Frequency Response: <10Hz to >50kHz , +0.5/-3dB • • • • • • • THD + Noise: <0.004%, at +4dBu 1kHz • • • THD + Noise: <0.04% , 0.02% typical at +4dBu, 1kHz • • • • • • • • • • Interchannel Crosstalk: <-80dB, 20Hz to 20kHz • • • Dynamic Range: >108dB, unweighted 22kHz measurement bandwidth • • • Signal to Noise Ratio: 90dB • • • • • Dynamic Range: >112dB, unweighted • • • • • Signal to Noise: >94dB, unweighted, ref. : +4dBu, 22kHz measurement bandwidth • • • Dynamic Range: 108dB • • • Signal to Noise Ratio: 90dB • • • Noise Reduction: Up to 20dB of dynamic broadband noise reduction • • Noise Reduction: Up to 10dB of dynamic broadband noise reduction Noise Reduction In (+/-6dB and +/-15dB range) • • • Dynamic Range: >120dB , unweighted • • • Signal to Noise Ratio: >102dB, unweighted , ref: +4dBu, 22kHz measurement bandwidth • • Dynamic Range: 109dB 115dB • • • • • Signal to Noise: >94dB, unweighted, ref. : +4dBu, 22kHz measurement bandwidth • • Digital Resolution: 24 bits • • Sample Frequency: 48kHz • • Latency: 2msec FUNCTION SWITCHES • • AFS: Activates dbx AFS™ Advanced Feedback Suppression • • Type V: Activates dbx Type V™ Noise Reduction • • • Type III: Activates dbx Type III™ Noise Reduction • • • • • • • • • • EQ Bypass: Bypasses the graphic equalizer section in the signal path • • • • • • • Low Cut (recessed): Active the 40Hz 18dB/octave Bessel high-pass filter • • • Low Cut: Active the 50Hz 12dB/octave high-pass filter • • • • • • • Range: (recessed) Selects either +/-6dB or +/- 15dB slider boost/cut range • • • Range: Selects either +/-6dB or +/- 12dB slider boost/cut range INDICATORS • • • • • • • • • • 4-LED bar graph (Green, Green, Yellow, Red) at -10, 0, +10, and +18dBu • • • • • Gain Reduction Meter: 4-LED bar graph (all Red) at 3, 6, and 10dB • • • Type III™ NR Active: Yellow LED • • Type V™ NR Active: Yellow, Green, Red LED • • AFS™ Advanced Feedback Suppression Active: Red LED • • • • • • • • • • EQ Bypass: Red LED • • • • • • • • • • Clip: Red LED • • • • • • • • • • Low Cut Active: Red LED • • • • • +/-6dB range: Red LED • • • +/-12dB range: Red LED • • • • • • • +/-15dB range: Red LED POWER SUPPLY • • • • • • • • Operating Voltage: 100VAC 50/60Hz, 120VAC 60Hz - 230VAC 50/60Hz 12 w 12 w 15 w 24 w 24 w 12 w 24 w 24 w 17 w 17 w Power Consumption: (watts) • • • • • • • • • • Mains Connection: IEC receptacle 1.75"x 1.75"x 3.5"x 3.5"x 5.25"x 3.5"x 3.5"x 5.25"x 3.5"x 5.25"x DIMENSIONS: H x W x D

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 27

12/7/09 9:45:31 AM

Page 269


166XL

160A

1074

1046

1066

160SL

162SL

X,T •

X,T •

X,T •

X •

X,T •

X,T •

X,T •

X,T •

19"x 5.75"

19"x 6.75"

19"x 6.5"

19"x 9"

19”x 9”

19”x 9”

19” x 10”

19” x 10”

Compressors/Limiters/Gates

Harman Pro Group | 2010

INPUTS Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS ¼" Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered >40k >50k/>25k >100k/>50k >50k/>25k >40k/>20k >40k/>20k >20k/>10k >50k/>25k Impedance: Balanced/Unbalanced (ohms) >+20dBu >+24dBu >+24dBu >+22dBu >+22dBu >+22dBu +30dBu/+26 +24dBu Max Input Level: Balanced or Unbalanced >45 >45 >45 >45 >45 >45 >80 >40 CMRR: Typical @ 1kHz V1 V1 V1 V2 V2 V2 V8 V8 VCA TYPE T T T T T T X T SIDECHAIN INSERT Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS ¼" OUTPUTS X,T X,T X,T X,T X X,T X X,T Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS ¼" * • • • • • • Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered (*266XL is impedance balanced) • • Type: Transformer balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered >120/>60 >30 >60/>30 >30/>15 >30/>15 >50/>25 >30/>15 Impedance: Balanced/Unbalanced (ohms) >+21 >+21 >+24 >+22 >+22 >+21 >+30 >+24/>+22 Max Output Level: (dBu) SYSTEM PERFORMANCE • • • • • • • • Bandwidth: 20 Hz to 20 kHz, +0/-0.5 dB (162SL=+0/-0. dB) -90 -90 -90 -94 -94 -94 -94 -93 Noise: < (dBu), unweighted, 22 kHz measurement bandwidth • • • • • • • • Stereo Coupling; True RMS Power Summing COMPRESSOR • • • • • • Threshold Range: -40 dBu to +20 dBu • Threshold Range: -40 dBu to +30 dBu • • • • • • • Ratio: 1:1 to ∞:1 • • • • • • • Threshold Characteristic: Selectable OverEasy® or hard knee • • • • • Attack/Release: Selectable manual or auto • • Attack/Release: Auto • • • • • • • • Output Gain: -20 to +20 dB • Output Gain: -25 to +25 dB LIMITER N/A Peakstop N/A N/A Peakstop Peakstop Peakstop Peakstop Type ® ® ® ® Plus Plus Plus Plus (162SL two-stage) OPTIONS • 704X Digital Output System • • • • • • Output Transformer: Jensen® JT-123-dbx or JT-11-dbx, BCI™ RE-123-dbx or RE-11-dbx; Jensen standard on 160SL/162SL 1.75"x 1.75"x 1.75"x 1.75"x 1.75”x 1.75”x 3.5”x 3.5”x DIMENSIONS: H x W x D

234

234XL

223XL

05

223

Section:

¼" TRS • • • •

XLR • • • •

¼" TRS • • • •

XLR • • • •

¼" TRS •

XLR

¼" TRS •

XLR

• •

• •

• • • •

• • • •

• • •

• • •

• • • • • • • • •

• • • •

• • • •

• • • • • • • •

15 w

15 w

15 w

15 w

1.75"x 19"x 6.9"

1.75"x 19"x 6.9"

1.75"x 19"x 6.9"

1.75"x 19"x 6.9"

Crossovers INPUTS Connectors Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered Impedance: Balanced > 50 kΩ, unbalanced > 25 kΩ Max Input Level: > +21 dBu balanced or unbalanced CMRR: > 40 dB, typically > 55 dB at 1 kHz OUTPUTS Connectors: Impedance: Balanced 200Ω, unbalanced 100Ω Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered Max Output Level: > +21 dBu balanced/unbalanced into 2 kΩ or greater SYSTEM PERFORMANCE Bandwidth: 20 Hz to 20 kHz, +0/-0.5 dB Frequency Response: < 3 Hz to > 90 kHz, +0/-3 dB Signal-to-Noise: Ref: +4 dBu, 22 kHz measurement bandwidth Low Output: > 94 dB (Stereo Mode) > 94 dB (Mono Mode) Low Mid Output: >94 dB (Mono Mode) High-Mid: > 92 dB (Mono Mode) Mid Output: > 93 dB (Mono Mode) High-Mid Output: > 92 dB High Output: > 92 dB (Stereo Mode) > 92 dB (Mono Mode) Dynamic Range: > 114 dB, unweighted, any output THD+Noise: < 0.004% at +4 dBu, 1 kHz, < 0.04% at +20 dBu, 1 kHz Interchannel Crosstalk: < -80 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES Stereo Mode: Low/High: 45 to 960 Hz or 450 Hz to 9.6 kHz (x10 setting) Mono Mode: Low/Mid: 45 to 960 Hz or 450 Hz to 9.6 kHz (x10 setting) Mid/High: 45 to 960 Hz or 450 Hz to 9.6 kHz (x10 setting) Filter Type: Linkwitz-Riley, 24 dB/octave, state-variable POWER Operating Voltage: 100 VAC 50/60 Hz; 120 VAC 60 Hz, 230 VAC50 HZ Power Requirements (watts) DIMENSIONS H x Wx D

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 28

Page 270

12/7/09 9:45:32 AM

AFS224

266XL

PRODUCT SPECS


50k/25k

+20dBu

• X,T • • • • •

• • • • • 1.75"x 19"x 5.75"

P

A

1 • • • •

1 • • • •

+33dBu +10dBu +33dBu +30dBu +33dBu +33dBu 80kΩ

1MΩ

65kΩ

65kΩ

70kΩ

70kΩ

• • • •

• • • •

• •

• •

• • • •

• • • •

• •

Circuit Type: A=Active, P=Passive INPUTS Number of Connectors: Instrument/line/speaker level 1/4” TS Connection (Tip Hot, Sleeve GND) Unbalanced, RF Filtered Attenuation Pad: Switchable 0, 20, 40 dB Filter: Switchable, Low Pass @ 6 kHz (40 dB pad position only) Max Input Level (0 dB Pad) Max Input Level (20 dB Pad) Max Input Level (40 dB Pad) Input Impedance (0 dB) Input Impedance (-20 dB) Input Impedance (-40 dB) OUTPUTS Main Output: Male XLR Balanced, Pin 2 Hot Thru Output: 1/4” Unbalanced, TS (Tip Hot, Sleeve GND) Main Output Impedance: 600Ω Typical, balanced Main Output CMRR: 128 dB typical @ 60 Hz, 104 dB typical @ 1 kHz, 98 dB typical @ 10 Hz Main Output CMRR: 106 dB typical @ 60 Hz, 123 dB typical @ 1 kHz, 108 dB typical @ 10Hz PERFORMANCE Bandwidth: 20 Hz to 20 kHz +/-0.1 dB typical Bandwidth: 20 Hz to 20 kHz +0/-2 typical with 600Ω load Frequency Response: <10 Hz to 80 kHz, -3 dB Frequency Response: 10 Hz to 70 kHz, -3 dB with 2 kΩ or higher load Insertion Loss: 21 dB typical Insertion Loss: 1 dB typical Harmonic Distortion: (THD+N) 0.002% typical @ 1 Hz, 0dBu Harmonic Distortion: (THD+N) 0.003% typical @ 1 Hz, 0dBu Noise Floor: -120 dBu, 22 Hz to 22 kHz, unweighted Noise Floor: -112 dBu, 22 Hz to 22 kHz, unweighted Dynamic Range: 153 dB, 22 Hz to 22 kHz, unweighted Dynamic Range: 122 dB, 22 Hz to 22 kHz, unweighted POWER SUPPLY Voltage: +48 V Phantom Power Current: < 8 mA DIMENSIONS: H x W x D

Section:

05

FULL LINE

2.20” x 2.20” x 5.44"x 5.44”x 5.82” 5.82”

Direct Boxes

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• •

INPUTS Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS ¼" Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered Impedance: Balanced/Unbalanced (ohms) Max Input Level: balanced or unbalanced CMRR: >40dB at 1kHz, typically >55dB @1kHz OUTPUTS Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS ¼" Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered Balanced: 120Ω/Unbalanced: 60Ω Max Output Level: +20dBu A/D SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A-D Conversion: 24-Bit dbx Type IV™ Conversion System Converter Dynamic Range: >113dB typical, A-weighted, >110 dB typical, unweighted, 22kHz bandwidth Type IV™ Dynamic Range: Up to 127dB with transient material, A-weighted, 22kHz bandwidth Up to 125dB with transient material, unweighted, 22kHz bandwidth Typically 119dB with program material, A-weighted, 22kHz bandwidth Typically 117 dB with program material, unweighted, 22kHz bandwidth Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz, +0/-0.5dB Interchannel Crosstalk: <-80dB at 1kHz, input gain at 0dB D/A SYSTEM PERFORMANCE D-A Conversion: 24-Bit Dynamic Range: 112dB typical, A-weighted, 22kHz bandwidth, 109dB typical, unweighted, 22kHz bandwidth THD+ Noise: 0.003% typical at +4 dBu, 1 kHz, input gain at 0dB Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz, +0/-0.5dB Interchannel Crosstalk: <-80dB at 1kHz, input gain at 0dB DIMENSIONS: H x W x D

dB12

X,T •

Digital Signal Processors dB10

AFS224

PRODUCT SPECS

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 29

12/7/09 9:46:12 AM

Page 271


PRODUCT SPECS

386

376

286A

Mic Preamps & Channel Strips • • • • 48V • -120

• • • • 48V • -120

• • • • 48V • -120

• •

• •

20k-40kΩ

Harman Pro Group | 2010

20k-40kΩ

100kΩ

• • •

• • •

+21dBu

Section:

05

+18dBu

+21dBu

• •

• •

• •

• • •

>21

>18

>21

TS

• • •

• • • •

• • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • • 107dB 107dB

• • • • •

1.75"x 19"x 7.75"

1.75"x 19"x 7.75"

1.75"x 19"x 5.75"

MICROPHONE INPUT Connector: Female XLR Pin 2 Hot Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced Maximum Input Level: -10dBu or +10 dBu with 20dB pad engaged Maximum Input Level: -9 dBu or +11 dBu with 20 dB pad engaged Gain Adjustment Range: +10dB to +60dB Gain Adjustment Range: +30dB to +60dB Phantom Power Pad: 20dB Equivalent Input Noise: Typically -(dBu) typical with a 150Ω source load "A-weighted" LINE INPUT Connector: TRS ¼" Jack Type: Electronically Balanced/unbalanced Impedance: bal/unbalanced Maximum Input Level: 0 dBu or +20dBu with 20dB pad engaged Maximum Input Level: +21dBu balanced or unbalanced Maximum Input Level: +18dBu balanced or unbalanced INSTRUMENT INPUT (Front Panel) Connector: TS ¼" Jack Type: Unbalanced Impedance: 470 kΩ Maximum Input Level (unbalanced) Insert Connector: TRS ¼" Type: Unbalanced LINE OUTPUT Connector: Male XLR Pin 2 Hot and impedance balanced TRS ¼" Connector: ¼" TRS phone balanced/unbalanced Type: Electronically balanced Type: transformer balanced/unbalanced Maximum Output Level: (XLR) +dBu DIGITAL OUTPUTS Connectors: XLR for AES/EBU, RCA for S/PDIF l = both connector types INSERT Connector: TRS ¼" Ring Impedance: >5kΩ Maximum Level: >+21dBu Word Sync Input/Output Connectors: BNC Input Impedance: 75Ω terminated by internal jumper Input: 96, 88.2, 48, or 44.1kHz word clock Output: 96, 88.2, 48, or 44.1kHz word clock A/D CONVERSION Type: dbx Type IV® A/D Conversion System Sample Rate: 96, 88.2, 48, or 44.1kHz selectable Wordlength: 24, 20, or 16 bit selectable Dither Type: TPDF, SNR2, or none Noise Shape: Shape 1, Shape 2, or none Output Format: S/PDIF or AES/EBU Converter Dynamic Range: typical, A-Weighted, 22kHz Bandwidth D/A CONVERSION D-A Conversion 24-bit Dynamic Range: 103 dB typical, A-weighted, 20 kHz bandwidth, 101 dB typical, unweighted, 20 kHz bandwidth THD+Noise: 0.002% typical at +4 dBu, 1 kHz, output gain at 0 dB Frequency Response: 20 Hz to 20 kHz, +0/-0.5 dB Interchannel Crosstalk: < -85 dB at 1 kHz, output gain at 0 dB DIMENSIONS HxWxD

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 30

Page 272

12/7/09 9:46:17 AM


Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

05

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 31

12/7/09 9:46:21 AM

Page 273


Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

05 06

dbx Professional Products

8760 S. Sandy Pkwy. Sandy, Utah 84070

801.568.7660 PHONE 801.568.7662 FAX

801.568.7583 INTâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;L FAX customer@dbxpro.com

www.dbxpro.com

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 32

Page 274

12/7/09 9:46:44 AM


JBL Professional JBL Professional JBL Professional

Harman Pro Group | 2010

JBL is the largest brand within Harman International Industries Incorporated. JBL’s factory is part of the Harman International JBL isJBL theis largest brand within Harman Industries Incorporated. JBL’s factory is of part the Harman International the largest brand within HarmanInternational International Industries Incorporated. JBL’s factory is part theof Harman International Business Campus, located in Northridge in the San Fernando Valley of Los Angeles. The 44 acre site comprises the operations of Business Campus, located in Northridge in the San Fernando Valley of Los Angeles. The 44 acre site comprises the operations of Business Campus, located in Northridge in the San Fernando Valley of Los Angeles. The 44 acre site comprises the operations of JBL Professional, along with Harman Corporate Engineering activities and other corporate functions. JBL Professional, along with Harman Corporate activities and other corporate functions. JBL Professional, along with Harman CorporateEngineering Engineering activities and other corporate functions. JBL Professional’s transducers are engineered and fabricated at the Northridge facility, where machining, diaphragm forming, JBL Professional’s are engineered and fabricated fabricated atatthe Northridge facility, where machining, diaphragm forming,forming, JBL Professional’s engineered and the Northridge facility, where machining, diaphragm wire milling, voice transducers coiltransducers winding,are finishing, assembly and testing are carried out by dedicated, quality-oriented personnel. wire milling, voice coil winding, finishing, assembly and testing are carried out by dedicated, quality-oriented personnel. wire milling, voice coil winding, finishing, assembly and testing are carried out by dedicated, quality-oriented personnel. JBL Professional loudspeaker enclosures are constructed from components produced in JBL’s extensive wood mill. Automated JBL Professional loudspeaker enclosuresare areconstructed constructed from produced in JBL’s extensive wood wood mill. Automated JBL Professional loudspeaker enclosures fromcomponents components produced in enclosure JBL’s extensive mill. Automated equipment is used extensively for uniformity and efficiency. Innovative techniques in materials, construction and equipment is used extensively for uniformity and efficiency. Innovative techniques in enclosure materials, construction and equipment is used extensively for uniformity and efficiency. Innovative techniques in enclosure materials, construction and assembly methods are employed. assembly methods are employed. assembly methods are employed. JBL Professional has has thethe most rigorous standards powerrating rating in the professional loudspeaker industry. Power testing JBL Professional most rigorous standardsfor for system system power in the professional loudspeaker industry. Power testing JBL Professional has the mostactivity rigorous standards for system power rating in the professional industry. Power testing of transducers is an atat JBL Samples from production are loudspeaker tested fullpower rated power to industry of transducers isongoing an ongoing activity JBLProfessional. Professional. Samples from allall production lotslots are tested at fullat rated to industry of transducers is an ongoing activity at JBL Professional. Samples from all production lots are tested at full rated power to industry standards to ensure thatthat they meet the rigid specifications them. the professional customer’s assurance standards to ensure they meet the rigidperformance performance specifications setset forfor them. ThisThis is theisprofessional customer’s assurance standards to ensure that they meet the rigid performance specifications set forprofessional them. This applications. is the professional customer’s assurance thatloudspeakers JBL loudspeakers will continue perform asexpected expected in rigorous that JBL will continue toto perform as inthe themost most rigorous professional applications. that JBL loudspeakers will continue to perform as expected in the most rigorous professional applications.

Section:

05 06

THE JBL STORY: THE JBL STORY: THE JBL STORY: 60 YEARS OFOFAUDIO INNOVATION 60 YEARS AUDIO INNOVATION 60 YEARS OF AUDIO INNOVATION Celebrating sixty years of success in the speaker industry, this book

Celebrating sixty years of success in the speaker industry, this book offers details on the people and products that have made JBL famous. Celebrating sixty years of historical success in the speaker industry, this book offers details on the people and products that have made JBL famous. It features full-color photos, advertisements, and hundreds offers details onimages, the people products that have made JBLhundreds famous. It full-color photos, historical advertisements, and of features diagrams and many and taken right from JBL’s archives. Topics It features full-color photos, historical advertisements, and for hundreds include stories behind the development innovative applications of diagrams and images, many takenofright from JBL’s archives. Topics of diagrams andbehind images, many taken right archives. consumer products, as well asdevelopment systems installations forJBL’s stadiums, tour Topics include stories the of from innovative applications for include stories behind the of innovative applications for sound, movie theaters, studios, installations and places of for worship. In consumer products, asrecording welldevelopment as systems stadiums, tour addition toproducts, the technical that explains the innovation, consumer as info well as systems installations forthis stadiums, tour sound, movie theaters, recording studios, and places ofbook worship. In covers the brilliant engineers, and colorful record producers, sound, movie places ofmusiworship. In addition to thetheaters, technicalrecording info that studios, explains and the innovation, this book cians andto technicians who had vision to pursue a “better way.” addition the technical infothe that innovation, thismusibook covers the brilliant engineers, andexplains colorfulthe record producers, Available at bookstores and on line.and colorful record producers, musicovers the brilliant engineers,

cians and technicians who had the vision to pursue a “better way.” cians and at technicians who the vision to pursue a “better way.” Available bookstores andhad on line. Available at bookstores and on line.

Page 275


Installation Products Installation Products Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

06 de Suisse Wankdorf,Bern, Bern,Switzerland Switzerland StadeStade de Suisse Wankdorf, Stade de Suisse Wankdorf, Bern, Switzerland No matter where you go in this world, you’ll find No matter go inatthis world, JBL Installed Soundwhere Speakeryou Systems many of theyou’ll find No matter where youSpeaker go in this world,atyou’ll JBL Installed Sound Systems manyfind of the most notable venues.

JBL Installed Speaker Systems at many of the most notableSound venues.

With that kindnotable of globalvenues. perspective, JBL has come to most that kind of global JBL has come to respect With the one indisputable truth perspective, of business: every With that ofindisputable global perspective, has come to customer is unique. Aone speaker system that is perfectly respect thekind truth of JBL business: every the one indisputable truth of business: every right forrespect one job might be perfectly wrong for another. customer is unique. A speaker system that is perfectly customer is unique. Aproducts speaker system that isforperfectly That’s why JBLfor Installed offer a wrong range right one jobSound might be perfectly another. of options without equal. From the extraordinary right for one job might be perfectly wrong for aanother. That’s why JBL Installed Sound products offer range value ofThat’s Control Contractor Series to theproducts ultimateoffer a range whywithout JBL Installed Sound oftheoptions equal. From the extraordinary precision ofoptions the JBLwithout Precision Directivity Series, there’s of From the extraordinary value of the Controlequal. Contractor Series to the ultimate a JBL Installed Sound product with a solid business value of the Control ContractorDirectivity Series to Series, the ultimate precision of the JBL Precision there’s solution based on equally solid business savvy.

precision of theSound JBL Precision there’s a JBL Installed productDirectivity with a solidSeries, business

For moreasolution thanInstalled 60based years, Sound JBL has product beensolid the with professional JBL a solidsavvy. business on equally business speakersolution of choicebased wherever matters. We’d likesavvy. on sound equally solid business Foritmore 60 years, to believe shouldthan be your choice,JBL too.has been the professional FedEx Forum, Memphis, Tennessee

FedEx Forum, Memphis, Tennessee FedEx Forum, Memphis, Tennessee Page 2 Page 2 Page 276 Page 2

For moreofthan 60 years, JBL sound has been the professional speaker choice wherever matters. We’d like speaker of choice wherever sound matters. to believe it should be your choice, too. We’d like to believe it should be your choice, too.


INS TALLATION PRODUCTS INS TALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

® Control Control® ®Series Series

Control Series key features key features

f MOLDED ENCLOSURES WITH SHIELDED STRUCTURESWITH SHIELDED MOLDED ENCLOSURES f MAGNETIC MAGNETIC STRUCTURES f HIGH SENSITIVITY AND f MOLDED ENCLOSURES WITH SHIELDED POWER HANDLINGAND CAPABILITY HIGH SENSITIVITY f MAGNETIC STRUCTURES POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY

key features

f HIGH SENSITIVITY AND POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY

CONTROL 2P KEY FEATURES CONTROL 2P KEY FEATURES f INTERNAL 35W/CHANNEL POWER AMP INTERNAL 35W/CHANNEL POWER AMP f BALANCED AND UNBALANCED INPUT f CONTROL 2P KEY FEATURES CONNECTORS BALANCED AND UNBALANCED INPUT CONNECTORS WALL MOUNT READY

f 35W/CHANNEL POWER AMP f INTERNAL f AND UNBALANCED INPUT f BALANCED f WALL MOUNT READY CONNECTORS f WALL MOUNT READY

CONTROL 5 CONTROL 5 CONTROL 5

The JBL Control Series speakers offer well The JBL Control Series speakers offer well The JBL Control Series speakers offer well balanced soundsound and exceptional power balanced and exceptional power balanced and exceptional power handling ,sound making these speakers ideal forfor handling , making these speakers ideal handling making these speakers idealcontrol forcontrol any installation requiring professional any,installation requiring professional any installation requiring control monitor performance fromprofessional a compact source. monitor performance from a compact source. monitor performance from a compact source. CONTROL® 1 PRO CONTROL® 1 PRO

CONTROL® PRO The Control 1isPro is a high-performance compact The Control 11Pro a high-performance compact loudspeaker incorporating monitor-grade, The Control 1 Prosystem isincorporating a high-performance compact loudspeaker system monitor-grade, magnetically shielded transducers, a professional loudspeaker system incorporating monitor-grade, magnetically shielded transducers, a professional crossover network and full-range SonicGuard™ magnetically shielded a professional crossover network andtransducers, full-range SonicGuard™ overload protection resulting in a loudspeaker crossoverprotection network and full-range overload resulting in a SonicGuard™ loudspeaker system that is perfect for a wide variety of critical overload protection in variety a loudspeaker system that is perfectresulting for a wide of critical near-field audio applications, audio-visual applisystemcations, that is perfect forworkstations, a wide variety of critical near-field audio applications, audio-visual applicomputer recording and near-field audio studios, applications, applications, computer workstations, recordingcontrol and broadcast mobileaudio-visual audio-video cations,rooms computer workstations, recording and broadcast studios, mobile audio-video control and foreground and background music. broadcast mobile control rooms andstudios, foreground andaudio-video background music. Includes wall-mounting brackets. rooms and foreground and back- ground music. Includes wall-mounting brackets. Includes wall-mounting brackets.

CONTROL 1 PRO-WH CONTROL 1 PRO-WH

CONTROL 1 PRO-WH

CONTROL 2P CONTROL 2P

CONTROL 2P

CONTROL 5™ CONTROL 2P CONTROL 5™ CONTROL 2P CONTROL CONTROL The Control5™ 5 is a high-performance, wide range The Control2P 2P Compact Powered Reference The Control 5 is a high-performance, wide range

The Control 2P Compact Powered Reference The Control 2P Compact Powered Reference Monitor System combines JBL’s legendary loudMonitor System combines JBL’s legendary loudMonitor System combines JBL’s legendary loudspeaker with powerful amplification to speaker designdesign with powerful amplification to speaker design with powerful amplification to deliver rich, accurate performance for the most deliver rich, accurate performance for the most deliveraudio rich,applications. accurate performance the most demanding audio applications. Thefor compact demanding The compact design, ruggedrugged enclosure, and professional demanding audio applications. The compact design, enclosure, and professional feature-set make the Control Compact Powered Powered design, rugged enclosure, and2Pprofessional feature-set make the 2P Control Compact Reference Monitor ideal for desk-top recording feature-set make the Control 2P Compact Powered Reference Monitor ideal for desk-top recording and video production, audio visual Reference Monitor ideal forpresentations, desk-top recording and video production, audio visual presentations, professional broadcast applications, and moniACCESSORIES and video production, visual presentations, professional broadcastaudio applications, and monitoring of electronic musical instruments. Specialized mounting systems allow positioning of ACCESSORIES professional broadcast applications, and monitoring of electronic musical instruments. Specialized mounting systems allow positioning of enclosures in exactly the right space for optimum Model C2PS - Control 2P Stereo Pair includes toring of electronic musical instruments. Specialized mounting systems allow positioning of enclosures in exactly the right space for optimum Model C2PS Control 2P Stereo Pair includes performance in the tough applications where one C2PM powered master, one passive extension enclosures in in exactly theare right space optimum performance the tough applications Model C2PS - Control 2P Pair includes one C2PM powered master, one passive extension Control Series enclosures often used.forwhere speaker, one power supply and twoStereo snap-on angle performance the toughare applications where Control Seriesinenclosures often used. one C2PM powered master,and onetwo passive extension speaker, one power supply snap-on angle pedestals. Control Series enclosures are often used. speaker, oneControl power2P supply andMaster two snap-on angle pedestals. Model C2PM: One Powered pedestals. speaker without passive extension Model C2PM: One Controlspeaker. 2P Powered Master Model One 2P 2P. Powered Master speaker without passive extension speaker. MTC-2P: WallC2PM: mounting kitControl for Control Includes two wall mounts, onemounting power supply speaker without passive extension speaker. MTC-2P: Wall kit holder. for Control 2P. Includes

The Control 5 issuitable a high-performance, wide range control monitor suitable use as the primary control monitor forfor use as the primary control monitor for use as the primary sound inasuitable avariety variety of applications. sound source source in of applications. TheThe sound source in low-frequency alow-frequency variety of applications. in) driver 165 (6 11⁄⁄22in) driver andandThe 165mm mm 1⁄2pure in) low-frequency driver and 165 mm(1(6in) 25 in) pure titanium dome tweeter 25mm mm titanium dome tweeter are are magnetically for use in close proximity 25 mm (1 in) shielded pure titanium dome tweeter are magnetically shielded for use in close proximity tovideo video monitors. monitors. magnetically shielded for use in close proximity to to video monitors. CONTROL SERIES CONTROL SERIESMOUNTING MOUNTING ACCESSORIES CONTROL SERIES MOUNTING

specifications specifications specifications CONTROL 1 PRO

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CONTROL 1 PRO CONTROL 1 PRO CONTROL 1 PRO

CONTROL 5

FREQUENCY RESPONSE CONTROL 100 Hz -118PRO kHz (± 3 dB) 75 Hz - 20 kHz5(± 3 dB) CONTROL 150 W 1 PRO 175 W POWER CAPACITY 1 CONTROL CONTROL FREQUENCY RESPONSE 100 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB) 75 Hz - 20 kHz5(± 3 dB) 87 dB SPL 89 dB SPL SENSITIVITY: 11W, 1 m FREQUENCY RESPONSE 100 Hz 18 kHz (± 3 dB) 75 150 W 175HzW- 20 kHz (± 3 dB) POWER CAPACITY 4 ohms 4 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 150dBWSPL 175dBWSPL 1 POWER CAPACITY 87 89 SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m1 135 mm (5 1⁄4 in) 165 mm (6 ⁄2 in) COMPONENTS: LF dB SPL dBmmSPL(1 in) SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m HF 487ohms 48925 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 19 mm ( 3⁄4 in) 4 ohms 4 Polypropylene ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 135 mm (5 1⁄4 in) 165 mm (6 1⁄2 in) COMPONENTS: LF Polypropylene ENCLOSURE 3⁄4 1in) foam structural foam 1⁄2 in) 19 mm ( (5 25structural mm 135 mm 165 mm(1(6in) ⁄4 in) COMPONENTS: HF LF in) or white (C1Pro-WH) 19 mmBlack ( 3⁄4 (C1Pro) 25Black mmor(1white in) (-WH) HF FINISH Polypropylene Polypropylene ENCLOSURE 235 foam x 159 x 143 mm 387 x 251foam x 229 mm DIMENSIONS structural structural Polypropylene Polypropylene ENCLOSURE 9.25foam x 6.25 x 5.6 in(C1Pro-WH) 15.25orx white 9.8foam x 9 in (H x W x D) Black structural structural (C1Pro) or white Black (-WH) FINISH 1.8 kg (4orlb)white (C1Pro-WH) 4.5 kgor(10 lb) NET WEIGHT Blackx (C1Pro) Black FINISH (each) 235 159 x 143 mm 387 x 251white x 229(-WH) mm DIMENSIONS 9.25 6.25x x143 5.6mm in 15.25 x 9.8x x229 9 inmm (H x W x D) 235 xx159 387 x 251 DIMENSIONS 9.25kgx 6.25 15.25 9.8lb) x 9 in (H x W x D) 1.8 (4 lb)x 5.6 in 4.5 kgx(10 NET WEIGHT (each) 1.8 kgnoise (4 lb)(50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to 4.5average kg (10 ratio) lb) of 6 dB. NET WEIGHT (each) 1 IEC filtered random

1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB. 1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB.

MTC-2P: Wall mounting kit for Control 2P. Includes two wall mounts, one power supply holder. CONTROL 2P two wall mounts,80Hz one supply FREQUENCY RANGE - 20power kHzCONTROL 2P holder. 115 dB (pair);CONTROL 111 dB (master only) MAX. SPL FREQUENCY RANGE 80Hz - 20 kHz2P +4 dBu XLR 1⁄4 in; 0 dBu RCA INPUT SENSITIVITY FREQUENCY RANGE 80Hz kHz 111 dB (master only) 115 dB- 20 (pair); MAX. SPL 35 Watts continuous per-channel AMPLIFIER POWER 1⁄4111 115 dB (pair); (master MAX. SPL +4 dBu XLR in; 0dBdBu RCA only) INPUT SENSITIVITY 135 mm (5 1⁄4 in) / 19 mm ( 3⁄4 in) COMPONENTS: LF/HF 1⁄4 in; 0 dBu RCA +4Watts dBu XLR INPUT SENSITIVITY 35 continuous per-channel AMPLIFIER POWER MTC-51 Polypropylene structural foam ENCLOSURE 1⁄4 in) / 19per-channel 35 Watts AMPLIFIER POWER 135 mm (5continuous mm ( 3⁄4 in) LF/HF Balanced Neutrik®*; INPUT COMPONENTS: CONNECTORS 1⁄4 in) MTC-51 / 19 mmfoam ( 3⁄4 in) COMPONENTS: LF/HF Combo XLR 135 / 1⁄4 "mm TRS;(5Unbal. RCA Polypropylene structural ENCLOSURE MTC-51 19 VDC / 3.42Balanced Amps Neutrik®*; POWER REQUIREMENTS Polypropylene structural foam ENCLOSURE INPUT CONNECTORS (use only supplied power supply) Combo / 1⁄4 " TRS; Unbal. RCA BalancedXLR Neutrik®*; INPUT CONNECTORS 100 - 240 V +/10%/XLR 50/60 Hz AC POWER INPUT VOLTAGE Combo ⁄4 " TRS; Unbal. RCA 19 VDC 3.42/ 1Amps REQUIREMENTS 235 x 159 x 143 mm DIMENSIONS (use only/ 3.42 supplied 19 VDC Ampspower supply) POWER REQUIREMENTS 9.25 x 6.25 x 5.6 in (H x W x D) MTC-52 (use-only power 100 240 supplied V +/- 10% 50/60supply) Hz AC INPUT VOLTAGE 2.6 kg (5.5 lb) NET WEIGHT: MASTER 100 240 V +/10% 50/60 Hz AC INPUT VOLTAGE 235 x 159 x 143 mm DIMENSIONS CONTROL 5 2.2 kg (4.5 lb) EXTENSION * Neutrik and the names 9.25 6.25 5.6are in either (H x W x D) OPTIONAL MOUNTING MTC-52 235 xx159 x x143 mm of Neutrik products referenced herein DIMENSIONS trademarks and/or service marks of Neutrik. 9.25 x 6.25 x 5.6 in ACCESSORIES (H xMASTER W x D) 2.6 kg (5.5 lb) NET WEIGHT: MTC-52 CONTROL 5 2.2 EXTENSION 2.6 kg (4.5 (5.5 lb) NET WEIGHT: MASTER * OPTIONAL MOUNTING Neutrik and the names of Neutrik2.2 products herein are either CONTROL 5 kg (4.5 referenced lb) EXTENSION trademarks and/or service marks of Neutrik. ACCESSORIES * Neutrik and the names of Neutrik products referenced herein are either OPTIONAL MOUNTING trademarks and/or service marks of Neutrik. ACCESSORIES Page 277

Section:

06


INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

8100 8100 Series Series

8100features Series key key features key features

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

f HIGH SENSITIVITY FOR MAXIMUM POWER HIGH SENSITIVITY FOR MAXIMUM POWER f EFFICIENCY EFFICIENCY f DOG-EARS FOR EASY BLIND MOUNT f HIGH SENSITIVITY FOR MAXIMUM POWER INSTALLATIONS (8124BLIND & 8128) DOG-EARS FOR EASY MOUNT fEFFICIENCY INSTALLATIONS (8124 &PERFORMANCE 8128) CLEAR, HIGH-FIDELITY f f DOG-EARS FOR EASY BLIND MOUNT CLEAR, HIGH-FIDELITY PERFORMANCE fINSTALLATIONS (8124 & 8128)

Ceiling Speakers

f 6W TRANSFORMER FOR USE ON 70V / 100V LINESFOR USE ON 70V / 100V 6W TRANSFORMER f DISTRIBUTED DISTRIBUTED LINES f OPEN-BACK DESIGN FOR APPLICATIONS NOT f 6W TRANSFORMER FOR USE ON 70V / 100V AN IN-CEILING BACKCAN (8124 & OPEN-BACK DESIGN FOR APPLICATIONS NOT f REQUIRING DISTRIBUTED LINES 8128) REQUIRING AN IN-CEILING BACKCAN (8124 & DESIGN FOR APPLICATIONS NOT f OPEN-BACK 8128)

f CLEAR, HIGH-FIDELITY PERFORMANCE

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The 8124 and 8128 Ceiling Speakers are designed for and easy installation with built-in dog-ears Thefast 8124 and 8128 Ceiling Speakers are designed The 8124 and 8128 Ceiling Speakers are designed for blind mount installations,built-in light weight and for easy fast and easy installation dog-ears for fast and easy installationwith with built-in dog-ears open-back design for applications not and for easy blind mount installations, weight and for easy blind mount installations,light light weight requiring an in-ceiling backcan.not open-back design for not open-back design forapplications applications requiring anan in-ceiling requiring in-ceilingbackcan. backcan.

Ceiling Ceiling Speakers Speakers

REQUIRING AN IN-CEILING BACKCAN (8124 & 8128)

The 8124 (4-inch (100 mm) full-range loudspeaker) and8124 the 8-inch The (4-inch(200 (100mm) mm)full-range full-rangeloudspeakers loudspeaker)

The 8100 Series Ceiling Speakers are equipped with 70V/100V for ease-of-use the field. The 8100 Seriestaps Ceiling Speakers areinequipped

The 8124 (4-inch (100 mm) full-range loudspeaker) Series Ceiling Speakers are equipped (8128 and 8138), featurefull-range high sensitivity drivers The 8100 For additional installation help, accessories such and 8-inch loudspeakers with 70V/100V taps for ease-of-use and thethe 8-inch (200(200 mm)mm) full-range loudspeakers with 70V/100V taps for ease-of-use in the field. in the field. that deliver maximum sound levels using minimal asinstallation the MTC-RAIL tile rail setssuch and C-Ringssuch (8128 and 8138), feature high sensitivity drivers For additional installation help, accessories (8128 and 8138), feature high sensitivity drivers For additional help, accessories amplifier power. (8128 shown) arerail available separately. that deliver maximum sound levels using minimal as the MTC-RAIL as the MTC-RAIL sets and C-Rings that deliver maximum sound levels using minimal tile setstile andrail C-Rings amplifier power. shown) areseparately. available separately. amplifier power. (8128(8128 shown) are available

The 8100 Series is equipped

8128

with aSeries contemporary The 8100 Series is equipped The 8100 is equipped with a contemporary grille, allowing with a contemporary grille, allowing the allowing speakers to grille, the speakersthe toblend with to a speakers blend with a variety of blend with a variety of interiors. interiors. variety of

8128 8128

High-fidelity performance at a cost-effective price point, the 8100 Series is an High-fidelity performance at ataa cost-effective cost-effective price point, thethe 8100 Series is an High-fidelity point, 8100 Series easy to installperformance loudspeaker solution for a wideprice variety of commercial soundis an easy to install loudspeaker solution for a wide variety of commercial sound easy to install loudspeaker solution for a wide variety of commercial sound applications. applications. applications. WithWith its its contemporary the8100 8100Series Seriesloudspeakers loudspeakers are ideal contemporarygrill grilldesign, design, the are ideal With its contemporary grill design, therestaurant 8100 Series loudspeakers are ideal for aforvariety of settings ranging from and retail settings a variety of settings ranging from restaurant and retail settings for atovariety of settings ranging fromareas. restaurant and retail settings to professional offices reception areas. Because the professional officesand and reception Because of of the veryvery to professional offices and reception areas. Because of the very weight 8124and and8128, 8128, tile rails for for lightlight weight ofof8124 railsmay maynot notbeberequired required light weight of 8124 and 8128, tile rails may not be required for some in-ceiling applications. They are not packaged with these some in-ceiling applications. They are not packaged with these some in-ceiling applications. They with these models, however MTC-RAILtile tile railare sets and C-Rings areare available models, however MTC-RAIL rail setsnot andpackaged C-Rings available models, however MTC-RAIL tile rail sets and C-Rings are available separately. The 8138 is designed for use with MTC-81BB8 backcan separately. The 8138 is designed for use with MTC-81BB8 backcan MTC-81TB8 tile bridge. All models feature taps.backcan separately. The 8138 is designed for use with70V/100V MTC-81BB8 andand MTC-81TB8 tile bridge. All models feature 70V/100V taps. 8138 and MTC-81TB8 tile bridge. All models feature 70V/100V taps. 8138

Section:

06

8124

8124 The 8124 is a 4-inch (100 mm) full-range loud8124 The 8124 isfeaturing a 4-inch a(100 full-range speaker, highmm) sensitivity driverloudthat conical coverage in a lightweight Theprovides 8124featuring is 130° a 4-inch (100 mm) full-range speaker, a high sensitivity driverloudthat (2.5 lb)featuring package. speaker, a high sensitivity driver that provides 130° conical coverage in a lightweight provides 130° conical coverage in a lightweight (2.5 lb) package. (2.5 lb) package.

8124

TRANSFORMER TAPS:70.7 100VV 70.7 V DIMENSIONSCUTOUT (DIA. xDIMENSION DEPTH DIMENSIONS (DIA. x DEPTH NET WEIGHT (each)

CUTOUT DIMENSION CUTOUT DIMENSION NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

Page 278

100 mm (4 in) Full-Range 8124 60 Hz – 18 kHz 8124 100 mm (4 in) Full-Range 20 W

100Hzmm (4 kHz in) Full-Range 60 – 18 130° conical 60 W Hz – 18 kHz 20 93 dB (1 kHz - 8 kHz) 208W 130° conical ohms 130° 93 (1 kHz1.5- W 8 kHz) 6dB W,conical 3 W, 6dB W, (1 3 W, 0.75 W 93 kHz1.5- W, 8 kHz) 8 ohms 2063mm in) diameter round ohms 68 W, W, (8.1 1.5 W baffle x 891.5 mm (3.5 in) depth 6 W, 3 W, W, W 0.75 W from back of baffle 6206 W,mm 3 W,(8.1 1.5 in) W, diameter 0.75 W round 175 mm diameter (6.9 in) baffle x 89(8.1 mm in) depth 206 mm in)(3.5 diameter round from back baffle baffle 89ofmm 1.2 kgx (2.5 lb) (3.5 in) depth frommm backdiameter of baffle(6.9 in) 175 175 mm diameter (6.9 in) 1.2 kg (2.5 lb) 1.2 kg (2.5 lb)

8124

8124 8124 8128 The 8128 is an 8-inch (200 mm) full-range loudThe 81388138 is an 8-inch (200 mm) full-range 8128 8138 The 8128 is ana8-inch (200 mm) full-range The 8138 is an mm) full-range speaker, featuring high sensitivity driver that loud- loudspeaker designed for 8-inch use with(200 a pre-install provides 90°featuring conical coverage in a lightweight backcan, in high fidelity The 8128 is an 8-inch (200 mm) full-range loud- in-ceilingloudspeaker The 8138resulting is an 8-inch (200 mm) full-range speaker, a high sensitivity driver that designed for use with a pre-install (3.0 lb) package. at a cost effective price speaker, featuring a high sensitivity driver that performance loudspeaker designed forpoint. useinwith pre-install provides 90° conical coverage in a lightweight in-ceiling backcan, resulting highafidelity 8138

8128

specifications specifications specifications SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) SYSTEM TYPE DRIVER POWER CAPACITY SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) NOMINAL DISPERSION FREQUENCY RANGECAPACITY (-10dB) DRIVER POWER NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m DRIVER POWER CAPACITY NOMINAL DISPERSION NOMINAL IMPEDANCE DISPERSION NOMINALNOMINAL SENSITIVITY W, 1 100V m TRANSFORMER1TAPS: NOMINALNOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 170.7 mV IMPEDANCE DIMENSIONSIMPEDANCE (DIA. 100V x DEPTH NOMINAL TRANSFORMER TAPS:

interiors.

8128

provides 90° conical coverage in a lightweight (3.0 lb) package. (3.0 lb) package.

8138

8138

in-ceiling backcan, resulting in high performance at a cost effective pricefidelity point. performance at a cost effective price point.

200 mm (8 in) Full-Range 8128 50 Hz – 16 kHz 8128 200 mm (8 in) Full-Range 25 W 200Hzmm (8 kHz in) Full-Range 50 – 16 90° conical 50 W Hz – 16 kHz 25 97 dB (1 kHz - 8 kHz) 25 Wconical 90° 8 ohms 90°3dB conical 97 (1 6 W, W, 1.5kHz W - 8 kHz) 6 W, 3dB W, (1 1.5kHz W, -0.75 W 97 8 kHz) 8 ohms 28768mm in) diameter round ohms W, 3(11.3 W, 1.5 W baffle x 104 mm (4.1 depth W,in)0.75 W 6 W, 3 W, 1.5 W from back of baffle 6287 W,mm 3 W,(11.3 1.5 W, W round in)0.75 diameter 256 mm diameter (10.1 in)

200 mm (8 in) Full-Range 8138 95 Hz – 18 kHz 8138 200 mm (8 in) Full-Range 25 W 200Hzmm (8 kHz in) Full-Range 95 – 18 90° conical 95 W Hz – 18 kHz 25 The 8138 97 dB (1 kHz - 8 kHz) fits the MTC-81BB8 25 Wconical 8 ohms 90° backcan The and MTC8138 90°1.5 conical 97 dB 6 W, 3 W, W(1 kHz - 8 kHz) 81TB8 tile bridge, fits the MTC-81BB8 The 6 W, 3 W, 1.5 W, 0.75 W 97 dB (1 kHz 8 kHz) 8 ohms or can be used8138 with backcan and MTCfits the MTC-81BB8 most in-ceiling 327 mm68(12.9 ohms W, 3in) W,diameter 1.5 W round 81TB8 tile bridge, backcan and MTCbackcan/tile bridge baffle x 84 mm (3.3 in) W, depth from 6 W, 3 W, 1.5 W 0.75 W or can be with 81TB8 tileused bridge, systems designed back of baffle 6327 W,mm 3 W,(12.9 1.5 W, 0.75 W most in-ceiling in) diameter round or can be used with with four mounting 300 mm diameter (11.75 in) baffle x 104 mm in) depth x&84(12.9 mmin) (3.3diameter in) depth from points onbackcan/tile a 286in-ceiling mm bridge most 287 mm (11.3 in)(4.1 diameter round with tilebaffle 327 mm round bridge backbox systems designed from back baffle back of baffle (11¼ in) diameter backcan/tile bridge 104ofmm (4.1 in) depth 1.4 kg (3.0 baffle 1.4baffle kg (3.0xlb) lb) x 84 mm (3.3 in) depth from circle. with fourdesigned mounting systems frommm backdiameter of baffle(10.1 in) backmm of baffle 256 300 diameter (11.75 in) mounting

256 mm diameter (10.1 in) 1.4 kg (3.0 lb) 1.4 kg (3.0 lb)

with tile diameter bridge & backbox 300 mm (11.75 in) with bridge 1.4 kgtile (3.0 lb) & backbox 1.4 kg (3.0 lb)

points on mounting a 286 mm with four (11¼ pointsin) ondiameter a 286 mm mounting circle. (11¼ in) diameter mounting circle.


CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING SPEAKERS CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING SPEAKERS CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING SPEAKERS

® Control Control® Contractor Contractor ®

Control Contractor key features key features key features

Premium Premium Small Small Format Format Ceiling Ceiling Speakers Speakers Premium Small Format Ceiling Speakers

f ALL-IN-ONE CONVENIENCE FOR FAST AND EASY STOCKING ALL-IN-ONE CONVENIENCE FOR FAST f INSTALLATION INSTALLATION AND EASY STOCKING f AGENCY APPROVED FOR USE IN f ALL-IN-ONE CONVENIENCE FOR FAST HANDLING SPACES AGENCY APPROVED FOR USE IN f AIR INSTALLATION AND EASY STOCKING AIR HANDLING SPACES

f PREMIUM PERFORMANCE PREMIUM PERFORMANCE f f SONICGUARD™ OVERLOAD PROTECTION f SONICGUARD™ OVERLOAD PROTECTION

f PREMIUM PERFORMANCE

f SONICGUARD™ OVERLOAD PROTECTION

f AGENCY APPROVED FOR USE IN AIR HANDLING SPACES

JBL Control Contractor Ceiling Speakers deliver high power handling, overload protection and exceptional sound level capability and are JBL ControlasContractor Ceiling Speakers deliver high power handling, overload protection and exceptional level capability and are packaged complete assemblies, including integral backcan, front grille and tile bridge support hardware.sound Innovative design features JBL Control Contractor Ceiling Speakers deliver high power handling, overload protection and exceptional sound level capability and are packaged as complete assemblies, including integral backcan, front loading grille and tile bridge support hardware.throughout Innovativethe design features such as titanium-coated tweeters and JBL’s unique diffraction-horn provide broad, even coverage listening area. packaged as completetweeters assemblies, including integral backcan, front grille and tile bridgebroad, supporteven hardware. Innovative designthe features such as titanium-coated and JBL’s unique diffraction-horn loading provide coverage throughout listening area. Installation of JBL Control Contractor Ceiling Speakers is quick and easy and can be accomplished without requiring access above the ceiling. Bracketry for

suchceilings asoftitanium-coated tweeters and JBL’s uniqueisin diffraction-horn loading provide broad,into even coverage theInputs listening Installation JBL is Control Contractor Ceiling Speakers quick and can be accomplished without requiring access above the ceiling. Bracketry suspended included. The speaker is held securely placeand via easy mounting ears which rotate position andthroughout lock into place. are area. attached to for a Installation Control Contractor Ceiling isinquick and and can beultra-fast accomplished without requiringand access above the ceiling. Bracketry for formed suspended ceilingsofconnector isJBL included. The speaker is held securely place viaeasy mounting ears which rotate into position lock into(except place. Inputs are attached to a steel removable locking (included) which canSpeakers be prewired before installing for snap-on installation. All models 26-DT) contain suspended is for included. held securely in place via mounting which rotate into position and26CT lock place. Inputs are attached to atransformers removable locking connector (included) whichiscan be prewired before installing for ultra-fast snap-on installation. Allinto models (except 26-DT) contain formed steel backcans and areceilings suitable use inThe air speaker handling spaces per UL1480. Control 24CTears Micro, 24CT MicroPlus, 24CT, and 19CST feature top quality removable connector (included) which can70V/100V be prewired before installing for ultra-fast snap-on installation. All26CT models 26-DT) contain formed steel Micro). backcans andinside arelocking suitable for use in air handling per UL1480. Control 24CT Micro, 24CT 24CT, and 19CST feature top quality transformers pre-installed the speaker assembly for usespaces on distributed lines. Tap selection isMicroPlus, conveniently located on(except the front of the speaker (except backcans and are use in air handling spaces per UL1480. Controllines. 24CTTap Micro, 24CT MicroPlus, 24CT, 26CT and 19CST feature transformers pre-installed inside thesuitable speakerforassembly for use on 70V/100V distributed selection is conveniently located on the fronttop of quality the speaker (except Micro). pre-installed inside the speaker assembly for use on 70V/100V distributed lines. Tap selection is conveniently located on the front of the speaker (except Micro).

ACCESSORIES

The 26-DT is anControl 8" driver26-DT The Control isisan assembly designed an8" 8" driver driver assembly designed for sound designed systems assembly for systems forsound sound asystems requiring higher requiring a higher requiring higher fidelity sound and fidelity sound and fidelity sound and easy installation 26-DT easystandard installation easy installation into backcans. 26-DT 26-DT into standard into standard backcans. A high quality,backcans. low insertion-loss transformer is A high quality, low A high quality, transformer supplied for uselow oninsertion-loss 70V/100V distributed lines.is insertion-loss transformer is supplied for use on supplied for use on 70V/100V distributed lines.

24C/CT MICRO and 24CT MICROPLUS MICRO and 24CT MICROPLUS 24C/CT24C/CT MICRO and 24CT MICROPLUS

CONTROL 24C/CT MICRO AND CONTROL MICRO AND 24C/CT MICRO AND CONTROL 24CT24C/CT MICROPLUS CONTROL 24CT MICROPLUS CONTROL 24CT MICROPLUS The Control 24C/CT Micro and Control

The Control 24C/CT Micro and Control

The Control 24C/CT Micro andeasy-to-install Control 24CT MicroPlus are compact, 24CT MicroPlus are compact, easy-to-install 24CT MicroPlus areproviding compact,full, easy-to-install in-ceiling speakers, high quality in-ceiling speakers, providing full, high quality in-ceiling speakers, providing full, high quality sound for background music and music-plussound for background music and music-plussound for background music and24CT music-pluspaging systems. The Control 24CT Micro and paging systems. The Control Micro and pagingControl systems. The Control 24CT Micro and Control 24CT MicroPlus bothboth include multi-tap 24CT MicroPlus include multi-tap Controltransformers. 24CT MicroPlus both include multi-tap transformers. transformers. CONTROL 24C/CT CONTROL 26C/CT CONTROL 24C/CT ANDAND CONTROL 26C/CT

ACCESSORIES New Construction Bracket: MTC-xxNC* ACCESSORIES New Construction MTC-xxNC* Plaster Ring Bracket: MTC-xxMR* New Construction Bracket:Bracket: MTC-xxNC* Ring Bracket: MTC-xxMR* PlasterPlaster Ring Bracket: MTC-xxMR* Trim Rings: Allow for installation into existing Trim Rings: Allow for installation into existing ceiling speaker cutouts that larger than Trim Rings: Allow for installation intoare existing ceilingthe speaker cutouts that are larger than ceiling speaker cutouts that are larger than speaker’s normal cutout size. MTC-xxTR*. the speaker’s normal normal cutout size. MTC-xxTR*. the speaker’s cutout size. MTC-xxTR*. * These models are available in different sizes. Specify speaker

when ordering. * These models available different sizes. Specify sizes. speaker * model Theseare models areinavailable in different Specify speaker model when ordering. model when ordering.

70V/100V distributed lines. CONTROL 19CS/CST CONTROL 19CS/CST The unique Nested-Chamber design and CONTROL 19CS/CST

The Control 24CAND contains a coaxially mounted CONTROL 24C/CT 26C/CT The Control 24C contains aCONTROL coaxially mounted 3⁄4" titanium-coated tweeter, 4" woofer 3⁄4and The Control a coaxially mounted " contains titanium-coated tweeter, 4" woofer and24C providing sound over a wide 3⁄4high-fidelity " titanium-coated 4" woofer and providing high-fidelity sound over tweeter, a wide coverage area. The Control 24CT is available in providingarea. high-fidelity sound over wide in coverage The Control 24CT is aavailable black (C24CT-BK). The Control 26C contains a coverage area. TheThe Control 24CT26C is available black (C24CT-BK). Control containsina coaxially mounted 6 1⁄2" woofer and 3⁄4" titanium1⁄2"Control 3⁄4" titaniumblack (C24CT-BK). The 26C contains a woofer and coaxially mounted 6 coated tweeter, able to deliver maximum sound 1to 3⁄4" titanium⁄ 2 " woofer and coaxially mounted 6 coatedlevel tweeter, able deliver maximum sound over a defined area. coated tweeter, ablearea. to deliver maximum sound level over a defined 24C/CT MICRO level over a defined area. 24C/CT 24CTMICRO MICROPLUS

Section:

™ port of thedesign The Nested-Chamber design JBL Control Linear Dynamic Theunique unique Nested-Chamber andand 19CS port the JBL Control 19CS Linear ™™port subwoofer allows powerful low-frequency ofof the JBL Control 19CS Linear Dynamic Dynamic subwoofer allows powerful low-frequency reinforcement from a compact in-ceiling subwoofer allows powerful low-frequency reinforcement a acompact in-ceiling reinforcement from compact in-ceiling enclosure. Thefrom Control 19CS is an idealenclosure. Theto Control 19CS is 19CS an ideal addition to enclosure. The is an ideal addition anyControl system, resulting in full-fidelity, any system, resulting full-fidelity, high addition any system, resulting in full-fidelity, high leveltosound. Theinoptional Control levellevel sound. optional ControlControl 19CST high Thesubwoofer-band optional 19CST hassound. aThe special has a special subwoofer-band transformer 19CST has afor special subwoofer-band transformer use on 70V or 100V line for use on 70V or 100V line transformer systems. for use on 70V or 100V line distribution distribution systems. distribution systems.

24C/CT & 24 CT-BK

24C/CT

19CS/CST

19CS/CST 19CS/CST

26C/CT 26C/CT

26C/CT

06

24C/CT 24C/CT

26C/CT

specifications specifications specifications

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CONTROL 26-DT CONTROL 26-DT The Control26-DT 26-DT CONTROL

26-DT

19CS/CST

24C/CT 26C/CT 26-DT 85MICROPLUS HzMICRO - 25 kHz 80 Hz - 20&kHz24 CT-BK 75 Hz - 20 kHz 70 Hz - 20 kHz 42 Hz - 200 Hz19CS/CST FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) 1 24CT 24C/CT 2 85 1 24CT MICROPLUS 24C/CT 26C/CT 26-DT 19CS/CST WkHz 80HzW- 20 & 15075 W Hz - 20 kHz 200 W POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM Hz 30 - 25 80 kHz24 CT-BK 70 Hz - 20 kHz 42 Hz - 200 Hz FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) 3 75 W 100 W 85 W Hz 15 - 25WkHz HzW- 20 kHz 75 HzW- 20 kHz 70 Hz - 20 kHz 42 HzW- 200 Hz FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) 12 PINK 30 8040W 150 200 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 110°75conical 90° Omnidirectional NOMINALPINK DISPERSION 32 15 40 W conical 100 30 W 150° conical 80130° 150WW 200 W POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 86 dB 89 dB 89 dB (6090° W tap) 95 dB (ceiling,Omnidirectional nearWcorner) NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 15 Wconical 4086WdBconical 75 Wconical 100 PINK13W, 1 m 150° 130° 110° NOMINAL DISPERSION 89 dB (center of ceiling) 150° 130° 110° 90°dB (60 W tap) Omnidirectional DISPERSION 86 dBconical 86 dBconical 89 dBconical 89 95 dB (ceiling, near corner) NOMINALNOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m 8 ohms (24C Micro) 16 ohms (24C) 16 ohms (26C) 8 ohms (19CS) NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 89 ceiling) 86 dB 86 dB 89 dB 89 dB (60 W tap) 95 dB (center (ceiling,ofnear corner) NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m 8, 4, 2, 1 W (24CT Micro) 30, 15, 7.5 W (24CT) 60, 30, 15 W (26CT) 60, 30, 15 W (19CST) 60, 30, 15 W TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V dB (center 8 ohms25,(24C 16 ohms (24C) 16 ohms (26C) 889ohms (19CS)of ceiling) NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 12 WMicro) (24 CT MicroPlus) 8 ohms 1630,ohms (24C) 16 8 Wohms (19CS) 4,W2,(24CT 1,Micro) .5 WMicro) (24CT Micro) 15,7.5 7.5, W (24CT) 60,60, 30,ohms 15, W 60, 30, 15, 7.560, (19CST) 60, 30, 15, NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 4, 2,8,1(24C 30, 15, W3.7(24CT) 30,7.5 15(26C) W(26CT) (26CT) 30, 15 W (19CST) 60,7.5 30,W15 W TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 70.7 V 8, 12, 6CT W MicroPlus) (24CT MicroPlus) 25, W (24(24CT 8, 4,122,25, 1W Micro) 30, 15, 7.5 W (24CT) 60, 30, 15 W (26CT) 60, 30, 15 W (19CST) 60, 30, 15 W TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 1⁄2.5 4 in15, (100 6 1⁄60, 8 in (200 mm)60, 30, 15, 7.5 W (19CST) 6 1⁄2 in (165 inW (115 mm)Micro) 2 in (165 mm) mm)15, * 7.5 W 1, 30, 7.5,mm) 3.7 W (24CT) 30, 15, 7.5 W (26CT) 60, 30, COMPONENTS: LOWV FREQ. 8, 70.7 25,4,122,4W (24 CT(24CT MicroPlus) 1 2 in (12 mm) 3 in (19 mm) 3⁄4 in (19 mm) 3⁄4 in (19 mm) HIGHV FREQ. 25, 6W MicroPlus) 8, 4,12, 2,⁄1, .5 (24CT W (24CT Micro) 30,⁄415, 7.5, 3.7 W (24CT) 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W (26CT) 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W (19CST) 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W 70.7 Formed steel8backcan steel MicroPlus) backcan Formed backcan ENCLOSURE 25, 6 W (24CT 4 1⁄212, 4 Formed in (100steel mm)backcan 6 1⁄2 steel in (200 mm) 6 1⁄2 in (165 mm) * inFormed (115 mm) in (165 mm) COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. 3⁄200 345 x 345 mm8 in (200 mm) 106 x 195 mm x(19 195mm) mm 21036⁄x41⁄252 mm 120 x 20036⁄41mm (12 mm) in2 in(19 mm) mm) DIMENSIONS (H x DIA.) 14⁄21⁄in HIGH 4 4inin(100 2 in (115 mm) (165 mm) ⁄in2 in(19(165 mm) * COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. 13.6 x 13.6 in 4.2 x 7.7 in 7.9 x 7.7 in 8.3 x 9.9 in 4.72 x 7.87 in 1 3 3 3 ⁄2 in (12steel mm)backcan ⁄4 in (19steel mm)backcan ⁄4 in (19steel mm)backcan ⁄4 in (19 mm) HIGH FREQ. Formed steel backcan Formed Formed Formed ENCLOSURE 19CS: 5.5 kg (12 lb) 24Csteel Micro: 1.6 kg (3.6 lb) 24C: 2.7steel kg (6 lb) 26C:Formed 3.4 kg (7.5 lb)backcan 1.9 kg (4.2 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) Formed Formed backcan Formed ENCLOSURE 345 x 345steel mmbackcan 106 x 24CT 195 mm 200 x 195 mmbackcan 210 x 252steel mm 120 x 200 mm DIMENSIONS (H x DIA.) 19CST: 6.3 kg (14 lb) Micro: 2.0 kg (4.4 lb) 24CT: 3.5 kg (8 lb) 26CT: 4.2 kg (10 lb) * 8” compatible mounting 13.6 13.6mm in 4.2 7.9 8.3 4.72 7.87 in 345 xx345 106xx7.7 195inmm 200xx7.7 195inmm 210xx9.9 252inmm 120 xx200 mm DIMENSIONS (H x DIA.) 24CT MicroPlus: 2.5 kg (5.5 lb) 13.6 x5.5 13.6kgin(12 lb) 4.2 xMicro: 7.7 in 1.6 kg (3.6 lb) 7.9 x 2.7 7.7 in (6 lb) 8.3 x 3.4 9.9 kg in (7.5 lb) 4.72 inContinuous Pink Noise rating (IEC1Half-space 19CS: 24C 24C: kg 26C: kgx 7.87 (4.2thelb) NET WEIGHT (each) and is defined as 3 1.9 dB above (mounted in-wall or in ceiling) shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours continuously). 2 Continuous 19CST: 6.3kgkg(12 (14lb)lb) 24CT Micro:1.6 2.0kgkg(3.6 (4.4lb)lb) 24CT: 3.5 lb) which is a conservative26CT: 4.2kgkg(7.5 lb) Program expression of(10 thelb) 19CS: 5.5 24C Micro: 24C: 2.7 kgkg(6(8lb)Power, 26C: 3.4 1.9 kg (4.2 lb) mounting NET WEIGHT (each) * 8”Pink compatible 3 Rated in Continuous Noise for 100 hours. system’s ability to handle normal speech and music program material 24CT MicroPlus: 2.5(4.4 kg (5.5 19CST: 6.3 kg (14 lb) Micro: 2.0 kg lb) lb) 24CT: 3.5 kg (8 lb) 26CT: 4.2 kg (10 lb) * 8” compatible mounting 24CT MicroPlus: 2.5 kg (5.5 lb) 1Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling) and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC21 Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling)

ability to handle normal speech and music program material 2 system’s Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle normal speech and music program material

shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours continuously). and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IECshaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours continuously). 3 Rated in Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours. 3 Rated in Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours.

Page 279


INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

® Control Control®® 40 40 Series Series Superior Superior Small Small Format Format Ceiling Ceiling Speakers Speakers with with RBI RBI

Control 40 Series Superior Small Format Ceiling Speakers with RBI key features key features f DESIGNED FOR HIGH-DEMAND APPLICATIONS DESIGNED FOR HIGH-DEMAND f PROFESSIONAL PROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS f THREE COAXIAL MODELS PLUS AN ULTRAf DESIGNED FOR HIGH-DEMAND COMPACT SATELLITE SPEAKER THREE COAXIAL MODELS PLUS AND AN ULTRAfPROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS IN-CEILING SUBWOOFER COMPACT SATELLITE SPEAKER AND COAXIALSUBWOOFER MODELS PLUS AN ULTRAf THREE IN-CEILING

key features

COMPACT SATELLITE SPEAKER AND IN-CEILING SUBWOOFER

f INTEGRATED BACKCANS FOR EASE-OFIN THE FIELD INTEGRATED BACKCANS FOR EASE-OFf USE USE IN THE FIELD f SWITCHABLE FOR USE AS AN 8 OHMS f INTEGRATED BACKCANS FOR EASE-OFSPEAKER OR AS PART 70V/100V SWITCHABLE FOR USEOF ASAAN 8 OHMS fTHE USE IN FIELD DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM (EXCEPT 42C) SPEAKER OR AS PART OF A 70V/100V FOR USE ASSYSTEM AN 8 OHMS f SWITCHABLE DISTRIBUTED (EXCEPT 42C) SPEAKER OR AS PART OF A 70V/100V DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM (EXCEPT 42C)

CONTROL 42C CONTROL 42C

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CONTROL 42C

CONTROL 47C/T CONTROL CONTROL47C/T 47C/T

CONTROL 47HC

CONTROL 47LP CONTROL47LP 47LP CONTROL

CONTROL CONTROL 47HC 47HC

CONTROL 40CS/T CONTROLCONTROL 40CS/T 40CS/T

The Control 40 Series Ceiling Speakers are designed to work perfectly in environments that require a premium, in-ceiling TheControl Control40 40Series Series Ceiling Speakers designed to work perfectly in environments that require arequire premium, in-ceiling in-ceiling The Speakers are designed to work perfectly in environments a premium, speaker with an Ceiling extremely widearebandwith and consistent coverage. Consisting ofthat three 6.5" coaxial models, a 2.5" speaker with an extremely wide bandwith and consistent coverage. Consisting of three 6.5" coaxial models, a models, 2.5" speaker with an extremely wide bandwith and consistent coverage. Consisting of three 6.5" coaxial a 2.5" ultra-compact satellite speaker and in-ceiling subwoofer, the Control 40 Series can be configured in many different ultra-compact satellite speaker and in-ceiling subwoofer, the Control 40 Series can be configured in many different ultra-compact satellite speaker and in-ceiling subwoofer, the Control 40 Series can be configured in many different ways accomodate fullrange range applications infield. the field. JBL focused on ease-of-installation by an including an waysto accomodate aaafull of of applications in the JBL focused on ease-of-installation by including ways totoaccomodate fulland range of applications in the field. JBL focused onconnectors ease-of-installation by including integrated backcan, grille tile rails (except Control 42C), locking 2-pin and two knockouts. Thean integrated backcan, grille and tile rails (except Control 42C), locking 2-pin connectors and two knockouts. The integrated backcan, and tile rails (except 42C), lockingspaces. 2-pin connectors and two knockouts. The Control ceilinggrille speakers designed forControl useairinhandling air handling Control40 40Series Series ceiling speakers areare designed for use in spaces. Control 40 Series ceiling speakers are designed for use in air handling spaces.

Section:

06

CONTROL 47C/T CONTROL 47C/T CONTROL 47C/T The Control 47C/T and are The Control 47C/T andControl Control47LP 47LP are

CONTROL 47LP (Low Profile Backcan) CONTROL 47LP (Low Profile Backcan) CONTROL 47LP (Low Profile Backcan) The Control 47LP is identical the Control 47 The Control 47LP is identical to theto Control 47 but equipped with a shallow backcan in use47 The Control 47LP isa identical tofor theuse Control but equipped with shallow backcan for in areas restricted mounting depths. butwith equipped with a mounting shallow backcan areas with restricted depths.for use in areas with restricted mounting depths. CONTROL 47HC CONTROL 47HC

CONTROL 42C CONTROL 42C CONTROL The42C Control 42C is an ultra-compact The Control is an 42C ultra-compact in-ceiling in-ceiling applications thatrequire require satellite loudspeaker designed for use with for the usein-ceiling Thedesigned Control 47C/T and Control 47LPextremely are The Control 42C is an ultra-compact designed for for applications that extremely satellite loudspeaker designed with the wide bandwidth and verythat consistent coverage. Control 40CS/T subwoofer. It offers an unobdesigned for applications requirecoverage. extremely satellite loudspeaker designed for use the wide bandwidth and very consistent Control 40CS/T subwoofer. It offers an with unobRBI™ (Radiation Boundary Integrator®) strusive design which is ideal for aiswide wide bandwidth and very consistent coverage. Control 40CS/T subwoofer. Itrange offers an unobJBL’sJBL’s RBI™ (Radiation Boundary Integrator®) strusive design which ideal for aofwide range of a seamless integration between installations. JBL’sallows RBI™ Boundary Integrator®) strusive design which is ideal for a wide range of allows for for a(Radiation seamless integration between installations. The Control 47HC is designed for applications the coaxially mounted tweeter and LF driver, CONTROL The Control47HC 47HC is designed for applications allows for a seamless between installations. the coaxially mountedintegration tweeter and LF driver, CONTROL 40CS/T that require a narrow focused beamwidth pattern resulting in consistent sound quality with little CONTROL 40CS/T The Control is designed for applications that require a47HC narrow focused beamwidth pattern the coaxially mounted sound tweeter and LFwith driver, resulting in consistent quality little The Control 40CS/T is a direct radiating, high and very consistent coverage. The large backcan variation in the listening area. CONTROL that very require a narrowcoverage. focused beamwidth pattern The Control40CS/T 40CS/T is a direct radiating, high and consistent The large backcan resulting in the consistent sound variation listening area.quality with little impact 8" subwoofer designed for powerful bass in combination with the LF driver design, The 40CS/T is a direct radiating, high and very consistent coverage. Thedesign, large backcanresponseimpact 8" subwoofer designed for powerful bass in combination withresponse. the LF driver variation in the listening area. in anControl in-ceiling loudspeaker. It features provides extended bass impact subwoofer designed for powerful bass in combination withbass the response. LF driver design, in an in-ceiling loudspeaker. It features provides extended a built-inresponse passive 8" crossover network and 4 highin anenabling in-ceiling loudspeaker. It features provides extended bass response. aresponse built-in passive crossover network 4 highpassed satellite outputs it to be used as and asubwoofer/satellite built-in passiveoutputs crossover network and high-as satellite it to be4used part of a passed system.enabling passed outputs enabling it to be used as part of asatellite subwoofer/satellite system. CONTROL 47C/T CONTROL 47LP CONTROL 47HC CONTROL 42C CONTROL 40CS/Tsystem. part of a subwoofer/satellite

specifications specifications specifications SYSTEM TYPE

SYSTEM TYPE

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) 1 SYSTEM TYPE POWER CAPACITY 2: PROGRAM 1 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB)PINK 1 2: PROGRAM FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) POWER CAPACITY NOMINAL DISPERSION3 2: PROGRAM PINK POWER CAPACITY NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m

PINK3 NOMINAL DISPERSION NOMINAL DISPERSION NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1IMPEDANCE W, 1 m3 RATED NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m TRANSFORMER TAPS RATED IMPEDANCE COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. HIGH FREQ. RATED IMPEDANCE TRANSFORMER TAPS TRANSFORMER TAPS COMPONENTS: LOWENCLOSURE FREQ. DIMENSIONS FREQ. COMPONENTS:HIGH LOW (DIAMETER x DEPTH) HIGH FREQ. ENCLOSURE NET WEIGHT (each) ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS (DIAMETER x DEPTH) DIMENSIONS (DIAMETER x DEPTH) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

Page 280

Two-Way 6.5" Coaxial Ceiling CONTROL 47C/T Loudspeaker w/ Extended Bass CONTROL Two-Way 6.5"47C/T Coaxial Ceiling

Two-Way 6.5" Coaxial CONTROL 47LPCeiling Low Profile Loudspeaker CONTROL Two-Way 6.5"47LP Coaxial Ceiling 68Low Hz - 20 kHz Loudspeaker Profile Two-Way 6.5" Coaxial Ceiling 150Low W Loudspeaker 68 HzProfile - 20 kHz 75 W 68 HzW- 20 kHz 150 120° conical 75 WW 91150 dB

Two-Way 6.5" Coaxial 47HC Ceiling CONTROL Loudspeaker for High Ceilings CONTROL Two-Way 6.5"47HC Coaxial Ceiling 55 Hz - Loudspeaker 17 kHz High Ceilings Two-Way 6.5"forCoaxial Ceiling 150 W Loudspeaker for High Ceilings 55 Hz - 17 kHz 75 W 55 HzW- 17 kHz 150 75° conical 75 W 93 dB 150 W

2.5" Ultra-Compact In-Ceiling 8" In-Ceiling Subwoofer with 40CS/T CONTROL 42C CONTROL Satellite Loudspeaker Crossover CONTROL 42C In-Ceiling CONTROL 2.5" Ultra-Compact 8" In-Ceiling 40CS/T Subwoofer with 140 Hz - 20 kHz 32 Hz - 300 Hz Crossover Satellite Loudspeaker 2.5" Ultra-Compact In-Ceiling 8" In-Ceiling Subwoofer with 30 W 200 W Satellite Loudspeaker Crossover 140 Hz - 20 kHz 32 Hz - 300 Hz 15 W 100 W 140WHz - 20 kHz 32 Hz - 300 Hz 30 160° conical Omnidirectional 200 W 15 100 W 30 W 200corner) 82 dB 95 dB (ceiling, near 75 Wconical 75 Wconical 15 Wconical 100 W 120° 75° 160° Omnidirectional 89 dB (center of ceiling) 120° 75°dB conical 160° Omnidirectional 91 dBconical dBconical 95 dB (ceiling, near corner) 8 ohms 8 ohms93 16 ohms 82 8 ohms ceiling) 82 dB 95 (ceiling,ofnear corner) 6091 W,dB 30 W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) 60 W, 3093W,dB15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) N/A 80, 40, 20 (&10W89 @ dB 70V)(center dB (center of ceiling) 8 ohms 16 ohms 6 1⁄82ohms 6 1⁄2 in (165 8 in (200 mm) 889ohms in (165 mm) mm) 1⁄2 in (60 mm) 1 in860(25 mm) ohms ohms 16 880,ohms W,mm) 30 W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) 1 in (25860 W, 30 W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @702 V) N/Aohms 40, 20 (&10W @ 70V) Formed steel backcan backcan Formed steel backcan backcan 1⁄W, W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) Formed660steel W, mm) 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70Formed V) steelN/A (&10W @ 70V) 6601⁄W, 880,in40, (20020mm) 2 in30 (165 mm) 2 in30 (165 332 x 338 mm 8 in (200 mm) 127 x 94 mm2 1⁄2 in (60 mm) 30516 xin 332 x 351 1⁄142 1⁄mm mm)mm) 16 in mm)mm) 2(25 in mm (165 2(25 in (165 13.1 x 13.3 in 5.0 x 4.2 in 1 12 x 5.6 in 13.1 x 13.8 in 2 ⁄2 in (60 mm) 1Formed in (25 mm) 1Formed in (25 mm) Formed steel backcan Formed steel backcan steel backcan steel backcan 8.1 kg (17.9 lb) .7 kg (1.6 lb) 4.3 kg (9.5 lb) 6.4 kg (14 lb)

55 Hz - 20 kHz Extended Bass Loudspeaker Two-Way 6.5"w/Coaxial Ceiling 150 W Loudspeaker 55 Hz - 20 kHzw/ Extended Bass 75 W 55 HzW- 20 kHz 150 120° conical 75 15091WWdB 75 Wconical 120° 120° conical 91 8dB ohms 9160dBW, 30 W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) 8 ohms 6 1⁄2 in (165 mm) 1W, in (25 mm)15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) 860ohms 30 W, steel W, 15backcan W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) 6601Formed ⁄W, 2 in30 (165 mm) 259 1305 16 in mm)mm ⁄2(25 inx (165 mm) x 10.2 in 1Formed in12(25 mm) steel backcan 5 kg (11 lb) Formed Formed Formed 305 x 259steel mmbackcan 305 x 142steel mmbackcan 332 x 351steel mmbackcan 1xHalf-space 12 13.8mm in pink noise with a 6 305 x10.2 259inmm(mounted in-wall or in ceiling) 12 3052xContinuous x5.6 142inmm Pink Noise rating is IEC-shaped13.1 332 xx351 dB crest factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous Program in 12 xkg 5.6(9.5 inislb) 13.1kgx 13.8 in to handle 512kgx 10.2 (11 lb) 4.3 6.4 (14 lb) power a conservative expression of the system’s ability 5 kg (11 lb) 4.3 kg (9.5 lb) 6.4 kg (14 lb)

Formed 127 x 94steel mm backcan

Formed 332 x 338steel mmbackcan

x338 13.3mm in 5.0 xx4.2 in program material, and is defined13.1 normal speech and music as 3 xdB 332 127 94 mm above the Continous Pink Noise Rating. 13.1kgx 13.3 5.0kgx 4.2 8.1 (17.9inlb) (1.6inlb) 3 Half-space (in.7ceiling) average 1 kHz to 16 kHz.

1Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling)

2 Continuous Pink Noise rating is IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6

1Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling)

crest factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous Program 2 dB Continuous Pink Noise rating is IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6

power is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle dB crest factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous Program power is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle

.7 kg (1.6 lb)

8.1 kg (17.9 lb)

normal speech and music program material, and is defined as 3 dB above the Continous Pink Noise Rating. normal speech and music program material, and is defined as 3 dB 3 Half-space (in ceiling) average 1 kHz to 16 kHz. above the Continous Pink Noise Rating. 3 Half-space (in ceiling) average 1 kHz to 16 kHz.


CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING SPEAKERS CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING SPEAKERS CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING SPEAKERS

® Control Series Control® 200 200 Series ®

Control 200 Series key features key features key features

Medium Medium Format Format Ceiling Ceiling Speakers Speakers

Medium Format Ceiling Speakers

f 6.5" KEVLAR-REINFORCED LF 6.5" KEVLAR-REINFORCED LF f f 1" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER HF f 1" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER HF

f INTEGRATED & INDEPENDENT BACKCAN INTEGRATED & INDEPENDENT BACKCAN f VERSIONS VERSIONS f HIGH OUTPUT, PREMIUM SOUND QUALITY f INTEGRATED & INDEPENDENT BACKCAN HIGH OUTPUT, PREMIUM SOUND QUALITY f VERSIONS

f 6.5" KEVLAR-REINFORCED LF

f 1" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER HF

f HIGH OUTPUT, PREMIUM SOUND QUALITY

CONTROL 226C/T CONTROL 226C/T CONTROL 226C/T

CONTROL 227C CONTROL 227C

CONTROL 227CT CONTROL 227CT

CONTROL 227C

CONTROL 227CT

CONTROL 227C & 227CT Assembly CONTROL with 227CBackcan & 227CT CONTROL 227C & 227CT and Grille. Assembly with Backcan Assembly with Backcan and Grille.

Control 226C/T, 227C and 227CT are premium in-ceiling speakers designed to meet the increasing market demand for Control 226C/T, 227C in-ceiling speakers designed to meet the increasing market demand for Control 226C/T, 227Cand and 227CTare are premium premium in-ceiling speakers designed meet the increasing market demand for premium quality sound in227CT ceiling-mount applications. The Control 200toSeries loudspeakers incorporate breakthrough premium quality sound in ceiling-mount applications. The Control 200 Series loudspeakers incorporate breakthrough premium quality sound in as ceiling-mount applications. The Control 200 Series loudspeakers incorporate breakthrough performance features such best-in-class pattern control to provides a consistent sound throughout the listening performance features such as best-in-class pattern control to provides a consistent sound throughout the listening performance features such as best-in-class pattern control to provides a consistent sound throughout thelabor listening area. Especially wide coverage allows fewer speakers to cover the space, reducing both the material and cost area. Especially widecoverage coverageallows allows fewer speakers toto cover thethe space, reducing both the material and labor cost area. Especially wide fewer speakers cover space, reducing both the material and labor cost for the installation. for the installation. for the installation. TheThe high-power kevlar-reinforced in(165 (165mm) mm)low-frequency low-frequency driver the titanium-diaphragm high-power kevlar-reinforced 6.5 6.5 in driver alongalong with with the titanium-diaphragm The high-power kevlar-reinforced 6.5 in (165 mm) low-frequency driver along with the titanium-diaphragm compression driver steep-slope crossover network provide wide-bandwidth compression driverand andthe theadvanced-technology advanced-technology steep-slope crossover network provide superb,superb, wide-bandwidth compression driver and the advanced-technology steep-slope crossover network provide superb, wide-bandwidth sound quality. sound quality. sound quality.

CONTROL 226C/T CONTROL 226C/T CONTROL 226C/T Control 226C/T is a compact, easy-to-install Control 226C/T is a compact, easy-to-install

CONTROL 227C CONTROL 227C CONTROL 227C Control 227C high-output, low-impedance Control 227C isisaahigh-output, low-impedance

speaker with backcan blindControl 226C/T is integrated a compact, easy-to-install speaker with integrated backcan for for blindmounting into ceilings. It features a top-quality speaker with integrated for blindmounting into ceilings. Itbackcan features a top-quality 60 Winto multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V line mounting ceilings. It features a top-quality 60 W multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V line distribution systems. The may 60 W multi-tap transformer fortransformer 70V/100V line distribution systems. The transformer may bebe bypassed, allowing the Control 226C/T to be distribution systems.the The transformer bypassed, allowing Control 226C/Tmay to bebe used as a low-impedance 8 ohm speaker. bypassed, allowing the Control to be used as a low-impedance 8 ohm226C/T speaker. tile rails and grille are included. This used asC-ring, a low-impedance 8 ohm speaker. C-ring, tile rails and grille are included. This

8ohm ohm speaker speaker forfor installation withwith the the Control 227C assembly isassembly a high-output, low-impedance 8 installation MTC-200BB8 backcan andand MTC-RG6/8 8separate ohm speaker assembly for installation with the separate MTC-200BB8 backcan MTC-RG6/8 grille (both (both sold Optional separate MTC-200BB8 backcan andaccessories MTC-RG6/8 grille soldseparately). separately). Optional accessories include MTC-19NC new ring,ring, MTCgrille (both sold separately). Optional accessories include MTC-19NC newconstruction construction MTC19MR plaster-ring, and MTC-TB6/8 tile bridge. include MTC-19NC and newMTC-TB6/8 construction MTC19MR plaster-ring, tilering, bridge. 19MR plaster-ring, CONTROL 227CT and MTC-TB6/8 tile bridge.

model is designed to be able to utilize the

C-ring,optional tile railsMTC-19NC andto grille are included. This model is designed be able to utilize the new construction ring and model MTC-19MR is MTC-19NC designed tonew be able tonew utilize the and optional construction ring plaster-ring for construction optional MTC-19NC new construction ring and MTC-19MR plaster-ring for new construction projects requiring pre-installation rings. MTC-19MR plaster-ring for new construction projects requiring pre-installation rings. projects requiring pre-installation rings.

CONTROL 227CT Control 227CT is a 70V/100V version of Control CONTROL 227CT Control 227CT is a 70V/100V version of Control 227C, featuring a top-quality 60 W multi-tap

Control 227CT is a 70V/100V version of Control 227C, featuring a top-quality 60 W multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V line distribution 227C, featuring a top-quality W multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V line60 distribution systems. transformer for 70V/100V line distribution systems. systems.

specifications specifications specifications CONTROL 226C/T

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 1 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 1 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) PINK 1(2 hr) 2 FREQUENCY RANGEPROGRAM (-10 dB) POWER CAPACITY: (100 hr) 2 PINK (2 hr)1 2W, 1 m POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM SENSITIVITY: (100 PINK (2 hr) 22 NOMINAL IMPEDANCE SENSITIVITY:(100 1 W,hr) 1 m2 NOMINAL COVERAGE 3 SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m NOMINAL IMPEDANCE COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. NOMINAL COVERAGE IMPEDANCE HIGH3 FREQ. NOMINAL COVERAGE TRANSFORMER TAPS:3 100V COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. COMPONENTS: HIGH LOW FREQ. 70.7V HIGH DIMENSIONS FREQ. TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V (DIA. X DEPTH) TRANSFORMER TAPS: 70.7V 100V NET WEIGHT 70.7V(each)

DIMENSIONS (DIA. X DEPTH) DIMENSIONS (DIA. X DEPTH) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

47 Hz – 19 kHz CONTROL 226C/T CONTROL 47 Hz300 – 19WkHz226C/T 150 W

CONTROL 227C & 227CT 43 Hz – 19 kHz227C & 227CT CONTROL 300Hz W – 19 kHz CONTROL 227C & 227CT 43

PREMIUM ACCESSORIES PREMIUM ACCESSORIES PREMIUM ACCESSORIES MTC-200BB6: Backcan for227C Control MTC-200BB6: Backcan for Control and227C and 227CT. 13.3 inches (337 mm) max diameter MTC-200BB6: Backcan for Control 227C and 227CT. 13.3 inches (337 mm) max diameter x 8.1 inches (206 mm) deep. 13.3 inches (337 mm) max diameter x227CT. 8.1 inches (206 mm) deep. MTC-RG6/8: Round grille forgrille Control and 227C and x 8.1 inches (206 mm) deep. MTC-RG6/8: Round for227C Control 227CT. Also fits Control 328Cgrille & 328CT. MTC-RG6/8: Round for Control 227CT. Also fits Control 328C &13.6 328CT.227C 13.6and inches (345 mm) in diameter 227CT. (345 Alsomm) fits Control 328C & 328CT. 13.6 inches in diameter MTC-SG6/8: grilleinfor Control 227C and inches Square (345 mm) diameter MTC-SG6/8: Square grille for Control 227C and 227CT. Also fits Control 328C & 328CT. 13.4 MTC-SG6/8: Square grille for Control Also fits Control 328C & 328CT.227C 13.4and inches227CT. (340 mm) x 13.4 inches (340 mm). 227CT. (340 Alsomm) fits Control 328C &(340 328CT. 13.4 inches x 13.4 inches mm). MTC-TB6/8: Tile bridge for Control 227C and inches (340 mm) xbridge 13.4& inches (340 mm). MTC-TB6/8: Tile328C for Control 227C and 227CT. Also fits Control 328CT. MTC-TB6/8: TileControl bridge for Control 227C and 227CT. Also fits 328C & 328CT. MTC-19NC & MTC-19MR: New-construction and 227CT. Also&fits Control & 328CT. mud rings fit Control 226 for new328C construction MTC-19NC MTC-19MR: New-construction and applications requiring pre-installation rings.constructionand MTC-19NC MTC-19MR: New-construction mud rings fit&Control 226 for new mud rings fitrequiring Control 226 for new construction applications pre-installation rings. applications requiring pre-installation rings.

150 W

47 HzW100 – 19WkHz 43 300 300 W– 19 kHz 100Hz W 150 150 W 300 W90 dB 300 90 dB 100 100 150 W 150 W 8 ohms 8 ohms (227C) 100dBW 100dBW 90 90 120º 120º dB dB (227C) 890ohms 890 6.5 in (165 mm) 6.5ohms in (165 mm) 8120º ohms 8120º ohms (227C) 1 in (25 mm) diaphragm compression driver 1 in (25 mm) diaphragm compression driver 120º 120º 60W,in30W, 6.5 in60W, (16530W, mm)15W 6.5 (16515W mm)(227CT) 60W, 30W, 15W, 7.5Wcompression driver 60W, 30W, 15W, 7.5W (227CT) 16.5inin(25 mm) diaphragm 16.5 inin(25 mm) diaphragm compression driver (165 mm) (165 mm) 13 x 9.715W indiaphragm (330 x 246 mm) 12.0 x 30W, 5.8mm) in (305 x(227CT) 147 mm)compression driver 160W, in (25 mm) compression driver 160W, in (25 diaphragm 30W, 15W 60W, 30W, 15W, 60W, 30W, 15W, 7.5W (227CT) 15W 7.5W 15W (227CT) 9.1 (20 lb)7.5W 4.1 kg 30W, 60W, 30W, 15W, 60W, 15W, 13 x 9.7 inkg(330 x 246 mm) 12.0 x(95.8lb)in227C (305 7.5W x 147 (227CT) mm) 5.2 kg (11.5 lb) 227CT 13 x 9.7 in (330 x 246 mm) 12.0 x 5.8 in (305 x 147 mm) 9.1 kg1 Half-space (20 lb) (in ceiling) 2 IEC standard, full bandwidth 4.1 kgpink (9 lb) 227C 3 Average 1 kHz to 16 kHz. noise with a 5.2 (11.5 227CT crest factor (peak to average 6 dB. 9.1 kg (20 lb) 4.1 kgratio) (9 lb)oflb) 227C 5.2 kg (11.5 lb) 227CT

1 Half-space (in ceiling)

2 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with a

3 Average 1 kHz to 16 kHz.

1 Half-space (in ceiling)

factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB. 2 crest IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with a

3 Average 1 kHz to 16 kHz.

crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB.

CONTROL 226C/T

Control 200 models are available both in an CONTROL independent backcan design (Control 227C & 226C/T 227CT) and in an integrated backcanCONTROL version 226C/T Control 200 models are available both in an (Control 226C/T).

Control 200 models aredesign available both 227C in an & independent backcan (Control independent designbackcan (Controlversion 227C & 227CT) and inbackcan an integrated 227CT) and in an integrated backcan version (Control 226C/T). (Control 226C/T). Page 281

Harman Pro Group | 2010

and Grille.

Section:

06


INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

® Control Control®® 300 300 Series Series

Control 300 Series key key features features key features

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Large Large Format Format Ceiling Ceiling Speakers Speakers

Large Format Ceiling Speakers

f VERY HIGH OUTPUT LEVELS WITH HIGH f EASY TO DESIGN AND INSTALL PERFORMANCE VERY HIGH OUTPUT LEVELS WITH HIGH EASY TO DESIGN AND INSTALL f FIDELITY f f PREMIUM ACCESSORIES FIDELITY PERFORMANCE PRECISION COVERAGE PREMIUM ACCESSORIES f f f VERY HIGH OUTPUT LEVELS WITH HIGH f EASY TO DESIGN AND INSTALL PRECISION COVERAGE f FIDELITY PERFORMANCE f PREMIUM ACCESSORIES

f PRECISION COVERAGE

CONTROL 312CS CONTROL 312CS

CONTROL 328C/CT CONTROL 328C/CT

CONTROL 312CS

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CONTROL 321C/CT CONTROL 321C/CT

CONTROL 322 C/CT CONTROL 322 C/CT

CONTROL 321C/CT

CONTROL 328C/CT

CONTROL 322 C/CT

Control 300 Series represents the state of the art in large-format ceiling loudspeaker systems. True pointControl 300Series Seriesrepresents represents state ofart the in large-format ceiling systems. pointControlcoax 300 thethe state oflevels the inart large-format ceiling loudspeaker systems. True point-Truemake source designs, multiple power and transformer choices, plusloudspeaker an in-ceiling subwoofer, source coax designs, multiple power levels and transformer choices, an in-ceiling make designs, power levels and transformer choices, pluscomponents an plus in-ceiling subwoofer, make itsource easy coax to fulfill any multiple system performance requirements. Premium include subwoofer, Kevlar-reinforced itcones, to fulfill any system performance requirements. Premium components include Kevlar-reinforced iteasy easy to fulfill any system performance requirements. Premium components include Kevlar-reinforced low-saturation transformers and legendary JBL compression drivers. Advanced high-slope crossover cones, low-saturation andand legendary JBLand compression drivers.drivers. Advanced high-slope crossover cones, low-saturation transformers legendary JBL compression Advanced high-slope crossover networks, combinedtransformers with low system distortion smooth frequency response provides full, natural music networks, combined with low system distortion and smooth frequency response provides full, natural music networks, combined with low system distortion and smooth frequency response provides full, natural music along with exceptional speech intelligibility. along with exceptional speech intelligibility. along with exceptional speech intelligibility. In these Control 300 coax models, the throat and cone combine to form a Constant Coverage waveguide which

In these Control 300 coax models, the throat and cone combine to form a Constant Coverage waveguide which In these Control 300 coax models, the throatensuring and coneeven combine to form Constant Coverage waveguide which provides extraordinary broadband control, coverage andaconsistent sound throughout the listening provides extraordinary broadband control, ensuring even coverage and consistent sound throughout the listening provides extraordinary ensuring coverage and consistent sound throughout theof listening space. And Control 328 broadband goes a step control, further with a 12"even diameter waveguide, providing the pattern control a 12" horn space. And Control 328 goes a step further with a 12" diameter waveguide, providing the pattern control of a 12" horn space. And Control 328 provides goes a step with a 12"to diameter waveguide, providing theinpattern control of a 12"ithorn from an 8" The (on 12"models) models) provides afurther “helping hand” hold one of the loudspeaker place while to a from an driver. 8" driver. TheEZ-Rail™ EZ-Rail™feature feature (on 12" a “helping hand” to hold one side of side the loudspeaker in place while fastening itfastening to a from an 8" driver. The EZ-Rail™ feature (onconnector 12" models) provides apre-wiring “helping hand” toquick hold one side of theinstallation. loudspeaker in place while fastening it to a pre-installed back box. AAmulti-pin locking connector allows easy pre-wiring and clip-in during pre-installed back box. multi-pin locking allows forfor easy and quick clip-in during installation. pre-installed back box. A multi-pin locking connector allows for easy pre-wiring and quick clip-in during installation. 1⁄2" MDF, as well as contemporary grilles 1⁄2" with ACCESSORIES: includebest-in-class best-in-class back boxes made of heavy 16 gauge metal and lined ACCESSORIES:Premium Premiumaccessories accessories include back boxes made of heavy 16 gauge metal and lined with MDF, as well as contemporary grilles ACCESSORIES: Premium accessories include best-in-class back boxes made of heavy 16 gauge metal and lined with 1⁄2" MDF, as well as contemporary grilles and an optional higher transformer. Accessories include: and an optional higherpower power transformer. Accessories include: and an optional higher power transformer. Accessories include:

Section:

06

MTC300BB8 MTC300BB8

Premium ft (28cucul)l) DESCRIPTION MTC300BB8 Premium 1 cu1 cu ft (28 DESCRIPTION Cylindrical Backbox Premium 1Backbox cu ft (28 cu l) DESCRIPTION Cylindrical Control 328C/CT and Cylindrical Backbox 328C/CT and FITS:FITS:Control 227C/CT 227C/CT Control 328C/CT and FITS: DIMENSIONS: 15 dia x 10.6 in deep 15 dia deep DIMENSIONS: 227C/CT (380x 10.6 x 270inmm) mm) 15 diax x270 10.6 in deep DIMENSIONS: (380

(380 x 270 mm)

MTC-300BB12 MTC-RG6/8 MTC-SG6/8 MTC-300SG12 MTC-300BB12 MTC-RG6/8 MTC-SG6/8 MTC-300SG12MTC-TB6/8MTC-TB6/8MTC-300T150MTC-300T150 Premium 33cucuftft(28 GrilleGrille for 6for in(152 Sq. Grille forGrille 6 in(152 and mm) Square for 12Grille in for 12Tile 6 inbridge (152 mm) W Accessory MTC-300BB12 MTC-RG6/8 MTC-SG6/8 MTC-300SG12 MTC-TB6/8 MTC-300T150 Premium (28cucul) l) Round Round 6 inmm) (152 mm) Sq. for 6mm) in(152 andGrille Square in bridge forTile for 6150 in (152 mm) 150 W Accessory Rectangular Backbox Rectangular Premium 3 cuBackbox ft (28 cu l) Control 321C/CT, 322C/CT Rectangular Backbox Control 321C/CT, 322C/CT and 312CS and 312CS Control 321C/CT, 322C/CT 23.1 x 18.2 x 12.6 in and 23.1 xx 18.2 12.6 in (587312CS 461 xx324 mm) (587 461 xx324 23.1 xx 18.2 12.6mm) in (587 x 461 x 324 mm)

specifications specifications specifications

andand 8 in8(200 mm)mm) systems 8 in (200 mm) (300 mm) systems and 8 in (200 mm) Transformer inGrille (200 (200systems mm) mm) systems and 8systems in (200 systems Round for 6 insystems (152 mm) 8Sq.inGrille for 6 insystems (152 mm) and (300 Square Grille for 12 in Tile bridge formm) 6 in (152 mm) Transformer 150 W Accessory Control and systemsControl 321C/CT, 322C/CT Control 227C/CT Mounting studs included and 8227C/CT in227C/CT (200and mm)and systemsControlControl 8227C/CT in (200227C/CT mm) (300 mm) systems322C/CT andand 8 in227C/CT (200 mm) Transformer Control and Control 321C/CT, Control andsystems Mounting studs included 328C/CT 328C/CT and 312CS 328C/CT on MTC-300BB12 328C/CT 328C/CT and 312CS on MTC-300BB12 Control 227C/CT and Control 227C/CT and Control 321C/CT, 322C/CT 328C/CT Control 227C/CT and Mounting studs included 13.6 in dia x 0.64 in deep 13.4 x 13.4 x 0.4 in deep 16.3 x 16.3 x 0.4 in deep 25.4 x 16.25 in 3.4 x 3.4 x 3.1 in 328C/CT 328C/CT 13.6 in dia 13.4 16.3 xmm) 16.3 x 0.4 in(646 deepx 413 mm) 25.4 x 16.25 in (86 x 86 x 78 mm)on 3.4MTC-300BB12 x 3.4 x 3.1 in (345 x 16.3 mm)x 0.64 in deep(340 x 328C/CT 340 xx1013.4 mm)x 0.4 in deep (415 x 415and x 10312CS

(345 x 16.3 13.6 in dia xmm) 0.64 in deep (345 x 16.3 mm)

Control 328C/CT

SYSTEM TYPE

SYSTEM TYPE

1 FREQUENCYSYSTEM RANGE (-10 TYPEdB) POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)1 23 PINK FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)21 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM NOMINAL COVERAGE PINK POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 32 SENSITIVITY:PINK 1W, 31m NOMINAL COVERAGE NOMINAL IMPEDANCE NOMINAL COVERAGE SENSITIVITY: 1W, 1m TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V SENSITIVITY: 1W, 1m70V NOMINAL IMPEDANCE

NOMINAL IMPEDANCE TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 70V LF TRANSFORMERCOMPONENTS: TAPS: 100V 70VHF TERMINATION COMPONENTS: LF DIMENSIONSHF COMPONENTS: LF(W) HF(D) TERMINATION TERMINATION DIMENSIONS (W) NET WEIGHT (each) (D) DIMENSIONS (W) (D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

Control 8" Coaxial328C/CT Ceiling Loudspeaker with HF Compression Driver Control 328C/CT 8" Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker with

Hz – 18Ceiling kHz Driver HF Compression 8"45Coaxial Loudspeaker with W HF Compression 45500 Hz – 18 kHz Driver 250 W 45 HzW– 18 kHz 500 120º conical 250 500 W 93 dB 250 Wconical 120º 8 ohms 120º 93 dBconical 60, 30 15 W dB30, 15, 7.5 W 893ohms 60, 8 ohms 60, 30 15 W 60,8 in30, 15,Wmm) 7.5 W 30(200 15 diaphragm compression driver 60,1"30, 15, 7.5 W Screw-down 8 in (200 mm)removable locking connector 12diaphragm in (305 mm)compression diameter round baffle 1" driver 8 in (200 mm) in (160 mm) for C328Clocking 1"6.3 diaphragm compression driverconnector Screw-down removable 8.6 in (218 mm) for C328CT Screw-down removable connector 12 in (305 mm) diameterlocking round baffle 4.5 kg (10 lb) for C328C 6.3 (160 mm) for C328Cround baffle 125.4 ininkg (305 (12mm) lb) fordiameter C328CT 8.6 6.3 in (218 (160 mm) for C328CT C328C 1 IEC 8.6 in (218 mm) C328CT random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with 4.5 kgfiltered (10 lb) forfor C328C a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB 5.4 4.5 kg (12 (10 lb) for C328CT C328C 5.4 kg (12 lb) for C328CT

1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with

a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB 1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB

Page 282

(340 340 xx10 13.4 xx 13.4 0.4mm) in deep (340 x 340 x 10 mm)

Control 321C/CT

(415xx16.3 415 xx 0.4 10 mm) 16.3 in deep (415 x 415 x 10 mm)

(646 413 mm) 25.4 xx 16.25 in (646 x 413 mm)

Control 322 C/CT

(86 86 xx78 3.4 xx 3.4 3.1mm) in (86 x 86 x 78 mm)

Control 312CS

321C/CT Control 322 C/CT ControlLoudspeaker 312CS 12" Control Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker High-output 12" Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker 12" In-Ceiling Subwoofer with12" HF Compression Driver Control Control 322 Control 312CS Coaxial321C/CT Ceiling Loudspeaker High-output 12"C/CT Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker 12" In-Ceiling Subwoofer Loudspeaker 34 Hz 32 Hz – 20High-output kHz 30 Hz – 4.5 kHz 12" In-Ceiling Subwoofer Loudspeaker with HFkHzCompression Driver 12"– 18 Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker 12" Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker 500with W HzHF 800 W 32 Hz – 20 kHz 800 W Compression Driver 34 – 18 kHz 30 Hz – 4.5 kHz 250 W 400 W 400 W 34 HzW– 18 kHz 32 HzW– 20 kHz 30 HzW– 4.5 kHz 500 800 800 90º conical 90º conical 250 400 400 500 W 800 W 800 W 94 dB 95 dB 93 dB 250 conical W 400 conical W 400 W 90º 90º 8 ohms 8 ohms 8 ohms 90ºdB conical 90ºdB conical 94 95 93 dB 60, 30 15 W 100, 50, 25 W n/a dB dB W dB 894ohms 895ohms 893ohms 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W 100, 50, 25, 12.5 n/a Optional Optional 150W with25MTC-300T150 8 ohms 8 ohms 8 ohms 60, 30150W 15 Wwith MTC-300T150 100, 50, W n/a 30, 15,W7.5 W 12 in60, (300 12 in (300100, mm)50, 25, 12 in (300 mm) n/a 30mm) 15 25 W12.5 W 1" diaphragm compression driver 1.5" diaphragm compression driver Optional Optional 150W MTC-300T150 60, 30, 15,150W 7.5 Wwith MTC-300T150 100, 50, 25, 12.5with W n/a Screw-down locking connector Screw-down removable locking locking Optional 150W MTC-300T150 Optional withconnector MTC-300T150 Screw-down removable 12 in (300removable mm)with 12 in (300150W mm) 12 in (300 mm)connector 14.41" in (366 xcompression 366 mm) square baffle 14.4 x 14.41.5" x 366) baffle driver 14.4 x 14.4 in (366 mm) square baffle diaphragm driver diaphragm compression 12x 14.4 in (300 mm) 12inin(366 (300 mm)square 12 xin366 (300 mm) 8.8 in mm) forremovable C321C mm)diaphragm for C322Cremovable 6.3 in (160 mm)Screw-down removable locking connector 1"(223 diaphragm compression driverconnector 8.8 in (223Screw-down 1.5" compression driver Screw-down locking locking connector 9.5 in (240 mm) for C321CT 9.5 in (240 mm) for C322CT Screw-down connector Screw-down Screw-down connector 14.4 x 14.4 inremovable (366 x 366 locking mm) square baffle 14.4 x 14.4 inremovable (366 x 366)locking squareconnector baffle 14.4 x 14.4 inremovable (366 x 366 locking mm) square baffle 7.3 kg (16 lb) for C321C 9.1 kg (20 lb) for C322C 8.8 in (223 mm) for C321C mm) forxC322C 6.3 14.4 x 14.4 in (366 x 366 mm) square baffle 14.4 x(223 14.4 in (366 366) square baffle 14.4inx(160 14.4 mm) in (366 x 366 mm) square baffle 8.2 kg (18 lb ) for C321CT 10.0 kg (228.8 lb)infor C322CT 9.5 8.8 in (240 (223 mm) for C321CT C321C

9.5 8.8 in (240 (223 mm) for C322CT C322C

2 Continuous 9.5 mm) C321CT 9.5 mm) C322CT Power, which is a conservative expression the lb) system’s ability to 7.3 in kg(240 (16Program lb) forfor C321C 9.1 in kgof(240 (20 forfor C322C

6.3 in (160 mm)

3 Continuous Pink Noise for 2 hours.

handle normal speech and music program material and is defined as 3 dB above the 8.2 lb forC321C C321CT (22factor). C322CT 7.3 kg (18 (16Pink lb))Noise for 9.1 kgkg (20 lb)lb)forforC322C Continuous rating (IEC-shaped pink noise with a10.0 6 dB crest

8.2 kg (18 lb ) for C321CT

10.0 kg (22 lb) for C322CT

2 Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to

3 Continuous Pink Noise for 2 hours.

normal speech and music program material and is defined as 3 dB above the 2 handle Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to

3 Continuous Pink Noise for 2 hours.

Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor). handle normal speech and music program material and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor).


CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING AND IN-WALL SPEAKERS CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING AND IN-WALL SPEAKERS CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING AND IN-WALL SPEAKERS

key key features features

f MINIMAL VISUAL IMPACT MINIMAL VISUAL IMPACT f f HIGH POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY f HIGH POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY

key features

f MINIMAL VISUAL IMPACT

f HIGH POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY

In-Wall Speakers

f EASY TO INSTALL IN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION EASY TO INSTALL IN STANDARD f STUD-WALL STUD-WALL CONSTRUCTION f 70V/100V VERSIONS AVAILABLE f EASY TO INSTALL IN STANDARD VERSIONS AVAILABLE f 70V/100V STUD-WALL CONSTRUCTION f 70V/100V VERSIONS AVAILABLE

128W/WT 128W/WT 128W/WT

JBL Control 126W/WT and 128W/WT are premium in-wall speakers designed for applications where top performance from a loudspeaker JBL Control 126W/WT 128W/WT premiumin-wall in-wall speakers designed forfor applications where top performance from a loudspeaker JBL 126W/WT andand 128W/WT areare premium speakers designed applications from amodels, loudspeaker withControl minimal visual impact is required. The Control 100 Series speakers are voiced similarly towhere other top JBL performance Control Contractor with minimal visual impact is required. The Control 100 Series speakers are voiced similarly to other JBL Control Contractor models, with minimal visual is required. The Control speakers 100 Serieswithin speakers are voiced similarly toThe other JBL Control Contractor models, allowing mixing withimpact surface-mount and in-ceiling a single listening space. premium sound quality makes these allowing mixing with surface-mount andin-ceiling in-ceilingspeakers speakers within a asingle listening space. The premium soundsound qualityquality makes these allowing mixing with surface-mount and within single listening space. The premium makes these loudspeakers ideal for critical listening environments, yet they are high power and rugged enough to handle venues requiring high-SPL, loudspeakers ideal for critical listening environments, yet they are high power and rugged enough to handle venues requiring high-SPL, loudspeakers idealmusic. for critical listening environments, yet they are high power and rugged enough to handle venues requiring high-SPL, heavyheavy duty-cycle duty-cycle music. heavy duty-cycle music. CONTROL 126 W/WT andand CONTROL 128W/WT CONTROL 126 W/WT CONTROL 128W/WT CONTROL 126 andControl CONTROL The Control 126 W/WT W and Control 128128 W feature high wooferswith with a polymer coated aluminum purerubber butyl rubber for long life The Control 126 W and W 128W/WT feature highperformance performance woofers a polymer coated aluminum cone,cone, pure butyl surroundsurround for long life andreliability, high reliability, and extended polepiece magnet design for for long excursion and reliability. Thealuminum purepure titanium dome high frequency driver is loaded The high Control 126 Wand andextended Control 128 W feature high design performance woofers with ahigh polymer coated cone, pure butyl rubber surround forislong life and polepiece magnet long excursion and high reliability. The titanium dome high frequency driver loaded with a built-in (Elliptical Oblate Spheroidal) waveguide forlong low a smooth frequency response. A low-diffraction swivel mounting systemis loaded and high reliability, and extended polepiece magnet design for excursion and high reliability. The pure titanium dome high frequency driver with a built-in EOS™EOS™ (Elliptical Oblate Spheroidal) waveguide for lowdistortion distortionand and a smooth frequency response. A low-diffraction swivel mounting system enables the user to direct frequencies where requiredwithout without the diffraction distortion inherent in other aimable tweeter designs.designs. A high-slope with a built-in EOS™ (Elliptical Oblate Spheroidal) waveguide for low distortion and a smooth frequency response. A low-diffraction swivel mounting system enables the user to direct highhigh frequencies where required the diffraction distortion inherent in other aimable tweeter A high-slope crossover maintains natural midrange sound andproduces produces more even coverage throughout the listening area. enables the usernetwork tomaintains direct highnatural frequencies where required without the diffraction distortion inherent in aimable crossover network midrange sound and more even coverage throughout theother listening area.tweeter designs. A high-slope The network speakers fit into the wall spacemidrange of ordinarysound stud-wall construction. An optional rough-in frame is available installing the speakers into standard stud crossover natural and produces more even coverage throughout thefor listening area. The speakers fit intomaintains the wall space of ordinary stud-wall construction. An optional rough-in frame is available for installing the speakers into standard stud walls in new construction projects. As is the case with all Control Contractor speakers, the baffles and grilles are paintable to match any décor.

The speakers fit into the wall space As of ordinary stud-wall construction. An optional rough-in frameand is available installingtothe speakers into standard stud walls in new construction projects. is the case with all Control Contractor speakers, the baffles grilles arefor paintable match any décor. optional Control 126WT andAs Control 128WT include 70V/100V transformers for use on distributedand loudspeaker walls inThe new construction projects. is the case include with all Control Contractor speakers, the arelines. paintable The optional Control 126WT and Control 128WT 70V/100V transformers for use onbaffles distributedgrilles loudspeaker lines. to match any décor. The optional Control 126WT and Control 128WT include 70V/100V transformers for use on distributed loudspeaker lines.

specifications specifications specifications CONTROL 126W/WT

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 1 2 1 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 2 1 PINK 2 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m 2 2 PINK POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM NOMINALPINK IMPEDANCE SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m2 TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m70.7 V NOMINAL IMPEDANCE NOMINAL IMPEDANCE TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. HIGHV FREQ. TRANSFORMER TAPS:70.7 100V 70.7 COMPONENTS: LOWTERMINATION FREQ.V HIGH OPTIMUM AIR CAVITY COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. BEHIND SPEAKER HIGH FREQ. TERMINATION ROUGH-IN TERMINATION OPTIMUM AIR CAVITYFRAME DIMENSIONS BEHINDAIRSPEAKER OPTIMUM CAVITY (H x W x D) BEHIND SPEAKER ROUGH-IN FRAME NET WEIGHT (each)

ROUGH-IN FRAME DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

CONTROL 128W/WT

38 Hz - 20126W/WT kHz CONTROL CONTROL 38 Hz100 - 20WkHz126W/WT

30 Hz - 20 kHz128W/WT CONTROL 120 CONTROL 30 HzW- 20 kHz128W/WT

38 100HzW- 20 kHz 88 dB SPL 50 100WW ohms 50 dB W 8SPL 88 30, 15, 7.5 W (126WT) 88 dB SPL 8 ohms 30, 15, 7.5, 3.7 W (126WT) 8 ohms 30, 15,6 17.5 (126WT) ⁄2 inW(165 mm) 30, 15,1 in7.5, W (126WT) mm) 7.5(25W3.7 (126WT) 1 30, 15, 7.5, 3.7 W (126WT)type 6 ⁄2 inScrew-down (165 mm) Euroblock 1⁄2(25 16 in mm) -40 liters in20(165 mm)(0.7 to 1.4 cu. ft.) 1 in (25 mm) Euroblock type Screw-down Screw-down Euroblock typeft.) 20 -40MTC-126RIF liters (0.7 to 1.4 cu. x 215 x 105 mmcu. ft.) 20 -40280 liters (0.7 to 1.4 11 x 8.5 x 4.1 in MTC-126RIF 126W: 2.1 kg (4.5 lb) MTC-126RIF 280 x 126WT: 215 x 105 2.7 mm kg (5.9 lb) 11 in mm 280x x8.5 215x 4.1 x 105 11 x 8.52.1 x 4.1 126W: kg in (4.5 lb) 126WT: 2.7kgkg(4.5 (5.9lb)lb) 126W: 2.1 126WT: 2.7 kg (5.9 lb)

30 120HzW- 20 kHz 90 dB SPL 60 120WW 608 ohms W SPL 90 dB 50, 25, 12 W (128WT) 90 dB25,SPL 850, ohms 12, 6 W (128WT) 88ohms 50, 12mm) W (128WT) in25, (200 50, 25,mm) 12, (128WT) 1 (25 12 W6 W (128WT) 50, 6W (128WT) 8Screw-down in25, (20012,mm) Euroblock type 1840 (25 mm) liters (1.4 to 2.8 cu. ft.) in -80 (200 mm) 1 (25 mm) Euroblock type Screw-down MTC-128RIF Screw-down Euroblock typeft.) 40 -80 liters (1.4 to 2.8 cu. x 110 40334-80x 257 liters (1.4mm to 2.8 cu. ft.) 13.1 x 10.1 x 4.3 in MTC-128RIF 128W: 2.6 kg (5.5 lb) MTC-128RIF 334 x 2573.3x 110 mm 128WT: kg (7.2 lb) 13.1 10.1x x110 4.3mm in 334 xx257 13.1 x 10.1 x 4.3 128W: 2.6 kg (5.5inlb) 128WT: 3.3kgkg(5.5 (7.2lb)lb) 128W: 2.6 128WT: 3.3 kg (7.2 lb)

50 W

60 W

1Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling) 2 Continuous Program Power, which is a

conservative expression of the system’s ability 1Half-space to handle normal(mounted speech andin-wall music program or in ceiling) material and is defined as 3 dB above the 21 Continuous Program Power, which is a Half-space or in pink ceiling) Continuous Pink (mounted Noise ratingin-wall (IEC-shaped conservative expression of the system’s ability 2 Continuous noise with a 6 dB crest factor,Power, for 100 hours Program a to handle normal speech andwhich musicisprogram continuously). conservative of3the ability material and expression is defined as dB system’s above the 3 Rated Continuous Pinkspeech Noise for 100 hours.program toinhandle normal and music

Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-shaped pink material defined as 3 dBfor above the noise withand a 6isdB crest factor, 100 hours Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-shaped pink continuously). noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours 3 Rated in Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours. continuously). 3 Rated in Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours.

Page 283

Harman Pro Group | 2010

126W/WT 126W/WT 126W/WT

In-Wall In-Wall Speakers Speakers

Section:

06


INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

® Control Control®® Contractor Contractor

Surface-Mount Surface-Mount Speakers Speakers

Control Contractor

Surface-Mount Speakers

CONTROL 30-WH CONTROL 30-WH CONTROL 30-WH

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CONTROL 29AV-1 CONTROL 29AV-1 CONTROL 29AV-1 CONTROL 28/28T-60 CONTROL 28/28T-60 28/28T-60 CONTROL CONTROL 25AV CONTROL 25AV

CONTROL 25AV Section:

06

CONTROL 25/25T CONTROL 25/25T

CONTROL 25/25T

TheThe Control Contractor arecompact compact systems rugged, molded high impact polystyrene shells. Designed Control ContractorSurface Surface speakers speakers are systems withwith rugged, molded high impact polystyrene shells. Designed for wide- for wideThe Control Contractor Surface speakers compact systems with rugged, molded impact polystyrene shells.and Designed forpaintability. wideranging indoor and (except SB-2)are applications, Control Contractor Series offers versatility, ease-of-installation and ranging indoor andoutdoor outdoor (except SB-2) applications, thethe Control Contractor Series offershigh versatility, ease-of-installation paintability. ranging indoor and outdoor (except SB-2) applications, the Control Contractor Series offers versatility, ease-of-installation and paintability. Invisiball®mounting mountingtechnology technology revolutionizes ease-of-installation with with built-in hardware easily secured a standard wrenchhex wrench JBL’sJBL’s Invisiball® revolutionizes ease-of-installation built-in hardware easily with secured with ahex standard JBL’s Invisiball® mounting technology revolutionizes ease-of-installation with built-in hardware easily secured with a standard hex wrench from a front channel (except Control CRV). Mounting bracket is included. from a front channel (except Control CRV). Mounting bracket is included. from a front channel (except Control CRV). Mounting bracket is included. CONTROL 23/CONTROL23T 23T CONTROL 23/CONTROL The most 23/CONTROL compact of the JBL23T Control Contractor CONTROL The most compact of the JBL Control Contractor 1

Series speakers, the Control 23, has a 3 ⁄2" woofer

The and most compact the JBL Control woofer Series speakers, theoftitanium-coated Control 23, has aContractor 3 1⁄2"ideal horn-loaded tweeter for woofer Series speakers, the Control 23, has a 3 1⁄2"ideal and mid/high horn-loaded titanium-coated tweeter for operation in limited space environments. and horn-loaded titanium-coated tweeter ideal mid/high operation in limited environments. The optional Control 23T hasspace a pre-installed trans-for mid/high operation in23T limited environments. The optional hassystems. aspace pre-installed transformer for Control line distribution Augmenting The the optional Control 23T has a pre-installed former for distribution systems. Augmenting bassline with a JBL subwoofer results in an transextremely subwoofer-satellite former for linefull-fidelity systems. Augmenting the bass with adistribution JBL subwoofer results in ansystem. the bass with a JBL subwoofer results in ansystem. extremely full-fidelity subwoofer-satellite CONTROL 25/CONTROL 25T extremely full-fidelity subwoofer-satellite system. The Control 25 incorporates a 5 1⁄4" low frequenCONTROL 25/CONTROL 25T cy loudspeaker with a horn-loaded 1" titaniumCONTROL The Control25/CONTROL 25 incorporates25T a 5 1⁄4" low frequen-

CONTROL 25AV-LS CONTROL 25AV-LS

CONTROL 29AV-1 29AV-1 CONTROL

The Control 25AV-LS is UL1480 UUMW listed for The Control 29AV-1 utilizes high power compoCONTROL CONTROL The Control25AV-LS 25AV-LS is UL1480 UUMW listed for The Control29AV-1 29AV-1 utilizes high power compouse in fire alarm and/or emergency communicanents and a complex network to achieve smooth The Control 25AV-LS UL1480 UUMW listed forhigh fidelity Theperformance, Control 29AV-1 utilizes high power smooth compouse in fire alarm and/orisemergency communicanents and a complex network to achieve tion systems. extended bandwidth use in fire alarm and/or emergency communica- and well-controlled nentsfidelity and defined a complex network toa achieve smooth tion systems. high performance, extended bandwidth coverage from tion systems. fidelity performance, bandwidth and well-controlled defined from a compacthigh loudspeaker. A rotatable 110°extended xcoverage 85° and well-controlled coverage compact loudspeaker. rotatable 110°from x 85°a high-frequency horn allows usedefined ofAthe speaker in compact loudspeaker. A rotatable x 85° in high-frequency horn allows use of 110° the speaker either vertical or horizontal orientation. Smooth frequency response and or even coverage ensures high-frequency horn allowsorientation. use of the speaker either vertical horizontal Smoothin excellentfrequency soundvertical character the either orthroughout horizontal orientation. response and even coverage Smooth ensures listeningexcellent area. Contains 10 inserts foreven suspending. frequency response and coveragethe ensures sound character throughout Optionallistening MTC-29UBarea. U-bracket available. excellent sound character the Contains 10throughout inserts for suspending.

listening Contains 10 inserts for suspending. Optional MTC-29UB U-bracket available. CONTROL 30 area. Optional MTC-29UB U-bracket available.

coated tweeter. Its full-range frequency response

The Control 25with incorporates a 5 1⁄4"1" low frequency loudspeaker a horn-loaded titaniummakes it an excellent choice for moderately large cy loudspeaker with a horn-loaded 1" titaniumcoated tweeter. Its full-range frequency response venues, providing superior dynamic performance. coated Its full-range frequency response makes an excellent choice for moderately large Theittweeter. optional Control 25T includes a multitap makes itproviding an excellent choice for moderately large venues, superior dynamic performance. transformer for line distribution systems. venues, providing superior dynamic performance. The optional Control 25T includes a multitap 25AV The CONTROL optionalfor Control 25T includes a multitap transformer line distribution systems. The Control is an especially wide bandtransformer for 25AV line distribution systems.

CONTROL 25AV width, smooth response speaker. It features a top-quality 60 W multitap transformer forband70V/100V CONTROL The Control25AV 25AV is an especially wide

distribution systems. The transformer maya be Theline Control 25AV is an especially wide bandwidth, smooth response speaker. It features bypassed allowing the Control 25AV to be used as width, smooth response It features a top-quality 60 W multitapspeaker. transformer for 70V/100V an 8 ohm impedance speaker. Stainless steel grille top-quality 60 W systems. multitap transformer for 70V/100V line distribution The transformer may be and MTC-PC2 panel cover included for additional line weather distribution systems. The transformer bypassed allowing the Control 25AV to bemay usedbe as resistance. bypassed allowing thespeaker. ControlStainless 25AV to be used as an 8 ohm impedance steel grille an 8 MTC-PC2 ohm impedance speaker. Stainless steel grille and panel cover included for additional and MTC-PC2 panel cover included for additional weather resistance. weather resistance.

Page 284

CONTROL 23/23T CONTROL 23/23T

CONTROL 23/23T

The Control 30 is a three-way high output speaker CONTROL 30 designed for multiple uses. Weather resistance has CONTROL 30 The Control 30the is aControl three-way high output speaker been maximized, making 30 suitable CONTROL 25AV-LS for outdoor Theapplications. Control a three-way high output speaker designed for 30 multiple uses. Weather resistance has It is features a top-quality CONTROL 25AV-LS 150 W multitap designed for multiple uses. Weather has been maximized, making the Controlresistance 30 suitable transformer for 70V/100V line CONTROL 28/CONTROL 28T-60 been maximized, making Control 30 suitable for outdoor applications. features distribution systems with a bypass forItthe use as an 8a top-quality The Control 28 offers high power, performance, ohm speaker. 10transformer inserts for It suspending. for outdoor applications. features a top-quality 150 WContains multitap for 70V/100V line CONTROL 28T-60 bandwidth and 28/CONTROL sensitivity in a compact, full-range Optionaldistribution MTC-30UB U-bracket available. 150 W multitap transformer for 70V/100V systems with a bypass for use line as an 8 speaker. Incorporating an 8" low-frequency woofCONTROL 28/CONTROL 28T-60 The Control 28 offers high power, performance, distribution systems with bypassfor forsuspending. use as an 8 ohm speaker. Contains 10ainserts er bandwidth and 1" titaniumcoated tweeter, the Control The Controland 28 sensitivity offers highinpower, performance, a compact, full-range ohm speaker. Contains 10 inserts for suspending. Optional MTC-30UB U-bracket available. 28speaker. provides Incorporating vivid sound reproduction for large-full-range bandwidth and sensitivity in low-frequency a compact, an 8" woofOptional MTC-30UB U-bracket available. space applications. The optional Control 28T-60 speaker. an 8" low-frequency woofer and 1"Incorporating titanium- coated tweeter, the Control contains a multitap transformer for 70V/100V line er and 1" titaniumcoated tweeter, thefor Control 28 provides vivid sound reproduction largedistribution systems. CONTROL 25AV-LS

28 provides vivid sound reproduction for28T-60 largespace applications. The optional Control space applications. optionalfor Control 28T-60 contains a multitap The transformer 70V/100V line contains a multitap distribution systems.transformer for 70V/100V line distribution systems.


CONTROL CONTRACTOR SERIES CONTROL CONTRACTOR SERIES

key key features features CONTROL CONTRACTOR SERIES

key features

forming a dual ground plane configuration.

f INVISIBALL® MOUNTING TECHNOLOGY f WEATHEREDGE™ FOR MOISTURE PROTECTION

f PAINTABLE TEXTURED ENCLOSURES PAINTABLE TEXTURED ENCLOSURES f f SELECTION OF VERSATILE MOUNTING SELECTION OF VERSATILE MOUNTING f HARDWARE HARDWARE TEXTURED ENCLOSURES f PAINTABLE f SELECTION OF VERSATILE MOUNTING HARDWARE

JBL’s exclusive, patented InvisiBall Mounting JBL's Control Contractor systems provide System (most models) allows for quick, easy, incredible design flexibility. All speakers are JBL’s exclusive, patented InvisiBall Mounting JBL's Control Contractor systems provide theft-resistant installation with the built-in mount constructed with a similar sonic signature allowing JBL’s exclusive, patentedallows InvisiBall JBL's Control Contractor systems provide System (most models) forMounting quick, easy, incredible design flexibility. All speakers are System models) allows forthe quick, easy, design flexibility. speakers are secured by(most a few turns of awith standard hex wrench. mixing and matching ofAll any of the various models. theft-resistant installation built-in mount incredible constructed with a similar sonic signature allowing theft-resistant installation the built-in with amatching similar sonic allowing For décor allof models (except SB-2) secured by a few turns ofwith a standard hexmount wrench. constructed mixing andconsiderations, ofsignature any the various models. secured by a few turns of a standard hex wrench. mixing and matching ofblack any ofor thewhite various models. are available in and are paintable. For décor considerations, all models (except SB-2) For décor considerations, all models (except SB-2) are available in black or white and are paintable. are available in black or white and are paintable.

CONTROL CRV CONTROL CRV CONTROL The Control CRV CRV brings high design and ver-

ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES MTC-PC2: The MTC-PC2 Panel Cover provides

The Control CRVand brings high design verThe Control CRV brings high design andand versatility to both indoor outdoor commercial toThe both indoor and outdoor commercial satilitysatility to both indoor andCRV outdoor commercial applications. Control incorporates dual applications. The Control CRV incorporates dual applications. The Control CRV incorporates dual 4" woofers with Polyplas™ cones for durability 4" woofers with Polyplas™ cones durability 4" woofers with Polyplas™ cones for for durability and a ¾" titanium-laminate tweeter. and a ¾" titanium-laminate tweeter. and a ¾" titanium-laminate tweeter.

MTC-PC2: The Panel Cover provides MTC-PC2: TheMTC-PC2 MTC-PC2 Panel Cover provides sealed entrance protection for input terminals sealed entrance forfor input terminals sealed entrance protection input terminals and strain reliefprotection for incoming speaker wire. andstrain strain relief for incoming speaker wire. and relief for incoming speaker wire. MTC-xxSSG and MTC-xxWMG: SSG stainless

CONTROL SB-2 CONTROL SB-2 CONTROL SB-2 as the subwoofer section of The SB-2 functions

The SB-2 functions as the subwoofer section of

The SB-2 functions assystems, thepreserving subwoofer section of left/right music systems, the stereo left/right music preserving the stereo left/right music systems, the stereo separation. The dual coil coil 10" 10" bass transseparation. The voice dualpreserving voice bass transseparation. The dual voice coil 10"complement bass transducer has been optimized to complement four ducer has been optimized to four ducer has to complement four Control 23been as satellite speakers. (Not(Not outdoor Control 23optimized as satellite speakers. outdoor Controlcapable.) 23 as satellite speakers. (Not outdoor capable.) capable.) CONTROL SB210 CONTROL SB210

The Control SB210 subwoofer contains two CONTROL SB210 The Control SB210 subwoofer contains two high power 10" woofers suitable for a variety of The Control SB210 subwoofer two of high power 10" woofers suitablecontains for a variety applications both indoors and out. Its compact high power 10" woofers suitable forIts a variety of applications both indoors and out. compact size, durable enclosure, insert points, and applications both indoors andpoints, out. Itsand compact size, durable enclosure, insert stacking options make it one of the most size, durable enclosure, points, and market. stacking options make itinsert one of the most versatile subwoofers in the installation stacking options make one of the most versatile subwoofers initthe installation market. Optional input modules are available to versatile subwoofers in the market. Optional inputpassive modules areinstallation available tocrossover provide subwoofer/satellite Optional input modules are available to provide passive subwoofer/satellite crossover (MTC-210-SAT), 70 V/100V subwoofer-band or both (MTC-210T-SAT providetransformer passive subwoofer/satellite crossover (MTC-210-SAT), 70(MTC-210T) V/100V subwoofer-band for use (MTC-210T) with70 low impedance speakers.) (MTC-210-SAT), V/100V transformer or subwoofer-band bothsatellite (MTC-210T-SAT transformer (MTC-210T) or both (MTC-210T-SAT for use with low impedance satellite speakers.) for use with low impedance satellite speakers.)

MTC-xxSSG stainless MTC-xxSSG andMTC-xxWMG: MTC-xxWMG: steel retrofit and grilles for ControlSSG 23,SSG 25,stainless and 28. steel retrofit grilles for Control 23, 25, and 28. steel retrofit grilles forgrilles Control 25, and 28. WMG WeatherMax™ add23, a foam and WMG WeatherMax™ grilles add a foam and WMG WeatherMax™ grilles add foam and tight-weave backing to break upadriving rain. tight-weave backing to break up driving rain. tight-weave backing to break up driving rain.

MTC-xxUB* MTC-xxUB* U-BRACKET U-BRACKET MTC-xxUB* U-BRACKET

MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING BRACKETS BRACKETS

MTC-xxCM* Ceiling

MTC-xxCM* Ceiling MTC-xxCM* Brackets: TheCeiling curved arm Brackets: The curved arm Brackets: The curved arm allows installation of Control allows installation of Control MTC-xxV* VERTICAL allows 23, 25, installation 28, 29AV or of 30Control speakers MTC-xxV* VERTICAL 23, 25, 28, 29AV or 30 speakers ARRAY BRACKETS VERTICAL ARRAYMTC-xxV* BRACKETS 23, 25, 28, 29AV or 30 speakers down from a ceiling. down from a ceiling. ARRAY BRACKETS

down from a ceiling.

MTC-30MK-WH: Marine grille MTC-30MK-WH: Marine grille MTC-30MK-WH: Marineonly). grille kit for 30 Control (white kit for Control (white30 only).

BRACKETS

MTC-xxUB*: U-brackets MTC-xxUB*: U-brackets for installing Control MTC-xxUB*: U-brackets for installing Control 29AV, 3030 and SB210. for installing Control 29AV, and SB210. Available black or or 29AV, 30inand SB210. Available in black white. Available in black or white.

white. Horizontal MTC-xxH* HORIZONTAL MTC-xxH*

MTC-xxH* HORIZONTAL ARRAY BRACKETS ARRAY BRACKETS MTC-xxH* HORIZONTAL ARRAY BRACKETS

MTC-xxV* Vertical Array MTC-xxV* Vertical Array Brackets: vertical MTC-xxV* VerticalAllows Array Brackets: Allows vertical Brackets: Allows vertical endto-end mounting of up end- to-end mounting of up endto-end mounting to three Control 23, 25,of orup 28 to threespeakers. Control 25, or 28 to three23, Control 23, 25, or 28 speakers. speakers.

MTC-xxH* Horizontal

Array Brackets: Allows MTC-xxH* Horizontal Array Brackets: Allows horizontal arraying of Array Brackets: horizontal arraying two Control 23, 25 orAllows 28of horizontal arraying of28 two Control 23,brackets 25 or speakers. MTC-H two 23, 25 or speakers. MTC-H brackets can beControl interconnected to28 speakers. MTC-Hring brackets 3) MTC-xxH* AS CLUSTER form can interconnected abe suspended for to MODULE BRACKET 3) MTC-xxH* AS CLUSTER mounting 6 or 3 speakers can be interconnected to form a suspended ring for (SHOWN PARTIAL) MODULE BRACKET a 360˚ cluster 3) MTC-xxH* AS CLUSTER inmounting form a suspended ring for 6 ormodule. 3 speakers (SHOWN MODULE PARTIAL) BRACKET mounting 6 or 3 module. speakers in a 360˚ cluster (SHOWN PARTIAL)

in a 360˚ cluster module.

kit for Control 30 (white only).

SB-2 Installation Brackets:Brackets: SB-2 Installation The MTC-SB2W wall/corner SB-2MTC-SB2W Installation Brackets: The wall/corner MTC-xxCM* MTC-xxCM*bracket allows mounting of The MTC-SB2W wall/corner bracket allows mounting of CEILINGCEILING BRACKETSBRACKETS MTC-xxCM*the subwoofer onto a wall bracket allows mounting the subwoofer onto a wallof CEILING BRACKETS surface or into a corner. The the subwoofer a wall surface or into aonto corner. The MTC-SB2C ceiling bracket surface or into a corner. The MTC-SB2C ceiling bracket enables suspension of the SB-2 MTC-SB2C ceiling bracket enables suspension from above, projecting down- of the SB-2 enables suspension SB-2 from projecting downward into the above, listening area. of the SB-2 BRACKETS from above, downward into theprojecting listening area. SB-2 BRACKETS PMB-BK and PMB-WH: Control ward CRV intopole-mount the listening area. SB-2 BRACKETS PMB-BK and PMB-WH: Control CRV pole-mount bracket for 4-speaker 360º hanging pendant cluster. PMB-BKfor and PMB-WH: Control CRVpendant pole-mount bracket 4-speaker 360º hanging Various adaptorsfor for4-speaker installing via360º threaded pipe orpendant rod bracket hanging cluster. available from third party.for Contact JBL for information. Various adaptors installing via threaded pipe or rod

cluster.

from third Contact JBL for information. Various forparty. installing via threaded pipe or rod * Theseavailable models adaptors are available in different sizes. Specify speaker model when available fromordering. third party. Contact JBL for information. * These models are available in different sizes. Specify speaker model when ordering. * These models are available in different sizes. Specify speaker model when ordering.

CONTROL SB210 CONTROL SB-2

CONTROL SB-2 CONTROL SB-2

CONTROL SB210 CONTROL SB210

Page 285

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The unique curved shape of the CRV provides innovative installation solutions. placed at The unique curved shape of the When CRV provides the junction of the ceiling and wall or two walls, the Theinstallation unique curved shape of When the CRVplaced provides innovative solutions. at innovative installation solutions. When placed at speaker couples well withand both boundary surfaces, the junction of the ceiling wall or two walls, the the junction of the ceiling and wall or two walls, the forming a dual ground plane configuration. speaker couples well with both boundary surfaces, speaker couples well with both boundary surfaces, forming a dual ground plane configuration.

f INVISIBALL® MOUNTING TECHNOLOGY INVISIBALL® MOUNTING TECHNOLOGY f f WEATHEREDGE™ FOR MOISTURE PROTECTION f WEATHEREDGE™ FOR MOISTURE PROTECTION

Section:

06


INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Harman Pro Group | 2010

specificaspecifications specifications tions

Section:

06

FREQUENCY RANGE dB)1 FREQUENCY(-10 RANGE 21 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM (-10 dB) 32 1 PINK POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 2 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM PINK 3 3 NOMINAL COVERAGE PINK NOMINAL COVERAGE SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1m NOMINAL COVERAGE SENSITIVITY: 1 W,1 1W,m1 m NOMINAL IMPEDANCE SENSITIVITY: NOMINAL IMPEDANCE COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. NOMINAL IMPEDANCE HIGH FREQ. COMPONENTS: LOWLOW COMPONENTS: FREQ. FREQ. TRANSFORMER HIGH TAPS: 100V HIGH FREQ. 70.7V TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 70.7V 70.7V ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE FINISH FINISH FINISH DIMENSIONS (HDIMENSIONS x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

CONTROL 23/23T CONTROL 85 Hz - 22 kHz23/23T (23)

100 kHz23/23T (23T) 85CONTROL HzHz- -2221kHz (23) Hz 22 kHz kHz (23) 10085 --21 (23T) 50 WHz (23) 100 Hz - 21 kHz (23T) 25 50 W (23) W (23) 2550 90 90˚ ˚WxW(23) 25 (23) 90˚dBx SPL 90 (23) 86 90˚ x 90˚˚ dBdBSPL 886ohms (23) 86 SPL(23) (23) (23) 38 1ohms ⁄82ohms in (88 mm) (23) 1⁄12 in (13 mm) 3 ⁄321⁄in2 in(88 (88mm) mm) 1⁄21in (13 mm) 10 ⁄W2 in(23T) (13 mm) 510W10 W(23T) W(23T) (23T) (23T) 5 W5 W(23T) HIPS HIPSImpact Polystyrene) (High HIPS (High Impact Polystyrene) (High Impact Black or whitePolystyrene) (-WH) Blackororwhite white(-WH) (-WH) Black 193 x 140 x 111 mm 193 x 140 x 111 mm 7.6 193xx5.5 140x x4.4 111inmm 7.6 x 5.5 x 4.4 in 7.6 kg x 5.5 in 1.8 (4 xlb)4.4(23) 1.8 kg (4 lb) (23) 2.2 1.82.2kgkg(5 (4(5lb)lb)(23T) (23) (23T) 2.2 kg (5 lb) (23T)

CONTROL 25/25T CONTROL 80 Hz - 16 kHz25/25T (25)

CONTROL 25/25T 80 Hz - 15 (25T) 16 kHz (25)

80150 kHzkHz (25)(25T) 80HzHz-W16 -(25) 15 8075HzW- 15 kHz (25T) 150 W(25) (25) 150 75WWx(25) (25) 90 90 75 W˚(25) ˚ 90 dBx SPL 90 (25) 88 90˚˚x 90˚ ˚ dBSPLSPL ohms (25) 88888dB (25)(25) 1⁄4 in (135 ohms (25) mm) 858ohms (25) 3 1 (19 mm) 4 in (135 mm) 551⁄⁄44⁄in in (135 mm) 3⁄4 in (19 mm) 3⁄30, 4 in 15, (19 7.5 mm)W (25T) 30,15,15,7.57.5, 3.7(25T) W (25T) 7.5 30, WW (25T) 30, 3.73.7 W (25T) 30,15,15,7.5,7.5, W (25T) HIPS HIPS (High HIPS Impact Polystyrene) (High Polystyrene) (HighImpact Impact Polystyrene) Black or white (-WH) Black oror white (-WH) Black white 236 x 188 x 149(-WH) mm 236 x 149 mm 9.3xx188 236 x7.4 188x x5.8 149inmm 9.3 x 7.4 x 5.8 in 9.3 kg x 7.4 in 2.3 (5 xlb)5.8(25) 2.3 kg (5 lb) (25) 3.6 lb) (25T) 2.3kgkg(8(8 (5 (25) 3.6 lb) (25T)

3.6 kg (8 lb) (25T)

CONTROL 25AV CONTROL 70 Hz - 23 kHz25AV

CONTROL 70 Hz - 25AV 23 kHz 70 Hz200 - 23 W kHz

CONTROL 25AV-LS CONTROL 90 Hz - 23 kHz25AV-LS

CONTROL 25AV-LS 90 Hz - 23 kHz 90 Hz - 23200 kHzW

CONTROL 28/28T-60 CONTROL 60 Hz - 16 kHz28/28T-60 (28)

CONTROL CRV CONTROL 80 Hz - 20 kHzCRV

CONTROL 28/28T-60 55 60 Hz - 15 16 kHz (28T-60) (28)CONTROL CRV80 Hz - 20 kHz

60 Hz - 16 kHz175 80 Hz - 20 kHz 150 W 55(28) HzW-(28) 15 kHz (28T-60) 55 Hz - 15 kHz87(28T-60) 100 100 60 200 W 200 W 175WW(28) (28) 150WW 200 W W 200 W 100 W 175 W (28) 87 W (28) 150 W 60 W˚ x 80˚ 100˚ x 100˚ 110˚ x 85˚ 90˚ x 90˚ 105 100 W 100 W 87 W (28) 60 W 100dB 110dB xSPL 90˚dBx SPL 105dB 100˚ 85˚ 90˚(28) 80˚ 87 87 92 89 ˚˚xSPL ˚ xSPL 100˚ x 100 110˚ x 85˚ ˚ 90˚ x 90˚ 105˚ x 80˚ dB SPL dB SPL dB SPL (28) 89 dB SPL dB SPL ohms (28) 489ohms 87 dB887 SPL 87 dB SPL887ohms 92 dB SPL (28)892ohms 1⁄4 in (130 mm) 1⁄4 in (130 mm) ohms 58 ohms (200(28) mm) 4 ohms 24 xohms 4 in (100 mm) 8 ohms 8 ohms 58 ohms 8 ohms (28) 8 in 3 41 in (20 mm) 3⁄41 in (20 mm) mm) 5 ⁄mm) (200mm) mm) 2 x 4 in (100 mm)32⁄x4 4inin(19 (100 mm) ⁄4 inmm) (130 mm) 4 in (130 mm) 5 1⁄4 in5⁄(130 5 1⁄4 in (130 8 in (200 mm)18 in (25 3⁄4 in (20 mm) 3⁄4 in (20 mm) 3⁄4 in (19 mm) 3⁄4 in 60, 3⁄4 in (20 60, 3⁄4 in (19 mm) 30 1 in30, (2515 mm) W (28T-60) 30, 15 W W, 15 W, 7.5 W 1 in (25 mm) 60, (20 mm) mm)30, 15 W 60, 30, 15, W (28T-60) 15 W7.5(28T-60) 15 W7.5 W 15 W7.5 W W 3.8 W 60, 30, 15 W (28T-60) 60, 30,60,1530, W 15, 60, 30, 1560, W 30, 15, 30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W, 60, 30, 15, 7.5HIPS W (28T-60) 60, 30,HIPS 7.515, W 7.5 W 60, 30, 15,HIPS 7.530, W 15, 7.5 W 30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W,ABS 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W (28T-60) 60,15,30, 60, 303.8 W,W15 W, 7.5 W, 3.8 W HIPS HIPS (High ABS (High HIPS Impact Polystyrene) HIPS Impact Polystyrene)HIPS (High HIPS Impact Polystyrene) ABS Polystyrene) (HighBlack Impactor Polystyrene) (High Impact Polystyrene) (High Impact (High Impact (High Impact or whitePolystyrene) (-WH) whitePolystyrene) (-WH) Black or whitePolystyrene) (-WH) (High Impact Black Black or white (-WH) Black or whiteBlack (-WH) white (-WH) BlackBlack or white white (-WH) Black or white (-WH) Black or white (-WH) Black Black 380 x or 280 x 220 mm 236 x or 186 x 159(-WH) mm 236 x or 186white x 159(-WH) mm 127 x or 364white x 262(-WH) mm 380 x 280 x 220 mm 11.0 x 8.6 in 127 x 364 x 262 mm 236 x9.3 186 x 159xmm 236 x 1869.3 x 159 mmx 6.3 in 15.0 5127 x 14.4 380 xx280 x 220 mm 236xx7.4 186 x6.3 159inmm 236xx7.4 186 x 159 mm x 364x 10.3 x 262inmm 15.0 x 11.0 x 8.6 in 9.3 x 7.4 x 6.3 in 9.3 x 7.4 x 6.3 in 5 x 14.4 x 10.3 in 15.0kgx 11.0 x 8.6 9.3 kg x 7.4 9.3 kg x 7.4 5 x 14.4 10.3 in 5.5 (12 lb) (28)in 4.0 (9 xlb)6.3 in 3.8 (9 xlb)6.3 in 3.2 kg (7xlb) 5.5 kg (12 lb) (28) 4.0 kg (9 lb) 3.8 kg (9 lb) 3.2 kg (7 lb) 6.3 kg (14 (12 lb) (28T-60) (28) 4.0 kg (9 lb) 3.8 kg (9 lb) 3.2 kg (7 lb) 6.3 kg (14 lb) 5.5 (28T-60) 1 Half-space (on wall). 6.3 kg (14 lb) (28T-60) 1 Half-space (on wall).

21 Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle normal 2 Continuous Half-space wall). Program(on Power, which is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle normal

speech and musicmaterial program material and 3isdB defined 3Continuous dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IECspeech2and music program and is defined above as the Noise rating (IECContinuous Program Power, is aas conservative expression ofPink the system’s ability to handle normal shaped pink noise with 6 dBwhich crest factor, 100 hours continuously). shaped pink noise with a 6 dBprogram crestafactor, for 100 hoursisfor continuously). speech and music material and defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-

3 Continuous 3 Continuous Noise for 100 hours. Pink NoisePink for 100 hours.

shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours continuously).

3 Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours.

CONTROL 29AV-1 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 1 FREQUENCY RANGE 2 POWER CAPACITY:(-10 PROGRAM dB) 1 3 FREQUENCY RANGE PINK (-10 dB) 21 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM NOMINAL COVERAGE PINK 32 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 31 m

PINK NOMINAL COVERAGE NOMINAL COVERAGE SENSITIVITY: 1IMPEDANCE W, 1 m NOMINAL SENSITIVITY: W, 1FREQ. m COMPONENTS:1 LOW NOMINAL IMPEDANCE MID FREQ. FREQ. NOMINAL IMPEDANCE COMPONENTS: LOWHIGH FREQ. TRANSFORMER 100V MIDTAPS: FREQ. COMPONENTS: LOW 70.7V HIGH MID FREQ. ENCLOSURE FREQ. TRANSFORMER HIGH TAPS: 100V TRANSFORMER TAPS:70.7V 100V FINISH 70.7V ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS ENCLOSURE (H x W x D) FINISH NET WEIGHT (each) FINISH DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

Page 286

37 Hz - 18 kHz CONTROL 29AV-1 CONTROL 37 Hz - 18 kHz29AV-1 300 W

37150 Hz -W18 kHz 300 W 110˚ x 85˚ (rotatable) 150 300 W 90 dB SPL 150 Wx 85˚ (rotatable) 110˚ 110˚ xSPL 85˚ (rotatable) 90 8dB ohms 908dB SPL mm) in (200 8 ohms 1 in (25 mm) mm) comp. driver ohms 8 in (200 55,mm) 28 W 8 in110, (200 28, 14 W driver 1 in110, (2555,mm) comp. 1 inHIPS (25 110, 55,mm) 28 Wcomp. driver (High Impact Polystyrene) 110, 55, 28, 28 W14 W Black or white (-WH) 110, 55, 28, 14 W HIPS 520 Impact x 306 x 277 mm (High Polystyrene) HIPS 20.5 x 12.0 x 10.9 in (High Impact Polystyrene) Black or white (-WH) 12.2 kg (27 lb) Blackx or 520 306white x 277(-WH) mm 20.5 12.0x x277 10.9mm in 520 xx306 20.5 12.2 xkg12.0 (27 xlb)10.9 in 12.2 kg (27 lb)

CONTROL 30

CONTROL SB-2

CONTROL SB210

38 Hz - 17 kHz 30 CONTROL

38 Hz - 160 Hz CONTROL SB-2

42 Hz - 200 Hz

CONTROL 38 Hz - 17 kHz30 500 W 38 Hz - 17 kHz 250 W 500 W 120˚ x 110˚ 250 500 W 93 dB SPL 250˚Wx 110˚ 120 120dB 110˚ 93 ˚ xSPL 4 ohms dB SPL 10 in93(250 mm) ohms 5 in4(125 mm) 1 in10 4(25 ohms inmm) (250comp. mm)driver 150,51075, 38 Wmm) inin(125 (250 mm) 150,1 75, 38, 19 W comp. driver mm) 5 in (25 (125 mm) HIPS150, 1 in (25 75,mm) 38 Wcomp. driver (High Impact Polystyrene) 150, 75, 38, 38 W19 W Black or white (-WH) 150, 75, 38, 19 W HIPS 593(High x 372 Impact x 345 mmPolystyrene) 23.3HIPS x 14.6 x 13.5 in (High Impact Black or whitePolystyrene) (-WH) 18.9 kg (42 lb) Blackx or 593 372white x 345(-WH) mm 23.3 14.6x x345 13.5mm in 593 xx372 23.3 18.9 xkg14.6 (42 xlb)13.5 in 18.9 kg (42 lb)

CONTROL 38 Hz - 160 HzSB-2 340 W (both inputs) 38 Hz - 160 Hz 170 W (both inputs) 340 W (both inputs) N/A 170 340 W (both inputs) 94 dB SPL (on wall) 170 W (both inputs) N/A 100 dB SPL (near corner) N/A 94 dB SPL (on wall) 8 ohms per input SPL(on (near corner) 94mm) dBdBlong-throw SPL wall) 10 in (250100 dBcoils SPL ohms per (near input corner) with dual8100 voice 8 ohms permm) inputlong-throw 10 in (250 with 10 in dual (250voice mm) coils long-throw with dual voice coils Particle Board

Black Particle Board 394 x 585 x 343 mm 15.5 x 23.0Particle x 13.5 inBoard Black 19.1 kg (42 lb)

Blackx 585 x 343 mm 394 15.5 23.0x x343 13.5mm in 394 xx585 15.5 19.1 xkg23.0 (42 xlb)13.5 in 19.1 kg (42 lb)

CONTROL SB210 CONTROL 42 Hz - 200 HzSB210

800 W 42 Hz - 200 Hz 400 W 800 W N/A 400 800 W 96 dB SPL (on wall) 400 W N/A 102 dB SPL (near corner) N/AdB SPL (on wall) 96 8 ohms 102 SPL(on (near corner) 96 dBdBSPL wall) 2 x 10 in (250 mm)

dB SPL (near corner) 8102 ohms 28 xohms 10 in (250 mm) 2 x 10 in (250 mm)

HIPS (High Impact Polystyrene) Black or white (-WH) HIPS 335 x 590 x 570(High mm Impact Polystyrene) 14 x 23.3 x 22.5HIPS in (High Impact Black or whitePolystyrene) (-WH) 17.1 kg (38 lb)

Blackx or 335 590white x 570(-WH) mm 14 in 335x x23.3 590xx22.5 570 mm 14 x 22.5 17.1x 23.3 kg (38 lb) in 17.1 kg (38 lb)


CONTROL 50 SERIES CONTROL 50 SERIES CONTROL 50 SERIES

® Control Control® ®50 50 Series Series

Control 50 Series key key features features key features

Surface-Mount Surface-Mount Subwoofer-Satellite Subwoofer-Satellite System System

Surface-Mount Subwoofer-Satellite System

f SELECTABLE 70V/100V OR LOW SELECTABLE 70V/100V OR LOW f IMPEDANCE IMPEDANCE WALL-MOUNT BRACKETS INCLUDED f SELECTABLE 70V/100V OR LOW f WALL-MOUNT BRACKETS INCLUDED f IMPEDANCE f WALL-MOUNT BRACKETS INCLUDED

f MIX AND MATCH WITH CONTROL 40 WITH SERIESCONTROL MIX AND MATCH f CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR 40 OR SERIES USE EITHER TWO FOUR SATELLITE f f MIX AND MATCH WITH CONTROL SPEAKERS PER SYSTEM USE EITHER TWO OR FOUR SATELLITE f CONTRACTOR 40 SERIES SPEAKERS PER SYSTEM f USE EITHER TWO OR FOUR SATELLITE

The C50PACK includes Control 52 satellite speakers SPEAKERS PER 4) SYSTEM and 1) Controlincludes 50 subwoofer as shown. The Control 50 The C50PACK 4) Control 52 satellite speakers Series also available individually. and 1)isControl 504)subwoofer as shown. The Control 50 The C50PACK includes Control 52 satellite speakers is also available as individually. and Series 1) Control 50 subwoofer shown. The Control 50 CONTROL 50 Series is also available individually. CONTROL 50

CONTROL 50

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The Control 50 Series subwoofer-satellite The Control 50 Seriesprovides subwoofer-satellite loudspeaker system high fidelity loudspeaker system provides high fidelity soundThe in any location where full-range high Control 50 Series subwoofer-satellite sound inforeground/background any location where full-range fidelityloudspeaker music ishigh system provides high fidelity fidelity foreground/background music is high required from a surface-mount system. sound in any location where full-range required fromforeground/background a surface-mount system. fidelity music is The Control 50S/T subwoofer can be utilized required fromsubwoofer a surface-mount system. The The Control 50S/T can be utilized with either ofsubwoofer four Control Controltwo 50S/T can52 besatellite utilized with eitherThe twoControl of four50Control 52 satellite speakers. with either two of foursystem Controlis52mono. satellite speakers. The Control 50and system is mono. Both the Control speakers. The50S/T Control 50Control system is52mono. Both Control 50S/T andand Control 52 Both the Control Control 52 can bethe intermixed in 50S/T systems along with can be intermixed in systems along with can be 40 intermixed in systemsmodels along with the Control Series in-ceiling the Control 40 Series in-ceiling models the Control 40 Series in-ceiling models – Control 40CS/T subwoofer and Control –42Control 40CS/T subwoofer andand Control – Control 40CS/T Control satellite speaker –subwoofer to match the form 42 satellite speaker – to match the form 42 satellite speaker – to match the form factor requirements of a wide variety of factor requirements of a wide variety factor requirements of a wide variety ofof applications. applications. applications.

Section:

06

CONTROL 52 CONTROL 52 CONTROL 52

CONTROL 52 SATELLITE SPEAKER CONTROL 52 SATELLITE SPEAKER The Control 52 satellite loudspeaker produces CONTROL SPEAKER The Control52 52SATELLITE satellite loudspeaker produces

CONTROL 50S/T CONTROL 50S/TSUBWOOFER SUBWOOFER The Control 50S/T 50S/T subwoofer contains a CONTROL The Control 50S/T SUBWOOFER subwoofer contains a

The Control 52 satellite loudspeaker produces superb high sound via aincluded low distortion 60 mmfidelity (2½ in) driver. The wall bracket superb highin) fidelity sound via a low wall distortion 60 mmallows (2½ driver. Thetoincluded bracket each speaker be angled up to 45° off60 mmaxis. (2½ in) driver.toThe included bracket allows each speaker be angled upwall to 45° allows each speaker to be angled up to 45° off-axis. off-axis.

response. The Control 50S/T installswall-bracket. quickly with its included two-piece easy-mount its included two-piece easy-mount wall-bracket.

superb high fidelity sound via a low distortion

specifications specifications specifications

The built-in crossover network provides proper The built-in crossover network provides proper signal routing and output connectors for four The built-in crossover network provides signal routing and output connectors forproper four Control 52 satellite loudspeakers. A Loop Out high-power, long-excursion, 200 mm (8 inch) signal routing and output connectors for four Control 52 satellite loudspeakers. A Loop Out The Control long-excursion, 50S/T subwoofer contains a high-power, (8 inch) connector provides a full-range input signal driver which provides extended200 lowmm frequency Control 52 provides satellite loudspeakers. A Loop Out connector a full-range input signal high-power, long-excursion, 200 mm (8 inch) driver which provides extended low frequency to other loudspeakers or to other subwoofer/ response. The Control 50S/T installs quickly with connector provides a full-range signal to other loudspeakers or to otherinput subwoofer/ satellite systems. driver which provides extended low frequency response. The Control 50S/T installs quickly with its included two-piece easy-mount wall-bracket.

Control 52

Wall-Mountable Satellite Speaker SYSTEM TYPE Control 52 140 Hz52 – 20 kHz FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)1 Wall-Mountable Control Satellite Speaker SYSTEM TYPE 2 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM Wall-Mountable Satellite Speaker SYSTEM 140 Hz30–W20(100 kHzhours) FREQUENCY RANGE (-10TYPE dB)1 15 W (100 hours) PINK 1 140WHz(100 – 20hours) kHz FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)2 30 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 150° x 150° omindirectional NOMINAL COVERAGE 3 15 PINK2 30 W (100 hours) POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 85 dB SENSITIVITY: 1W, 1m 3 15 W (100 PINK 150° x 150°hours) omindirectional NOMINAL COVERAGE 16 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 3 150° NOMINAL COVERAGE 85 dBx 150° omindirectional SENSITIVITY: 1W, 1m TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V SENSITIVITY: 1W, 1m 70V 85 16 dB ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 16 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 60 mm (2.5 in) with polypropylene cone, 70V TRANSFORMER TAPS:COMPONENTS: 100V

butyl rubber surround, 19 mm (0.75 in) 70V copper-clad coil, copper sleeved magnet 60 mm (2.5 in) with polypropylene cone, COMPONENTS: Screw-down removable locking TERMINATION butyl rubber surround, 19 mm (0.75connector in) 60 mm (2.5 in) with polypropylene cone, COMPONENTS: 115 x 84coil, x 96copper mm 19sleeved DIMENSIONS copper-clad magnet butyl rubber surround, mm (0.75 in) 4.5 x 3.3 x 3.75 in) (H x W x D)

copper-clad coil, copper sleeved magnet Screw-down removable locking connector TERMINATION .7 kg (1.5 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) Screw-down locking connector TERMINATION 115 x 84 x 96 removable mm DIMENSIONS 4.5 3.75mm in) (H x W x D) 115xx3.3 84 x 96 DIMENSIONS 4.5kgx 3.3 3.75 in) (H x W x D) .7 (1.5xlb) NET WEIGHT (each) .7 kg (1.5 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

to other systems. loudspeakers or to other subwoofer/ satellite satellite systems.1

Control 50S/T

Control 50PACK

150 W Subwoofer Control 50S/T 32 HzW–Subwoofer 20050S/T Hz Control 150

ControlControl 50S/T and50PACK 4 pcs Control 52 32 Hz Control – 20 kHz50S/T Control 50PACK and 4 pcs Control 52 200 W32 (100 Control Hz hours) – 50S/T 20 kHzand 4 pcs Control 52 100 W (100 hours)

200HzW 150 W–(100 Subwoofer 32 200hours) Hz 100 W (100 hours) 32 HzW–(100 200hours) Hz 200 100 200 W (100 hours) 95 dB (near corner), 89dB (center of wall) 100 W (100 hours)

32 HzW–(100 20 kHz 200 hours) 100 200 W (100 hours)

87 dB 100 W (100 hours) 4 ohms 87 dB 80 W, 40 W, 20 W, dB 440ohms 80 W,87 W, 20 W, 10 W 8 ohm80 4bypass/thru ohms W, 40 W, 20 W,

Half-space (mounted on wall).

2 Continuous Pink noise rating is IEC-

shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous Program Power is a conservative expression of the 1 (mounted on wall). system’sHalf-space ability to handle normal 21 Continuous speech and music program material, Pink noise rating Half-space (mounted on wall).is IECand is defined aspink 3 dBnoise abovewith the a 6 dB crest shaped 2 Continuous noise rating is IECContinuous Pink rating. factor forNoise 100Pink hours continuously. shaped pinkProgram a 6 dBiscrest 3 Half-space, average 1noise kHz –with 4 kHz Continuous Power a

8 ohms 95 dB (near corner), 89dB (center of wall) 80 W, 40 W, 20 W, 95 dB (near corner), 880ohms W, 40 W, 20 W, 10 W89dB (center of wall) ohm bypass/thru 88 ohms 80 W, 40 W, 20 W, 200W, mm cone, 80 40(8W,in)20with W,polypropylene 10 W 80 W, 40 W, 20 W, 10 W butyl 880 ohm bypass/thru 880ohm bypass/thru W,rubber 40 W,surround, 20 W, 1038Wmm (1.5 in) 4-layer W, 40 W, 20 W, 10 W copper-clad coil, vented aluminum former 8200 ohm 8 ohm bypass/thru mmbypass/thru (8 in) with polypropylene cone, 6 Screw-down removable38 locking connectors butyl rubber mm (1.5 in) 4-layer 6 Screw-down removable locking connectors 200 mm (8 in)surround, with polypropylene cone, 356 x 391 x 203 mmvented38aluminum copper-clad coil, former butyl rubber surround, mm (1.5 in) 4-layer 14.0 x 15.4 x 8.0 in) coil,removable vented aluminum former 6copper-clad Screw-down locking connectors 6 Screw-down removable locking connectors 9.0 kg (20 lb) 11.8 k (26 lb)

6 Screw-down locking connectors 356 x 391 x 203removable mm 14.0 15.4x x203 8.0mm in) 356 xx391 14.0kgx 15.4 x 8.0 in) 9.0 (20 lb) 9.0 kg (20 lb)

factor for 100expression hours continuously. conservative of the Continuous Program Power is a system’s ability to handle normal conservative expression of the speech and music program material, system’s abilityasto3handle normal and is defined dB above the speech and music program material, Continuous Pink Noise rating. and is defined as 3 dB above the 3 Half-space, average 1 kHz – 4 kHz Continuous Pink Noise rating. 3 Half-space, average 1 kHz – 4 kHz

6 Screw-down removable locking connectors 11.8 k (26 lb) 11.8 k (26 lb)

Page 287


INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

CBT CBT Series Series

Line Line Array Array Column Column Loudspeakers Loudspeakers

CBT Series

Line Array Column Loudspeakers

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The JBL CBT Series line array columns with Constant Beamwidth Technology break new ground The JBL CBT Series line arrayand columns with Constant Beamwidth Technology new use ground in performance, versatility, affordability. Designed for venues that wouldbreak typically larger in performance, versatility, and affordability. Designed for venues that would typically use largerto The JBL CBT Series line array columns Constant Beamwidth Technology break new ground point-and-shoot speakers, the CBTwith models incorporate technical advancements that allow them in performance, versatility, andthe affordability. Designed forof venues that would typically usethat larger point-and-shoot speakers, CBT models incorporate technical advancements allow them to vastly outperform competitive systems, with a level user-friendliness that virtually eliminates point-and-shoot speakers, the CBT systems, models incorporate technical advancements that allow themeliminates to vastly outperform competitive with a level of user-friendliness that virtually the challenges of delivering great sound. With a slim compact design in fiberglass reinforced ABS vastly outperformofcompetitive systems, with aWith level aofslim user-friendliness that virtually eliminates the challenges delivering sound. compact design in fiberglass reinforced ABS enclosures, the CBT Seriesgreat fitsgreat well into virtually any decor. the challenges of delivering sound. With a slim compact design in fiberglass reinforced ABS enclosures, the CBT Series fits well into virtually any decor. enclosures, the CBT Series fits well into virtually any decor. Constant Beamwidth Technology™ locks in and maintains a specific coverage pattern over a very Constant Beamwidth Technology™ locks insmooth, and maintains a specific coverage pattern over a very wide bandwidth. CBT models deliver coverage that isover similar Constant BeamwidthThe Technology™ locks in and maintainsconsistent a specific coverage pattern a veryto complex wide bandwidth. The CBT models deliver smooth, consistent coverage that is similar to and far more expensive arrays. CBT Series’ constant directivity coverage deliverscomplex consistent wide bandwidth. The CBT line models deliverThe smooth, consistent coverage that is similar to complex and farmore more expensive line arrays. The CBT Series’ constant coverage delivers frequency response atline every distance as Series’ well asconstant off-axis. Withdirectivity thecoverage CBT Series, every seat inconsistent the house and far expensive arrays. The CBT directivity delivers consistent frequency response every distance asregardless well as off-axis. With CBTevery Series, in the house frequency response at at every distance as well as off-axis. the CBTthe Series, seatevery in theseat house experiences the same quality of sound ofWith position. experiencesthe thesame same quality of sound regardless of position. experiences quality of sound regardless of position. CBT models are outdoor capable, with an IEC529 rating of IP-54. CBT Series column line array CBT modelsare areare outdoor capable, with an IEC529 of IP-54. CBTdiscrete Seriesline column CBT models outdoor an IEC529 ratingrating of IP-54. CBT Series column array line array loudspeakers idealcapable, for anywith application requiring a speaker with appearance, excellent loudspeakers are ideal for any application requiring a speaker with discrete appearance, excellent excellent loudspeakers are ideal for any application requiring a speaker with discrete appearance, sound and superb pattern control. sound control. soundand andsuperb superbpattern pattern control. CBT 50LA 50LA CBTCBT 50LA The CBT 50LA is the most compact of the

Section:

06

The CBT 50LA is the most compact of the

The CBT The 50LA is the compact of the models. 150 Wattmost power handling and models. The 150 Watt power handling and models. The 150 Watt power handling andits high sensitivity allows this high sensitivity allows thisspeaker speakerto to hold hold its highown sensitivity allows this speaker to hold own versus larger competitive columns forits versus larger competitive columns for ownoutput versus larger columns forto output level. A frequency down to level. A competitive frequencyresponse response down output level. Awell frequency 80 Hz well forfor either speech music. 80works Hz works eitherresponse speechor ordown music.to 80 Hz works well for either speech orapplication music. The voicing can be set totomatch the The voicing can be set match the application Music(flat)/Speech switch located The through voicing can be set to match switch the application through thethe Music(flat)/Speech located on the side of the cabinet. through the switch located on the side ofMusic(flat)/Speech the cabinet. on the side of the cabinet. Typical applications include:audio audio support support for Typical applications include: for

video monitors, retail stores,concourses, concourses, general Typical applications include: audio support for video monitors, retail stores, general fill applications, conference rooms, and architecvideo monitors, conference retail stores,rooms, concourses, general fill applications, and architectural spaces where a traditional point-and-shoot fill applications, conference rooms, and architectural spaces where a traditional point-and-shoot loudspeaker may be too visually obtrusive. tural spaces where traditional loudspeaker may bea too visuallypoint-and-shoot obtrusive. loudspeaker may be too visually obtrusive. CBT 100LA

CBTThe 100LA CBT 100LA contains sixteen 50 mm (2 in) CBTfull-range 100LA The CBT 100LA contains sixteen 50 mm (2 in) drivers in a slim, compact cabinet.

TheThe CBTtallest 100LA contains 50 cabinet. mm (2 in) of the (other than the CBT full-range drivers inmodels a slim,sixteen compact 70J+70J CBT 100LA provides full-range in a slim, compact cabinet. The tallestdrivers ofcombination), the models (other than the CBT control. The vertical coverage The excellent tallest ofpattern the models (other than the CBT 70J+70J combination), CBT 100LA provides is easily adjustable with aThe side cabinet switch, 70J+70J combination), CBT 100LA provides excellent pattern control. vertical coverage making this single loudspeaker model switch, an excellent pattern control. The cabinet vertical coverage is easily adjustable with a side exceptional choice for a wide variety of difficult is easily this adjustable with a side cabinet making single loudspeaker model switch, an environments, both indoors and outdoors. 325 making this single modelofan exceptional choiceloudspeaker for a wide variety difficult Watts of power handling and high sensitivity exceptional a wide variety of difficult environments, bothfor indoors outdoors. 325 produceschoice exceptionally highand output capability environments, both and 325 Watts of power handling and high sensitivity from a column thatindoors is only 9.9 cmoutdoors. (3.8 in) wide. Watts of power handling andoutput high sensitivity produces exceptionally high capability Voicing is switchable between Music (flat) and produces exceptionally high from a column that is only 9.9output cm (3.8capability in) wide. Speech settings. fromTypical a column that is only 9.9 cm (3.8 in) wide. Voicing is switchable between Music (flat) and applications include: lecture halls, diffiVoicing is switchable Musicconference (flat) and Speech settings. cult acoustic spaces,between transit centers, Speech settings. rooms, cathedrals,include: multi-purpose spaces, a Typical applications lecture halls,and diffi-

variety of architectural spaces. Because of the Typical applications lecture halls, difficult acoustic spaces,include: transit centers, conference front, this model can becenters, used spaces, where the loudcult flat acoustic spaces, transit conference rooms, cathedrals, multi-purpose and a speaker will be recessed into a wall. rooms, of cathedrals, multi-purpose spaces,ofand variety architectural spaces. Because thea variety of this architectural spaces. Because flat front, model can be used where of thethe loudflat front,will thisbemodel can into be used where the loudspeaker recessed a wall. speaker will be recessed into a wall.

CBT 70J

CBT 70J+70JE

CBT 70J CBT 70J+70JE CBT 70J70J is a two-way speaker, with CBTCBT 70J+70JE The CBT The 70J+70JE array system is twice the The CBT 70J is a two-way speaker, with The CBT 70J+70JE array system is twice the The CBT 70J is a two-way The CBT is twice the frequency response downspeaker, to 60 Hz,with 500 Watts height of70J+70JE a CBT 70J, array whichsystem extends the pattern frequency response down to 60 Hz, 500 Watts height of a CBT 70J, which extends the pattern frequency response down to 60and Hz, high 500 Watts height of a CBT which the pattern power handling, sensitivity and high control down control down to70J, below 400extends Hz,the to include the power handling, veryvery highhigh sensitivity to below 400 Hz, to include power handling, very high sensitivity and high voice range control down below 400 to include continuous capability. Combining Constant voice and much of theHz, music range.the This continuous SPLSPL capability. Combining Constant andrange much oftothe music range. This continuous SPL capability. Combining Constant voice rangearray and much of the music range. This Beamwidth Technology a physical J-shapedunobtrusive unobtrusive column array system provides 1000 Beamwidth Technology with with a physical J-shaped column system provides 1000 Beamwidth Technology withasymmetrical a physical J-shapedWatts of Watts unobtrusive column array(peaks system provides curving, model provides of continuous power handling (peaks1000 curving, thisthis model provides asymmetrical continuous power handling curving, this model provides asymmetrical Watts of continuous power (peaks vertical coverage which more of 4000 Watts), high and sensitivity and very high vertical coverage which sendssends more soundsound of 4000 Watts), high sensitivity veryhandling high toward thethe far area of which the thanmore toward the capability, with a frequency vertical coverage ofoutput 4000 Watts), high sensitivity anda very high toward far area ofroom thesends room thansound toward themaximum maximum output capability, with frequency near area, resulting in more even coverage of that extends down to 45down Hz. with toward theresulting far area of room than towardoftheresponseresponse maximum output capability, frequency near area, in the more even coverage that extends to 45aHz. the room from front to back. Because itcoverage provides near area, resulting intomore even of Typical applications response that extends down to 45 Hz. perforthe room from front back. Because it provides include: medium perforTypical applications include: medium some sound, it istofairly forgiving of it provides the down-fill room from front Because some down-fill sound, itback. is fairly forgiving of mance spaces that require more bass and/or Typical applications include: medium performance spaces that require more bass and/or mounting height. The excellent pattern control more pattern control than a 70J by itself, highly some down-fill sound, is fairly forgiving of mounting height. The it excellent pattern control mancepattern spacescontrol that require bass and/or more than amore 70J by itself, highly helps to reduce back-wall reflections. Vertical small to medium houses of worship mounting height. The excellent pattern controlreflectivereflective helps to reduce back-wall reflections. Vertical more pattern control than ahouses 70J by of itself, highly small to medium worship coverage is switchable, as is the voicing. CBT 70J more pattern control than a 70J, helps to reduce back-wall reflections. Vertical is switchable, is the voicing. CBT 70Jrequiringrequiring is coverage a unique and exceptionallyasgood sounding reflective small to medium houses ofaworship more pattern control than 70J, full-fidelity lecture halls with difficult acoustic coverage switchable, as is the voicing. CBT 70J is a uniqueisand exceptionally good sounding loudspeaker. requiring more pattern than 70J, full-fidelity lecture halls control with difficult or where full spectrum sound is aacoustic is a unique and exceptionally good sounding environments loudspeaker. full-fidelity lecture halls reverberant with difficult acoustic or where full spectrum sound is Typical applications include: high level A/V desired, environments transit centers with highly loudspeaker. environments wherewith full spectrum sound is Typical applications include: high level A/V desired, transitor centers highly reverberant applications, small to medium sized performance acoustic environments, and multi-purpose Typical applications level A/V desired, transit centers with highly reverberant applications, small toinclude: medium sized performance acoustic environments, and multi-purpose spaced (depending on the amounthigh of bass spaces that may require exceptional speech required), full fidelity halls, large-scale clarity and as wellthat as full bandwidth music. applications, smalllecture to sizedofperformance acoustic environments, multi-purpose spaced (depending onmedium the amount bass spaces may requireand exceptional speech surround and outdoor spacedsound (depending the amount of bass spacesand thatas may exceptionalmusic. speech required), fullapplications, fidelityon lecture halls, large-scale clarity wellrequire as full bandwidth Accessory systems suchsound as baseball fields, racetracks and required), full fidelity lecture halls, large-scale clarity and as well as full bandwidth music. surround applications, and outdoor theme parks. Accessory – Stand Mount Bracket fits all surround sound applications, and outdoorand MTC-CBT-SMB1 systems such as baseball fields, racetracks CBT 70J+70JE array system, for Accessory systems such as baseball fields, racetracks and models except theme MTC-CBT-SMB1 – Stand Mount Bracket fits all CBT 70JEparks. use with JBL SS2-BK speaker stand, for portable theme parks. MTC-CBT-SMB1 – Stand Mount Bracket fitsfor all models except CBT 70J+70JE array system, The CBT 70JE contains four low applications. CBT 70JE models CBT 70J+70JE array system, for use withexcept JBL SS2-BK speaker stand, for portable frequency drivers and a crossover CBT 70JE The CBT 70JE contains use with JBL SS2-BK speaker stand, for portable applications. network purposely designedfour low The contains low drivers andWhen a four crossover forfrequency use CBT with 70JE the CBT 70J. applications. frequency crossover network purposely designed connected to adrivers CBT 70Jand lineaarray network purposely for use with the 70J. column speaker, theCBT CBTdesigned 70JE When Extension provides extended for use with CBT70J 70J.line When connected tothe a CBT array bass response, extended pattern connected to a CBT line array column speaker, the70J CBT 70JE control, andspeaker, increased sound column the CBT 70JE Extension provides extended output levels. Extension provides extended bass response, extended pattern

bass response, extended pattern control, and increased sound control,levels. and increased sound output output levels. CBT 70JE

CBT 70JE CBT 70JE Page 288


key key features features

f PATENT PENDING CONSTANT BEAMWIDTH f FULL FIDELITY BANDWIDTH CONSTANT PATENT PENDINGPROVIDES CONSTANT BEAMWIDTH FULL FIDELITY BANDWIDTH f TECHNOLOGY™ f f SELECTABLE VOICING PROVIDES FLAT BEAMWIDTH TECHNOLOGY™ PROVIDES CONSTANT INVOICING MUSIC MODE OR MID-RANGE SELECTABLE PROVIDES FLAT f RESPONSE BEAMWIDTH VERTICAL COVERAGE SWITCHABLE PRESENCE PEAK IN SPEECH RESPONSE IN MUSIC MODE MODE OR MID-RANGE f PENDING CONSTANT BEAMWIDTH BANDWIDTH f PATENT f FULL FIDELITY BETWEEN AND BROAD TO FIT PROVIDES CONSTANT VERTICAL NARROW COVERAGE SWITCHABLE PRESENCE PEAK IN SPEECH MODE f TECHNOLOGY™ f SELECTABLE VOICING PROVIDES FLAT BEAMWIDTH WIDE VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS BETWEEN NARROW AND BROAD TO FIT RESPONSE IN MUSIC MODE OR MID-RANGE WIDE VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS COVERAGE SWITCHABLE PRESENCE PEAK IN SPEECH MODE f VERTICAL

key features

BETWEEN NARROW AND BROAD TO FIT WIDE CBTVARIETY 100LA OF APPLICATIONS

(shown white -wh, CBTin100LA with and without (shown in white grille) -wh, CBTwithout 100LA grille) with and

CBT 70J+70JE Array System CBT 70J+70JE Array System CBT 70J+70JE Array System

(shown in white -wh, with and without grille)

CBT 70J CBT 70J

CBT 70J

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CBT 50LA CBTCBT 50LA 50LA

Section:

06

All models include grilles, which are removed in photos to illustrate driver composition.

All models include grilles, which are removed in photos to illustrate driver composition. All models include grilles, which are removed in photos to illustrate driver composition.

specifications specifications specifications CBT 50LA

CBT 100LA

CBT 70J

CBT 70J+70JE Array System

50LA Full-Range Speaker System CBT CBT J-Shaped 70J Speaker System 70J+70JE Pattern100LA Control Full-Range Speaker System Full-Range LF & PatternCBT Extension for CBT70JArray System SYSTEM TYPE CBT Compact 50LA CBT 70J J-Shaped Speaker System 45 Hz – 20 kHz CBT 70J+70JE Array System Compact Pattern Control Full-Range LF & Pattern Extension for CBT70J SYSTEM TYPE 80 HzFull-Range – 20 kHz Speaker System 80 Hz –100LA 20 kHz Full-Range Speaker System 60 HzCBT – 20 kHz FREQUENCY RANGE 1 CBT 1 Compact System Pattern Full-Range System V Narrow Full-Range J-Shaped Speaker System V Narrow Mode: LF &HzPattern Extension for CBT70J SYSTEM TYPE 80 HzVertical: – 20Full-Range kHz20° (1.5 Speaker 80 Hz – Control 20Mode: kHz 15° 60 HzMode: – 2025° kHz 45 – 20 kHz kHz - 16 kHz, ±10°) V Narrow (2 kHz - 16Speaker kHz) (±10°) (2 kHz - 16 kHz) (±10°) 25° (2 kHz - 16 kHz) (±10°) FREQUENCY RANGE COVERAGE PATTERN kHz ±10°) – 4 kHz, ±20°) V Narrow Broad (1 kHz - 16 -kHz) (±10°(±10°) V Broad Mode: 45° (750 25° Hz - (2 16 kHz kHz)-(±10°) V Broad Mode: 45°–(350 Hz - 1625° kHz) 80 HzHorizontal: – 20 Hz –Mode: 20Mode: kHz40°15° Hz – 20 kHz Hz 20Mode: kHz FREQUENCY RANGE 1 Vertical: 20°kHz (1.5150° kHz(ave, - 16 1kHz, V80 (2 kHz 16 kHz) V60Narrow Mode: 16 kHz) (±10°) V45Narrow (2(±10°) kHz - 16 kHz) (±10°) COVERAGE PATTERN 150° (avg, 1 kHz – 4 kHz, ±20°) Horizontal: 150° (500 Hz – 8 kHz, ±20°) Horizontal: 150° (500 Hz – 8 kHz, ±20°) Horizontal: – 4±10°) kHz, ±20°) VHorizontal: Broad V Broad Hz - 16 kHz) (±10°) V Broad Hz - 16 kHz) (±10°) Vertical: 20°150° (1.5(ave, kHz -116kHz kHz, NarrowMode: Mode:40° 15°(1(2kHz kHz- 16 - 16kHz) kHz)(±10° (±10°) NarrowMode: Mode:45° 25°(750 (2 kHz NarrowMode: Mode:45° 25°(350 (2 kHz COVERAGE PATTERN 93 dB Narrow: 96 dB / Broad: 93 dB Narrow: 98 dB / Broad: 96 dB (1 kHz 8 kHz) Narrow: 98 dB / Broad: 97 dB (1 kHz SENSITIVITY: SPEECH (2 kHz -14 kHZ) Horizontal: Horizontal: 150°40° (avg, 1 kHz 4 kHz,(±10° ±20°) Horizontal: 150°45° (500 HzHz – 8- 16 kHz,kHz) ±20°) Horizontal: 150°45° (500 Hz8Hz –kHz) 8- 16 kHz,kHz) ±20°) 150° (ave, 1 kHz – 4 kHz, ±20°) V Broad Mode: (1 kHz - 16– kHz) V Broad Mode: (750 (±10°) V Broad Mode: (350 (±10°) 89 dB Narrow: 93 dB / Broad: 90 dB Narrow: 93 dB / Broad: 92 dB Narrow: 94 dB / Broad: 93 dB MUSIC MODE (300 Hz - 18 kHZ) Horizontal: (avg, 193kHzdB– 4 kHz, ±20°) Horizontal: (500 Hz96–dB 8 kHz, ±20°) Horizontal: (500 Hz97–dB 8 kHz, ±20°) 93 dB Narrow: 96 150° dB / Broad: Narrow: 98 150° dB / Broad: (1 kHz - 8 kHz) Narrow: 98 150° dB / Broad: (1 kHz - 8 kHz) SENSITIVITY: SPEECH (2 kHz -14 kHZ) Eight 50 mm (2 in) Full-Range Sixteen 50 mm (2 in) Full-Range Four 130 mm (5 in) LF drivers Eight 130 mm (5 in) LF drivers COMPONENTS 89 dB Narrow: 93 Narrow: 93 dB / Broad: 92 dB Narrow: 94 dB / Broad: 93 MUSIC MODE Hz --14 18 kHZ) 93 96 dB / Broad: 90 93 dB 97 dB (1 kHz - 8 kHz) SENSITIVITY: SPEECH(300 (2 kHz Sixteen 25 mm98 (1 in) HF drivers96 (1 kHz - 8 kHz) Sixteen 25 mm (1 in )98 HF drivers 89 dB50 mm (2 in) Full-Range Narrow:50 93mm dB /(2Broad: 90 dB Narrow: 93 dB(5/ Broad: 92 dB Narrow: 94mm dB (5 / Broad: 93 dB MUSIC MODE (300COMPONENTS Hz - 18 IMPEDANCE kHZ) Eight Sixteen in) Full-Range Four 130 mm in) LF drivers Eight 130 in) LF drivers 8 ohms 8 ohms 8 ohms 4 ohms Sixteen mm(5(1in)in)LFHFdrivers drivers Sixteen mm(5(1in) in LF ) HFdrivers drivers Eight 150W 50 mm(600W (2 in)peak), Full-Range Sixteen 50 mmpeak), (2 in)2Full-Range 13025peak), mm Eight 13025mm COMPONENTS 2 hrs 325 W (1300W hrs 500 WFour (2000W 2 hrs 1000 W (4000 W peak), 2 hrs POWER CAPACITY: mm100 (1 in) 25100 mmhrs(1 in ) HF drivers 8200 ohms ohms 25peak), ohms IMPEDANCE 100 W (400W peak), 100 hrs W (800W peak), 100 hrs 350 W8Sixteen (1400W hrsHF drivers 700 W (28004Sixteen W peak), 8 OHM SETTING 2 8 ohms 8 ohms 8Speech ohms 8 ohms 4 ohms 1: SPEECH MODE 150W IMPEDANCE (600W peak), 2 hrspeak) 325 W (1300W peak), 2 hrsave (127 peak) 500 W (2000W 2 hrs 1000 W (4000 peak), 2 hrs 115 dB cont ave (121 Narrow: 121 dB cont Speech Narrow: 125 dBpeak), cont ave (131 peak) Speech Narrow: 125 dB contWave (131 peak) POWER CAPACITY: MAXIMUM SPL Speech Broad: 118 dB cont ave Speech Broad: 123 dB cont ave100 peak) Speech Broad: 124 dB(4000 contWave (130 peak) 100 W(600W (400Wpeak), peak),2100 200 W (800W peak), 100 hrs(124 peak) 350 W (1400W peak), 700 WW(2800 100 hrs 8 OHMCAPACITY: SETTING 2 150W hrshrs 325 (1300W peak), 2 hrs 500 (2000W 2(129 hrshrs 1000 Wpeak), peak), 2 hrs POWER dB cont ave (117 peak) MusicWNarrow: 118 dB cont ave peak)peak) MusicSpeech Narrow: 120 dB cont (126 peak) Music Narrow: dB contWave (127 MUSIC 100 dB W111 (400W peak), 100 hrs 200 (800W peak), 100cont hrs(124 350 W (1400W peak), 700121 W (2800 peak), 100 SETTING cont ave (121 peak) Speech Narrow: 121 dB ave (127 Narrow: 125ave dB100 conthrs ave (131 peak) Speech Narrow: 125 dBpeak) conthrsave (131 peak) MAXIMUM SPL81:OHM SPEECH MODE2 MODE 115 Music Broad: 115 dB cont ave (121 peak) Music Broad: 119 dB cont ave (125 peak) Music Broad: 120 dB cont ave (126 peak) Speech Broad: Speech Broad: Speech Broad: 115 dB cont ave (121 peak) Narrow:118 121dBdBcont contave ave(124 (127peak) peak) Narrow:123 125dBdBcont contave ave(129 (131peak) peak) Narrow:124 125dBdBcont contave ave(130 (131peak) peak) MAXIMUM SPL 1: SPEECH MODE W, 30ave W,(117 15 Wpeak) 100 W, 50 W, 30118 W N/A Music Narrow: 120 dB cont ave (126 peak) N/A TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 111 dB6Ocont Music Music 121 dB cont ave (130 (127 peak) MUSIC MODE SpeechNarrow: Broad: dB cont ave (124 peak) Speech Broad: 123 (129 SpeechNarrow: Broad: 124 60 W, 30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W 100 W,Broad: 50 W, 30 W,dB 15 cont W ave (121 peak) 70V Music 115 Music Broad: 119 dB cont ave (125 peak) Music Broad: 120 dB cont ave (126 peak) 111 dB cont ave (117 peak) Narrow: 118 dB cont ave (124 peak) Narrow: 120 dB cont ave (126 peak) Narrow: 121 dB cont ave (127 peak) MUSIC MODE bracket included Wall bracket included Wall bracket included119 dB cont ave (125 peak)Coupler plate to join CBT 70J MOUNTING 6O W,Wall Music Music Broad: Music Broad: 120anddB70JE cont ave (126 peak) 30 W, 15 W 100 W,Broad: 50 W,115 30 WdB cont ave (121 peak) N/A N/A TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 528 x 99 x 153 mm 1000 x 99 x 153 mm 694 x 170 x 237 mm 1388 x 170 x 237 mm DIMENSIONS 60 W, 30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W 100 W, 50 W, 30 W, 15 W 70V 6O W W N/A N/A TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 20.8 x 3.9 x 6.0 in 39.4 in x 3.9 in x 6.0 in 27.4 x 6.7 x 9.3 in 54.8 x 6.7 x 9.3 in (H x W x D) 60 30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W 100 50 W,included 30 W, 15 W 70V WallW,bracket included WallW, bracket Wall bracket included Coupler plate to join CBT 70J and 70JE MOUNTING 4.1 kg (9.0 lb) 7.2 kg (15.8 lb) 9.5 kg (21 lb) 20.4 kg (45 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) Wallxbracket Wall bracket included Wallxbracket included Coupler plate to join MOUNTING 528 99 x 153included mm 1000 x 99 x 153 mm 694 170 x 237 mm 1388 x 170 x 237 mmCBT 70J and 70JE DIMENSIONS 3Calculated based 13.9 20.8 6.0mm in 2 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink 39.4 inx 99 x 3.9 in6 xdBmm 6.0 in factor. 27.4 x170 6.7 9.3rating inmmand measured sensitivity, exclusive 54.8 xx6.7 with crest power of power Full space (H x W x D) 528 xx99 x x153 1000noise x 153 694 xon x 237 1388 170xcompression. x9.3 237inmm DIMENSIONS 20.8 6.0 in 39.4 x 3.9 lb) in x 6.0 in 27.4 54.8 9.3 in (H x W x D) 4.1 kgx 3.9 (9.0xlb) 7.2 kgin(15.8 9.5 kgx 6.7 (21 xlb)9.3 in 20.4 xkg6.7 (45x lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 4.1 kg (9.0 lb) 7.2 kg (15.8 lb) 9.5 kg (21 lb) 20.4 kg (45 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 1 Full space

2 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with 6 dB crest factor.

3Calculated based on power rating and measured sensitivity, exclusive of power compression.

1 Full space

2 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with 6 dB crest factor.

3Calculated based on power rating and measured sensitivity, exclusive of power compression.

Page 289


INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Application ™ Series Application Engineered Engineered™ Series

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Application Engineered™ Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

AE Series loudspeakers are ideal for a wide variety of fixed installation applications including performing arts facilities, theatrical sound AE Series loudspeakers are foraawide wide variety fixed installation applications including performing arts facilities, theatricalvenues. sound AE Series loudspeakers areideal ideal for variety of of fixed installation applications including performing artsand facilities, theatrical sound design, auditoriums, houses of worship, live music clubs, dance-clubs/discotheques, sports facilities themed entertainment design, auditoriums, houses of worship, live music clubs, dance-clubs/discotheques, sports facilities and themed entertainment venues. houses of worship, clubs, dance-clubs/discotheques, facilitiesPAand themed entertainment venues. Thedesign, specialauditoriums, mid-high frequency models live canmusic be used without LF reinforcement insports voice-only and delay-fill applications. The smaller The special frequency models canbebeused used without LF reinforcement in voice-only and delay-fill applications. The special mid-high frequency can without LF reinforcement PA andPA delay-fill applications. The smallerThe smaller models are mid-high ideal in lecture halls models and corporate learning centers as well as in invoice-only delay-fill locations of larger systems. models idealininlecture lecturehalls halls and centers as well as inas delay-fill locations of largerofsystems. models areare ideal andcorporate corporatelearning learning centers as well in delay-fill locations larger systems. Scaled System Design Approach Scaled System DesignApproach Approach Scaled Design AE SeriesSystem models provide a wide variety of

Section:

06

AE Series models provideaawide wide variety variety of AE Series models provide of building blocks for your system design, stairbuilding blocks for your system design, stairbuilding to blocks design, stairstepped give for youyour just system the right solution for stepped to give you just the right solution for stepped to give you just the right solution for your installation. your installation. your installation. Within the AE Series are three power levels. The Within the AE Series are three power levels. The

Within the AElevel Series are three powerin The high output models are the7000 7000 high output level models arefound found inlevels. the highand output levelthe models are found the 7000 and 6000 Series, medium output models are 6000 Series, the medium outputinmodels are andfound 6000 Series, the medium output models are found in the 5000 and 4000 and thelower lower in the 5000 and 4000Series, Series, and the output power level foundSeries, the 2000 2000 Series. found inpower the 5000 and 4000 and the lower output level is isfound ininthe Series. output power level is found in the 2000 Series.

9 High-Power 2-Way Full-Range Models 9 High-Power 2-Way Full-Range Models

Page 290

Waveguide Scaling

Sophisticated Crossover Networks

Waveguide Scaling Sophisticated Crossover Networks Networks Waveguide Scaling Sophisticated Sometimes you need maximum pattern control. AE Series modelsCrossover incorporate sophisticated Sometimes youyou needneed maximum pattern control.control.AE SeriesAE models incorporate sophisticated Sometimes maximum Series models sophisticated Other times the speaker needs topattern be as compact crossover designsincorporate for outstanding sound quality Other times the speaker needs to be as compact crossover designs for outstanding sound quality Other times[AM] the speaker to be as compact crossover designs for outstanding sound quality as possible. modelsneeds are performanceand consistent coverage. To minimize overlap as possible. [AM] models are performanceand consistent coverage. To minimize overlap as possible. for [AM] arepattern performanceand consistent coverage. To minimize overlap maximized themodels greatest control. [AC]betweenbetween adjacent frequency bands, steep slopes maximized for the greatest pattern control. [AC] adjacent frequency bands, steep slopes maximized for the greatest pattern control. [AC]are utilized between adjacent frequency bands, steepare slopes models compact speakers fit in areas are in passive crossovers — most 4th models areare compact speakers that fitthat in areas inutilized passive crossovers — most are 4th models compact speakers that fit in areas order (24order are utilized in passive crossovers —off-axis most are 4th where aare smaller frontal profile is required. (24 dB/octave). reduces lobing, where a smaller frontal profile is required. dB/octave). This reducesThis off-axis lobing, where a smaller frontal profile is required. order (24 dB/octave). This reduces off-axis lobing, consistent coverage throughout the providingproviding consistent coverage throughout the Selectable Crossover Mode Selectable Crossover Mode providing consistent coverage throughout the region. Conjugate are added crossovercrossover region. Conjugate networks arenetworks added Selectable Crossover Mode Many AE AE Series speakers offer offer selectable cross- cross- in some models Many Series speakers selectable fine tunetothe frequency crossover region. Conjugate networks are added in sometomodels fine tune the frequency over modes: tri-amp/bi-amp bi-amp/ passivepassive optimum Many AE Series speakersoroffer cross- responseresponse over modes: tri-amp/bi-amp orselectable bi-amp/ inforsome models to quality. fine sound tune the frequency for sound optimum quality. switchable. over modes: tri-amp/bi-amp or bi-amp/ passive switchable. response for optimum sound quality. switchable.


AE SERIES AE SERIES

key key features features AE SERIES

key features Rotatable Rotatable Waveguides Waveguides The space often

Rotatable The Waveguides space often dictates how dictates how a speaker needs to be oriented. All [AM] The space often dictates a speakerand needs to be oriented. All [AM] two-way three-way modelshow include a needs a speaker two-way and three-way models include a rotatable waveguide, allowing the speaker to be oriented. All [AM] two-way and three-way rotatable waveguide, speakerallowing to be installed in either vertical the or horizontal models include aallowing rotatable waveguide, to be installed in either vertical in oreither horizontal orientation. the speaker to be installed vertical or orientation. horizontal orientation.

Versatile Model Options Versatile Model Options Versatile Options All AE SeriesModel speakers are available in several

All AE Series speakers are available in several

Legendary JBL by Transducers augmented today’s new generation of JBL Legendary JBL Transducers AE Series incorporates theand legendary reliability compression drivers neodymium Differential

Drive® cone transducers. Wheredrivers, reliability is AEJBL’s Series incorporates the legendary reliability of VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled JBL transducers are known the best, of JBL’simportant, VGC™ Gap drivers, augmented byVented today’s newCooled generation ofasJBL most reliable drivers in the business. augmented by today’s new generation of JBL compression drivers and neodymium Differential compression drivers and neodymium Differential Drive® cone transducers. Where reliability is Drive® coneJBL transducers. Where reliability is best, important, transducers are known as the important, JBLdrivers transducers are known as the best, most reliable in the business. most reliable drivers in the business.

f VGC™ DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® CONE TRANSDUCERS

Differential Drive® Differential TechnologyDrive® Technology JBL’s exclusive dual voice coil dual voice coil –JBL’s dualexclusive gap Differential Drive – dual gap Differential Drive technology is at the core of technology is at theAM7212 core of AM5212, AM5215, AM5212, AM5215, AM7212 and AM7215 models as well and models as well as theAM7215 ASB6112, ASB6115, as the ASB6112, ASB6125, ASB7118ASB6115, and ASB7128 ASB6125, ASB7118 and ASB7128 subwoofer models. Patented in 1995, this subwoofer models. in 1995, this groundbreaking JBLPatented technology dramatically groundbreaking JBL technology dramatically reduces driver weight while greatly enhancing reduces weight while greatly enhancing all criticaldriver performance parameters: frequency all critical performance parameters: frequency response, power output, and distortion. response, powerDrive output, and distortion. The Differential technology features a The Differential Drive technology featuresinto a the unique design with heat sinks integrated unique design with heat sinks cast aluminum frame. The dualintegrated voice coil into and the PT™ Progressive Transition cast The dual voice coil and dualaluminum gap placesframe. the neodymium magnets inside Waveguides dualdual gapvoice placescoil theassembly, neodymium magnetsthe inside the completing JBL’s new patent pending the dual voice coil assembly, the magnetic circuit without the completing heavy surrounding Transition magnetic circuit without the heavy surrounding steel structure ofProgressive conventional drivers. represent the latest steel structure ofWaveguides conventional drivers. in horn technology. In addition to providing smooth, low distortion sound, PT Waveguides deliver uniform off-axis frequency response to every point within the intended coverage area — not just in the horizontal and vertical planes — resulting in superior array-ability of multiple loudspeaker systems. PT Waveguides combine outstanding pattern control with undistorted sound for natural music and intelligible speech.

WAVEGUIDES FOR EXCELLENT PATTERN CONTROL

PT™ Progressive PT™ Progressive Transition Waveguides Transition Waveguides JBL’s new patent pending JBL’s new patent pending Progressive Transition Progressive Transition Waveguides represent the Waveguides the latest in hornrepresent technology. latestsmooth, in horn low technology. In addition to providing distortion In addition to providingdeliver smooth, low distortion sound, PT Waveguides uniform offsound, PT Waveguides uniform axis frequency responsedeliver to every point offwithin axisintended frequencycoverage responsearea to every point the — not just within in the the intended area —— not just in the horizontal andcoverage vertical planes resulting in horizontal and verticalofplanes — loudspeaker resulting in superior array-ability multiple superior array-ability of multiple systems. PT Waveguides combineloudspeaker outstanding systems.control PT Waveguides combinesound outstanding pattern with undistorted for pattern controland with undistorted sound for natural music intelligible speech. natural music and intelligible speech.

CMCD® Cone Midrange

CMCD® Cone Drivers Midrange Compression CMCD® Drivers Incorporated into all cone midrange ConeCompression Midrange Compression Drivers models Incorporated into cone midrange — patented technology is more than Incorporated into allCMCD coneall midrange models —models patented CMCD technology isa more a—simple plug.than In addition patented CMCDdisplacement technology is more simplethan a simple displacement plug. Inand addition to providing increased output lower displacement plug. In addition to providing increased output this and lower distortion, this coneto providing increased output and lower distortion, cone-based true compression baseddriver true compression driveroperational design extends distortion, thisextends cone-based true compression design bandwidth operational (both and downto driverbandwidth design extends operational bandwidth (both up and down inup frequency) cover the in frequency) toand cover the seamlessly, entire vocal range (both up down in frequency) to cover the entire vocal range allows for better seamlessly, allows for better waveguide pattern entire vocalpattern range seamlessly, allows for better waveguide control, and improves phase control, and improves phase coherency of the waveguide pattern control, signal and improves phase coherency of the midrange for clearer, midrange signal for clearer, more intelligible coherency of the midrange signal for clearer, more intelligible audio quality. audio quality. more intelligible audio quality.

Page 291

Harman Pro Group | 2010

All AE Series speakers are available in several versions for matching décor or for outdoor versions for matching décor or for outdoor use. versions for matching décor or for outdoor use. Any model inwhite white (-WH) Any modelcan canbe be finished finished in (-WH) or left use. Any model can be finished in (-UF). white (-WH) or left unfinished and ready paint (-UF). unfinished and ready toto paint Additionally, or left unfinished ready paint (-UF). Additionally, two and degrees ofto weather resistance two degrees of weather resistance are available. Additionally, two degrees of the weather resistance are available. For many environments the basic For many environments basic weather resisare available. For many environments the basic weather resistance option suitable. tance option (-WRC) is(-WRC) suitable.isAn extra thick DuraFlex™ coating, multilayer grille and compoweather resistance option (-WRC) is suitable. An extra thick DuraFlex™ coating, multilayer nent treatments provide excellent environmental An extra thick DuraFlex™ coating, multilayer grille and component treatments provide protection. For extreme environments, with high grille and component treatments provide excellent environmental protection. For extreme humidity and/or rapid temperature excellent environmental protection. Forcycling, extreme environments, with high humidity and/or rapida maximum weather treatment (-WRX) adds a full environments, with high humidityweather and/or rapid temperature cycling, a maximum fiberglass covering of the cabinet. temperature cycling, a maximum weather treatment (-WRX) adds a full fiberglass covering treatment (-WRX) abrackets full fiberglass covering of the cabinet. AE adds Series and overhead Legendary JBL Transducers of the cabinet. AE Seriesare brackets and overhead suspension accessories alsolegendary available. AE Series incorporates the reliability suspension accessories areGap alsoCooled available. of JBL’s VGC™ Vented drivers,

f VERSATILE SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH f PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION FOR EXCELLENT VERSATILE SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION f f WAVEGUIDES f VGC™ DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® PATTERN CONTROL WAVEGUIDES FOR EXCELLENT VGC™ TRANSDUCERS DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® f CONE PATTERN CONTROL CONE TRANSDUCERS SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH f VERSATILE f PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION

Section:

06


INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS f VERSATILE SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH f PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION WAVEGUIDES FOR EXCELLENT VERSATILE SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION PRODUCTS f fINSTALLATION f VGC™ DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® PATTERN CONTROL WAVEGUIDES FOR EXCELLENT VGC™ TRANSDUCERS DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® f CONE PATTERN CONTROL SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH CONE TRANSDUCERS f VERSATILE f PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION f VGC™ DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® CONE TRANSDUCERS

WAVEGUIDES FOR EXCELLENT PATTERN CONTROL

Add 3 cAll-outs here? WhAt to include? Harman Pro Group | 2010

2432H 75mm (3”) voice coil, 1.5” exit compression is used all AM7212 2432H 75mmdriver (3”) voice coil, Anihitatium illacep reptat. and AM7215 Models 1.5” exit compression driver is used all AM7212 Harunt, que restio temped quatur, sit, arum and AM7215 hilis eata doluptur, optae Models parum et ea doluptate quoditatios distiist qui blati rem ideles nobis as sim ipis quis etur a abor sam rehendipis es ea sa

Large mouth rotatable Progressive Transition™ waveguides for precise directivity Transition™ control are Large mouth rotatable Progressive

JBL’s patented dual voice coil – dual gap Differential Drive technology is at–the core of all JBL’s patented dual voice coil dual gap

doluptatur, aliquat ionsendAM5215, andelen ihitiatquiam TeniAM5000 dolent estrum quia quamSeries as quiloudspeaker quam used in all AM5212, AM7212, and and AM7000 systems. waveguides for precise directivity control are Differential Drive technology is at the core of all atiur, entiat. El et eumquatem et lat ex excea estorerum quam, offictibus et qui veliquam eaqui AM7215 models used in all AM5212, AM5215, AM7212, and AM5000 and AM7000 Series loudspeaker systems. doloribus si omnimil itioreiunt rem ene mil magnis tendaecere velist delectibus que similla boreptatis AM7215 similla cessim isiminia vollutemodels con repellu pturio sum fugitium labo. Ulligni tionse nonsecto earia. blam comnimintio. Ignitas pitisciume repersp. Teni dolent estrum quia quam as qui quam.

Section:

06

AM6340/xx

AM6340/95 & /64 AM | maximized 3-Way AM6340/xx AM6340/xx

| AM 3-Way AM | maximized maximized 3-Way SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY SYSTEMRESPONSE TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE NOMINAL COVERAGE FREQUENCY RANGE FREQUENCY RESPONSE

FREQUENCY RESPONSE NOMINAL COVERAGE TRANSDUCER LF NOMINAL COVERAGEMF POWER RATING(AES) TRANSDUCER LFHF POWERTRANSDUCER RATING(AES) LONG-TERM MF LF LF HF POWER RATING(IEC): MF/HF POWER RATING(AES) MF 1: LF MAXIMUM SPLHF LONG-TERM LF POWER RATING(IEC): LONG-TERM MF/HF LFMF 1: LFHF POWER RATING(IEC): MF/HF MAXIMUM SPL BI-AMP MODE: MF/HF 1:MF LF MAXIMUM SPL SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES HF MF SUSPENSION BI-AMP MODE: MF/HF HF DIMENSIONS BI-AMP MODE: MF/HF SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES (H x W x D) SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES SUSPENSION NET WEIGHT (each) SUSPENSION DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each) Page 292

High-power Three-way AM6340/95 & /64 50 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 AM6340/95 & dB) /64 High-power Three-way 55HzHz- -19 17kHz kHz (± 3 dB) High-power Three-way 50 (-10 dB) x 50° 50AM6340/95: 19 kHz90° (-10 55 Hz - 17 (± 3 dB) AM6340/64: 60° x 40° 55 Hz - 17 kHz90° (± 350° dB) AM6340/95: 1200 W (4800 W xpeak) AM6340/64: x 40° AM6340/95: 90° 50° 350 W (140060° W peak) AM6340/64: 40° 75 WW(300 W60° peak) 1200 (4800 W xpeak) 350 WWW (1400 1000 (4000WWpeak) peak) 1200 (4800 peak) 75 WWW (300 WW peak) 350 (1400 W peak) peak) 350 (1400 75130 WW (300 W peak) dB 1000 (4000 W peak) 133WW dB(1400 350 1000 (4000WWpeak) peak) 134WdB(1400 W peak) 350 130 dB 133 dB 133 dB 130 Bi-amp, Tri-amp 134 133 dB 13 points 133 134 dB 1094 x 657 mm 133 dBx 561 Bi-amp, Tri-amp 43.1 x 22.1 x 25.9 in Bi-amp, 13 pointsTri-amp 56.7 kg (125 lb) 13 points 1094 x 561 x 657 mm 43.1 25.9mm in 1094xx22.1 561 x 657 43.1 kg x 22.1 25.9 in 56.7 (125x lb) 56.7 kg (125 lb)

AM6315/xx

AM6315/xx

AM6315/95 & /64 AM6315/xx

High-power Three-way AM6315/95 & /64 38 High-power Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB)& /64 AM6315/95 Three-way 45 38 Hz -Hz 17-kHz (±Three-way 3 (-10 dB) dB) High-power 19 kHz AM6315/95: 38 Hz - 17 1990° (-103 dB) 45 kHzx 50° (± AM6315/64: 60° x 40° 45 Hz - 17 kHz90° (± 3 dB) AM6315/95: 1000 W (4000 W peak)x 50° 60° AM6315/95: 90° x 40° 50° 350AM6315/64: W (1400 W peak) 40° 75 AM6315/64: W (300WW(4000 peak)60° 1000 W xpeak) WW(1400 WWpeak) 600350 W (2400 W peak) 1000 (4000 peak) peak) 35075 WW (1400 WWpeak) 350 W(300 (1400 W peak) 75dBWW(300 WW peak) 125600 (2400 peak) 133350 dB W (1400 600 (2400 W peak) 134350 dB (1400 W peak) 125 W dB 133 dB 133 dB 125 Bi-amp, Tri-amp 134 133 dB 13 133 points 134 dB 967Bi-amp, x 561 mm 133 dBx 657 Tri-amp 38.1 x 22.1 x 25.9 in Bi-amp, 13 pointsTri-amp 48.3 kg (107 lb)

13 points 967 x 561 x 657 mm 38.1 22.1x x657 25.9mm in 967 xx561 38.1 kg x 22.1 25.9 in 48.3 (107x lb) 48.3 kg (107 lb)

AM6200/xx

AM6200/xx AM6200/xx

AM4315/xx

AM4200/xx

AM4200/xx AM4315/xx AM4200/95 & /64 AM4200/xx AM4315/xx

AM6200/95 & /64

AM4315/95 & /64

High-power Mid-high & /64 AM6200/95 200 Hz -High-power 19 kHz (-10 dB) AM6200/95 & /64 Mid-high 250 Hz -200 17 kHz dB) High-power Mid-high Hz (± - 193 kHz (-10 dB) AM6200/95: 90° x19 200 Hz (-103 dB) 250 - 1750°kHz (± AM6200/64: 60° x 40°

Medium-Power Three-way & /64 Medium-Power Mid-high AM4315/95 AM4200/95 & /64 40 Hz - 23 kHzMedium-Power (-10 dB) dB) AM4315/95 & /64 350 Hz - 23 kHz (-10 AM4200/95 & /64 Three-way Medium-Power Mid-high 50 Hz - 20 kHz40 (±Hz3 -dB) 3 dB) Medium-Power Three-way Medium-Power Mid-high 23 kHz (-10 dB) 400 Hz - 20 kHz (±350 Hz - 23 kHz (-10 dB) AM4315/95:40 90° x 50°23 50° (-103 dB) AM4200/95: 90° x400 350 23 kHz (± (-103 dB) 50 Hz - 20 kHz (± Hz - 20 AM4315/64: 60° x 40° AM4200/64: 60° x 40° 50 Hz - 20 kHz90° (±x350° dB) 400 Hz - 20 kHz 3 dB) AM4200/95: 90°(± x 50° 500 W (2000AM4315/95: W peak) AM4315/64: AM4200/64: AM4315/95: 60° 90° x 40° 50° 125 W (500 W peak) AM4200/95: 60° 90° x 40° 50° x 40° 35 W (120 W peak)AM4200/64: 60° x 40° MF/HF: 125 WAM4315/64: (500 peak)60° 500 WW(2000 W peak) 125 W (500 W peak) 350 W (1400500 W peak) W (2000 W peak) MF/HF: 125 W (500 W peak) 35 (Passive mode) 125 W (500 W peak) 125WW(120 (500WWpeak) peak) MF/HF: 125 WW(500 W peak) 35 W (120 W peak) 124 dB 350 W (1400 peak) (Passive mode) 125 W (500 W peak) 350 W (1400 W peak) 127 dB 129 dB (Passive 125 W (500 W peak) 124 dB mode) 127 dB 127 dB 127 dB 124 dB Bi-amp, Passive Bi-amp, Passive 129 127 dB 13 points 127 dB 13 points 127 dB 129 967 x 561 x 657 mm 548 x 561 x 657 mm 127 dB Passive 127 dB Passive Bi-amp, Bi-amp, 38.1 x 22.1 x 25.9 in 21.6 x 22.1 x 25.9 in Bi-amp, Bi-amp, 13 pointsPassive 13 pointsPassive 46.7 kg (103 lb) 28.1 kg (62 lb)

250 Hz - 17 kHz 3 dB) AM6200/95: 90°(± x 50°

AM6200/64: AM6200/95: 90° x 40° 50° 350 W (1400 W peak) 60° AM6200/64: 75 W (300 W peak) 60° x 40° 350 W (1400 W peak) 75 WW peak) 350 W (1400 peak) 350WWW(300 (1400 peak) 75 W (300 W peak) 133 dB 350 W (1400 W peak) 134 dB 350 W (1400 W peak) 133 dB 133 dB Bi-amp, Passive 134 133 dB 13 points133 134 dB 548 x 561 x 657 133 dB mm Bi-amp, Passive 21.6 x 22.1 x 25.9 in Bi-amp, 13 pointsPassive 29.0 kg (64 lb)

13 points 548 x 561 x 657 mm 21.6 22.1x x657 25.9mm in 548 xx561 21.6 kg x 22.1 29.0 (64 xlb)25.9 in 29.0 kg (64 lb)

13 points 967 x 561 x 657 mm 38.1 22.1x x657 25.9mm in 967 xx561 38.1 kg x 22.1 25.9 in 46.7 (103x lb) 46.7 kg (103 lb)

13 points 548 x 561 x 657 mm 21.6 22.1x x657 25.9mm in 548 xx561 21.6 kg x 22.1 28.1 (62 xlb)25.9 in 28.1 kg (62 lb)


AE SERIES AE SERIES AE SERIES

| 2-Way AM maximized 2-Way AM | maximized |

AM7212/xx AM7212/xx

AM7215/xx AM7215/xx

AM7212/64-66-95-00-26

AM7215/64-66-95-26 AM7215/xx AM7215/64-66-95-26 High-power 15" Two-way

AM7212/xx

AM7212/64-66-95-00-26 High-power 12" Two-way SYSTEM TYPE High-power Two-way SYSTEMRANGE TYPE2-Way36 HzAM7212/64-66-95-00-26 - 20 kHz12"(-10 dB) FREQUENCY maximized Two-way SYSTEM TYPE 36 - 20 FREQUENCY RANGE 42 HzHigh-power 18 kHz (-10 (±12" 3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE HzkHz - 2060° kHzx340° (-10 42 Hz36 - 18 (± dB)dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSERANGE AM7212/64: NOMINALFREQUENCY COVERAGE 42 Hz - 1860° kHzx 60° (± 3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE AM7212/66: AM7212/64: 40° NOMINAL COVERAGE

AM

AM7212/64: 90° 50° NOMINAL COVERAGE AM7212/95: AM7212/66: 60° x60° 60°x 40° AM7212/66: x 60° AM7212/00: 100° x50° 100° AM7212/95: 90° x60° AM7212/95: x 50° AM7212/26: 120° x 60° AM7212/00: 100°90° 100° AM7212/00: 100° x 100° AM7212/26: x 60° 1000 W (4000120° W peak) LF (2 Hours) AM7212/26: 120° x 60° 700 WWpeak) TRANSDUCER LF LF (100 1000WW(2800 (4000 peak) (2 Hours) W (4000 W peak) LF (2 Hours) 100 W1000 (400 WWpeak) POWER RATING: (2LFHours) (2800 peak) TRANSDUCER LFHF (100 W (2800 W peak) TRANSDUCER (100 Hours) 700 700 100 W (400 W peak) POWER RATING: HF (2 Hours) 600 / 1200 / 2400 W LONG-TERM POWER RATING(IEC) 100 W (400 W peak) POWER RATING: HF (2 Hours) (Continuous/Program/Peak) 1200/ 1200 / 2400 W W LONG-TERM POWER POWER RATING(IEC) / 2400 LONG-TERM RATING(IEC) 600 / 600 (Continuous/Program/Peak) 126 dB (Continuous/Program/Peak) MAXIMUM SPL 1: LF (Bi-Amp Mode) 126 dB126 dB MAXIMUM LF1: LF 135 MAXIMUM SPL 1: SPLHF (Bi-Amp Mode) 135 dB135 dB (Bi-Amp Mode)MODES HF HF Passive/Bi-Amp SELECTABLE CROSSOVER Passive/Bi-Amp SELECTABLE CROSSOVER Passive/Bi-Amp SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODESMODES 15 points (M10) SUSPENSION 15 points (M10) SUSPENSION 713 15 points SUSPENSION x 371 (M10) x 458 mm DIMENSIONS 713 x 371 x 458 mm DIMENSIONS 28.06 x 14.6 x 18.1 (H x W x D) 713 x 371 x 458 mmin DIMENSIONS 28.06 x 14.6 x 18.1 in (H x W x D) 28.06kgx 14.6 x 18.1 in (H x W x D) 27.2 (60 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 27.2 kg (60 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 27.2 kg (60 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

AM5212/64-66-95-00-26 AM5212/xx AM5212/64-66-95-00-26 Medium-power 12" Two-way

AM5215/xx AM5215/xx

AM5215/64-66-95-26 AM5215/64-66-95-26 Medium-power 15" Two-way

AM5215/xx

AM5212/64-66-95-00-26 Medium-power 12"dB) Two-way 37 Hz - 20 kHz (-10

AM5215/64-66-95-26 Medium-power 15"dB) Two-way 35 Hz - 20 kHz (-10

Medium-power 37 kHzTwo-way (-10 43 Hz - 20 1812" (± 3 dB) 37 Hz AM5212/64: - 20HzkHz (-10kHz dB) 43 - 18 (±x340° dB) 60° 43 Hz AM5212/66: - 18 kHz (± 3 dB) 60° x 60° AM5212/64: 40° AM5212/64: 60° x 40° AM5212/95: 90° AM5212/66: 60° x 50° 60° AM5212/66: 60° x 60° AM5212/00: 100° 100° AM5212/95: 90° x x50° AM5212/95: 90° x 50° AM5212/26: 120° x AM5212/00: 100° 60° 100° AM5212/00: 100° x 100° AM5212/26: 120° x 60° 400 W 120° (1600x 60° W peak) AM5212/26: 300 W (1200 W peak) (1600 400 W400 (1600 W peak) 40 WW(160 W peak) (1200 300 W300 (1200 W peak)W peak) 40 W/W(160 peak) 300 600 /W1200 W 40 W (160 peak) 300//1200 600 /W1200 W 300 / 600

Medium-power Two-way 35 kHz (-10 41 Hz15"- 20 18 (± 3 dB) 35 Hz - 20 kHz 41 (-10 Hz -dB) 18 kHz60° (±x340° dB) AM5215/64: 41 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB) 60° x 60° AM5215/66: AM5215/64: 40° AM5215/64:AM5215/95: 60° x 40° 90° AM5215/66: 60° x 50° 60° AM5215/66:AM5215/26: 60° x 60° 120° 60° AM5215/95: 90° x x50° AM5215/95:AM5215/26: 90° x 50° 120° x 60° AM5215/26: 120° x 60°

122 dB

Harman Pro Group | 2010

AM7215/64-66-95-26 High-power Two-way 34 Hz - 20 kHz15"(-10 dB) High-power 15"(-10 Two-way 34 Hz - 20 40 18 kHz (± 3 dB) 34 Hz (-10 40 Hz--20 18kHz kHz60° (±xdB) 340° dB) AM7215/64: 40 Hz 18 kHz (± AM7215/66: 60° 60° AM7215/64: 3xdB) 40° AM7215/64: 60° AM7215/95: 90° x 50° AM7215/66: 60°x 40° 60° AM7215/66: 60° AM7215/26: 120° 60° AM7215/95: 90°x 60° x x50° AM7215/95: 90° x 50° AM7215/26: 120° x 60° AM7215/26: 120° x 60° 1000 W (4000 W peak) 750 WW(3000 peak) 1000 (4000W peak) 1000 W (4000 WWpeak) 100 W (400 peak) 750 (3000W peak) 750 W (3000 WWpeak) 100 (400W peak) 600 /W1200 /W2400 W 100 W (400 peak) 600 // 1200 1200//2400 2400WW 126 dB 135 dB 126 dB 135 dB 135 dB Passive/Bi-Amp Passive/Bi-Amp Passive/Bi-Amp 15 points (M10) 15 points (M10) 15 points 783 x 422 (M10) x 504 mm 783 xx422 x 50419.9 mmin 30.8 16.6 783 x 422 x x504 mm 30.8 x 16.6 x 19.9 in 30.8 kg x 16.6 23.1 (51 xlb)19.9 in 23.1 kg (51 lb) 23.1 kg (51 lb)

AM5212/xx AM5212/xx

500 W (2000 W peak) 350 W (1400 W peak)

W (2000 W peak) 500 W (2000500 W peak) 40 WW(160 WW peak) (1400 peak) 350 W (1400350 W peak) 40peak) W/ (160 peak) 700 /W1400 W 40 W (160 W350 350 /W700 / 1400 W 350 / 700 / 1400 125 dB

122 dB131 122 dB 131 dBPassive/Bi-Amp 131 dB Passive/Bi-Amp Passive/Bi-Amp 15 points (M10) 15 points (M10) (M10) 15 points 713 x 371 x 458 mm 713 x 28.06 371 x 458 mmx 18.1 in x 14.6 713 x 371 x 458 mm 28.06 x 14.6 x 18.1 in 28.06kgx 14.6 x 18.1 in 27.2 (60 lb) 27.2 kg (60 lb)

125 dB 131 125 dB 131 dB Passive/Bi-Amp 131 dB Passive/Bi-Amp Passive/Bi-Amp 15 points (M10) 15 points (M10) 15 points 783 x 422 (M10) x 504 mm 783 x 422 x 30.8 504 mm16.6 x 19.9 in 783 xx422 x 504 mm 30.8 x 16.6 x 19.9 in 30.8 kg x 16.6 23.1 (51 xlb)19.9 in 23.1 kg (51 lb)

27.2 kg (60 lb)

23.1 kg (51 lb)

Section:

06 AL6125AL6125

AL6125

AL6115

AL6115 AL6115

AC2212/xx

AC2215/xx

AC2212/xx AC2212/xx

AC2215/xx AC2215/xx

AC | Compact 2-Way

AC2215/95, /64 & /00

Lower-power/64 Two-way SYSTEM TYPEAC2215/95, | & /00 2-Way AC 42 Hz - 19 kHz (-10&dB)/00 FREQUENCY RANGELower-power AC2215/95, /64 Two-way Compact SYSTEM 2-Way TYPE AC | Compact 50 Hz - 17 kHz (± 3 dB)

FREQUENCY RESPONSELower-power Two-way SYSTEMRANGE TYPE 42 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB) FREQUENCY AC2215/95: 90° x 50° NOMINAL COVERAGE 42 Hz AC2215/64: 19 kHz (± (-10 FREQUENCY RANGE 50 - 17 3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE 60° x 40° 50 Hz - 17 kHz 3 dB) AC2215/00: x 100° FREQUENCY RESPONSE AC2215/95: 90°(±x100° 50° NOMINAL COVERAGE 60° 40° 275 W (1100 TRANSDUCER LFAC2215/64: AC2215/95: 90° x W 50°peak) NOMINAL COVERAGE

AC2215/00: 100° 100° 30 W (120 Wx xpeak) POWER RATING(AES): HFAC2215/64: 60° 40° W (1000 peak) AC2215/00: 100° xW100° LONG-TERM POWER RATING W250 (1100 W peak) TRANSDUCER LF (IEC)275 peak) 121 dBW W POWER TRANSDUCER RATING(AES): MAXIMUMHF SPL 1: LF30 275WW(120 (1100 peak) LF 127 dBW W 30 WW(120 peak) POWER RATING(AES): HF HF250 (1000 peak) LONG-TERM POWER RATING (IEC) 121 dB PASSIVE MODE 1: LF 250 dB W (1000 W peak) LONG-TERM POWER RATING 121 MAXIMUM SPL (IEC) Bi-amp, Passive SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES 127 121 dB LF MAXIMUM SPL 1: HF 15 points SUSPENSION121 PASSIVE MODE 127 dB HF x 422 x 504 mm DIMENSIONSBi-amp, 121 dB637Passive PASSIVEMODES MODE SELECTABLE CROSSOVER 25.1 x 16.6 x 19.9 in (H x W x D) Bi-amp, Passive SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES 15 points SUSPENSION 23.6 kg (52 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 15 points SUSPENSION 637 x 422 x 504 mm DIMENSIONS 25.1 16.6x x504 19.9mm in (H x W x D) 637 xx422 DIMENSIONS 25.1 kg x 16.6 (H x W x D) 23.6 (52 xlb)19.9 in NET WEIGHT (each) 23.6 kg (52 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

AC2212/95, /64 & /00 Lower-power Two-way AC2212/95, /64 & /00 50 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB)& /00 AC2212/95, /64 Lower-power Two-way 55 Hz - 17 kHz (± 3 dB)

Lower-power 50 Hz - 19 kHzTwo-way (-10 dB) AC2212/95: 90° x 50° 50AC2212/64: 19 kHz (-10 55 Hz - 17 3 dB) 60°(± x 40° 55 Hz - 17 kHz (±xx50° 3100° dB) AC2212/00: 100° AC2212/95: 90° AC2212/64: x 40° 300 W (110060° W peak) AC2212/95: 90° 50° AC2212/00: 100° 30 W (120 W100° peak) AC2212/64: 60° x x40° 250WW(1100 (1000100° W AC2212/00: x 100° 300 W peak) peak) 30 WWdB (120 WW peak) 120 300 (1100 peak) 30129 WWdB (120 WW peak) 250 (1000 peak) 120 dB 250 dB W (1000 W peak) 120 Bi-amp, Passive 129 120 dB 15 points 120 129 dB 548dB x 355 x 352 mm 120 Bi-amp, Passive 21.6 x 14.0 x 13.9 in Bi-amp, Passive 15 points 18.1 kg (40 lb) 15 points 548 x 355 x 352 mm 21.6 14.0x x352 13.9mm in 548 xx355 21.6 kg x 14.0 18.1 (40 xlb)13.9 in 18.1 kg (40 lb)

AL | Low| Frequency

Frequency AL Low Frequency AL | Low

AL6115

AL6125

SYSTEM TYPE High-power Low Freq. High-power Low Freq. AL6115 AL6125 kHz (-10 dB)Low Freq. 40 Hz - 2.5 kHzHigh-power (-10 dB) Low Freq. FREQUENCYSYSTEM RANGE TYPE40 Hz - 2.5 AL6115 AL6125 High-power 3 dB) 42 Hz - 2.1 kHzHigh-power FREQUENCY RESPONSE SYSTEMRANGE TYPE47 Hz - 2.1 High-power Low(-10 Freq. Low(-10 Freq. 40kHz Hz (± - 2.5 kHz dB) 40(±Hz3 -dB) 2.5 kHz dB) FREQUENCY peak) (-10 dB) 2000 W (800040 W peak)2.5 TRANSDUCERRANGE1000 W (4000 40 HzW- 2.1 2.5 (-103 dB) FREQUENCY 47 kHz (± 3 42 Hz 2.1 kHz (± FREQUENCY RESPONSE (2 hrs) (2 hrs) POWER RATING(AES) 47 HzWW -peak) 2.1 kHzW(±peak) 3 dB) 42W Hz - 2.1 kHzW(±peak) 3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE600 W (2400 1000 (4000 W (8000 1200 W (24002000 peak) LONG-TERM TRANSDUCER SYSTEM hrs)W (4000 W peak) (2 hrs)W (8000 W peak) POWER RATING(AES)100 hrs (2 1000 2000 100 hrs POWER TRANSDUCER RATING (2 hrs) (2130 hrs)W POWER RATING(AES) 1 600 W129 (2400 LONG-TERM 50 Hz –125 Hz: dB W peak) 50 Hz –125 Hz:1200 dB(2400 W peak) MAXIMUM SPLSYSTEM hrs 100 hrs POWER SYSTEM RATING125 Hz - 100 800 Hz: 127 dBW peak) 125 Hz - 800 Hz: 129 600 W (2400 1200 WdB(2400 W peak) LONG-TERM 100Hzhrs–125 Hz: 129 dB 100Hzhrs–125 Hz: 130 dB POWER RATING Parallel, Discrete SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES 50 MAXIMUM SPL1Discrete 50 125 Hz–125 -side 800angles Hz:129 127dB dB - 800Hz: Hz:130 129dB dB 15° Rectangular 125 ENCLOSURE 50 Hz Hz: 50 HzHz–125 MAXIMUM SPL1Trapezoidal, 125 Hz - 800 Hz: 127 dB 125 Hz - Discrete 800 Hz: 129 dB SELECTABLE CROSSOVER 12 points Parallel, SUSPENSIONMODES13 pointsDiscrete Discrete Parallel, SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES548 x 561Trapezoidal, x 657 mm 15° side angles 967 x 422 x 504 mm Discrete DIMENSIONS Rectangular ENCLOSURE 21.6 x 22Trapezoidal, 1 x 25.9 in 38.1 x 16.6 x 19.9 in (H x W x D) Rectangular ENCLOSURE 13 points 15° side angles 12 points SUSPENSION 29.0 kg (64 lb) 44.5 kg (98 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 13 points 12 points SUSPENSION 548 x 561 x 657 mm 967 x 422 x 504 mm DIMENSIONS 1 Maximum long-term average SPL. Peak SPL is 6 dB higher. 21.6 22 1xQx657 25.9mm in 38.1 16.6x x504 19.9mm in (H x W x D)Figure xx561 967 xx422 DIMENSIONS is 548 for highest version. 21.6 kg x 22(64 1 xlb)25.9 in 38.1 kg x 16.6 (H x W x D) 29.0 44.5 (98 xlb)19.9 in NET WEIGHT (each) kg (64 lb) 44.5 kg (98 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 1 29.0 Maximum long-term average SPL. Peak SPL is 6 dB higher. is for highest Q version. 1 Figure Maximum long-term average SPL. Peak SPL is 6 dB higher. Figure is for highest Q version.

Page 293


INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS ASB4128 ASB4128

ASB6128 ASB6128

ASB6128V ASB6128V

ASB4128

ASB6128

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

ASB6128V

ASH6118 ASH6118 ASH6118

ASB6118 ASB6118 ASB6118

SYSTEM TYPE ASB6118 ASB6128 ASB4128 High-power High-power Medium-power SYSTEMRANGE TYPE 28 Hz - 1 kHzSubwoofer (-10 dB) 30 Hz - 1 kHzSubwoofer (-10 dB) 30 Hz - 1 kHz (-10Subwoofer dB) FREQUENCY High-power Subwoofer High-power Subwoofer Medium-power Subwoofer SYSTEM TYPE 28 Hz - 1 kHz (± (-103 dB) 30 Hz - 1 kHz (± (-103 dB) 30 Hz - 1 kHz (± (-103 dB) FREQUENCY RANGE 35 38 40 FREQUENCY RESPONSE 28 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB) 30 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB) 30 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB) FREQUENCY RANGE 3535HzHzW - -1(4800 dB) 38 - 1(9600 kHz dB) 40kHz Hz(± - 13(4000 kHz dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE W33peak) W3peak) W W3peak) TRANSDUCER 1kHz kHz(± (± dB) 38 2400 Hz Hz - 1W kHz (± 3(± dB) 40 Hz - 11000 dB) (± FREQUENCY RESPONSE 1200 (2 hrs) (2 hrs) (2 hrs)W (4000 W peak) POWER TRANSDUCER RATING(AES) 2400 W (9600 W peak) 1200WW(4800 (4800W W peak) peak) 2400 W (9600 W peak) 1000 W1000 (4000 W peak) TRANSDUCER 1200 (2(2hrs) (2 hrs)W (6400 W peak) (2 hrs) POWER RATING(AES) 800 W 1600 W (2400 W peak) hrs)(3200 W peak) (2 hrs) (2 hrs) 600 LONG-TERM SYSTEM POWER RATING(AES) 100 100 POWER SYSTEM RATING 800 WW(3200 1600 W (6400 W peak) 600 hrs WW(2400 800hrs (3200W W peak) 1600 Whrs (6400 W peak) 600 W (2400 peak) W peak) LONG-TERM LONG-TERM SYSTEM 100 1 100 10030 hrsHzhrs–100 Hz: 136 dB 100 hrs 30 100 100 100Hzhrs–100 Hz: 133 dB POWER RATING POWER RATING 30 Hzhrshrs –100 Hz: 129 dB MAXIMUM SPL 100 -–100 500Hz: Hz:129 129dB dB Hz–100 - Hz: 500136 Hz:dB 136dB dB 100 Hz–100 - 500dBHz: Hz:133 133dB dB 1 1 Hz–100 Hz: 129 30 100 Hz Hz –100 30 Hz –100 133 MAXIMUM 3030HzHz dB 30 Hz: 136 30 HzHz: MAXIMUM SPLSPL 100HzHz- -500 500Hz: Hz: 129 129 dB 100Parallel, Hz -Hz500- Discrete Hz: 136 100 Hz -Parallel, 500Hz Hz:-133 100 dB 100 500 Hz: dB 136 dB 100 500dBHz: 133 dB Discrete Discrete SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES Discrete Parallel, Discrete Parallel,Parallel, Discrete Discrete SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES Discrete Parallel, Discrete SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular ENCLOSURE Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular ENCLOSURE 14 Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular ENCLOSURE points 12 points 14 points SUSPENSION points 12 points 14 points SUSPENSION 1414points 12 points 14 points SUSPENSION 548 x 561 x 816 mm 1094 x 561 x 816 mm 1094 x 561 x 816 mm DIMENSIONS 548 x 561 x 816 mm 1094 x 561 x 816 mm 1094 x 561 x 816 mm 21.6 x561 22.1x x816 32.2mm in 43.1 xx22.1 32.2mm in 43.1 xx22.1 32.2mm in (HDIMENSIONS x W x D) 548 x 1094 561 x 816 1094 561in x 816 DIMENSIONS 21.6 x 22.1 x 32.2 in 43.1 x 22.1 x 32.2 in 43.1 x 22.1 x 32.2 (H x W x D) 21.6 kg x 22.1 xlb)32.2 in 43.1 kg x 22.1 x lb) 32.2 in 43.1 kg x 22.1 x 32.2 in (H xW x(each) D) 44.5 73.0 NET NET WEIGHT (each) 44.5 kg(98 (98 lb) 73.0 kg (161(161 lb) 64.9 kg 64.9 (143 lb) (143 lb) WEIGHT 44.5 kg (98 lb) averageSPL. 73.0 kghigher. (161Figure lb)Figure 64.9 kg (143 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 1 Maximum long-term SPL.Peak Peak SPL 6 higher. dB for highest Q version. 1 Maximum long-term average SPL is 6isdB is for is highest Q version.

Loaded Subwoofer ASB6128V | ASH | Horn Subwoofer ASH Horn Loaded ASH6118 ASB6128V ASH6118 Subwoofer* Extended Response Sub Horn-loaded

ASB6128V

ASH6118

Extended Sub 21 Hz - 300Response Hz (-10 dB)

Horn-loaded 25 Hz - 250 HzSubwoofer* (-10 dB)*

89.8 kg (198 lb)

159.3 kg (351 lb)

Extended Response Sub Horn-loaded Subwoofer* 21 Hz - 300 Hz (± (-103 dB) 25 Hz - 200 250 Hz (± (-103 dB)* 25 30 dB) 21 Hz - 300 Hz (-10 dB) 25 Hz - 250 Hz (-10 dB)* 25(±Hz3W -dB) 300 Hz W (±peak) 3 dB)30 Hz - 200 Hz (±1200 303 dB) HzW - 200 Hz W (±peak) 3 dB) 2400 (9600 (4800 25 Hz - 300 Hz (2 hrs)W (9600 W peak) (2 hrs)W (4800 W peak) 2400 W (96002400 W peak) 1200 W (4800 W 1200 peak) (2 hrs)W (6400 W peak)(2 hrs) (2 hrs) 1600 800 W (3200 W peak) (2 hrs) hrs 100 1600 W (6400 W peak)800 W (3200 W peak) 800 hrs W (3200 W peak) 1600 W (6400100 W peak) 100 hrs 30 100Hzhrs–100 Hz: 134 dB 100 hrs 100Hzhrs–140 Hz: 133 dB 30 100 - 500Hz: Hz:134 135dB dB30 Hz –140 Hz: 133 30 Hz –100 Hz: dB 30 134 HzHz–100 30 dB Hz –140 Hz: 133 dB 100 Hz - 500Parallel, Hz: 135 100 Hz -dBDiscrete 500 Hz: 135 dB Discrete Parallel, Discrete Discrete Parallel, Discrete Discrete Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular 13 points None 13 points None 13 None 564 x 1530 x 1288 mm 967points x 561 x 1215 mm 967 x 561 x 1215 mm 564 x 1530 x 1288 mm 38.1 x561 22.1x x1215 47.85mm in 22.3xx1530 56.4 x 1288 50.7 inmm 967 x 22.3 x 56.4 x 50.7564 in 38.1 x 22.1 x 47.85 in 38.1 kg x 22.1 47.85 in 22.3 x 56.4 x 50.7 in (198x lb) 159.3 kg (351 lb)159.3 kg (351 lb) 89.8 kg (19889.8 lb)

* Designed * Designed to betoused be used in multiples in multiples (2 minimum, (2 minimum, 4 optimum) 4 optimum) withwith proximity proximity placement placement or with or with proper proper boundary boundary surface surface loading. loading. Specifications Specifications shown shown are for areone for cabinet. one cabinet.

ASB4128 ASB4128 Medium-power Subwoofer

* Designed to be used in multiples (2 minimum, 4 optimum) with proximity placement or with proper boundary surface loading. Specifications shown are for one cabinet.

1 Maximum long-term average SPL. Peak SPL is 6 dB higher. Figure is for highest Q version.

SUSPENSION DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

Page 294

Single Subwoofer 42 Hz15" - 1 kHz (± 3 dB) 32800 Hz -W1 kHz (-10 dB) 32(2Hzhrs) (-103 dB) 42 - 1 kHz (± 42 HzW- 1 kHz (± 3 dB) 800 (2 hrs) 800100 Whrs (2 35 hrs)Hz - 400 Hz: 126 dB SPL 100cont hrsaverage (132 dB peal) 100Discrete 35 Hzhrs- 400 Hz: 126 dB SPL cont 35Rectangular Hzaverage - 400 Hz:(132 126dBdBpeal) SPL 16 average points (M10) cont (132 dB peal) Discrete 483 x 419 x 597 mm Discrete Rectangular 19.0 x 16.5 x 23.5 in Rectangular 16 points (M10)lb) 20.6 kg (45.5 16 483points x 419 (M10) x 597 mm 19.0 16.5x x597 23.5mm in 483 xx419 19.0 kg x 16.5 x 23.5 20.6 (45.5 lb) in 20.6 kg (45.5 lb)

ASB6125

ASB7128

Double 15" Subwoofer

Double 18" High Output Single 18" High Output Single 12" Subwoofer ASB7128 ASB7118 ASB6112 Subwoofer with 2269 Woofer Subwoofer with 2269 Woofer ASB7128 ASB7118 ASB6112 18"dB) High Output 22 Hz - 1 kHz Single Single 20 Hz Double - 1 kHz (-10 (-1018" dB) High Output 35 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB) 12" Subwoofer Subwoofer with Woofer Subwoofer with 2269 Woofer 18"3 dB) High 2269 Output Single Single 25 Hz Double - 1 kHz (± 34 Hz - 1 kHz (± 318" dB) High Output 43 Hz – 1 kHz (± 3 dB)12" Subwoofer Subwoofer Subwoofer 20 Hz - 1 kHzwith (-102269 dB) Woofer 22 Hz - 1 kHzwith (-102269 dB) Woofer 35 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB) 4000 W, 2 x 2000 W 2000 W 1000 W 20 Hz - 1 kHz (± (-103 dB) 22 Hz - 1 kHz (± (-103 dB) (2 hrs) 35 Hz –- 11kHz 43 kHz(-10 (± 3dB) dB) (2 hrs)25 (2 hrs) 34 25 HzW, - 1 2kHz (± 3WdB) 34 HzW - 1 kHz (± 3 dB) 700 W (2800 W1000 43peak), HzW – 1 kHz (± 3 dB) 4000 x 2000 2000 100 hrs(2 100 hrs (2 100 hrs hrs)W, 2 x 2000 W hrs)W (2 hrs)W 4000 2000 1000 25 Hz (2 - 200 25 Hz - 200(2Hz: 129 dB SPL 40 Hz - 300 Hz:700 dB(2800 SPL W peak), hrs)Hz: 135 dB SPL hrs) (2126 hrs) W cont average cont average cont average (132 100 hrs(141 dB peal) 100(135 hrs dB peal) 100dB hrspeal) 700 W (2800 W peak), Parallel, Discrete 100Discrete 100Hzhrs- 200 Hz: 129 dB SPL 100Hzhrs- 300 Hz: 126 dB SPL 25 Hzhrs- 200 Hz: 135 dB SPL Discrete 25 40 Rectangular Rectangular cont average (132 dB peal) cont cont 25 Hzaverage - 200 Hz:(141 135dBdBpeal) SPL Rectangular 25 Hzaverage - 200 Hz:(135 129dBdBpeal) SPL 40 Hz - 300 Hz: 126 dB SPL 16 points 16 points (M10)Discrete cont(M10) average (141 dB peal) 16 points (M10) cont average (135 dB peal) cont average (132 dB peal) Parallel, Discrete Discrete 1092 xParallel, 560 x 815Discrete mm 546 x 560 xDiscrete 815 mm 406 x 369 x 483Discrete mm Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular 43.0 x 22.0 x 32.1 in 21.5 x 22.0 x 32.1 in 16.0 x 14.5 x 19.0 in Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular 16 points (M10) 16 points (M10) 16 71.9 kg (158.5 lb) 42.9 kg (94.5 lb) 16.3 kg (36.0 lb) points (M10)

ASB6125 ASB6125 15"(-10 Subwoofer 32Double Hz - 1 kHz dB) 15"(±Subwoofer 35Double Hz - 1 kHz 3 dB) 32 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB) 1600 W, 2 x 800 W 32 (-103 dB) (235 hrs)Hz - 1 kHz (± 35 HzW, - 1 2kHz (± W 3 dB) 1600 x 800 100 hrs (2 hrs)W, 2 x 800 W 1600 35(2Hzhrs) - 400 Hz: 132 dB SPL cont 100average hrs (138 dB peal) Parallel, 100Hzhrs-Discrete 35 400 Hz: 132 dB SPL Rectangular cont 35 Hzaverage - 400 Hz:(138 132dBdBpeal) SPL 16Parallel, points (M10) cont average (138 dB peal) Discrete 965 x 419 xDiscrete 597 mm Parallel, Rectangular 38.0 x 16.5 x 23.5 in Rectangular 16 points 36.7 kg (81.0(M10) lb)

16 965points x 419 (M10) x 597 mm 38.0 16.5x x597 23.5mm in 965 xx419 38.0 kg x 16.5 x 23.5 36.7 (81.0 lb) in 36.7 kg (81.0 lb)

16 points 1092 x 560(M10) x 815 mm 43.0 32.1mm in 1092xx22.0 560 x 815 43.0 kg x 22.0 x 32.1 71.9 (158.5 lb) in 71.9 kg (158.5 lb)

ASB7118

16 546points x 560 (M10) x 815 mm 21.5 22.0x x815 32.1mm in 546 xx560 21.5 kg x 22.0 x 32.1 42.9 (94.5 lb) in 42.9 kg (94.5 lb)

ASB6112

16 406points x 369 (M10) x 483 mm 16.0 14.5x x483 19.0mm in 406 xx369 16.0 kg x 14.5 x 19.0 16.3 (36.0 lb) in 16.3 kg (36.0 lb)

power power compression. compression.

SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE SYSTEMRESPONSE TYPE FREQUENCY FREQUENCY RANGE TRANSDUCER FREQUENCY RANGE 1 FREQUENCY POWER RESPONSE RATING(AES) FREQUENCY RESPONSE LONG-TERM SYSTEM TRANSDUCER 1 2 POWER RATING POWER RATING(AES) TRANSDUCER 1 3 MAXIMUM SPL POWER RATING(AES) LONG-TERM SYSTEM (1m,RATING calculated) POWER LONG-TERM SYSTEM2 SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES 32 POWER RATING MAXIMUM SPL ENCLOSURE (1m, calculated) MAXIMUM SPL 3 SUSPENSION (1m, calculated) SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES DIMENSIONS SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES ENCLOSURE (H x W x D) ENCLOSURE SUSPENSION NET WEIGHT (each)

ASB6115 Single 15" Subwoofer ASB6115 ASB6115 Single Subwoofer 32 Hz15" - 1 kHz (-10 dB)

cabinet, cabinet, long-term long-term 100 hr 100 rating. hr rating.

SYSTEM TYPE

3 Calculated 3 Calculated based based on power on power rating rating and and sensitivity, sensitivity, exclusive exclusive of of

| ASB Subwoofers ASB | Subwoofers

plus plus long-term long-term 100 hr 100 rating hr rating are specified are specified for low-frequency for low-frequency transducers. transducers.

ASB | Subwoofers

2 AES2 standard, AES standard, one decade one decade pinkpink noisenoise withwith 6 dB6crest dB crest factor, factor, in in

06

ASB6128 ASB6128 High-power Subwoofer

device’s operational band, free air. Standard AES 2 hr rating plus long-term 100 hr rating are specified for low-frequency transducers. 2 AES standard, one decade pink noise with 6 dB crest factor, in cabinet, long-term 100 hr rating. 1 AES1 standard, AES standard, one decade one decade pinkpink noise noise withwith 6 dB6crest dB crest factor factor within within of 3 Calculated based on power rating and sensitivity, exclusive device’s device’s operational operational band, band, free air. freeStandard air. Standard AES 2AES hr rating 2 hr rating power compression.

Section:

ASH | Horn Loaded Subwoofer

ASB6118 ASB6118 High-power Subwoofer

1 AES standard, one decade pink noise with 6 dB crest factor within

Harman Pro Group | 2010

| Subwoofers ASB ASB | Subwoofers ASB| Subwoofers


AE SERIES COMPACT MODELS AE SERIES COMPACT MODELS AE SERIES COMPACT MODELS

AE AE Series Series Compact Compact Models Models AE Series Compact Models key features key features

f ULTRA COMPACT ENCLOSURES ULTRA COMPACT ENCLOSURES f f MULTIPLE ATTACHMENT POINTS FOR ULTIMATE FLEXIBILITY MULTIPLE ATTACHMENT POINTS f ULTRA COMPACT ENCLOSURES f FOR ULTIMATE FLEXIBILITY

key For over sixty years features JBL engineers

f MULTIPLE ATTACHMENT POINTS FOR ULTIMATE FLEXIBILITY

For sixty years engineers haveover leveraged theirJBL mastery of For over sixty years JBL engineers have leveraged their mastery of have physics to elevate the platform leveraged their mastery of physics to elevate physics to elevate the platform which millions of creative individuals the platform which millions of creative which millions of creative individuals worldwide use to broadcast their individuals usetheir to broadcast AC25 worldwide useoftoworldwide broadcast personal form audible art. AC25 their personal form of audible art. personal form of team audible art. AC25 The engineering strives The engineering team strives to The engineering team strives to achieve thethehighest achieve highestlevel level of to achieve the highest levelthe of sonic quality totoensure sonic quality ensurethe of sonic quality to ensure the audience will hear every audience will hear every audience will hear every of tonal clarity nuancenuance of tonal clarity as as nuance of tonal clarity intended by the artist. intended by the artist. as intended by the artist.

f VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION f f HIGH PERFORMANCE VS. COST f HIGH PERFORMANCE VS. COST

f VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION f HIGH PERFORMANCE VS. COST

AC26 AC26

AC28/95 AC 28/26 AC28/95 AC 28/26

AC28/95 AC 28/26

AC26

AC16 AC16 AC16

Section:

AC15 AC15 AC15

JBL continues to support artists worldwide JBL continues to support artists worldwide with the to introduction of eight new Series JBL continues support artists worldwide with the introduction of eight new AE AE Series Compact Loudspeakers. Annew extension of the with the introduction of eight AEof Series Compact Loudspeakers. An extension the industry leading AE Series, theCompact AE Compact Compact Loudspeakers. An of the industry leading AE Series, theextension AE family consists of high output, 2-way loudspeaker industry leading Series, the AE Compact family consists ofAE high output, 2-way loudspeaker systems combining flexibility withloudspeaker high fidelity. family consists of high output, 2-way systems combining flexibility with high fidelity. Ranging from a single 5.25" point-and-shoot box systems combining flexibility with high fidelity. Ranging from a single 5.25" point-and-shoot box to dual 8" loudspeaker system that are specifiRanging a single 5.25" point-and-shoot box to dualcally 8"from loudspeaker system that are specifidesigned for better serving the needs of to dual 8" loudspeaker system that specifically designed for better serving theare needs of both designers and artists alike. cally designed better both designersfor and artistsserving alike. the needs of The ultra-compact AC15 and AC25 models both designers and artists alike. The ultra-compact AC15 and AC25 models include a 1" dome tweeter while the AC16,

The ultra-compact AC15 and AC25 models include a 1" dome tweeter while the AC16,1" exit AC26, AC18, and AC28 models feature compression drivers providing sonic includeAC18, a 1" dome tweeter while the AC16, AC26, and AC28 models feature 1"clarity exit and crisp detail. Theproviding AC18 and AC28 JBL’s AC26, AC18, and AC28 models feature 1" exit compression drivers sonicfeaturing clarity and Progressive Transition™ Rotatable Waveguides, compression drivers providing sonic clarity and crisp detail. The AC18 and AC28 featuring JBL’s offer the system a choice of coverage crisp detail. The AC18 designer and AC28 featuring JBL’s Progressive Transition™ Rotatable Waveguides, patterns in either 90° x 50° or 120° x 60°. Progressive Transition™ Waveguides, offer the system designerRotatable a choice of coverage offer the in system choice coverage patterns eitherdesigner 90° x 50°aor 120° xof60°. patterns in either 90° x 50° or 120° x 60°.

AC15 AC15 AC15 TheAC15 AC15 is an enclosure withwith The anultra ultracompact compact enclosure

AC26AC26 AC26 The AC26 has thehas features of the AC16 withAC16 two with two The AC26 the features of the one5.25" 5.25" LF LF and 90°90° xenclosure 90° waveguide 6.5" LF transducers. The AC15 is transducer an ultra compact with The AC26 has the features of the AC16 with two one transducer and x 90° waveguide 6.5" LF transducers. with5.25" 25 mm mm dome It is equipped one LF(1in) transducer and 90° xIt90° waveguide 6.5" LF transducers. with 25 (1in) dometweeter. tweeter. is equipped AC18/95 & AC18/26 withattachment attachment a U-bracket AC18/95 & AC18/26 25 mm (1in)points domefor tweeter. It is and equipped with points for a U-bracket and The AC18/95 & AC18/26 are compact encloOmniMount® type bracket. AC18/95 & AC18/26 The AC18/95 & AC18/26 are compact enclowith attachment points for a U-bracket and OmniMount® type bracket. sures with one 8" LF transducer and a 90° x 50° The AC18/95 are compact enclosures with one&8"AC18/26 LF transducer and a 90° x 50° OmniMount® type bracket. AC25 Progressive Transition Field Rotatable Waveguide AC25 sures with one 8" LF transducer and a 90° x 50° Progressive Transition Field Rotatable Waveguide The AC25 has the features of the AC15 with two with a 1" exit compression driver (AC18/95) AC25 Progressive Fielddriver Rotatable Waveguide The AC25 has the features of the AC15 with two or 120° with a 1" exitTransition compression 5.25" LF transducers. x 60° Progressive Transition™ Field(AC18/95) The AC25 has the features of the AC15 with two Rotatable with a 1"xexit driver (AC18/95) 5.25" LF transducers. or 120° 60° compression Progressive Transition™ Field Waveguide with a 1" exit compression AC16 5.25" LF transducers. or(AC18/26). 120° x 60° Progressive Field Waveguide withTransition™ awith 1" exit compression driverRotatable They are equipped attachAC16 Rotatable with a 1" exit The AC16 is an ultra compact enclosure with one They are equipped with attachmentdriver points (AC18/26). for aWaveguide U-bracket, OmniMount typecompression AC16 6.5"AC16 LF transducer andcompact a 90° x 90°enclosure Progressivewith one bracket andpoints stand mount adapter The is an ultra driver (AC18/26). are equipped with type attachment for a They U-bracket, OmniMount Transition™ mm (1 in) with exit one The AC16 is Waveguide an ultra compact enclosure 6.5" LF transducer and awith 90°ax25 90° Progressive ment points for a U-bracket, OmniMount type bracket and stand mount adapter & AC28/26 compression driver.and It isaequipped 6.5" LF transducer 90° Progressive Transition™ Waveguide withx a90° 25with mmattach(1 in) exit AC28/95 bracket and stand mount adapter & AC28/26 have the features of the ment points for a U-bracket, OmniMount® AC28/95 & AC28/26 Transition™ Waveguide a 25 mm in) exit The AC28/95 compression driver. It is with equipped with(1type attachAC18/95 AC18/26 with two 8" LF transducers. bracket and stand mount AC28/95 & AC28/26 compression driver. It isadapter. equipped with attachThe&AC28/95 & AC28/26 have the features of the ment points for a U-bracket, OmniMount® type The AC28/95 & AC28/26 have8"the features of the ment points for a U-bracket, OmniMount® type AC18/95 & AC18/26 with two LF transducers. bracket and stand mount adapter. AC18/95 & AC18/26 with two 8" LF transducers. bracket and stand mount adapter.

specifications specifications specifications AC15

SYSTEM TYPE

AC25

AC16

AC26

Ultra Compact 2-way AC16 System with Loudspeaker 1Ultra - 6.5"Compact LF AC16 2-way 55Loudspeaker Hz -20 kHz System Ultra Compact 2-waywith 651Loudspeaker -18 LF kHz System with -Hz6.5" 90155-dBHz SPL 6.5" LFkHz -20 160 640W Peak 65 HzCont, -18 55 W -20 kHz 90° 65 xdB Hz90°-18 90 SPL kHz

Ultra Compact 2-way Compact 2-way Loudspeaker Compact 2-way Loudspeaker AC26 System with AC18/95 & AC 28/26 Loudspeaker System with 1 - 8" LF & AC 18/26 System with 2AC28/95 - 8" LF 2- 6.5" LF Compact 2-way AC26 AC18/95 & AC 18/26 AC28/95 & AC 28/26 Ultra Compact 2-way Loudspeaker Compact 2-way Loudspeaker 55 HzLoudspeaker -20 kHz kHz with 1 - 8" LF 47 Hz -20 kHzSystem 2 - 8" LF Ultra CompactSystem 2-waywith 47 Hz -20System Compact 2-way Loudspeaker Compactwith 2-way Loudspeaker 70 Hz2-186.5" kHzLF System with 60 Hz -18System kHz with 1 - 8" LF 60 Hz -18 kHzSystem with 2 - 8" LF Loudspeaker 92 dB292 dB SPL47 Hz -20 kHz 94 dB SPL 47 Hz -20 kHz LF kHz 55SPL6.5" Hz -20 180W70 720W 250W Continuous, Hz -18 kHzPeak 60 kHz Peak 375W Continuous, 60 -18 55Cont, -20 47 Hz -18 -201000W 47 Hz1500W -20 kHzPeak 90° x92 90°dB AC18/95:92 90°dB AC28/95: 90°94 x 50° 70 Hz -18 60 Hzx 50° -18 60 Hz -18 SPL kHz SPL kHz dB SPL kHz AC18/26: 120° x 60° AC28/26: 120° x 60° 92 dB SPL 92 dB SPL 94 dB SPL 180W Cont, 720W Peak 250W Continuous, 1000W Peak 375W Continuous, 1500W Peak 539.8 x 199.4 x 226.1 mm 469.9 x 237.5 x 254.0 mm 679.5 x 237.5 x 254.0 mm 180W Cont, 250W 375W AC28/95: 90° x 50° 1500W Peak 21.3 x90° 7.8xx90° 8.9 in 720W Peak 18.5 x 9.4AC18/95: x 10.0Continuous, in 90° x 50° 1000W 26.8Peak x 9.4 x 10.0 in Continuous, AC18/26: 60° 18.6 kg (40.9AC28/26: 120° 60° 90°(24.3 x 90°lb) AC18/95: 90° x x50° AC28/95: 90° x x50° 11.0 kg 12.8 kg (28.2 lb) 120° lb)

Ultra Compact 2-way AC15Loudspeaker System with 1 - 5.25" LF AC15Compact SYSTEM TYPE Ultra 2-way 80 Hz -20System kHz with FREQUENCY RANGE SYSTEM TYPE(-10 dB)Loudspeaker Ultra Compact 2-way 90 Hz kHz with FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB)1Loudspeaker - 5.25" LF -18System 86 dB SPL SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m180- Hz 5.25" LFkHz -20 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 150W POWER kHzContinuous, 600W Peak FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 80 Hz -18 -20 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)RATING90 90° xkHz 90° COVERAGE PATTERN86 90 dB Hz -18 FREQUENCY RESPONSE SPL SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1(±3 W, 1dB) m

Ultra Compact 2-way AC25 Loudspeaker System with 2 - Compact 5.25" LF 2-way AC25 Ultra 80 Hz -20 kHz Loudspeaker System Ultra Compact 2-waywith Hz -18 2Loudspeaker -90 5.25" LF kHzSystem with dB 280-91 5.25" LFkHz Hz -20SPL 900W Peak 90 Hz -18 kHz 80 225W -20Continuous, x 90°kHz 90 90° Hz -18 91 dB SPL

86 dB SPL SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: W, 1 m 150W Continuous, 600W Peak POWER1RATING 241.3 x 150.3 x 177.8 mm DIMENSIONS 150W Continuous, 600W Peak POWERPATTERN RATING x 90° COVERAGE 9.5 x 5.9 x 7.0 in (H x W x D)90° COVERAGENETPATTERN 4.7 kg (10.5 lb) WEIGHT (each)90° x 90° 241.3 x 150.3 x 177.8 mm DIMENSIONS 9.5 x 5.9 x 7.0 xin177.8 mm (H x W x D) 241.3 x 150.3 DIMENSIONS 9.5 kg x 5.9 x 7.0lb)in (H x W x D) 4.7 (10.5 NET WEIGHT (each) 4.7 kg (10.5 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

91 dB SPL 90 dBWSPL 225W Continuous, 900W Peak 160 Cont, 640W Peak 377.8 x 150.3 x 177.8 mm 381.0 x 199.4 x 226.1 mm 225W Continuous, 160xxW7.8 Cont, 90° x 90° 90° 90° 14.9 x 5.9 x 7.0 in 900W Peak 15.0 x 8.9 640W in Peak 90°Weight: x 90° 7.5 kg (16.5 lb) 90°kgx(15.8 90° lb) 7.2 377.8 x 150.3 x 177.8 mm 381.0 x 199.4 x 226.1 mm 14.9 x 7.0x in 15.0 x 8.9x in 377.8x x5.9 150.3 177.8 mm 381.0x x7.8 199.4 226.1 mm 14.9 x 5.97.5x 7.0 in lb) 15.0kgx 7.8 x 8.9 Weight: kg (16.5 7.2 (15.8 lb) in Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lb) 7.2 kg (15.8 lb)

Harman Pro Group | 2010

AC18/95 18/26 AC18/95 AC18/95 AC AC 18/26 AC 18/26

539.8 x 199.4 x 226.1 mm 21.3 x 8.9x in 539.8x x7.8 199.4 226.1 mm 21.3 kg x 7.8 x 8.9lb)in 11.0 (24.3 11.0 kg (24.3 lb)

AC18/95 & AC 18/26

AC28/95 & AC 28/26

AC18/26: 120°xx254.0 60° mm 469.9 x 237.5 18.5 x 10.0 in mm 469.9x x9.4 237.5 x 254.0 18.5 kg x 9.4 x 10.0 12.8 (28.2 lb) in 12.8 kg (28.2 lb)

AC28/26: 120°xx254.0 60° mm 679.5 x 237.5 26.8 x 10.0 in mm 679.5x 9.4 x 237.5 x 254.0 26.8 kg x 9.4 x 10.0 18.6 (40.9 lb) in 18.6 kg (40.9 lb)

Page 295

06


INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Precision Precision Directivity Directivity®® PD5000 PD5000 Series Series

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Precision Directivity® PD5000 Series

The PD5000 Series joins JBL’s broad lineup of installed sound loudspeakers, complementing the larger PD700 mid-high cabinets with a The Series JBL’s broad lineup installed soundcabinets loudspeakers, complementing the larger PD700 mid-high cabinets withtoa morePD5000 compact size joins and supplementing theof smaller AE Series with higher SPL capability and larger horns for pattern control more compact size and supplementing the smaller AE Series cabinets with higher SPL capability and larger horns for pattern control to The PD5000 Series joins JBL’s broad of installeddeliver sound loudspeakers, complementing the largerinPD700 cabinets with a a lower frequency.The PD5000 Serieslineup loudspeakers high power and constant coverage a lowmid-high profile form. a lower frequency.The PD5000 Series loudspeakers deliver high power and constant coverage in a low profile form. more compact size and supplementing the smaller AE Series cabinets with higher SPL capability and larger horns for pattern control to Featured the PD5000 Series, 24 by 24 inch PT™high Progressive mid-frequency rotatable a loweracross frequency.The PD5000 Seriesare loudspeakers deliver power andTransition constant coverage in a low profile form.waveguides that provide Featured across the PD5000 Series, are 24 by 24 inch PT™ Progressive Transition mid-frequency rotatable provide versatility, excellent pattern control with low distortion and extremely natural sound character. This is anwaveguides evolution ofthat the waveguide Featuredexcellent across thepattern PD5000 Series, are 24 by 24distortion inch PT™ Progressive Transition mid-frequency rotatableThis waveguides that provide versatility, control with low and extremely natural sound character. is an evolution of the waveguide technology of the successful JBL Professional Application Engineered™ (AE) install series. Also incorporating sophisticated, steep-slope versatility, patternJBL control with low distortion andEngineered™ extremely natural character. This isincorporating an evolution ofsophisticated, the waveguidesteep-slope technology ofexcellent thenetworks successful Professional Application (AE)sound install series. Also passive crossover minimize band overlap, further enhancing off-axis pattern control. User accessible internal switches allow technology of the successful JBL Professional Application Engineered™ (AE) install series. Also incorporating sophisticated, steep-slope passive crossover networks minimize band overlap, further enhancing off-axis pattern control. User accessible internal switches allow for apassive fully active crossover. crossover networks minimize band overlap, further enhancing off-axis pattern control. User accessible internal switches allow for a fully active crossover. for a fully active crossover.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

PD5200/43 (40° x 30°) PD5200/43 (60° (40° x 40°) 30°) PD5200/64 PD5200/43 (40° x 30°) PD5200/64 (60° 40°) PD5200/95 (90° x PD5200/64 (60° 50°) x 40°) PD5200/95 (90° xPrecision 50°) ThePD5200/95 PD5200 Series (90° x 50°) Directivity mid-

TheThe PD5200 Series Precision midhigh frequency loudspeakers are designed for PD5200 Series PrecisionDirectivity Directivity midhighhigh frequency loudspeakers are designed for applications requiring high output frequency loudspeakers arecapability designed for applications requiring high with excellent pattern control. applications requiring highoutput outputcapability capability with excellent pattern control. excellent pattern control. The with CMCD-82H cone midrange compression

Section:

06

The CMCD-82H midrangecompression compression The CMCD-82H midrange driver consists ofcone acone driver/phasing plug assembly driver consists a driver/phasing plug assembly driver consists aofdriver/phasing plug assembly providing highof output with low distortion. providing high output withlow lowdistortion. distortion. providing high output with CMCD-82H’s extended response allows for CMCD-82H’s extended responseallows allows for CMCD-82H’s extended response fordriver smoother transition to the high frequency smoother transition to the high frequency driver smoother transition to thediameter high frequency and the smaller entrance into thedriver and the smaller entrance diameter into the and waveguide the smaller entrance diameter intocontrol. the waveguide provides for better pattern provides for better pattern control. waveguide provides for better pattern control. The internal 200200 mm (8(8inch) features The internal mm inch)CMCD-82H CMCD-82H features 200 mm (8 inch) CMCD-82H features aThe high power neodymium Differential Drive® ainternal high power neodymium Differential Drive® adual high power neodymium Differential voice coilcoil design. The 2431H format dual voice design. The 2431Hlarge largeDrive® format dualhigh voice coil design. The 2431H large format high frequency compression driver utilizes frequency compression driver utilizes aa magnet andaluminum aluminum diaphragm highneodymium frequency compression driver utilizes a neodymium magnet and diaphragm to deliver clear and intelligible high frequency frequency neodymium magnet and aluminum diaphragm to deliver clear and intelligible high projection, extended frequency response, and to deliver clear and intelligible high frequency projection, extended frequency response, and low distortion at even thehighest highest drive levels. projection, extended frequency response, and low distortion at even the drive levels. low PD5212/43 distortion at(40° evenxthe highest drive levels. 30°)

PD5212/43 (40° x 30°) PD5212/64 (60° x 40°) PD5212/43 (60° (40° x 40°) 30°) PD5212/64 PD5212/95 (90° x 50°) PD5212/64 (90° (60° x 50°) 40°) PD5212/95 The PD5212 Series Precision Directivity full PD5212/95 (90° loudspeakers xPrecision 50°) The PD5212 Series Directivity full range two-way are designed for

Theapplications PD5212 Series Precision Directivity fullfor range two-way loudspeakers are designed requiring high output capability range two-way loudspeakers are designed for applications requiring high output with excellent pattern control. The capability speakers can be utilizedrequiring alone in music speech systems can applications highor output capability with excellent pattern control. The speakers where frequency extension toThe 80 Hz is adequate with excellent pattern control. speakers can be utilized alone in music or speech systems or combined subwoofers toHz create extended be utilized alonewith in music orto speech systems where frequency extension 80 is adequate bandwidth full extension range systems. where frequency to 80 Hz is adequate or combined with subwoofers to create extended or combined with subwoofers to create extended The M222-8A 300 mm (12 in) low frequency bandwidth full range systems. transducer features high sensitivity and low bandwidth full300 range The M222-8A mmsystems. (12 in) low frequency

PD5322/43 (40° x 30°) PD5122 PD5322/43 (60° (40° x 40°) 30°) PD5122 PD5322/64 PD5322/43 (40° x 30°) PD5122The PD5122 is intended for use as a flown or PD5322/64 (60° 40°) PD5322/95 (90° x 50°) The PD5122 is intended for uselow as afrequency flown or ground supported, high power PD5322/64 (60° x 40°) The PD5122 is intended for use as a flown or PD5322/95 (90° x 50°) The PD5322 Precision Directivity full range, ground supported, high power low frequency module used in conjunction with mid/high-only PD5322/95 (90° x 50°)

ground supported, high power low frequency The PD5322 Precision Directivity full range, three wayPrecision loudspeakers are designed for module usedsystems in conjunction with mid/high-only or fullinrange the PD5000 series to The PD5322 Directivity full range, module used conjunction withofmid/high-only three way loudspeakers are designed for applications requiring high output sensitivity or full range of the PD5000 series to construct arrays extended three way loudspeakers are designed for or full range systems ofsystems thewith PD5000 series tolow frequency applications requiring high output with excellent pattern Theysensitivity can be applications requiring highcontrol. output sensitivity construct arrays withlow extended low frequency control. constructpattern arrays with extended frequency with excellent pattern control. They can be with excellent pattern control. They can be utilized standalone in demanding music or pattern control. pattern control.transducers are the 2206H 300 mm Low frequency utilized standalone in demanding musicmusic or extension utilized standalone in demanding or speech systems where low frequency Low frequency transducers are the 2206H Lowin) frequency transducers are300 themm 2206HThey 300 mm (12 VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled drivers. speech where low frequency extension speech where low frequency extension (12 in) VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled drivers. They to 40systems Hzsystems is required. (12 in) VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled drivers. They deliver excellent low frequency extension with toto 4040 HzHz is required. is required. low frequency with The low frequency section features two 2206H deliver excellent deliver excellent low extension frequency extension with minimal power compression and low distortion The lowlow frequency features two 2206H power compression and low distortion The frequency section features two 2206H 300 mm (12 in) section VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled low minimal plus minimal compression and low distortion highpower sensitivity and power handling. 300 mm (12 in) VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled low plus high sensitivity and power handling. 300 mm (12transducers in) VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled low frequency featuring high sensitivity plus high sensitivity and power handling. frequency transducers featuring high sensitivity frequency transducers featuring highcontinuous sensitivity PD5125PD5125 and low power compression for high and low power compression for high continuous PD5125 and low power for high continuous SPL capability. Acompression newly designed loading plate SPL capability. A newly designed loading plate The PD5125 is a high power lowloudfrequency loudThe PD5125 is a high power low frequency SPL capability. A newly loading plate covering loaded low frequency tranducers covering thethe slotslot loaded lowdesigned frequency tranducers The PD5125 is a380 high power frequency loudspeaker comprised of two mm (15 in) VGC speaker comprised of two mm (15380 in)low VGC covering slot loaded low frequency provides highest possible sensitivity, low provides thethe highest possible sensitivity, low tranducers speaker comprised of two 380in mm (15 in) VGC Vented Gap Cooled low frequency in a Vented Gap Cooled low frequency drivers a drivers providesoutput the highest possible sensitivity, frequency output system reliability. low frequency and and system reliability. Vented Gapconfiguration. Cooled frequency in ita is front-loaded, ventedlow configuration. Though front-loaded, vented Though it isdrivers

frequency output and system reliability. intendedintended for use as for a flown or supported, front-loaded, vented configuration. Though it is use as ground a flown or ground supported, The mid andand high frequency sections are are The mid high frequency sections low frequency module used hornloaded for additional low-mid and midrange intended forlow usefrequency as a flown oringround supported, high power module used in The mid andfor high frequency sections aremidrangehigh power hornloaded additional low-mid and mid/high or full rangemodule systems sensitivity andand improved pattern control. The midrange highwith power low usedsystems in conjunction withfrequency mid/high or full range hornloaded forimproved additional low-mid and sensitivity pattern control. The conjunction PD700 series, the PD5125 CMCD-82H cone midrange compression driver driver conjunction with mid/high or fullthe range systems of theand PD5000 and PD700 series, PD5125 sensitivity and improved pattern control. The of the PD5000 CMCD-82H cone midrange compression will perform well in any application where high consists of a driver/phasing plug assembly of PD5000 and series, thewhere PD5125 willthe perform well inPD700 any application high CMCD-82H midrange compression driver consists of acone driver/phasing plug assembly output low bass is required. providing high output with low distortion. The will perform wellisinrequired. any application where high output low bass consists ofhigh a driver/phasing plugdistortion. assembly The providing output with low integral 200 mm (8 in) cone driver features a Low frequency transducers the 2226H 380 output low basstransducers isare required. providing high with low distortion. integral mmoutput (8 in) cone driver features The a Low frequency are the high power200 neodymium Differential Drive® mm (15 in) VGC Vented Gap Cooled drivers. They2226H 380 integral 200design. mm (8The in) cone driver features high power neodymium Differential Drive®a dual, voice coil 2431H large format Low frequency transducers the 2226H 380 mm (15low in) VGC Vented Gapare Cooled drivers. They deliver excellent frequency extension with high power neodymium Differential Drive® dual, voice coil design. The 2431H large high frequency compression driver utilizes a format minimal deliver mm (15 in) VGC Vented Gap Cooled drivers. They excellent low extension with power compression andfrequency low distortion dual, frequency voicemagnet coil design. The 2431H large format high compression driver utilizes a neodymium and aluminum diaphragm deliver excellent lowhandling. frequency extension with power compression and low distortion plus highminimal sensitivity and power Large high frequency compression utilizes a magnet and aluminum diaphragm toneodymium deliver clear and intelligible highdriver frequency minimal power compression and low distortion vent areaplus assures port compression and highminimal sensitivity and power handling. Large projection, frequency response, and neodymium magnet and aluminum diaphragm low distortion to deliverextended clear and intelligible high frequency at high outputminimal levels. plus high sensitivity and power handling. Large vent area assures port compression and low distortion at even the highest drive levels. to deliver clear and intelligible frequency projection, extended frequencyhigh response, and projection, extended response, and low distortion at evenfrequency the highest drive levels. low distortion at even the highest drive levels.

ventdistortion area assures minimal port compression and low at high output levels. low distortion at high output levels.

power compression for high continuous SPL

The capability. M222-8A 300 mm (12sensitivity in)for lowadditional frequency transducer features high and low It is horn-loaded transducer features high sensitivity and low power compression for high continuous SPL sensitivity and improved pattern control. A newly power compression for high continuous SPL capability. It is horn-loaded for additional designed low frequency phasing plug extends capability. It isresponse, horn-loaded for additional sensitivity and improved pattern control.transition A newly frequency providing smoother sensitivity andfrequency improveddriver. pattern Alarge newly designed low phasing plug extends to the high frequency Thecontrol. 2451H-1 formatlow highfrequency frequency compression driver designed phasing plug extends frequency response, providing smoother transition utilizes afrequency neodymium magnet and pure titanium frequency providing smoother transition to the highresponse, driver. The 2451H-1 large diaphragm to deliverdriver. clear and to the high Theintelligible 2451H-1 large format highfrequency frequency compression driverhigh frequency projection, extended frequency format high frequency compression driver utilizes a neodymium magnet and pure titanium response, and low distortion at even the highest utilizes a neodymium magnet pure titanium diaphragm to deliver clear andand intelligible high drive levels. diaphragmprojection, to deliver clear and intelligible frequency extended frequencyhigh frequencyand projection, extended frequency response, low distortion at even the highest response, and low distortion at even the highest drive levels. drive levels.

Page 296

PD5000 Series loudspeaker inputs include both Speakon® and CE-compliant covered barrier strips. The cabinets are fitted with twenty M10 threaded suspension points, PD5000 Series inputs include bothAllSpeakon® and CE-compliant supporting a wideloudspeaker variety of installation approaches. cabinets are constructed with covered PD5000 Series loudspeaker inputs include both Speakon® and CE-compliant covered barrier strips. The cabinets are fitted with twenty M10 threaded suspension points, 11 ply birch and finished with black DuraFlex™.

barrier strips. The cabinets fitted withapproaches. twenty M10Allthreaded points, supporting a wide variety ofare installation cabinetssuspension are constructed with supporting a wide variety of installation approaches. All cabinets are constructed with 11 ply birch and finished with black DuraFlex™. 11 ply birch and finished with black DuraFlex™.


PD5000 SERIES PD5000 SERIES

key key features features PD5000 SERIES

key features

f CLEAR, INTELLIGIBLE HIGH FREQUENCY CLEAR, INTELLIGIBLE HIGH FREQUENCY f PROJECTION LARGE PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION f PROJECTION f f f f f

f INTEGRAL, SOPHISTICATED STEEP-SLOPE CROSSOVER NETWORKS WITH INTEGRAL, SOPHISTICATED STEEP-SLOPE f PASSIVE BIAMP/ SWITCHABLE CROSSOVER PASSIVEPASSIVE CROSSOVER NETWORKS WITH MODES BIAMP/ PASSIVE SWITCHABLE CROSSOVER WAVEGUIDES FOR PATTERN CONTROL, LARGE PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION CLEAR, INTELLIGIBLE HIGH FREQUENCY SOPHISTICATED STEEP-SLOPE f INTEGRAL, MODES LOW DISTORTION SMOOTH RESPONSE FULLY-COMPATIBLE LOW FREQUENCY WAVEGUIDES FOR AND PATTERN CONTROL, f TWO PROJECTION PASSIVE CROSSOVER NETWORKS WITH LOUDSPEAKERS FOR INSTALLATION LOW DISTORTION AND SMOOTH RESPONSE FULLY-COMPATIBLE LOW FREQUENCY f TWO BIAMP/ PASSIVE SWITCHABLE CROSSOVER ROTATABLE WAVEGUIDES FOR HORIZONTAL LARGE PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION LOUDSPEAKERS FOR INSTALLATION MODESVERSATILITY OR VERTICALWAVEGUIDES CABINET ORIENTATION WAVEGUIDES FOR PATTERN CONTROL, ROTATABLE FOR HORIZONTAL VERSATILITY LOW DISTORTION AND SMOOTH RESPONSE LOW FREQUENCY f TWO FULLY-COMPATIBLE OR VERTICAL CABINET ORIENTATION LOUDSPEAKERS FOR INSTALLATION VERSATILITY

f ROTATABLE WAVEGUIDES FOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL CABINET ORIENTATION

specifications specifications specifications PD5200/43

PD5200/43

PD5200/64

PD5200/64

PD5200/43 PD5200/64 Frequency Mid-High Frequency SYSTEM TYPE Mid-High Mid-High Frequency Mid-High Frequency SYSTEM1TYPE Mid-High Frequency Mid-High Frequency SYSTEM TYPE 200 Hz 18 kHz (-10 dB) 200 Hz 18 kHz (-10 dB) FREQUENCY RANGE 1 200 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) 200 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) FREQUENCY RANGE 200 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) 200 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) FREQUENCY RANGE 1 240 240 FREQUENCY RESPONSE 240 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 240 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE 240 dB Hz -SPL 16 (Passive kHz (± 3Mode) dB) 240 dB Hz -SPL 16 (Passive kHz (± 3Mode) dB) RESPONSE 111 110 SYSTEMFREQUENCY SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1m 111 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 110 dB SPL (Passive Mode) SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1m 111 xdB30° SPLx (Passive Mode) 11060° SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W,COVERAGE 1m 40° 60° xdB40° NOMINAL COVERAGE 40° 30° xSPL 40° (Passive Mode) NOMINAL 40° x350 30° 60°MF: x350 40° NOMINAL COVERAGE W350 (1400 W pk), hrs hrsMF: WW(1400 hrs TRANSDUCER MF: W (1400 W 100 pk), 100 350 (1400WWpk), pk),100 100 hrs TRANSDUCERMF: 2 HF: 2 75 HF: pk), 2pk), hrs 75 WWW(300 22hrs POWERPOWER RATING (AES)(AES) 75(1400 WW (300 2 hrs (300WWpk), hrs RATING MF: 350WW(300 WWpk), 100 hrs HF: MF:HF: 35075 (1400 Wpk), pk), 100 hrs TRANSDUCER HF: 75 W (300 W pk), 2 hrs POWER RATING (AES) 2 HF: 75 W (300 W pk), 2 hrs 3 3 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs 300300 (1200WWpeak), peak),100 100 hrs LONG-TERM LF300 W 300 (1200 W peak), 100 hrs WW (1200 LONG-TERM LF RATING POWERPOWER RATING (IEC):3(IEC): MF/HF LONG-TERM LFMF/HF300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs 300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs 4 LF MAXIMUM SPL:LF POWER RATING (IEC): MAXIMUM SPL: 4MF/HF 137 SPLdB (143peak) dB peak) (141dBdBpeak) peak) Cont.4 Avg. MF SPLdB(143 135135 dBdB SPLSPL(141 Cont.SPL: Avg. MF LF HF137 dB135 MAXIMUM dB SPL (141 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) dB SPL (141 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) HF 135 137 (143 Cont. Avg. MF 136 dB SPL (142 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) PASSIVE MODE: MF/HF 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) PASSIVE MODE: MF/HF 135 dB SPL (142 (141 dB peak) HF 136 Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles ENCLOSURE 136 dB SPL (142 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 peak) PASSIVE MODE: MF/HF Trapezoidal, 12.5°dBside angles ENCLOSURE Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles 991 x 673 x 897 mm 991 x 673 x 706 mm DIMENSIONS Trapezoidal, 12.5° sideinangles Trapezoidal, 12.5° ENCLOSURE x 673 mm 991 x 673 x 706 mmside DIMENSIONS 39.0xx897 26.5 x 35.3 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in angles (H x W x D)991 26.5 x897 35.3 inlb) 39.0 26.5 27.8 in (HWEIGHT x W x D)(each)39.0 991 xx673 mm 99158.8 xx673 x x706 DIMENSIONS 69.0xkg (152 kg (130 lb)mm NET 35.3 in 39.0 27.8 in (H x W x D) 39.0 69.0 xkg26.5 (152x lb) 58.8 xkg26.5 (130x lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 58.8 kg (130 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 69.0 kg (152 lb) PD5322/43

PD5322/64

Three-Way Full-Range Three-Way Full-Range SYSTEM TYPEPD5322/43 PD5322/64 1 41 HzFull-Range - 17 kHz (-10 dB) 41 Hz - 17Full-Range kHz (-10 dB) FREQUENCY RANGEThree-Way PD5322/43 PD5322/64 Three-Way SYSTEM TYPE - 15(-10 kHzdB) (±3 dB) 49 kHz(-10 (±3dB) dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE 1 41 Three-Way Full-Range Three-Way Full-Range SYSTEM TYPE Hz -4917HzkHz 41 Hz Hz - 17- 15kHz FREQUENCY RANGE dB SPL (Passive SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 1m 41 Hz -111 17 kHz (-10 41 110 17SPL (-10 dB)Mode) FREQUENCY RANGE 49 15 (±3 dB) Mode) 49 Hz -dB 15 kHz(Passive (±3 FREQUENCY RESPONSE x 30°(±3 dB) 60° x 40°kHz (±3 dB) NOMINAL COVERAGE49 Hz -40° 49 SPLkHz (Passive Mode) 110HzdB- 15 SPL (Passive Mode) SYSTEMFREQUENCY SENSITIVITY:RESPONSE 1 W, 1m 111 dB 15 LF: 1600 W (6400 W pk), 2 hrs LF: 1600 W (6400 W pk), 2 hrs TRANSDUCER 111 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 110 SPL (Passive Mode) SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1m 40° x 30° 60° xdB40° NOMINAL COVERAGE 2 LF: 1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs LF: 1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs POWER RATING (AES) x 30° x 40° NOMINAL COVERAGE 40° MF:W350 W (1400 W 2pk), 350WW(6400 (1400W pk), hrs LF: 1600 (6400 W pk), hrs100 hrs 60° LF:MF: 1600 pk),100 2 hrs TRANSDUCER W (300 W pk), 2 hrs 75W W(4800 (300 pk), 2 100 hrs W pk), 100 hrs LF: HF: 1200 pk), hrs POWER RATING (AES) 2 LF: 1200 1600HF:W75(4800 (6400 2 hrs 1600 W (6400WWW pk), 2 hrs TRANSDUCER 3 2 3501200 W W 100 350 W W(4800 (1400 pk), 100 hrs W (4800 W pk) LONG-TERM LF: 1200 W(1400 (4800 Wpk), pk), 100hrs hrs MF: LF: 1200 1200 (4800WWpk) POWER RATING (AES) LFMF: W (1200 Wpk), pk), 100hrs hrs HF: WW 100 hrs hrs POWER RATING (IEC): MF/HFHF: WW(300 WW pk), 2 hrs 75 (300 W pk),pk), 2 hrs MF: 75 350300 (1400 100 MF:300 350WW(1200 (1400 100 4 dB SPL peak) dB(4800 SPL (134 dB peak) MAXIMUM3 SPL:LF LF1200 HF: 75W128 W(4800 (300 W (134 pk), HF:128 75WW (300 W pk), 2 hrs pk) 2dBhrs 1200 pk) LONG-TERM dB W SPL (143 dB peak) 135 SPL W (141 dB100 peak)hrs Cont.3Avg. (1200 hrs 300 WWdB (1200 POWER RATING (IEC): MF/HF 1200WW137 (4800 Wpk), pk)100 1200 (4800 Wpk), pk) LONG-TERM LF MF300 135 dB SPL 141 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) HF 4MF/HF (1200 W pk), 100 hrs 300 W (1200 W pk), 100 hrs POWER RATING (IEC): 128 W dB136 SPLdB(134 128135 dBdB SPLSPL(134 LFMF/HF300 MAXIMUM SPL:MODE: SPLdB (142peak) dB peak) (141dBdBpeak) peak) PASSIVE SPL (143 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) Cont. Avg. MF 128 dBTrapezoidal, (134 dB15°peak) (134 LF 137 MAXIMUM SPL: 4ENCLOSURE side angles 128Trapezoidal, 15° side angles 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) HF 135 137 dB SPL 141 (143dB dBpeak) peak) Cont. Avg. MF 673 xdB 897peak) mm 673(141 x 706dB mmpeak) 136 dB991 SPLx(142 135991 dBxSPL PASSIVE MODE:DIMENSIONS MF/HF dB peak) 26.5 x 35.3 in 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in (H xHF W x D)135 39.0 x141 136 dB SPL (142 135 dB SPL (141 PASSIVE MODE: MF/HF Trapezoidal, 15° dB sidepeak) angles Trapezoidal, 15° dB sidepeak) angles ENCLOSURE 87.3 kg (192 lb) 77 kg (170 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) Trapezoidal, 15°mm side angles Trapezoidal, 15°mm side angles ENCLOSURE 991 x 673 x 897 991 x 673 x 706 DIMENSIONS 26.5x x897 35.3mm in 39.0 26.5x x706 27.8mm in (H x W x D) 39.0 991 xx673 991 xx673 DIMENSIONS 39.0 kg x 26.5 35.3 in 39.0kgx(170 26.5 lb) x 27.8 in (H x W x D) 87.3 (192x lb) 77 NET WEIGHT (each) 77 kg (170 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 87.3 kg (192 lb)

PD5322/43, PD5322/64

PD5212/43 (shown), PD5212/64

PD5322/95 (shown) PD5322/43, PD5322/64 PD5322/43, PD5322/64 PD5322/95 (shown) (shown) PD5322/95

PD5212/95 PD5212/43 (shown), PD5212/64 PD5212/43 (shown), PD5212/64 PD5212/95 PD5212/95

PD5200/95

PD5200/95 PD5200/95 Mid-High Frequency

PD5212/43

PD5212/43 PD5212/43 Two-Way Full-Range

PD5212/64

PD5212/95

PD5212/64 PD5212/95Two-Way PD5212/64 PD5212/95 Two-Way Full-Range Full-Range

Mid-High Frequency Two-Way Full-Range Two-Way Full-Range Two-Way Full-Range Mid-High Two-Way Two-Way Two-Way 200 Hz - 18Frequency kHz (-10 dB) 80 Hz - 18 Full-Range kHz (-10 dB) 80 Hz - 18 Full-Range kHz (-10 dB) 80 Hz - 18 Full-Range kHz (-10 dB) 200 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) 80 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) 80 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) 80 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) 200 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) 80 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) 80 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) 80 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) 240 90 90 90 240 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 240 dB Hz -SPL 16 (Passive kHz (± 3Mode) dB) 90 HzdB- 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90 HzdB- 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90 HzdB- 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 109 109 SPL (Passive Mode) 107 SPL (Passive Mode) 106 SPL (Passive Mode) 109 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 109 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 107 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 106 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 109xx50° dB50°SPL (Passive Mode) 40° x40° 109 SPL (Passive Mode) 60° x 40°60° 107 xdB40°SPL (Passive Mode) 106 xdB50°SPL (Passive Mode) 90° 90° 30° xdB30° 90° x 50° 90° 90°350 x350 50° 40°W400 x(1600 30°W (1600 60° x 40° 90°W x pk), 50°W2(1600 MF: (1400 W pk), LF: pk), 2 hrsLF: 400 WLF: 400 (1600 2 hrs LF: 400 MF: WW(1400 W pk), 100100 hrs hrsLF: 400 W pk), W 2 hrs (1600 WWpk), 2 hrsW pk), LF: 400 W (1600 hrs W pk), 2 hrs HF: LF:W300 W (1200 hrs300 WLF: 300 (1200 100 hrsW (1200 LF: W 300 (1200 HF: WW(300 WW pk),pk), hrs2 hrs (1200 W pk), W 100pk), hrs 100 (1200 100W hrspk), LF: 300 pk),W100 hrs W pk), 100 MF:7575 350 W(300 (1400 W2pk), 100 hrsLF: 300 400 (1600 2 hrsLF: 400WWpk), (1600 2 hrs 400 (1600 2 hrshrs 75 pk), 2 hrs 75WW pk), 2 hrs 75 W2Whrs (300 WW pk), 2 hrs (300WWW(300 pk),W 2 hrs (300300 pk), 2 hrsWW HF: W 300 pk), HF: 75 W (300 W pk), 2 hrs HF: 75HF: LF:W300 (1200 W pk), 100HF: hrs75 WHF: LF: W(300 (1200 pk), 10075hrsW (300HF: LF: (1200 pk), 100 hrs HF:(1200 75 pk),hrs2100 hrs hrs HF: 75 W (300 pk), 2100 hrs HF: 75 (300hrs pk), 2100 hrs hrs 300 peak), 100100 hrs hrs 300 W300 W(300 peak), 100 300 W (1200 WWpeak), 100 hrs 300hrs W (1200 300 W peak), 100 300WW(1200 (1200W W peak), WW (1200 WWpeak), 300 (1200 WWpeak), WW (1200 WWpeak),

300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs 134 dBdB peak) 134dBdBSPL SPL(140 (140 peak) 133 dB SPL (139 dB peak) 133 dB SPL (139 dB peak) 134 (140 133 dB SPL (139 dB peak) 133 dB SPL (139 dB peak) Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles 133 dB SPL (139 peak) Trapezoidal, 12.5°dBside angles 991 x 673 x 706 mm Trapezoidal, 12.5° 991 673xx27.8 706 39.0 xx26.5 inmmside angles 39.0 26.5xlb) x706 27.8mm in 991kg xx673 58.8 (130

39.0 27.8 in 58.8 xkg26.5 (130x lb) 58.8 kg (130 lb)

PD5322/95

300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs

300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs

300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs

137 dB peak) 134 dB SPL (140 137SPLdB(143 SPLdB(143 dB peak) 135 dB SPL 135(143 dBdB SPLpeak) (143 dB peak) 134dBdBpeak) SPL (140 dB peak)

137SPLdB(141 SPLdB(143 dB peak) 135 dB SPL 135(141 dBdB SPLpeak) (143 dB peak) 134dBdBpeak) SPL (140 dB peak) 135 dB peak) 133 dB SPL (139 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) 133 dB SPL (139 dB peak) 134 dB SPL (140 dB peak) 132 dB SPL (138 dB peak) 131 dB SPL (137 dB peak) 134 132 131 135 dB SPL (140 (141 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (138 (141 dB peak) 133 dB SPL (137 (139 dB peak) Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles 134 dB SPL (140 peak) 132 dB SPL (138 peak) 131 dB SPL (137 peak) Trapezoidal, 12.5°dBside angles Trapezoidal, 12.5°dBside angles Trapezoidal, 12.5°dBside angles 991 x 673 x 897 mm 991 x 673 x 706 mm 991 x 673 x 706 mm Trapezoidal, 12.5° Trapezoidal, 12.5° Trapezoidal, 12.5° 897 mmside angles 991 x 673 mmside angles 991 xin673 x 706 mmside angles 39.0 991 x 26.5x x673 35.3x in 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in x 706 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 26.5 35.3mm in 39.0 26.5x x706 27.8mm in 69.0 kg (152 lb) 39.0 26.5x x706 27.8mm in 991 xx673 991lb) xx673 991 xx673 75.5 39.0 kg (175 lb) x x897 69.0 kg (152 39.0 35.3 in 75.5 xkg26.5 (175x lb) 75.5 kg (175 lb)

PD5122

39.0 27.8 in 69.0 xkg26.5 (152x lb) 69.0 kg (152 lb)

39.0 27.8 in 69.0 xkg26.5 (152x lb) 69.0 kg (152 lb)

PD5125

Three-Way Full-Range Slot-Loaded Low Frequency Dual 15" PD5125 Low Frequency PD5322/95 PD5122 1 In bi-amp mode, with active tuning. 41 Hz - 17 kHzFull-Range (-10 dB) 41 HzSlot-Loaded - 1 kHz (-10 dB) kHz15" (-10Low dB) Frequencyrecommended PD5322/95 PD5122 PD5125 Three-Way Low Frequency37 Hz - 2.5Dual 1 In bi-amp mode, with 2AES standard, one decade 49 HzHz- 15 (±3(-10 dB)dB) 49 Hz41 - 300 dB) 42 Hz - 2.137 kHz (±3 dB) active tuning. Three-Way Full-Range Slot-Loaded Dual 6 dB crestmode, 41 - 17kHzkHz Hz -Hz1 (±3 kHzLow (-10Frequency dB) Hz15" - 2.5Low kHzFrequency (-10 dB) pink noise with 1 recommended In bi-amp with 2AES 5 5 factor within device’s standard, one decade 109 dB SPL 96 dB49 Hz) recommended active tuning. 41 Hz 17(Passive (-10Mode) 41(60HzHz- -300 1250 kHzHz (-10 37HzHz- 125 2.5Hz) (-10 dB) operational band, 49 - 15 kHz (±3 dB) (±3dB) dB) 103 dB (5042 - 2.1 kHz (±3 free air. pink noise with 6 dB crest 2 AES standard, one decade Standard AESfactor 2 hr rating 90° xHz50°- 15 kHz (±3 dB) 5 5 within device’s 49 49 Hz 300 Hz (±3 dB) 42 Hz 2.1 kHz (±3 dB) 109 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 96 dB (60 Hz - 250 Hz) 103 dB (50 Hz - 125 Hz) plus long-term pink 100noise hr with 6 dB crest operational band, free air. LF: 1600 W (6400 W pk), 2 hrs 1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs 2 5 1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs 2 are specified for low- device’s factor within 109 SPL (Passive Mode) 96 dB (60 Hz - 250 Hz) 103 dB (50 Hz - 125 Hz) 5rating Standard AES 2 hr rating 90° xdB50° frequency transducers. LF: 1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs operational band, plus long-term 100free hr air. 2 2 3 Standard AES 2 hr rating 90° x 50° IEC standard,rating full bandwidth MF: WW (1400 W pk), 100 hrs LF:350 1600 (6400 W pk), 2 hrs 1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs 1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs are specified for lowplus long-term 100 hr pink noise with 6 dB crest HF: 75 W (300 W pk), 2 hrs 2 2 frequency transducers. LF: 1200 hrs 1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs 1600W W(4800 (6400WWpk), pk),100 2 hrs 1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs factor, 100 hours, passive rating are specified for low3 6 6 IEC standard, full bandwidth MF: 350 W (1400 mode. 1200 W (4800 W pk)W pk), 100 hrs1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs 1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs frequency transducers. LF: 1200 (4800 noise with 6 dB crest 4 Calculated based on power 300 (1200 W pk), 100pk), hrs 3 pink HF: WW(300 WW pk), 2 hrs IEC standard, full bandwidth MF:W75 350 (1400 100 hrs factor, 100 hours, passive rating and sensitivity, 4 pink noise with 6 dB crest 128 SPL (134 dB SPLW (134 dB pk) 1366 dB SPL (142Wpk) HF:dB 75W W(4800 (300 W peak) pk), mode. 1200 pk) 2 hrs 128 dB 1200 (4800 W pk), 100 hrs 1200 (4800 W pk), 100exclusive hrs 6 of power factor, 100 hours, passive 4 134 dBWW SPL (140WdB peak) (506 Hz - 125 Hz)W (4800 W pk), 100compression. 4 Calculated based on power 6 300 (1200 mode. 1200 (4800 Wpk), pk)100 hrs 1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs 1200 hrs 5 Anechoic sensitivity 133 dB SPL 139 dB peak) rating in and sensitivity, Calculated 300 (1200 W pk), 100 hrs 128dBW dBSPL SPL(140 (134 peak) 128 dB SPL (134 dB pk) 4 136 dB SPL (142 pk) free field, no4additional exclusive ofbased poweron power 134 dBdB peak) rating 4 fromand sensitivity, 4 compression. 134 dB SPL (140 dB peak) (50 Hz -SPL 125(142 Hz) pk) sensitivity gains 128 (134 128 dB SPL (134 dB pk) 136 dB exclusive of power boundary loading. Trapezoidal, 15° side angles Trapezoidal, 10° side angles Trapezoidal, 15° side angles 5 sensitivity in 133 compression. 134 dB SPL 139 (140dB dBpeak) peak) (50 Hz - 125 Hz) 4 6 AES standard,Anechoic one decade 991 x 673 x 706 mm 991 x 476 x 691 mm 357 x 673 x 706 mm free field, no additional 5 Anechoic 134 dB SPL 139 (140dB dBpeak) peak) pink noise with 6 dB crestsensitivity in 133 sensitivity gains from 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in 39 x 18.75 x 27.2 in 14.1 x 26.5 x 27.8 in factor, in cabinet, long-term free field, no additional 134 dB SPL (140 boundary loading. Trapezoidal, 15° dB sidepeak) angles Trapezoidal, 10° side angles Trapezoidal, 15° side angles 100 hr rating.sensitivity gains from 77 kg (170 lb) 53.4 kg (118 lb) 36.4 kg (80 lb) 6

Trapezoidal, 15°mm side angles 991 x 673 x 706 39.0 26.5x x706 27.8mm in 991 xx673 39.0kgx(170 26.5 lb) x 27.8 in 77 77 kg (170 lb)

Trapezoidal, 15°mm side angles 357 x 673 x 706 14.1 26.5x x706 27.8mm in 357 xx673 14.1 kg x 26.5 36.4 (80 xlb)27.8 in 36.4 kg (80 lb)

Trapezoidal, 10°mm side angles 991 x 476 x 691 39 27.2mm in 991x x18.75 476 xx691 39 x 18.75 x 27.2 53.4 kg (118 lb) in 53.4 kg (118 lb)

AES standard, one decade boundary loading.

noise with 6 dB crest 6 pink AES standard, one decade

factor, in cabinet, long-term pink noise with 6 dB crest 100 hr rating. factor, in cabinet, long-term 100 hr rating.

Page 297

Harman Pro Group | 2010

PD5200/43, PD5200/64 (shown) PD5200/95 PD5200/43, PD5200/64 (shown) PD5200/43, PD5200/64 (shown) PD5200/95 PD5200/95

Section:

06


INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS<